Skip to main content

Full text of "Edwin Austin Abbey : Royal Academician : the record of his life and work"

See other formats


ICO 


"CO 


xu 

i  X- 


A  CHARCOAL  PORTRAIT  OF  EDWIN  A.  ABBEY. 

DRAWN  BY  J.  S.  SARGENT,  R.A. 
Circa  1888. 


EDWIN  AUSTIN  ABBEY 

Royal  Academician 
The  Record  of  His  Life  and  Work 

By  E.V.Lucas 


With  Two  Hundred  Illustrations 

Volume  I 

1852-1893 


NEW  YORK:  CHARLES  SCRIBNER'S  SONS 
LONDON:    METHUEN  AND  COMPANY  LIMITED 

1921 

^SST'.""       A 

SERVICES 

OCT  2  0  1989 

DATE 


PREFACE 


I 


>HE  purpose  of  this  book — to  record  as  simply  and  di- 
rectly and  happily  as  possible  the  progress  and  achieve- 
ment of  one  of  the  simplest,  most  direct  and  happiest  of 
artists — is,  or  should  be,  so  implicit  in  the  text  that  no 
prefatory  signpost  is  needed.  But  I  should  like  to  say  that  without 
the  assistance  of  Mrs.  Abbey  the  story  could  not  have  had  either  its 
order  or  its  fulness.  No  biographer  probably  was  ever  so  well  pro- 
vided with  material,  nor  could  material  for  a  biography  ever  have 
been  so  complete  or  in  such  perfect  arrangement. 

It  had  always  been  Mrs  .Abbey 's  wish  not  to  appear  personally  in 
the  book  at  all,  but  gradually  she  was  led  to  realise  that  an  associa- 
tion of  such  similarity  of  ideals, such  minute  and  profound  intimacy 
and  interdependence,  as  that  of  herself  and  her  husband,  made  her 
presence  in  these  pages  necessary.  But  for  the  preservation  of  the 
letters  passing  between  them  before  marriage  and  during  their  in- 
frequent periods  of  absence  from  each  other,  as  well  as  her  memory 
of  every  incident  of  their  joint  life,  the  narrative  would  be  far  less 
circumstantial.  I  was  also  indebted  greatly  to  the  late  Alfred  Par- 
sons ,  R .  A .  ,who  was  Abbey 's  closest  friend  in  his  early  London  days , 
and  who  kindly  allowed  me  to  draw  upon  his  recollections. 

Mr.  J.  S.  Sargent,  R.A.,  Abbey's  compatriot,  friend  and  fellow- 
worker ,  has  selected  all  the  illustrations  from  Abbey 's  work  in  black- 
and-white, water-colour,pastel  and  oil,  with  the  exception  of  those 
in  the  text. 

Special  thanks  are  due  to  Mr.  J.E.Kelly,  the  American  sculptor 
and  an  associate  of  Abbey  in  New  York  in  the  'seventies,  for  hisun- 
tiring  efforts  in  collecting  data  concerning  that  period  and  in  pro- 
curing material  which  it  would  otherwise  have  been  very  difficult 
to  obtain,  such  as  Abbey's  letters  to  the  late  Charles  Parsons  (kindly 
lent  by  Mrs .  Parsons) ,  and  to  the  late  C .  S .  Reinhart  (kindly  lent  by 
that  artist's  daughter).  I  have  also  to  thank  other  of  Abbey 's  early 
American  colleagues  for  the  reminiscences  which  they  have  set 


111 


PREFACE 

down  for  thiswork— Mr.WillardP.Snyder,Mr.  Gilbert  Gaul,  Mr. 
Charles  Mente,Mr.W.A.Rogers,Mr.W.H.Carroll,Mr.W.H.Low 
andMr.Kelly ;  and  I  am  grateful  for  similar  services  freely  rendered 
by  Abbey's  assistants  at  Fairford  at  the  latter  end  of  his  career— 
Mr.CadoganCowper,A.R.A.,Mr.W.G.Simmonds,Mr.GeorgeF. 
Swaish,  and  Mr. Ernest  Board ;  while  the  chapter  on  Abbey's  en- 
thusiasm for  cricket  would  be  inadequate  but  for  the  kind  assist- 
ance of  the  Hon.Walter  James,  Sir  J.M.Barrie,Mr.Henry  Ford, Mr. 
G .  H .  Swinstead ,  Mr .  D  ermod  O  'B  rien ,  and  the  late  A .  H .  Studd . 

The  executors  of  the  late  Henry  James  have  kindly  allowed  me 
to  make  what  extracts  I  wished  from  his  letters  to  Abbey,  none  of 
which  have  been  published  before;  and  to  the  courtesy  of  Miss  Bir- 
nie  Philip  is  due  the  presence  of  the  letter  from  Whistler  in  Chapter 
XXX. 

Thanks  are  given  to  Messrs.  Harper  and  Brothers  for  allowing 
reproductions  from  their  copyright  publications  of  Abbey's  work, 
and  to  Messrs.  Curtis  and  Cameron  for  the  use  of  their  negatives. 

The  body  of  this  book  was  printed  in  1919,  hence  the  absence 
of  any  reference  inthetext  to  changeswhich  have  since  occurred. 

July,  1921.  E.V.L. 


IV 


CONTENTS 

CHAPTER   I 

BOYHOOD  AND  YOUTH 

1852-1868     Aged  1-16 

Roswell  Abbey  (Abbey's  Paternal  Grandfather)— William  Maxwell  Abbey- 
Huguenot  Descent— Abbey's  Maternal  Ancestors — A  Wiltshire  Family — Black- 
and-White  at  Two  Years  Old — Schools  in  Philadelphia — First  Instruction  in  Art 
"  Oliver  Optic's  "  Our  Boys  and  Girls — Will  H.  Low  and  His  Boy  Colleague 

CHAPTER   II 
FIRST  WORK  AND  THE  PENNSYLVANIA  ACADEMY 

1868-1871     Aged  i 6-1 8 

Willard  P.  Snyder's  Recollections — A  Young  Editor — Enthusiasm  for  Dickens- 
Professor  Schussele — A  Student  at  the  Pennsylvania  Academy—  The  Pre- 
Raphaelites — Arthur  Boyd  Houghton — Favourite  Reading — Early  Drawings 

CHAPTER  III 
HOME  LIFE  IN  NEW  YORK  AND  THE  HOUSE  OF  HARPER 

1871     Aged  18-19 

Out  into  the  World— Charles  Parsons— The  Potter  House  and  "  Cousin  Jo  " 
The  Lure  of  Music — Laborious  Nights — The  Firm  of  Harper  and  Brothers- 
Journalists  with  the  Pencil — Henry  James  on  Abbey 

CHAPTER   IV 
IN  HARPERS'  ART  DEPARTMENT 

1871     Aged  18-19 

An  Autobiographical  Letter — The  Art  Staff  at  Franklin  Square — C.  S.  Reinhart 
— Winslow  Homer — Gilbert  Gaul's  Recollections— Will  H.  Low's  Recollections 
— Abbey's  First  Magazine  Drawings — A  Scrap-book — The  Great  English 

Illustrators — Millais'  Tribute 

CHAPTER  V 

IN  HARPERS'  ART  DEPARTMENT 

1872-1874     Aged  19-22 

Charles  Mente's  Recollections — Charles  Parsons  as  a  Martinet — Abbey's  Pur- 

posefulness — An  Illustrator's  Versatility— J.  E.  Kelly's  Recollections — AGlimpse 

of  the  Promised  Land — Herrick  and  Shakespeare 

V 


CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  VI 
A  FREE-LANCE  IN   NEW  YORK 

1874-1875     Aged  22-23 

Departure  from  the  Art  Department — Mr.  Kelly's  Recollections — The  35  Union 
Square  Studio — Historical  Drawings — A.  W.  Drake — W.  H.  Carroll's  Recollec- 
tions— A  Merry  Studio — Dickens'  Christmas  Stories — The  Blackburn  Exhibition 
of  English  Draughtsmen — The  Old  University  Building — "  The  Stage  Office" — 
Winslow  Homer — Mr.  Kelly's  Tribute 

CHAPTER  VII 
RETURN  TO  THE  ART  DEPARTMENT 

1876     Aged  24 

A  Growing  Reputation — W.  A.  Rogers — A.  B.  Frost — Abbey's  Helpfulness — 
Abbey  at  Twenty-three — First  Decorative  Work — The  Centennial  Exhibition 

CHAPTER  VIII 

THE  TILE  CLUB 

1877-1878     Aged  25-26 

An  Epoch-Making  Year  in  American  Art — Influence  of  Paris  and  Munich — 

Abbey  and  England — The  Society  of  American  Artists — The  Fashion  for  Applied 

Art — The  Birth  of  a  Confederation — A  List  of  Sobriquets — -A  New  Word  and 

its  Coiner — William  "  Polyphemus  "  Laffan — A  Week  on  Long  Island 

CHAPTER  IX 
END  OF  NEW  YORK  CAREER 

1878  Aged  25-26 

A  Critical  Year — Mr.  Gilbert  Gaul  and  Mr.  Kelly — Theatrical  Drawings — Mr. 

Brander  Matthews'  Bookplate — "  A  Rose  in  October  " — Abbey  Decides  for 

England — Two  Farewell  Parties — Abbey  and  the  Old  Country 

CHAPTER  X 
STRATFORD-ON-AVON 

1878     Aged  26 

Companions  of  the  Voyage — Abbey's  Illustrated  Letters — First  Sight  of  Eng- 
land— Stratford-on-Avon — Washington  Irving  and  Abbey — An  English  Christ- 
mas—Financial Embarrassments — English  Hospitality 

CHAPTER  XI 
ENGLISH  FRIENDS  AND   FAMILY  LETTERS 

1879  Aged  26-27 

Fred  Barnard — George  Henry  Boughton — F.  W.  Jameson — Dinner  Parties — 
Alfred  Parsons — A  Musical  Evening — Brahms — George  Henschel — Madam 
Clara  Moscheles — William  Black — J.  MacNeill  Whistler — Alma  Tadema— The 

White  House,  Chelsea 

vi 


CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  XII 
FIRST  WORK  IN  LONDON 

1879     Aged  26-27 

Ways  and  Means — The  National  Gallery — Fred  Walker— R.  L.  Stevenson  and 
His  Cousin — J.  Comyns  Carr — Dick  Whittington — Augustus  St.  Gaudens — 
Westminster  Abbey— Dean  Stanley — A  Hurried  Tour  in  the  Lakes — Moncure 
D.  Conway — Burne- Jones— Thackeray's  Daughter — Illness — Scribner's  Rivalry 
with  Harper's — An  American  Appreciation 

CHAPTER  XIII 
ILL  HEALTH  AND  HARD  WORK 

1880-1881     Aged  27-29 

Convalescence  and  Misgivings — Art  in  America — Mrs.  Cameron,  the  Photo- 
grapher— Death  of  Abbey's  Mother — The  Pains  of  Conscience — Bastien  Le- 
page's "  Joan  of  Arc  " — C.  S.  Reinhart — The  Paris  Ateliers — A  River  Holiday 
— A  Castle  in  Spain — In  Holland  with  Boughton — Henry  Irving  and  Ellen  Terry 
— Munich — G.  J.  Pinwell — Lechlade — In  the  Highlands  with  Black 

CHAPTER  XIV 
AN  AMERICAN  INTERLUDE 

1881-1882     Aged  29 

In  New  York  with  Alfred  Parsons — 58^  West  loth  Street — The  Tile  Club 
Again — A  Second  Visit  to  Long  Island — Another  Club  Discussion — Harper's 
Christmas — W.  A.  Rogers's  Recollections — Painting  at  High  Pressure — The 

Founding  of  "  The  Kinsmen  " 

CHAPTER  XV 

ENGLAND  AGAIN 

1882-1883     Aged  29-31 

Costume  versus  Dress — A  Tour  in  Germany  and  Denmark — Black's  Judith 
Shakespeare — Abbey's  Herrick  Published — Wood-Engraving  and  Process — 
Illustrations  to  She  Stoops  to  Conquer  Begun — "  The  Widower  " — Reinhart— 
"  Responsibility  "  —Illustrations  to  Pope — Austin  Dobson — Poetical  Tributes — 
"  The  Kinsmen  "  at  Stratford — Mary  Anderson 

CHAPTER  XVI 
SOCIABLE  NIGHTS  AND  DAYS 

1884-1885     Aged  31-33 

With  Black  in  Scotland — A  First  Salmon — Music  and  Conviviality — Andrew 
Lang — Sir  Luke  Fildes'  Recollections — A  Dinner  to  Lawrence  Barrett — A 
Coaching  Tour  with  Andrew  Carnegie — Matthew  Arnold — Charles  Parsons— 
"  Cousin  Jo  " — Judith  Shakespeare — A  Spring  Morning  in  London — First 
Exhibit  in  the  R.A. — A  Dutch  Tableau — Randolph  Caldecott 

vii 


CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  XVII 

BROADWAY  IN  WORCESTERSHIRE 

F.  D.  Millet — Henry  James  on  Broadway — Henry  James  and  Abbey — John  S. 
Sargent — Henry  James  in  1885 — Randolph  Caldecott— Artist  versus  Editor 

CHAPTER  XVIII 
SHE  STOOPS   TO  CONQUER 

1886    Aged  33-34  ' 

Abbey  in  New  York — A  London  Welcome — J.  R.  Osgood — Howard  Pyle — An 
Artist's  Education — First  Sight  of  Fairford — C.  S.  Reinhart — Henry  James  on 
Abbey — Austin  Dobson's  Prologue  to  She  Stoops  to  Conquer — The  Goldsmith 

Drawings 

CHAPTER  XIX 

THE  COMMISSION  FOR  THE  "  COMEDIES  "  AND  PUBLICATION 

OF  OLD  SONGS 

1887-1888     Aged  34-36 

The  Sketching  Club — Fred  Barnard — Responsibilities  of  an  Illustrator  of  Shake- 
speare— Theories  of  Illustration — Authors  and  their  Illustrators — Sir  Walter 
Besant — Charles  Keene — Preparations  for  Shakespeare — An  Italian  Journey — 
A  New  Studio — A  First  London  Exhibition — Old  Songs — John  Hay — George 

du  Maurier 

CHAPTER  XX 
A  NEW   FRIEND  AND    THE  QUIET  LIFE 

1889     Aged  36-37 

Miss  Mead — Introspective  Letters — Art  and  Nationality — Aspirations  and 
Attempts — Solitary  Work  and  London  Recreations — Departure  for  New  York — 

The  Quiet  Life — Austin  Dobson 

CHAPTER  XXI 
BEGINNING  OF  THE  "  COMEDIES  " 

1889  (concluded)     Aged  37 

A  Fortnight  in  New  York — Further  Letters  to  Miss  Mead — Studies  from  Nature 

—The  "  May-Day  Morning  " — The  "  Minstrel  "  Motif— Colarossi,  the  Model 

—A  Visit  to  Mr.  Sargent  at  Fladbury — The  Costumes  for  La  Tosca 

CHAPTER  XXII 

MARRIAGE 

1890     Aged  38 

Abbey  Again  in  New  York — Friendly  Feastings— A  Dinner  to  Charles  Parsons — 

The  Wedding 

viii 


CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  XXIII 
AN  ACKNOWLEDGED  MASTER 

Taking  Stock — Henry  James  on  Abbey — The  Paris  Exhibition — A  French  Critic 
— Meissonier  and  Edmond  de  Goncourt — Pennell's  Pen  Drawing  and  Pen 
Draughtsmanship — The  Masters  of  Modern  Illustration — Menzel  and  Abbey — 

Beginning  of  the  "  Comedies  " 

CHAPTER  XXIV 

THE  BOSTON  LIBRARY  COMMISSION 
1890     Aged  38 

Another  Critical  Year — The  Boston  Public  Library — Charles  Pollen  McKim — 

St.  Gaudens — Abbey  Becomes  a  Mural  Painter — First  Ideas  for  a  Frieze — "  The 

Quest  of  the  Holy  Grail  "—A  Twelve  Years'  Task 

CHAPTER  XXV 

ITALIAN  TRAVEL  AND  AN  ENGLISH  HOME 
1890-1891     Aged  38-39 

First  Academy  Picture — Wandering  in  England — Fairford  and  Lechlade — The 
Deserted  Village — Morgan  Hall — Charles  Keene — Italian  Travel — Domenico 
Morelli — Amalfi  and  Ravello — Raphael's  "  Jurisprudence  " — An  Artist's  Ideal- 
Settlement  at  Morgan  Hall— Mrs.  Mead— J.  S.  Sargent— C.  F.  McKim— The 

Largest  Studio  in  England 

CHAPTER  XXVI 

WORK  AND  TRAVEL 
1892-1893     Aged  39-41 

Advice  to  Art  Students — Progress  With  the  Boston  Frieze  and  Shakespeare — 
American  Historical  Projects — Alma  Tadema — St.  Gaudens — The  Bayreuth 
Festival — The  Lure  of  Rothenburg — A  Stained-glass  Window — John  Pettie— 
A  Feat  of  Painting — Venice — Carpaccio — A  Boccaccio  Room — Gondoliers  at 
Chicago — Midsummer  Night's  Dream  and  end  of  the  "  Comedies  " — Henry  James 


IX 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS  VOLUME  I. 

A  CHARCOAL  STUDY  OF  E.  A.  ABBEY,  BY  J.  S.  SARGENT,  R.A.   Frontispiece 

THE  FATHER  AND  MOTHER  OF  E.  A.  ABBEY   From  a  Daguerreotype    facing  page 

E.  A.  ABBEY,  A  TWO-YEAR-OLD  BABY,  WITH  PENCIL   From  a  Daguerreotype      .  4 

E.  A.  AND  W.  B.  ABBEY  AND  THEIR  GRANDMOTHER   From  a  Daguerreotype     . 

FROM  A  SKETCH  MADE  IN  PHILADELPHIA  circa  1863      .  •   page 

E.  A.  ABBEY'S  PATERNAL  GRANDPARENTS   From  a  Daguerreotype      facing  page  12 

FROM  A  SKETCH  BOOK     ....                                                     •  Page  l6 

FROM  A  SKETCH  BOOK .     „  21 

E  A  ABBEY'S  FIRST  AND  SECOND  DRAWINGS  FOR  HARPER'S  MAGAZINE 

facing  page  26 

FROM  A  SKETCH  BOOK •  Pa8e  27 

FROM  A  SKETCH  BOOK     .  •      » 

FROM  A  SKETCH  BOOK     .                                                                                •      „  42 

FROM  A  SKETCH  BOOK     .                                                                                -      ,,  48 

EDWIN  A.  ABBEY  From  a  Photograph  circa  1878    .                                       facing  page  58 

FROM  A  SKETCH  BOOK     .                                                                                •  Page  6l 

FROM  A  SKETCH  BOOK     .         .                                                                       .      „  68 
FROM  A  SKETCH  IN  A  LETTER         .                                                              •      » 

FROM  A  SKETCH  BOOK     .         .                                                                       •      »  9& 

FROM  SKETCH  IN  A  LETTER                                                                           •      »  99 

TO  MEDDOWES  ....                                                     •           facing  Pa§e  IO° 

CORINNA'S  GOING  A  MAYING           .         .         .         Two  Illustrations                    .  106 

A  BEUCOLIC,  OR  DISCOURSE  OF  NEATHERDS                                                     .  109 

FROM  A  SKETCH  BOOK     .         .                                                                       •  Pa8e  "4 

THE  WIDOWER            .                                                                                      facing  page  125 

THE  MILKMAID          .                                                                                                 •  I2g 

STONY  GROUND         ...                                                                               •  *3i 

THE  LADIES  OF  ST.  JAMES'S     .                                                                               •  '34 

FROM  A  SKETCH  BOOK ...  page  135 

MISS  HARDCASTLE  AND  MISS  NEVILLE.   "  SHE  STOOPS  TO  CONQUER  " 

facing  page  1 36 

MARLOW  AND  HASTINGS.  "  SHE  STOOPS  TO  CONQUER  "    .         .         .         .136 
MISS  NEVILLE  AND  HASTINGS.  "  SHE  STOOPS  TO  CONQUER  "  .  .136 

MRS.  HARDCASTLE  AND  HASTINGS.   "  SHE  STOOPS  TO  CONQUER  "  .         .138 

MISS  HARDCASTLE  AND  MARLOW.   "  SHE  STOOPS  TO  CONQUER  "     .         .  140 

JUDITH  SHAKESPEARE      .                                                                                        •  H3 

AN  OLD  SONG facing  Page  '45 

FROM  A  SKETCH  BOOK •  Page  H6 

FACSIMILE  OF  A  LETTER  FROM  RANDOLPH  CALDICOTT    .           facing  page  146 

LIKE  MY  LORD  PATELEY          ....                                            .        .  148 

FROM  A  SKETCH  BOOK •  page  153 

MRS.  HARDCASTLE,  MISS  NEVILLE  AND  TONY  LUMPKIN.   "  SHE  STOOPS 

TO  CONQUER"          ....                  ...           facing  page  154 

xi 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS 

MISS  HARDCASTLE  AND  MARLOW.  "SHE  STOOPS  TO  CONQUER"  facing  page  156 
MISS  HARDCASTLE,  MARLOW,  SIR  CHARLES  AND  HARDCASTLE.  "  SHE 

STOOPS  TO  CONQUER  " 156 

SALLY  IN  OUR  ALLEY  :  "  OF  ALL  THE  DAYS  THAT'S  IN  THE  WEEK."  "OLD 

SONGS" 159 

SALLY  IN  OUR  ALLEY  :"  MY  MASTER  CARRIES  ME  TO  CHURCH  "  .  .159 
SALLY  IN  OUR  ALLEY  :"  WHEN  CHRISTMAS  COMES  ABOUT  AGAIN  "  .  159 
"  TONY  LUMPKIN  IS  HIS  OWN  MAN  AGAIN."  "  SHE  STOOPS  TO  CONQUER"  162 
MRS.  HARDCASTLE,  MISS  NEVILLE,  TONY  AND  HASTINGS.  "  SHE  STOOPS 

TO  CONQUER" 163 

"  WITH  JOCKEY  TO  THE  FAIR."   "  OLD  SONGS  " 164 

"  AH  ME  !  WHEN  SHALL  I  MARRY  ME  ?"  "  SHE  STOOPS  TO  CONQUER  "  .  167 
"  SWEET  NELLY,  MY  HEART'S  DELIGHT."  "  OLD  SONGS  "  .  .  .  .168 

"  HARVEST  HOME."   "OLD  SONGS" 170 

SUNBURNED  FOLK  THAT  STAND  AT  GAZE.   "  QUIET  LIFE  "       .         .         .172 
QUINCE.   "QUIET  LIFE"          .         .         .         .         .         .         .        .         .         .172 

"  HERE'S  TO  THE  MAIDEN  OF  BASHFUL  FIFTEEN."  "  OLD  SONGS  "  .  .  174 
EXEUNT  SALARINO  AND  SOLANIO.  "  MERCHANT  OF  VENICE  "  .  .  176 

"  MISLIKE  ME  NOT  FOR  MY  COMPLEXION."  "  MERCHANT  OF  VENICE  "  176 
"  AWAY  THEN ;  I  AM  LOCKED  IN  ONE  OF  THEM."  "  MERCHANT  OF  VENICE  "  176 

JESSICA  AND  LORENZO.   "  MERCHANT  OF  VENICE  " 176 

FALSTAFF  AND  MISTRESS  QUICKLY.  "  MERRY  WIVES  OF  WINDSOR  "  .  178 
FACSIMILE  SKETCH  BY  GEORGE  DU  MAURIER  IN  LETTER  TO 

E.  A.  ABBEY page     180 

FROM  ABBEY'S  SKETCH  BOOK 181 

FALSTAFF  :  "  BARDOLPH,  FOLLOW  HIM  :  A  TAPSTER  IS  A  GOOD  TRADE  " 

facing  page     187 
SLENDER  :  "  WHY  DO  YOUR  DOGS  BARK  SO  ?  "  "  MERRY  WIVES  OF 

WINDSOR" 190 

FROM  A  SKETCH  BOOK page     195 

THE  DUKE  AND  FRIAR  THOMAS.  "  MEASURE  FOR  MEASURE  "  facing  page  200 
ANGELO  AND  ISABELLA.  "  MEASURE  FOR  MEASURE  "  ....  202 
CLAUDIO  AND  ISABELLA.  "  MEASURE  FOR  MEASURE  "  .  .  .  .202 
E.  A.  ABBEY,  FROM  A  PHOTOGRAPH  BY  HAROLD  ROLLER  .  .  .  .205 

THE  VILLAGE  MASTER.   "  DESERTED  VILLAGE  " 206 

ADRIANA,  LUCIANA,  ANTIPHOLUS  EROTES,  DROMIO  OF  SYRACUSE. 

"  THE  COMEDY  OF  ERRORS " .     212 

IN  THE  FOREST  OF  ARDEN 214 

FROM  A  SKETCH  BOOK page    215 

MAY  DAY  MORNING facing  page    216 

THE  WANDERING  MINSTREL facing  page    219 

FROM  A  SKETCH  BOOK page    226 

MEDALLION  PORTRAIT  OF  M.  G.  MEAD  (MRS.  E.  A.  ABBEY),  BY  AUGUSTUS 

ST.  GAUDENS facing  page    228 

xii 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS 

KING  ARTHUR'S  ROUND  TABLE,  BOSTON  PUBLIC  LIBRARY                           .  232 

CHARCOAL  STUDY  FOR  KING  ARTHUR'S  ROUND  TABLE     .                           .  232 

DEPARTURE  OF  THE  KNIGHTS  ON  THE  QUEST  OF  THE  HOLY  GRAIL       .  232 

STUDY  OF  A  JESTER •  234 

FROM  A  SKETCH  BOOK     ...  •  Page 

THE  VILLAGE  PREACHER.   "  DESERTED  VILLAGE  "                          facing  page  238 

"THE  MIDNIGHT  MASQUERADE."  "  DESERTED  VILLAGE  "                          .  238 

"  THERE  THE  PALE  ARTIST  PLIES  THE  SICKLY  TRADE  «                                 .  238 

"  SIGH  NO  MORE,  LADIES."  "  MUCH  ADO  ABOUT  NOTHING  "     .                  .  240 
DOGBERRY  AND  HIS  COMPARTNER  WITH  THE  WATCH.   "  MUCH  ADO 

ABOUT  NOTHING " •  24° 

"  WHERE  SHOULD  THIS  MUSIC  BE  ?  "  "  THE  TEMPEST  "                                 .  242 

THE  BANQUET.   "  THE  TEMPEST "  .         .                                                              •  244 

"  FOR  YOU  ARE  SPELL-STOPP'D."  "THE  TEMPEST"                                         .  244 
"  WHY  THEN,  YOUNG  BERTRAM,  TAKE  HER  ;  SHE'S  THY  WIFE."  "  ALL'S 

WELL  THAT  ENDS  WELL  "      ....  -246 

THE  DUKE  AND  VALENTINE.   "  TWO  GENTLEMEN  OF  VERONA  "                .  246 

"  WHO  IS  SILVIA  ?   WHAT  IS  SHE?"  "  TWO  GENTLEMEN  OF  VERONA  "     .  246 

"  AND  EVERY  PANG  THAT  FOLLY  PAYS  TO  PRIDE."  "  DESERTED  VILLAGE  "  247 

«  IF  MUSIC  BE  THE  FOOD  OF  LOVE,  PLAY  ON."  "  TWELFTH  NIGHT  "        .  248 

OLIVIA,  CLOWN  AND  MALVOLIO.   "  TWELFTH  NIGHT  "                                 .  248 
MARIA,  CLOWN,  SIR  TOBY  BELCH  AND  SIR  ANDREW  AGUE-CHEEK. 

"  TWELFTH  NIGHT " •  248 

"  COME  AWAY,  COME  AWAY,  DEATH."  "  TWELFTH  NIGHT  "                         .  248 
"  FAIR  PRINCESS,  WELCOME  TO  THE  COURT  OF  NAVARRE."  "  LOVE'S 

LABOUR'S  LOST " •  25° 

ARMADO  AND  MOTH.   "  LOVE'S  LABOUR'S  LOST  "                                             .  250 
DULL,  SIR  NATHANIEL,  HOLOFERNES.   "  LOVE'S  LABOUR'S  LOST  " 

FROM  A  SKETCH  BOOK •  Page  25> 

"  BUT  FOR  MY  BONNY  KATE,  SHE  MUST  WITH  ME."   "  THE  TAMING  OF 

THE  SHREW" facing  page  252 

"  'TWAS  I  WON  THE  WAGER."  "  THE  TAMING  OF  THE  SHREW  "                  .  252 
MORGAN  HALL,  FAIRFORD,  GLOUCESTERSHIRE  :  i.  EAST  FRONT  ;  2.  WEST 

FRONT •  254 

"  AWAY  WITH  HER  TO  PRISON."  "  WINTER'S  TALE  "    . 

THE  ORACLE  PROFANED.   "  WINTER'S  TALE "       .                                            -  256 

AN  OLD  SHEPHERD  AND  HIS  SON.   "  WINTER'S  TALE  "                  .                  .  256 

AUTOLYCUS  AT  THE  SHEEP  SHEARING.   "  WINTER'S  TALE  "                         .  256 
THE  MARRIAGE  MORNING  OF  THESEUS  AND  HIPPOLYTA.   "  A  MIDSUMMER 

NIGHT'S  DREAM " •  26z 

"  WHY  DO  THEY  RUN  AWAY  ?  "  "  A  MIDSUMMER  NIGHT'S  DREAM  "  .         .  262 

THE  RE-ENTRANCE  OF  THE  PLAYERS.   "  MIDSUMMER  NIGHT'S  DREAM  "  .  262 

EDWIN  AUSTIN  ABBEY,  DRAWN  BY  G.  F.  WATTS,  R.A.,  Act.  41       .                  .  267 

VOL.  I  X111 


CHAPTER  I 

BOYHOOD  AND  YOUTH 

1852-1868     Aged  1-16 

Roswell  Abbey  (Abbey's  Paternal  Grandfather) — William  Maxwell  Abbey — 
Huguenot  Descent — Abbey's  Maternal  Ancestors — A  Wiltshire  Family — Black 
and  White  at  Two  Years  Old — Schools  in  Philadelphia — First  Instruction  in  Art 
— "  Oliver  Optic's  "  Our  Boys  and  Girls — Will  H.  Low  and  his  Boy  Colleague 

EDWIN  AUSTIN  ABBEY  was  born  at  315  Race  Street, 
Philadelphia,  on  April  ist,  1852.  The  house  still  stands,  but  it 
has  been  altered  within. 
His  father,  William  Maxwell  Abbey  (1826-1897),  was  a 
Philadelphian  of  English  and  French  extraction,  who,  after  en- 
gaging in  various  forms  of  business,  had  settled  down  to  broker- 
age and  commission  agency.  He  was  the  fifth  child  of  Roswell 
Abbey  (1789-1858),  a  typefounder,  who  spent  much  of  his  spare 
time  on  the  invention  of  new  mechanism  not  only  for  printing  but 
for  larger  engineering  purposes.  Roswell  Abbey  was  the  first  to 
apply  electrotyping  to  the  production  of  the  matrices  used  in  type- 
founding,  and  he  devoted  years  in  an  attempt  to  perfect  an  engine 
driven  by  compressed  gas — an  explosion  during  one  of  his  experi- 
ments causing  the  injury  that  led  to  his  death.  From  Roswell  Ab- 
bey,  beyond  doubt,  came  much  of  his  grandson  Edwin's  practical 
adaptivity  and  his  swift,  decisive  manipulative  gifts.  Writing  of 
his  grandfather  in  later  life  Abbey,  who  admired  him  immensely, 
says  that  he  was  an  unworldly  man,  a  constant  dupe  of  the  crafty, 
and  that  he  left  a  fine  library. 

Roswell  Abbey,  a  NewEnglander  by  birth,  came  from  Amherst, 
Massachusetts,  and  did  not  settle  in  Philadelphia,  where  he  was 
greatly  respected,  until  1831,  to  leave  it  again  only  for  two  years, 
in  1844-46.  His  father,  Samuel  Abbey  (1755  or  1760-1841),  was 
from  Chatham,  Connecticut,  but  also  had  associations  with  Phila- 
delphia,for  he  served  there  for  awhile  in  Captain  Coach's  Company 
of  Colonel  Burr  Bradley 's  Battalion  of  the  Connecticut  Line.  On 
retiring  from  the  army  Samuel  Abbey  settled  first  at  Amherst ,  Mas- 
B  i 


THE  ABBEY  DESCENT 

sachusetts,  then  at  Canandaigua,  N.Y.,  and  finally  at  Milo,  Yates 
County,  N.Y. 

Farther  back  than  this  Samuel  Abbey  we  cannot  go ,  with  any  cer- 
tainty ,  on  the  paternal  side ;  but  it  was  believed  in  the  family  that  his 
rightname  was  Abbaye,  which  he  had  changed  to  Abbey , and  that  he 
was  descended  from  Huguenot  emigres  who  came  to  America  from 
England.  Abbey  the  artist,  the  subject  of  the  present  book,  while 
proud  of  this  French  strain,  from  time  to  time  was  interested  in 
efforts  that  were  made  to  link  up  his  family  also  with  Abbeys  in  Eng- 
land;buthecouldarriveatnothingvery  definite.  Among  hispapersl 
find  correspondence  on  the  subject,  and  a  copy  of  the  will  of  William 
de  Abbey,  citizen  of  York,  which  was  drawnupon  July  I5th,  1334. 

So  much  for  the  paternal  line.  Abbey 'smother  was  Margery  Ann 
Kiple  (born  November  i  yth ,  1 82  5 ,  in  Buckingham ,  died  April  1 5th , 
1880),  daughter  of  Jacob  Kiple(  1800-1889),  of  Buckingham,  Buck. 
Co . ,  Pennsylvania,  the  son  of  Jacob  Kiple  or  Kypel  (d .  1 824) ,  who  in 
turn  was  the  son  of  a  Jacob  Kypel  (d.  1797),  of  Freiburg,  Baden. 
This,  the  earliest  member  of  the  Kiple  family  of  whom  anything  is 
known,  emigrated  from  Germany  to  America  in  1760,  and  settled 
in  Hunterdon,  New  Jersey.  Jacob  Kiple  married,  on  January  3rd, 
1823,  Jane  Clancy,  who  was  born  in  Chester  Co.,  Pennsylvania,  on 
July2nd,  1802,  and  died  in  Philadelphia  on  January  i7th,  1889.  She 
was  the  daughter  of  John  Clancy  and  Margery  Ferguson,  both  of 
Irish  descent.* 

Margery  Ann  Kiple  was  married  to  William  Maxwell  Abbey  in 
1848,  and  they  had  three  children:  Edwin  Austin,  born,  as  I  have 
stated,  April  ist,  1852;  William  Burling,  born  December  I7th, 
1854,  and  Jane  Kiple,  born  April  i6th,  1858.  Of  these  only  the 
last,  who  became  a  confirmed  invalid,  survives.  William  Burling 
Abbey  died  in  1917,  only  a  few  months  after  his  only  son,  Edwin 
Austin  Abbey  the  second,  named  after  his  uncle,  was  killed  at  the 

*  "  My  grandmother  "  (Mr.  J.  E.  Kelly  thus  quotes  a  remark  made  to  him  by  Abbey) 
"  was  one  of  the  young  girls  who  greeted  Washington  and  strewed  flowers  in  his  path 
when  he  journeyed  to  New  York  to  be  inaugurated  as  first  President."  As  this  was 
in  1787,  Abbey  must  have  meant  great-grandmother,  but  we  cannot  know  which  one 
(Was  indicated,  maternal  or  paternal. 

2 


THE  FATHER  AND  MOTHER  OF  E.  A.  ABBEY. 

FROM  A  DAGUERREOTYPE. 


PHILADELPHIA  HOMES 

battle  of  Vimy  Ridge  in  France,  where  he  is  buried.  Although  an 
American,  he  had  enlisted  with  the  Canadian  forces  in  October, 
1915,  long  before  America  joined  in,  and  was  gazetted  a  Lieu- 
tenant.* 

On  his  mother's  side  Abbey  was  remotely  of  German  and  Irish 
descent.  Any  failure  to  derive  his  father's  family  from  England 
was  made  good  by  the  unequivocal  English  blood  of  his  paternal 
grandmother's  line.  This  lady,  the  wife  of  Roswell  Abbey, was  Eli- 
zabeth Truslow(  1790-1863)^6  daughter  of  JohnTruslow,of  Dur- 
ham, Connecticut,  whose  family  hailed  from  Avebury  in  Wiltshire. 
In  Abbey's  veins,  therefore,  ran  English,  French,  German,  and 
Irish  blood. 

Almost  immediately  after  Edwin — or  Ned,  as  he  was  called  all 
his  life  by  those  with  whom  he  was  most  intimate — was  born,  the 
family  moved  to  Ellicott's  Mill,  Maryland,  where  Mr.  Abbey  had 
heard  of  a  business  opening;  but  they  were  back  in  Philadelphia  af- 
terayear.  They  lived  then  at  609  North5th  Street,  a  house  which, 
the  street  having  been  since  renumbered,  must  now  be  sought  at 
either  97 1  or  973 ;  and  afterwards  moved  into  8 1 6  North  6th  Street , 
where  they  remained  for  some  three  years .  Later  there  was  another 
move,  to  321  Vine  Street, and  in  1865  to  830  North  6th  Street,  Ab- 
bey's last  and  longest  Philadelphian  home,  and  the  house  from 
which,  as  we  shall  see,  he  set  forth  to  earn  his  living  in  New  York. 

A  letter  to  him,  in  1901 ,  from  a  lady  who  remembered  him  as  a 
very  small  child  and  wished,  in  his  later  triumphant  days,  to  feli- 
citate with  him  on  his  success,  tells  of  very  early  artistic  efforts. 
"If  I  also  were  an  artist,"  she  wrote,  "I  would  draw  you  a  picture 
of  a  two-year-old  baby  sitting  in  a  high  chair  with  pencil  and  paper, 
drawing  omnibuses.  On  the  opposite  side  of  the  room  a  lady  em- 
broidering; close  beside  the  baby  a  little  girl  attentively  watching 
the  baby  artist,  ever  ready  to  obey  the  demand  of  'More  paper, 
Emma, 'and  to  huntand  sharpen  lost  pencils.  The  baby  was  your- 

*In  1918  a  collection  of  letters  written  byE.  A.  Abbey  the  second,  to  his  parents,  from 
camp  and  from  the  Flanders  and  French  fronts,  was  published  by  the  Houghton  Mifflin 
Co.,  under  the  title  :  An  American  Soldier. 


CHILDHOOD 

self,  the  lady  was  your  mother,  and  the  little  girl  was  I."  To  de- 
lineate omnibuses  at  two  is  to  exceed  the  precocity  even  of  that 
other  Philadelphian  painter  (who  was  to  become  not  only  R.  A.  but 
P.R.A.),  Benjamin  West,  who, it  will  be  remembered, as  a  small  boy 
did  not  wait  for  the  attentions  of  any  Emma,  but  himself  pulled  hair 
from  the  cat's  tail  to  make  a  brush. 

The  only  other  incident  of  Abbey's  childhood  that  I  can  recover 
is  one  of  which  he  himself  used  often  to  tell.  Having  contracted  a 
habit  of  dealing  more  daintily  with  his  food  than  his  mother  thought 
well  for  a  little  boy,  he  was  admonished  by  her,  before  accompany- 
ing her  on  a  visit  to  some  relatives ,  to  remember  his  manners ,  and  in 
their  house,  at  any  rate, on  no  account  to  pick  and  choose.  Nor  did 
he.  A  glass  of  milk  being  given  him  with,  all  unknown  to  the  giver, 
a  large  fly  struggling  in  it,  he  was  for  postponing  the  refreshment; 
but  on  a  nudge  from  his  mother,  who  also  had  not  seen  what  her 
son  was  only  too  conscious  of,  he  dutifully  drank  it  down ,  fly  and  all . 

The  first  school  which  Abbey  and  his  brother  attended  was  at  the 
south-east  corner  of  Green  and  Dillwyn  Streets ,  kept  by  Mrs.  Eliza- 
beth Hall.  That  was  between  1 859,  when  Ned  was  seven,  and  1 862. 
The  two  boys  then  moved  on  to  the  Randolph  and  the  Jefferson, 
two  of  Philadelphia's  public  schools,  and  in  1864  to  Henry  Gre- 
gory's at  1108  Harbel  Street.  Gregory,  who  afterwards  became 
Vice-President  of  Girard  College,  was  assisted  by  his  son,  till  lately 
a  Professor  at  the  University  of  Leipsic;  by  De  BennevilleK.  Lud- 
wig,  who  became  principal  of  the  Rittenhouse  Academy ;  and  by  the 
late  Gerald  F.  Dale,  who  died  as  a  missionary  in  India. 

In  a  letter  written  in  1907  to  Mr.  G.  H.  Putnam,  in  relation  to 
some  misleading  statements  which  had  found  their  way  into  print, 
and  to  which  we  shall  come  later,  Abbey  wrote  thus  of  these  early 
days:  "My  mother  was  a  very  well-read  woman,  who,  early  in  my 
life ,  as  long  as  my  memory  goes  b  ack ,  did  what  she  could  to  develop 
and  guide  my  tastes — primarily  my  literary  tastes.  She  carefully 
preserved  my  childish  essays  in  drawing,  but  this  predilection  of 
mine  amounted  to  nothing  until  I  was  fifteen  or  sixteen  years  of  age. 
My  father,  who  was  then  engaged  in  an  agency  for  yellow  pine  tim- 

4 


E.  A.  ABBEY,  A  TWO-YEAR-OLD  BABY  SITTING  IN  HIS  HIGH  CHAIR,  WITH  PENCIL. 

FROM  A  DAGUERREOTYPE. 


ISAAC  WILLIAMS 

her  and  tobacco,  naturally  suffered  much  from  the  war  financially. 
But  although  he  was  a  poor  man  he  always  managed  to  buy  good 
books,  and  he  sent  my  brother  and  myself  to  what  was  considered 
the  best  classical  school  in  Philadelphia  at  that  time  (Henry  D.  Gre- 
gory 5s),  hoping  that  we  should  enter  the  University  of  Pennsylvania 
and  adopt  a  profession.  This  my  brother  did.  I  was  a  disappoint- 
ment as  a  schoolboy." 

To  what  extent  it  was  a  blow  to  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Abbey  that  their 
son  could  not  take  up  the  calling  of  a  minister  in  the  Episcopal 
Church,  of  which  they  were  members,  I  cannot  say;  but  they  seem 
to  have  thrown  themselves  into  his  alternative  and  more  congenial 
career  very  warmly.  "On  Saturdays,"  he  says  in  the  same  letter, 
"from  the  time  I  was  fourteen  years  old,  I  went  to  the  studio  of 
an  old  landscape  painter  to  take  drawing  lessons.  I  was  never  a 
clever  student,  but  all  this  time  my  mother  was  steadily  directing 
my  reading  and  interesting  herself  in  my  artistic  development." 
The  landscape  painter  was  Isaac  L.  Williams,  who,  having  been 
born  in  1817,  was  at  that  time,  circa  1866,  only  forty-nine,  but  to 
the  eyes  of  fourteen  forty-nine  can  be  tragically  venerable.  He  lived 
to  merit  his  pupil 's  adj  ective  more  thoroughly ,  surviving  until  1895. 
Except  for  a  brief  visit  to  Europe,  Williams  spent  his  whole  life  in 
Philadelphia — in  his  earlier  days  painting  portraits  and  in  his  latter 
country  scenes. 

Nothing  that  Abbey  did  under  Isaac  Williams'  tuition  has  been 
preserved,  but  we  know  that  he  had  to  copy  unexciting  landscapes 
by  this  Master,  and  that  he  detested  the  operation.  There  are, 
however,  extant  various  examples  of  a  more  frivolous  development 
of  his  artistic  energy  at  this  time,  and  we  have  the  advantage  of 
being  able  to  draw  upon  the  memory  of  another  American  artist 
and  very  early  friend  of  Abbey's — Mr.  Will  H.  Low — in  order  to 
see  a  little  more  of  his  boyish  days.  In  an  address  delivered  on 
February  12th,  1912,  before  the  Contemporary  Club  at  Philadel- 
phia, in  honour  of  two  distinguished  members  recently  dead — 
Edwin  Austin  Abbey  and  Howard  Pyle — Mr.  Low  said:  "It  is  a 
far  call  back  to  1867,  when  the  name  of  Ned  Abbey  first  swam  into 

5 


WILL  H.  LOW 

my  ken.  It  was  not  under  that  name,  however ,  that  I  first  knew  him. 
I  was  a  small  boy  in  Albany,  devoted,  as  were  most  of  my  genera- 
tion, to  the  literature  of  'Oliver  Optic,'  and  was  a  subscriber  to  his 
magazine.  Included  in  the  varied  contents  of  this  magazine  was  a 
department  called '  Our  Letter-Box,' which  had  tempted  my  youth- 
ful pen  to  write,  to  send  illustrated  rebuses,  and  to  confide  descrip- 
tions of  my  kiddish  activities  to  the  sympathetic  ear  of  its  editor.  I 
was  soon  rewarded  by  seeing  my  name  in  print,  or  rather  the  name 
I  had  chosen,  'Ned  Sketchley';  some  of  my  proffered  contribu- 
tions were  printed;  and,  highest  reward  of  all,the  great  'Oliver  Op- 
tic'wrote  me  a  charming  personal  letter,  which  was  soon  followed 
by  his  stopping,  when  passing  through  Albany  on  a  journey  west- 
ward, to  see  me.  Soon  after  came  a  definite  triumph,  for  the  great 
man  dedicated  one  of  his  books  to  me." 

Mr.  Low's  reminiscences  may  be  interrupted  here  to  say  that 
"Oliver  Optic"  was  in  real  life  William  T.  Adams  (1822-1897),  a 
Boston  schoolmaster,  who  edited  Our  Boys  and  Girls  and  wrote 
more  than  a  hundred  good-humoured  and  healthy  books  for  chil- 
dren. And  now  we  return  to  Mr.  Low:  "At  the  period  when  these 
honours  were  showered  upon  me  I  saw  frequently  in  the  corres- 
pondence department  of  Our  Boys  and  Girls  figure  the  name  of 
'Yorick.'  Soon  after  I  received,  through  the  intermediary  of  '  Oli- 
ver Optic,'  a  letter  duly  addressed  to  '  Ned  Sketchley,'  and  from 
it  I  learned  that  'Yorick'  screened  the  personality  of  one  Edwin 
A.  Abbey,  who  resided  in  Philadelphia.  There  then  ensued  a  fre- 
quent correspondence.  I  wish  that  I  could  now  lay  my  hands  on 
some  of  those  early  letters,  and,  above  all,  on  some  of  the  drawings 
with  which,  to  the  number  sometimes  of  a  dozen,  they  were  laden. 
They  have  all  disappeared,  as  I  reluctantly  assured  myself  not  long 
ago,  but  at  one  time  I  must  have  been  in  possession  of  the  largest 
collection  of  Abbey's  works  that  has  ever  been  gathered  together. 
We  wrote  assiduously,  and  I  learned  that  our  life  stories,  so  far  as 
they  had  then  proceeded,  were  very  similar.  We  criticised  each  oth- 
er's work.  I  still  remember  keenly  his  demand:  'I  wish  you  would 
send  me  some  decent  sketches , '  to  which  I  probably  replied  in  kind . 

6 


E.  A.  ABBEY,  W.  B.  ABBEY  AND  THEIR  MATERNAL  GRANDMOTHER. 

FROM  A  DAGUERREOTYPE. 


THE  RAMBLER  SKETCH  CLUB 

' '  Finally  I  wearied  of  this  long-distance  communication  ,and  ,the 
consent  of  my  indulgent  parents  having  been  obtained,  I  wrote  my 
friend  an  invitation  to  come  and  visit  at  my  home  in  Albany.  This 
he  did ,  but  first  it  was  necessary  that  we  should  provide  some  means 
of  recognising  each  other,  for  it  was  planned  that  I  should  go  down 
on  the  day  boat  on  the  Hudson  and  meet  him  at  Poughkeepsie  upon 
the  boat  which  was  coming  up  the  river  on  the  same  day.  I  have 
forgotten  the  details  of  the  plan  I  devised,  but  it  was  effective,  and 
we  had  no  difficulty  in  our  mutual  recognition. 

"In  Albany  he  found  company  to  his  liking.  With  two  boyish 
comrades  a  sketching  club  had  been  formed,  and  not  long  ago  I 
found  a  list  inscribed:  'RAMBLER  SKETCH  CLUB.  Members:  Walter 
L.  Palmer,  Herbert  M.  Lawrence,  Will.  H.  Low.  Hon.  Members: 
Oliver  Optic,  Edwin  A.  Abbey.' 

"Walter  L.  Palmer  (b.  1854)  is,  of  course,  now  well  known  as  a 
painter  of  snowy  landscapes,  and  Herbert  Lawrence  has  since  done 
much  good  interior  decoration  of  an  ornamental  character.* 

"My  first  visit  to  Philadelphia  soon  followed,  and  the  hospita- 
lity of  Abbey's  parents  was  as  freely  bestowed  upon  me  as  his  own 
winning  disposition  had  made  him  welcome  in  my  home  by  mine. 
In  his  company  we  haunted  the  permanent  collection  of  pictures 
in  the  Pennsylvania  Academy  of  Fine  Arts,  and  he  took  me  to  the 
studio  of  one  of  the  resident  painters,  named  Isaac  Williams.  .  .  ." 

Before  leaving  "Oliver  Optic's"  share  in  Abbey's  artistic  begin- 
nings, it  should  be  said  that  after  Abbey's  death  there  was  some 
correspondence  in  the  New  York  Sun  on  his  contributions  to  Our 
Boys  and  Girls,  suggesting  that  he  may  have  had  two  pseudonyms. 
"Salt  Point,"  who  had  also  been  one  of  the  contributors  to  the 
Rebus  department,  and  who  had  met  Mr.  Adams  not  long  before 
his  death,  wrote  thus:  "The  old  gentleman  remembered  my  name 
and  pen  name  and,  though  then  over  seventy,  called  off  the  names 
and  pen  names  of  many  others.  It  was  then  for  the  first  time,  of 
course ,  that  I  knew  that '  Rusticus '  of  Our  Boys  and  Girls  was  Edwin 

*  Mr.  Palmer,  who  still  lives  at  Albany,  possesses  a  little  sketch-book  into  which  he 
pasted  drawings  made  by  Abbey  in  those  early  days.    Most  of  them  are  dated  1 868. 


"OLIVER  OPTIC" 

A.  Abbey."  This  letter  brought  another  from  "L.G.,"  Cincinnati, 
of  which  the  larger  part  follows:  "Seeing  the  letter  in  The  Sun  from 
'Salt  Point'  in  regard  to  Edwin  Austin  Abbey,  I  am  prompted  to 
send  you  some  first-hand  information  about  the  artist's  first  at- 
tempts. We  two  were  both  contributors  to  Oliver  Optic's  Magazine, 
he  as  '  Yorick'  and  I  as  'Wide  Awake.'  An  extensive  correspon- 
dence sprang  up  between  us.  My  first  visit  to  Philadelphia  from 
my  Brooklyn  home  as  a  sixteen-year  old  boy  was  to  see  Abbey ,  who 
took  me  to  all  the  historic  places,  and  I  can  see  us  now  standing  be- 
fore the  iron  paling  and  looking  at  Franklin's  grave.  Abbey  was 
jolly  and  hospitable.  His  letters  were  always  profusely  illustrated 
with  pen-and-ink  sketches,  mostly  humorous,  which  I  would  give 
much  to  possess  now." 

Ned  remained  at  Dr.  Gregory's  school  until  June,  1868,  when 
he  was  sixteen,  and  not  long  after  was  sent  to  study  penmanship 
for  three  months  under  Richard  S.  Dickson. 

So  much  for  the  first  phase  of  his  life. 


fir 


•§k       <*>'??  •§ 
•  t<~     \      '    *'  ,-^^ 


CHAPTER  II 

FIRST  WORK  AND  THE  PENNSYLVANIA 

ACADEMY 

1868-1871     Aged  1 6-1 8 

Willard  P.  Snyder's  Recollections — A  Young  Editor — Enthusiasm  for  Dickens — 

Professor    Schussele — A    Student   at   the   Pennsylvania    Academy — The    Pre- 

Raphaelites — Arthur  Boyd  Houghton — Favourite  Reading — Early  Drawings 

HE  second  phase  of  Abbey's  career  began  in  1868, 
when,  at  the  age  of  sixteen,  he  entered  the  firm  of  Van 
Ingen  and  Snyder  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  draw- 
ing on  wood  for  illustrating,  the  intention  of  his  father 
being  that  the  boy  should  be  apprenticed  there  until  he  was  twenty- 
one.  The  indentures,  perhaps  fortunately,  were,  however,  not  exe- 
cuted, and  the  youth  was  thus  left  free  to  listen  to  the  call  of  New 
York,  when,  not  long  after,  it  sounded. 

The  earliest  of  the  recollections  of  Abbey ,  which  very  kindly  have 
been  written  for  this  book  by  certain  of  his  early  friends,  are  those  of 
Mr.  Willard  P.  Snyder,  son  of  one  of  the  partners  in  the  firm,  and 
Ned's  exact  contemporary.  "I  first  met  Edwin  A.  Abbey, "he  says, 
"when  he  was  sixteen.  He  was  seated  at  a  drawing  table  in  the 
office  and  not  with  the  general  staff  of  engravers  in  the  larger  room, 
for  his  talents  were  already  showing  to  exceptional  advantage  in 
other  channels.  His  work  was  to  make  drawings  for  school  books, 
geographies,  readers,  and  spellers;  while  an  endless  chain  of  Sun- 
day School-book  MSS.  passed  through  his  hands.  Another  part  of 
his  work  was  to  read  the  galley  proofs  and  select  the  incidents  for 
illustration.  Some  he  himself  drew,  others  were  given  out  to  the 
artists  on  the  staff.  I  n  this  way  he  acted  in  the  capacity  of  what  may 
be  termed  an  Art  Editor."  To  be  so  soon  entrusted  with  such  re- 
sponsible duties  as  these  shows  us  that  the  sagacity  which  distin- 
guished Abbey  throughout  his  life  was  of  early  growth  and  even  at 
sixteen  was  duly  appreciated  by  those  about  him. 

Mr.  Snyder  continues:  "The  illustrated  English  journals  were 
at  hand  in  the  office,  and  he  was  soon  busy  showing  them  to  me.  We 

9 


IMPROVISATIONS 

were  both  at  home  with  the  men  and  their  work,  and  conversation 
went  apace.  .  .  .  Before  our  first  interview  came  to  an  end  his  pen- 
cil was  moving  over  a  blank  sheet  of  paper  on  his  drawing  board. 
In  a  short  while  it  was  overflowing  with  images  and  a  sense  of  life. 
I  saw  Chinamen,  negroes,  a  mendicant,  and  a  parson ;  then  came 
Uriah  Heep,  cringing  and  crafty,  finally  Mr.  Pickwick,  beaming 
and  very  rotund,  standing  on  a  chair.  It  all  came  instinctively  and 
without  apparent  effort,  full  of  easy  gestures  and  simple  piquancy, 
a  dazzling  caprice  of  fancy.  He  began  by  placing  the  eyes  first,  with 
full  emphasis,  the  other  features  followed  in  the  finest  hair  lines, 
as  well  as  the  general  outline;  the  mouth  and  a  lock  of  hair  would 
receive  some  extra  strength,  and  the  work  was  done.  It  was  plainly 
seen  that  his  mind  was  boring  deeper  than  a  mere  effect  of  line  or 
colour,  for  there  appeared  first  of  all  human  emotion,  with  the  ele- 
mental law  of  contrast  everywhere  in  evidence  as  a  vital  point." 
— This  memory  of  the  Dickens  illustrations  is  interesting  in  help- 
ing us  to  the  knowledge  of  the  boy's  literary  tastes,  too.  All  his  life 
Abbey  was  much  under  the  dominion  of  Dickens,  who,  to  a  large 
extent,  in  those  early  days,  stood  for  England,  and  intensified  the 
English  lure. 

Here  let  me  interpose  Mr.  Snyder's  portrait  of  Abbey  at  seven- 
teen: "In  appearance  he  was  short  and  possessed  unusual  physi- 
cal beauty,  the  body  and  limbs  formed  for  strength  and  symmetry, 
the  head  and  features  were  of  the  classical  type  and  well  poised  on 
a  round,  full  neck;  the  complexion  fine  and  clear,  eyes  brown  be- 
neath brows  low  and  firm;  hair  of  a  neutral  warm  tone,  neither  light 
nor  dark,  thick  and  slightly  curling  above  the  ears.  There  was  an 
irresistible  effect  about  his  appearance  that  drew  people  to  him. 
His  habits  were  those  of  a  youth  of  an  established  family,  and 
in  all  things,  under  all  circumstances,  he  acted  wisely.  There  was 
something  of  decision  and  reserved  energy  in  his  whole  being. 
His  nerves  were  always  calm,  although  within  him  was  stored  the 
warmth  of  sunshine." 

The  Pennsylvania  Academy  of  the  Fine  Arts  had  at  that  time 
as  director  an  Alsatian  artist,  Professor  Schussele,  and  it  was  de- 

10 


PROFESSOR  SCHUSSELE 

cided  that  Abbey,  by  becoming  a  student  in  the  night  class,  should 
have  the  benefit  of  more  scientific  tuition  than  Isaac  Williams  had 
imparted.  Mr.  Snyder,  who,  as  a  youth,  joined  him  in  this  enter- 
prise, again  supplies  reminiscences.  "  The  Academy  was  situated 
up  a  broad  alley  opening  from  Chestnut  Street.  There  was  a  high 
iron  gate  at  the  entrance,  and  the  front  of  the  Academy  presented 
the  appearance  of  a  Roman  Doric  temple,  a  long  broad  flight  of  steps 
leading  up  to  the  entrance.  After  passing  in  through  the  vestibule 
and  signing  your  name  on  the  register,  you  were  in  the  rotunda, 
a  large  high  room.  From  the  dome  above, the  light  fell  on  the  co- 
lossal group  entitled  'The  Battle  of  the  Centaurs. '  This  piece  of  sta- 
tuary was  directly  in  the  centre  of  the  rotunda,  and  a  low  bench 
covered  with  cushions  formed  a  sweeping  circle  around  it.  There 
[on  the  day  of  the  two  boys'  introductory  visit]  we  sat  down  to  await 
the  coming  of  Professor  Schussele.  To  fill  in  the  time  we  looked 
about  at  the  large  paintings  on  the  walls,  the  busts  of  Roman  Em- 
perors and  the  marble  statues  on  pedestals;  while  over  it  all  there 
was  a  stillness:  the  smallest  noise  made  an  echo;  it  all  seemed  ma- 
jestic. Abbey  pointed  out  one  master  and  another  to  me,  and  used 
a  modulated  tone;  and  I  did  the  same  in  replying  to  him. 

"Before  very  long  a  middle-aged  gentleman  approached  who  re- 
sembled Shakespeare;  he  came  steadily  toward  us  with  fixed  atten- 
tion, one  leg  dragging  slightly,  as  he  had  had  a  stroke  of  paralysis 
and  used  a  cane  for  assistance.  After  the  letter  had  been  presented , 
he  asked  to  see  our  work .  Abbey  had  a  composition  to  show.  There 
were  several  Puritans  and  Indians  in  the  composition;  it  was  done 
in  pencil  and  sepia  wash,  on  buff  watercolour  paper,  with  Chinese 
white  for  the  high  lights.  [I  fancy  it  must  have  been  an  early  ver- 
sion of  the  first  Harper's  Weekly  drawing,  described  a  little  later.] 
The  Professor  was  impressed  and  took  considerable  time  in  exam- 
ining the  subject.  He  told  us  to  report  to  the  Antique  Class  for 
instruction.  Professor  Schussele,  I  should  note  in  passing,  stood 
as  a  thoroughly  trained  exponent  of  the  academic  school  of  France. 
He  taught  the  importance  of  truth,  of  going  to  nature  for  all  things, 
even  to  the  accessory  data  necessary  to  make  a  complete  expression 

ii 


AN  INDEPENDENT  STUDENT 

of  an  idea,  holding  that  it  was  only  by  following  these  lines  that  the 
picture  could  be  made  convincing.  Abbey  received  instruction 
freely  and  was  in  perfect  accord  with  the  teaching  up  to  that  point, 
but  when  it  came  to  seriously  studying  the  antique  I  was  aware  in 
him  of  a  lack  of  interest.  I  often  wondered  why  the  spirit  of  the 
class  did  not  move  him,  for  all  about  he  saw  men  and  women  mak- 
ing clever,  bold  studies  from  the  antique;  but  he  appeared  more 
in  the  attitude  of  an  observer  than  one  of  the  class.  I  do  not  re- 
member that  he  ever  made  a  complete  drawing  in  the  class. ...  In 
the  Life  Class  at  the  Academy  he  did  more  work,  although  I  never 
knew  him  to  make  an  earnest  effort  to  make  what  the  student  would 
term  a  'study.'  While  the  members  of  the  class  were  busy  giving 
the  best  they  could  to  one  point  of  view  he  would  perhaps  be  busy 
with  a  dozen  sketches,  some  of  them  simply  a  part  of  the  figure. 
For  example,  I  have  seen  him  devote  considerable  attention  to  the 
forearm  and  hand,  with  particular  drawing  of  the  veins  and  mas- 
ses of  hair  on  the  back  of  a  hand.  At  the  best  his  attendance  was 
not  regular,  but  he  always  had  a  composition  to  show,  sometimes 
several." 

As  to  these  compositions,  Abbey's  brother  remembered  that 
among  the  subjects  were  "Perseus  Rescuing  Andromeda,"  "The 
Crowning  of  the  Emperor  Nero,"  "The  Journey  of  the  Queen  of 
Sheba,"  and  a  scene  from  Macbeth.  In  order  to  fit  himself  to  cope 
with  the  difficulties  of  costume  and  so  forth ,  Abbey j  oined  the  Mer- 
cantile Library  and  became  a  very  assiduous  reader.  Mr.  Snyder 
tells  how  he  frequently  found  him  there.  "His  memory  was  reten- 
tive, with  a  prehensile  faculty  to  an  unusual  degree;  he  could  look 
through  a  book  and  get  the  vital  points  of  interest  just  as  clearly  as 
the  fluorescent  screen  shows  the  coin  in  the  pocket-book  under 
the  X-ray  conditions.  It  was  not  his  habit  to  sit  with  a  book  for 
any  length  of  time;  it  was  not  necessary  for  him  to  do  so,  since  he 
had  other  and  more  direct  methods."  At  this  period  not  only  was 
the  foundation  laid  of  Abbey's  remarkable  store  of  information, 
but  he  began  to  nourish  his  instinct,  which  later  became  very  re- 
markable, as  a  reader.  It  is  one  thing  to  have  a  library;  it  is  quite 


ROSWELL  ABBEY  AND  HIS  WIFE,  ELIZABETH  TRUSLOW,  E.  A.  ABBEY'S  PATERNAL  GRANDPARENTS 

FROM  A  DAGUERREOTYPE. 


B.  R.  HAYDON 

another  to  know  what  it  contains  and  to  be  able  to  go  straight  to  the 
right  spot.  This  was  very  noticeably  Abbey's  gift.  He  used  books 
as  though  they  were  tools. 

Apropos  of  that  early  reading,  in  a  letter  to  his  future  wife,  many 
years  later,  Abbey  recalls  a  period  during  these  days  when  he  was 
under  the  influence  of  Haydon's  Autobiography.  '"  What  a  fusty, 
fudgy  place,"  he  says,  "that  Philadelphia  Academy  was  in  my  day ! 
The  trail  of  Rembrandt  Peale  and  of  Charles  Leslie,  of  Benjamin 
West,  and  all  the  dismal  persons  who  thought  themselves 'Old  Mas- 
ters,' was  over  the  place,  and  the  worthy  young  men  who  caught 
colds  in  that  dank  basement  with  me,  and  who  slumbered  peace- 
fully by  my  side  during  long  anatomical  lectures  all  thought  the 
only  thing  worth  doing  was  the  grand  business,  the  'High  Art'  that 
Hay  don  was  always  raving  about ;  and  in  my  mild,  willing  way,  I 
rather  believed  it,  too,  because  I  was  told  it,  and  contributed  to  the 
composition  class  my  ideas  of  'Solomon  in  all  his  glory'  going  out 
for  his  daily  drive  in  the  park  of  the  period,  of  'Moses  watching 
Laban's  flock,'  and  so  on,  and  so  on."  But  Haydon's  rule  was  brief, 
weakening  almost  at  once  and  disappearing  (as  Abbey  explains  in 
the  same  letter),  when  he  came,  in  the  Illustrated  London  News,  on 
the  artist's  demonstration  of  the  correctness  of  the  drawing  in  his 
picture  of  Curtius  leaping  into  the  gulf:  a  loss  of  confidence  which 
was  only  too  completely  justified  when,  on  coming  to  London,  Ab- 
bey saw  the  original  painting. 

We  must  consider  it  more  than  a  happy  chance  that  led  the  boy  to 
Schussele's  care,  to  be  so  early  set  on  his  true  course.  He  himself 
thought  so  too.  When,  on  February  2nd,  1908,  the  Academy  of 
Fine  Arts  at  Philadelphia  conferred  its  Gold  Medal  of  Honour 
upon  him,  Abbey  wrote  thus  to  the  President,  Mr.  E.  H.  Coates, 
concerning  his  early  training  there :  "An  exile  from  my  native  town 
for  some  twenty-eight  years,  I  still  cherish  deeply  the  memory  of 
the  days  and  evenings  I  passed  at  the  Academy  of  the  Fine  Arts— 
in  those  days  in  a  transition  state.  I  have  seen  a  great  deal  since  then 
—and  heard  artistic  theories  propounded  without  number — but 
the  science  of  constructive  drawing  as  taught  by  Mr.  Schussele  re- 

13 


THE  PRE-RAPHAELITES 

mains  clearly  with  me,  and  is,  in  my  opinion,  as  thorough  and  right 
as  a  method  can  be.  I  have  endeavoured  through  all  these  years  to 
carry  out  his  theory  (I  have  never  studied  under  any  other  master), 
and  whatever  of  shortcomings  is  said  to  be  laid  at  my  door — and 
alas!  I  fear  this  is  not  a  little — I  can  truthfully  say  that  I  owe  what- 
ever of  science  I  have  to  the  groundwork  of  advice  I  had  at  Mr. 
Schussele's  hands.  It  is  the  more  gratifying,  therefore,  that  my  old 
school  has  paid  me  the  compliment  of  which  your  letter  advises  me, 
and  I  beg  to  assure  you  that  among  the  honours  that  have  fallen  to 
my  share  this  testimonial  will  hold  a  cherished  place." 

A  powerful  influence  at  this  time  was  that  of  the  Pre-Raphaelites . 
"Abbey'sconversations,"Mr.Snydercontinues,"wereinlargepart 
about  the  Pre-Raphaelite  school  and  the  leaders  in  England.  The 
movement  there  had  gained  great  momentum ,  and  in  the  whirlpool 
of  discussion  Holman  Hunt  and  Rossetti  were  the  vortices  of  in- 
terest. This  circumstance  drew  him  to  their  cause :  he  was  in  full 
accord  with  their  doctrines.  Hunt,  Rossetti  and  Millais  were  names 
he  mentioned  constantly,  but  when  he  spoke  of  Rossetti,  it  was 
always  Dante  Gabriel  Rossetti,  in  full — of  his  great  power  and  the 
unconventional  treatment  of  his  compositions.  To  a  large  degree 
the  romantic  elementinhiswritingshadadeepinfluence,and  nearly 
everything  that  Rossetti  wrote  he  accepted  without  reservation.  To 
show  how  thoroughly  he  absorbed  the  doctrines  of  the  Pre-Ra- 
phaelites ,  on  one  occasion  he  took  me  expressly  to  see  an  illustration 
by  Houghton  in  an  English  magazine;  the  title  was  'The  Four  Disci- 
ples.' There  I  saw  the  possible  truth  from  thePre-Raphaelite  view- 
point. The  long  hair  was  unkempt  and  matted  over  their  foreheads, 
their  faces  were  pinched  with  suffering;  deep  shadows  lay  under 
their  hollow,  burning  eyes;  they  were  dishevelled  and  in  rags.  The 
drawing  was  done  in  a  masterful  way.  It  was  compelling  and  made 
an  impression  that  was  enduring.  Abbey  contended  that  the  view- 
point was  justifiable,  as  it  was  the  simple  truth." 

Of  Houghton  we  find  a  passage  in  a  letter  from  Abbey  to  Mr. 
M.  H.  Spielmann,  many  years  after,  from  which  further  quotations 
will  be  made  later.  "I  remember,"  he  says,  referring  to  the  Art 


ARTHUR  BOYD  HOUGHTON 

Department  of  Harper's  Magazine  and  Weekly,  "Boyd  Houghton 
coming  in  and  hearing  that  he  had  brought  all  his  boxwood  with 
him;  and  it  lingers  in  my  memory  that  it  was  screwed  together  with 
brass  screws  (ours  were  steel  or  iron).  The  quality  of  boxwood 
made  a  good  deal  of  difference,  you  know;  if  you  drew  a  face  or  a 
hand  on  a  spongy  bit  it  had  to  be  plugged,  and  it  was  very  difficult  to 
draw  on  the  plugged  bit.  Houghton  must  have  been  on  his  way 
home,  for  I  remember  one,  at  least,  of  his  drawings  before  I  ever 
went  to  Harper's.  I  remember  sticking  up  for  it  at  the  Academy 
School  in  Philadelphia  in  the  face  of  much  opposition — a  picture 
of  some  Western  children  and  toboggans.  I  remember,  too,  Elder 
Evans  of  the  Shakers  coming  down  there  and  kicking  up  a  row  about 
Houghton 's  picture  of  him,  which  had  been  reprinted  in  Harper's 
Weekly." — Arthur  Boyd  Houghton  was  a  powerful  draughtsman, 
somewhat  severe  in  temperament,  who  is  best  known  for  his  edition 
of  The  Arabian  Nights.  He  also  illustrated  Don  Quixote,  but  most  of 
his  work  is  buried  in  the  files  of  Once  a  Week,  Fun,  the  Graphic,  and 
other  periodicals .  He  was  born  in  1 83  6 ,  and  died  in  1 875 . 

Another  passage  in  Mr .  Snyder 's  reminiscences  is  striking: ' '  The 
writings  of  Hamerton,  Clarence  Cook,  and  Eastlake  were  often  dis- 
cussed. The  last-named  led  Abbey  to  an  exhaustive  search  on  fur- 
niture of  the  Georgian  period,  and  to  exploring  the  antique  furni- 
ture shops."-— Here  we  see  the  beginnings  of  that  interest  in  furni- 
ture, developing  into  profound  knowledge,  and  leading  to  many 
valuable  acquisitions,  which  Abbey  never  lost,  and  which  helped, 
no  doubt,  to  determine  his  trend  towards  the  reconstruction  of  his- 
torical scenes. 

In  addition  to  his  work  for  Van  Ingen  and  Snyder  and  his  Aca- 
demy tasks,  Abbey  made  a  number  of  drawings  in  a  more  popular 
vein  and  sent  them  to  Harper's  Weekly,  in  the  hope  of  adding  to  his 
very  slender  resources.  Many  of  these  were  no  doubt  returned;  the 
first  to  be  accepted  was  a  full-page  rendering  of  "The  Puritans' 
First  Thanksgiving,"  published  on  December  3rd,  1870,  when  the 
artist  was  eighteen.  This  was  almost  beyond  question  the  drawing 
that  the  boy  took  to  Schussele  on  his  first  visit  to  the  Academy. 

15 


FIRST  HARPER  DRAWINGS 

Another  early — possibly  earlier — drawing,  "Tracking  Rabbits," 
was  held  back  until  December  2Oth,  1873.  An  interesting  point  to 
note  in  "The  Puritans  "is  the  resemblance  of  the  seated  Indian  on 
the  left  to  the  seated  Indian,  also  on  the  left,  in  the  Harrisburg 
rendering  of  Penn's  Treaty,  painted  more  than  forty  years  after. 
The  child  is  father  to  the  man. 


CHAPTER  III 

HOME  LIFE  IN  NEW  YORK  AND  THE 
HOUSE  OF  HARPER 

1871    Aged  18-19 

Out  into  the  World— Charles  Parsons— The  Potter  House  and  "  Cousin  Jo  " 
The  Lure  of  Music— Laborious  Nights— The  Firm  of  Harper  and  Brothers- 
Journalists  with  the  Pencil — Henry  James  on  Abbey 

BBEY'S  career  as  an  artist  began  seriously  when,  in 
February,  1871,  aged  eighteen— nearly  nineteen—he 
entered  the  illustrators'  department  of  the  publishing 
_  _» firm  of  Harper  and  Brothers  in  Franklin  Square,  New 

York.  This  step  was  made  possible  by  the  intermediary  offices  of 
William  Truslow,a  cousin, and  the  high  opinion  of  the  boy's  gifts 
and  potentialities  formed  by  the  firm's  art  editor,  the  late  Charles 
Parsons,  who,  on  receipt  of  a  packet  of  specimen  drawings,  had 
written  to  Mr.  Abbey  in  the  most  encouraging  and  confident  terms 
with  regard  to  his  son's  future,  and  who  was  destined  to  be  for 
many  years  the  young  artist's  friend  and  counsellor.  Charles  Par- 
sons, who  in  1871  was  fifty  years  of  age,  had  already  occupied  his 
position  at  Franklin  Square  for  eight  years, and  he  was  to  remain 
in  it  until  1889.  Himself  a  landscape  painter,  he  brought  a  trained 
eye  to  his  work  as  a  supervisor,  and  much  of  the  prosperity  of  the 
Harper  publications  can  be  traced  to  his  intelligence  and  zeal. 

When  the  boy  left  Philadelphia  for  New  York,  Willard  Snyder 
went  too;  and  this  chances  to  be  a  fortunate  circumstance  for  the 
biographer.  The  two  youths  shared  lodgings,  living  at  90  Morton 
Street,  just  off  Bedford  Avenue,  Brooklyn,  a  boarding  house  kept 
by  a  Mrs.Birdsaye — drawn  to  this  abode  by  the  reason  that  Ab- 
bey's cousins,  the  Sylvanus  Beards  and  their  two  children,  occu- 
pied the  whole  of  the  second  floor.  Above  them  lodged  Bleeker  N. 
Mitchell,  an  amateur  artist,  his  nephew,  Samuel  Post,  Abbey  and 
Willard  Snyder.  Mr.  Mitchell  was  a  cultured  and  travelled  man, 
whose  room  contained  many  relics  of  his  wanderings  and  indica- 


THE  POTTER  HOUSE 

tions  of  his  sound  and  catholic  taste,  and  it  was  an  advantage  to 
the  boys  to  be  made  free  of  it.  There  they  would  pore  over  photc 
graphs  of  Italy  and  pictures  in  the  foreign  galleries,  talk,  sing,  and 
play.  Abbey , who  was  clever  with  the  banjo,hada  repertory  of  plan- 
tation melodies ;  and  he  was  famous  also  for  a  wonderful  somersault 
with  which  he  would  bring  a  song  to  an  end.  "The  rare  physical 
strength,"  says  Mr.  Snyder,  "needed  for  this  somersault  explains 
the  mastery  he  had  over  things.  It  led  him  to  trust  wholly  and  to 
have  faith  in  himself." 

But  90  Morton  Street  was  not  Abbey's  New  York  home;  it  was 
merely  his  lodging.  His  home  was  a  short  distance  away,  at  the 
Potter  House,  where  he  spent  all  the  time  that  he  could,  and  always 
dined.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Potter,  their  son,  and  their  son-in-law  and 
their  daughter,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Henry  Curtiss,  lived  in  very  perfect 
amity.  Mrs.  Potter  had  been  a  Miss  Truslow,  and  thus  was  Mr. 
Abbey's  cousin;  her  daughter,  Mrs.  Curtiss,  was  then— and  re- 
mained to  the  end  of  her  life— Edwin  Abbey's  favourite  intimate 
among  all  his  kin.  Of  "Cousin  Jo,"  as  he  called  her,he  never  ceased 
to  speak  with  the  deepest  affection. ' '  She  was  my  safeguard  for  many 
years,"  are  his  words  in  one  of  his  later  letters.  And  again:  "She 
brought  out  all  that  was  best  of  me  in  my  growing  years."  Mr. 
Snyder  was  also  under  the  spell  of  Mrs.  Curtiss,  who  must  have 
been  a  strikingly  beautiful  woman.  He  speaks  of  her  conversational 
ease  and  charm,  her  inherent  loveliness  of  spirit  and  fine  aristo- 
cracy of  demeanour. 

Mrs.  Curtiss,  he  tells  us,  presided  at  dinner,  with  her  young  rel- 
ative on  her  right.  Afterwards  there  was  either  music  or  cards  or 
both .  Abbey  carried  throughout  his  life  a  detestationof  cards  ,which 
to  him  were  an  anti-social  infliction.  He  therefore  did  not  play , but 
played  instead,  in  those  early  days,  a  diabolical  game  of  his  own  in- 
vention, which  consisted  in  recording  minutely  every  exclamation 
that  the  card-players  uttered.  These,  amid  indignation  and  denial, 
hewould  read  aloud  when  the  rubber  was  done. 

The  Potter  House  was  a  musical  centre,  in  a  more  serious  way 
than  Mr.  Mitchell's  room,  for  the  whole  family  were  members  of 

18 


THE  LURE  OF  MUSIC 

the  Mendelssohn  Glee  Club,  and  Abbey,  though  he  did  not  sing 
in  it,  never  missed  a  conceit.  Mr.  Snyder  recalls  an  instance  of  the 
fascination  of  music — not  quite  of  the  Mendelssohn  Glee  Club  or- 
der, but  music  with  more  glamour — for  the  young  artist.  "It  led 
him, "he  says, "once  to  follow  a  band  playing  in  5th  Avenue.  The 
Seventh  Regiment  was  marching  up,  and  at  the  head  was  the  band 
of  nearly  one  hundred  pieces.  I  think  Arbuckle  was  the  leader; 
he  made  use  of  a  mass  of  woodwinds,  and  played  marches  of  the 
bounding,  tripping  kind,  with  frills  and  rocket  phrases.  ...  As 
the  band  passed,  Abbey  gripped  me  by  the  arm  and  I  found  myself 
a  part  of  the  usual  mob  on  the  sidewalk  following  it.  I  hardly  rea- 
lised at  first  his  intentions ,  but  after  beingpushed  and  hustled  from 
shoulder  to  shoulder  for  a  block  or  two,  I  made  an  effort  to  get  him 
away;  his  only  response  was  a  firmer  grip  on  my  arm;  he  seemed 
fascinated  by  the  stirring  music.  It  is  the  only  instance  that  I  re- 
member where  external  influences  had  an  effect  on  him.  When  the 
music  stopped  we  turned  aside,  and  I  said,  'Will  you  please  tell  me 
what  ails  you,  that  you  must  walk  with  a  mob  in  5th  Avenue?'  He 
said,  'Oh!  let  yourself  out,  and  don't  talk  like  a  book.'  Then,  with 
a  laugh  he  added,  'But  wasn't  it  fine ! ' 

Referring  to  another  of  his  early  Brooklyn  lodgings  with  some 
Truslow  cousins ,  Abbey  wrote ,  in  a  letter  to  his  future  wife , "  I  was 
an  intensely  shy  boy  then  and  used  to  go  to  my  room  after  dinner 
and  work  and  read.  Most  nights  I  used  to  paint  in  water-colours,  by 
candle  light,  or  draw  my  own  beautiful  figure  in  the  glass — catch- 
ing awful  colds  sometimes,  for  there  was  no  fire  up  there.  .  .  .Some- 
times I  used  to  work  nearly  all  night." 

In  1871  the  firm  of  Harper  and  Brothers  consisted  of  John  Har- 
per, Fletcher  Harper,  John  W.  Harper  and  Joseph  H.  Harper,  the 
sons  of  John,  Fletcher  Harper,  junior,  Joseph  W.  Harper,  junior, 
the  son  of  Wesley,  who  had  died  in  1870,  and  Philip  J.  H.  Harper, 
the  son  of  James,  who  had  died  in  1869.  The  acorn  from  which 
the  oak  grew  was  the  partnership  of  John  and  James  Harper,  the 
sonsofJosephHarper,aprinterinDoverStreet,NewYork,ini8i7. 
It  was  in  June,  1850,  that  the  first  number  of  Harper's  Magazine 

19 


THE  FIRM  OF  HARPER 

appeared.  The  nominal  editor  was  Henry  J.Raymond,  but  its  real 
conductor  was  Fletcher  Harper,  who  was  then  a  man  of  forty-four. 
Within  six  months  its  circulation  was  over  50,000;  in  1853  it  had 
risen  to  130,000,  and  the  magazine  had  become  a  power.  The  late 
George  William  Curtis  took  charge  of  "The  Easy  Chair"  in  1853  ; 
the  late  Charles  Parsons  was  placed  at  the  head  of  the  firm's  Art 
Department  in  1863 ;  and  in  the  same  year  Mr.  Henry  Mills  Alden , 
who  until  very  recently  was  still  editor-in-chief,  began  his  long  asso- 
ciation with  the  magazine. 

Harper's  Weekly  was  founded  in  1857,  also  by  Fletcher  Harper, 
and  when,  in  1871 ,  Abbey  entered  the  Art  Department,  it  was  at 
the  head  of  American  illustrated  journalism.  To-day  it  has  ceased 
to  be  except  as  a  title  incorporated  in  The  Independent.  Such  are  the 
vicissitudes  of  periodicals ! 

Photography  being  then  in  its  infancy  and  process-blocks  having 
not  yet  come  into  existence — the  two  inventions  which  make  pos- 
sible the  momently  topical  pictures  in  the  morning  and  evening 
papers  to-day — it  follows  that  Harper's  Weekly  had  to  depend  up- 
on draughtsmanship .  The  draughtsmen  drew  chiefly  on  the  wood , 
which  afterwards  passed  to  the  engravers.  To-day,  to  the  regret  of 
many  artists,  wood  engravers  are  difficult  to  find;  in  the  1870*8  they 
abounded.  One  has  only  to  compare  any  volume  of  Punch,  say,  of 
that  period  with  any  volume  of  the  same  paper  of  the  present  time, 
to  realise  that  scientific  inventiveness  and  artistic  gain  are  not  sy- 
nonymous terms. 

What  Abbey  and  his  colleagues  had  to  do  for  Harper's  Weekly  was , 
practically,  to  be  journalists  with  the  pencil.  Subjects  poured  in, 
just  as  they  pour  in  to  the  desk  of  the  ready-writer,  and  the  artists 
had  to  rise  to  the  occasion  in  the  same  way.  Artists  are,  as  a  rule, 
dreamy  folk  who  hate  equally  to  be  hurried  and  to  obey  instruc- 
tions too  closely.  But  the  artist  who  is  also  a  journalist  must  either 
be  in  time  with  his  drawing  or  lose  his  job.  And  especially  so  in  New 
York.  It  was  this  training  on  Harper's  Weekly  which  no  doubt  gave 
Abbey  much  of  his  quickness,  his  instant  mental  and  manual  re- 
action and  his  sense  of  business  obligation .  Few  artists  can  have  had 

20 


ART  AT  HIGH  PRESSURE 

as  well-ordered  and  tractable  a  brain  as  his;  none  ever  had  a  readier 
hand. 

The  late  Henry  James — who,  as  we  shall  see,  was  to  become  one 
of  Abbey's  closest  friends — criticising,  in  1886,  Abbey 's  work  in  an 
article  of  great  discernment , develops  this  point. ' '  For  us  ,"he  wrote, 
"no  artistic  genius  that  our  country  has  produced  is  more  delight- 
ful than  Mr.  Abbey's;  so, surely,  nothing  could  be  more  character- 
istically American  than  that  it  should  have  formed  itself  in  the  con- 
ditions that  happened  to  be  nearest  at  hand ,  with  the  crowds,  streets 
and  squares,  the  railway  stations  and  telegraph  poles,  the  wondrous 
sign-boards  and  triumphant  bunting  of  New  York  for  the  source 
of  its  inspiration,  and  with  a  big  hurrying  printing-house  for  its 
studio.  If  to  begin  the  practice  of  art  in  these  conditions  was  to  in- 
cur the  danger  of  being  crude,  Mr.  Abbey  braved  it  with  remark- 
able success.  At  all  events,  if  he  went  neither  through  the  mill  of 
Paris  nor  through  that  of  Munich  the  writer  of  these  lines  more  than 
consoles  himself  for  the  accident.  His  talent  is  unsurpassably  fine, 
and  yet  we  may  reflect  with  complacency  that  he  picked  it  up  alto- 
gether at  home.  If  he  is  highly  distinguished,  he  is  irremediably 
native,  and  (premising  always  that  I  speak  mainly  of  his  work  in 
black-and-white)  it  is  difficult  to  see,  as  we  look,  for  instance,  at  the 
admirable  series  of  his  drawings  for  She  Stoops  to  Conquer,  what 
more  Paris  or  Munich  could  have  done  for  him.  There  is  a  certain 
refreshment  in  meeting  an  American  artist  of  the  first  order  who 
is  not  a  pupil  of  Gerome  or  Cabanel." 


CHAPTER  IV 

IN  HARPERS'  ART  DEPARTMENT 

1871      Aged  18-19 

An  Autobiographical  Letter — The  Art  Staff  at  Franklin  Square — C.  S.  Reinhart 
— Winslow  Homer — Gilbert  Gaul's  Recollections — Will  H.  Low's  Recollections 
—Abbey's  First  Magazine  Drawings — A  Scrap-book — The  Great  English  Illus- 
trators— Millais'  Tribute 

ABBEY'S  early  career  in  New  York  falls  into  three  divi- 
sions: the  period  from  1871-1874,  when  he  was  work- 
ing in  the  "Office";  the  period  1 874-1 875,  when  he  set 
up  a  studio  of  his  own  and  became  a  free-lance;  and  the 
period  from  1875  to  the  close  of  1878 ,  when,  although  still  working 
in  a  studio ,  he  re-allied  himself  to  Harpers '. 

Of  the  first  period  we  have  some  of  Abbey 'sown  memories  in  a 
letter  to  Mr.M  .H  .Spielmann,  called  forth  by  some  (as  it  happened, 
lucky)  inaccuracies  in  the  proofs  of  a  series  of  articles  on  himself  and 
his  work  in  theMagazine  of  Art  in  1 898-1 899  .And  here  the  reader's 
attention  is  drawn  to  the  vigour,  clarity,  and  spirit  of  Abbey 's  epis- 
tolary style,  qualities  which  will  be  noticed  again  and  again  as  ex- 
tracts from  the  correspondence  occur  to  add  vivacity  to  these  pages . 
"To  begin  with,  "he  wrote,  "the 'Office 'at  Franklin  Square,  as  we 
used  to  call  it,  was  the  dumping  ground  of  the  entire  illustrated  and 
foreign  press  .This  mass  of  material— even  in  1 87 1— was  prodigious ; 
what  it  must  be  now — if  the  same  custom  is  kept  up — 'passes'  me; 
but  one  saw  every  week  and  every  month  all  that  was  being  done 
— good,  bad,  and  indifferent — and  I  was  drawn  to  the  English 
draughtsmen  in  black-and-white  of  the  time  irresistibly.  Reinhart 
—the  only  other  figure  man  then  in  the  office — had  studied  in  Paris 
and  Munich  (he  was  ten  years  my  senior)  and  had  been  introduced 
by  Arthur  Murch  to  Poynter,  Arthur  Severn,  and  several  English 
painters,  and  had  many  legends  of  du  Maurier  and  other  men  of 
Murch 's  circle — Leighton,  too — which  I  listened  to  with  eager  in- 
terest; and  in  the  pages  of  the  English  exchanges  read  with  equal 
interest  descriptions  and  criticisms  of  the  current  exhibitions,  so 
22 


THE  HARPER  STAFF 

that  when  the  Centennial  Exhibition  came  off — in  '76 — I  knew 
nearly  all  the  pictures  of  the  English  exhibit — the  modern  ones ,  that 
is — quite  intimately. 

"Alexander  was  not  one  of  the  staff  then.  I  took  the  hard  wooden 
chair  that  had  just  been  vacated  by  C.  G.  Bush,  the  caricaturist,  who 
had  been  its  occupant  for  some  years .  Reinhart  was  there ,  Theodore 
R.  Davis  (a  war  special),  Stanley  Fox  and,  a  little  later,  Granville 
Perkins — a  clever  marine  painter  in  a  conventional  way,  who  had 
been  scene  painter  atthe  Havana  Opera.  Theofficeboy — just  going 
away — was  a  remarkable  fellow,  and  was  a  really  fine  painter.  He 
didn't  find  his  niche  there — or  anywhere  else — for  some  time.  His 
name  was  Alfred  Kappes.  Kappes  had  compiled  an  enormous  and 
remarkable  scrap-book  in  which  were  pasted  nearly  all  the  Walker 
illustrations — and  hundreds  of  others — from  the  Cornhill,  Once  a 
Week,  Punch,  Fun,  Good  Words,  Sunday  Magazine,  etc.,  and  over 
this  I  used  to  pore  by  the  hour. 

Every  one  of  the  men  I  have  named  is  dead .  Extra  times  we  used 
to  have  in  two  brothers  named  Waud — Englishmen — A.  R.  Waud 
and  William  Waud.  By  extra  times  I  mean  the  Chicago  and  Boston 
fire  times,  the  July  riots,  etc.,  when  we  used  tokeep  it  up  all  day  and 
all  night, too.  I  have  done  thirty-six  hours  on  end, but  I've  suffered 
for  it  afterwards  (cold  coffee  and  a  wet  towel,  you  know).  Both  the 
Wauds  are  dead .  William  was  in  great  req  uest  by  architects .  He  used 
to  make  perspective  drawings  in  water-colour;  remarkably  good 
they  were,  too. 

"I  remember  very  early  in  my  career,  when  I  was  still  backward 
about  availing  myself  of  my  opportunities,  the  destruction  of  a  mass 
of  original  sketches  sent  in  by  the  specials  during  the  rebellion. 
There  were  literally  thousands  of  these.  A  few  were  saved  (by 
Kappes),  but  the  rest  went  to  the  paper  mill.  I  remember  a  lot  by 
Winslow  Homer,  the  most  original  and  the  most  American  painter 
we  have  ever  had .  We  were  changing  our  room ,  and  the  opportunity 
was  seized  of  clearing  out  the  litter.  I  wish  I  had  some  of  it — now." 

Certain  of  the  names  just  mentioned  need  a  few  words .  Charles 
Stanley  Reinhart,  who  was  born  in  1844  and  died  in  1896,  had  been 

23 


A  WARM  RECEPTION 

a  landscape  andgenre  painter,  but  for  many  years  worked  as  an  illus- 
trator for  Harpers ' .  Some  of  his  black-and-white  was  very  brilliant , 
in  particular  his  studies  of  types.  He  resided  in  Paris  from  1 88 1  to 
1 89 1 .  Reinhart  never  quite  fulfilled  the  promise  of  his  younger  days. 
—Arthur  Murch  was  an  English  landscape  painter,  very  well  known 
in  London  artistic  circles,  and  a  special  friend  of  Fred  Jameson,  the 
architect,  who  was  to  be  so  hospitable  to  Abbey  in  1879.  Murch 's 
widow,  also  an  artist,  married  the  late  Matthew  Ridley  Corbet,  the 
landscape  painter. — John W.  Alexander  (b .  October,  1 856 ,  d.  May , 
1915)  is  the  American  portrait  painter  whose  fame  is  now  world- 
wide.—Theodore  R.  Davis  "did"  the  Civil  War  for  the  Weekly. - 
Granville  Perkins  (b.  1830),  who  is  still  living,  is  chiefly  known  for 
his  marine  subjects— both  drawings  and  paintings.— Alfred  Kappes 
(b.  1850)  became  a  genre  painter  of  some  popularity. — Winslow 
Homer  was  sixteen  years  older  than  Abbey;  he  died  in  19 10. 

The  earliest  personal  recollection  of  Abbey  at  work(shall  one  say?) 
in  the  Art  Department  bears  rather  upon  his  sense  of  fun.  It  is  sup- 
plied by  Mr.  Gilbert  Gaul,  the  battle  painter,  who  says  that  in  1872, 
when  he  was  seventeen  and  a  student  at  J.  G.  Brown's,  he  was  sent 
with  a  message  to  Charles  Parsons.  "It  was,"  he  writes,  "a  dreary 
place,  up  a  winding  iron  stair  and  through  ill-lighted  lofts  to  a  lead- 
coloured  board  partition,  on  the  door  in  the  centre  of  which  was  a 
sign  'Art  Department.'  There  was  considerable  commotion  on  the 
other  side  of  the  door,  I  thought,  but  I  proceeded  to  enter.  I  had 
no  sooner  shown  my  head  than  a  heavy  hair  cushion  belonging  to 
one  of  the  office  chairs  struck  my  head  with  a  bang  and  fell  to  the 
floor.  Instinctively  I  drew  back,  using  the  door  as  a  shield ,  and  when 
I  again  looked  round  it  into  the  room  everyone  was  at  a  desk  and 
working  so  rapidly  and  seriously  that  one  would  imagine  there  was 
no  other  obj  ect  in  life . '  The  cat  was  away  and  the  mice  were  at  play .' 
Oneof  their  number  had  left  the  roomand  my  footsteps  in  the  empty 
loft  had  led  them  to  suppose  that  he  was  returning.  The  cushion  was 
only  part  of  the  reception  that  had  been  planned  for  him. 

' '  The  man  at  the  nearest  desk  to  me  finally  slowly  left  his  absorb  - 
ing  task  and  very  gravely  asked  me  my  business.  When  I  found  that 

24 


INARTISTIC  NEW  YORK 

the  head  was  absent  I  suppose  I  smiled  my  appreciation  of  the  state 
of  affairs,  for  the  young  man  smiled  also  and  invited  me  to  wait. 
This  was  Abbey,  but  I  found  afterwards  that  it  was  he  who  had 
thrown  the  cushion." 

All  Abbey's  old  friends,  it  may  be  said,  agree  in  noting  the  rare 
union  of  fun  and  purposefulness  which  distinguished  him  not  only 
as  a  boy  and  a  young  man,  but  which  he  preserved  to  the  end. 

It  was  in  his  first  days  at  Harpers'  that  Abbey  again  met  Mr.  Will 
H.  Low,  between  whose  career  and  his  own  are  certain  affinities: 
they  were  of  much  the  same  age,  both  had  an  idyllic  vein,  both  found 
subjects  of  the  past  more  congenial  than  the  present,  and  both  gave 
much  time  and  thought  to  mural  decoration.  Mr.  Low,  however, 
had  this  great  advantage  over  his  friend,  that  the  golden  years  be- 
tween eighteen  and  twenty-five  were  spent  by  him  in  study  in  Paris , 
Abbey's  unattained  Mecca.  "I remember  how  I  envied  you,"  he 
wrote  to  Mr.  Low,  "when  you  came  in  and  told  me  that  you  were 
going  abroad.  There  was  I,  stuck,  doing  three  years'  time."  And 
in  a  later  letter:  "It  seems  extraordinary  that  we  ever  survived  the 
artistically  barren  existence  that  once  was  ours  in  the  early  'seven- 
ties. Our  highest  artistic  treat  was  to  buy  a  tube  of  Chinese  white 
atKnoedler's  and  as  a  reward  to  be  asked  up  into  thegallery, where, 
after  one ,  one  saw  Gerome  's '  Caesar  and  Cleopatra, '  'Sword  Dance' , 
or 'Chariot  Race,'  and  Boughton's  'Young  Heir,'  and  many  more 
interesting  and  unattainable  works  of  art." 

The  chief  activities  of  the  art  staff  under  Mr.  Parsons  were,  of 
course,  concerned  with  the  Weekly.  The  Magazine  being  a  more 
leisurely  publication,  its  illustrations  were  not  produced  under 
the  same  high  pressure.  Through  the  pages  of  the  Weekly,  where 
re-drawing  and  adaptation  formed  a  large  part  of  the  draughts- 
men's task,  it  is  not  perhaps  necessary  to  follow  Abbey's  pencil 
too  closely.  But  the  Magazine  and  he  were  destined  to  be  so  linked 
together  for  so  many  years  that  there  we  shall  trace  his  hand  to  the 
end:  that  is  to  say,  from  1871  to  1909,  when  his  last  illustration  ap- 
peared. "The  first  drawing,"  Abbey  says,  in  the  autobiographical 
letter  to  Mr.  Spielmann,  "I  made  was  one  for  the  magazine.  It  was 

25 


ABBEY  AS  VICTOR  EMMANUEL 

supposed  to  depict  Victor  Emmanuel  at  the  deathbed  of  Count 
Cavour.  I  hope  it  may  never  be  dug  out  of  its  resting  place.  I  stood 
for  V.E.  myself  on  a  chair  before  a  shaving-glass." 

Although  this  Cavour  article,  which  appeared  in  the  magazine 
for  August,  1871 ,  was  the  first  on  which  Abbey  was  set  to  work  by 
Mr.  Parsons,  one  of  his  later  drawings  saw  the  light  before  it.  In 
July,  1871 ,  had  been  printed  a  patriotic  ballad  by  R.H.  Stoddard, 
entitled  "When  this  Old  Flag  was  New,"  several  of  the  illustra- 
tions for  which  were,  it  is  probable,  assembled  from  stock  rather 
than  made  for  the  poem;  but  among  those  which  we  know  to  have 
come  from  the  staff,  for  the  purpose ,  were  two  signed  "  C  .S  .R . "  (by 
Reinhart),  and  one  signed  "Abbey."  Abbey's  depicts  a  review  of 
volunteers  and  has  much  spirit  and  drollery. 

Truth  to  tell,  the  level  of  illustrations  \n  Harper's  Magazine  at 
that  time  was  not  high;  that  of  the  literary  contributions  being  in- 
finitely better.  This  is  rather  odd,  considering  how  superb  was 
English  illustration  at  that  time,  and  how  quick  the  Americans  were 
to  import  and  appreciate  English  books.  For  a  surprisingly  long 
time  it  seems  to  have  been  held  that  pictures  did  not  really  matter. 
But  that  Abbey  himself  entertained  other  views  as  to  the  desira- 
bility of  the  best  drawing  we  know  not  only  on  the  evidence  of  Mr. 
Snyder,  which  has  been  cited,  but  upon  that  of  a  scrap-book  of 
his  own,  a  more  select  compilation  than  Kappes's,  to  which  he  al- 
ludes above,  dating  from  those  days.  In  this  he  pasted  a  number 
of  those  black-and-white  drawings  in  Good  Words,  Once  a  Week, 
Cornhill,  Punch,  and  so  forth,  which  most  took  his  admiration  and 
his  imagination.  It  lies  before  me  as  I  write,  and  it  is  impossible 
to  turn  the  pages  without  a  thrill  as  one  masterpiece  after  another 
is  revealed ;  masterpieces  not  only  of  draughtsmanship ,  strong ,  ner- 
vous, and  essential,  but  of  wood  engraving  too.  The  artists  repre- 
sented are  G.  J. Pinwell,  William  Small, Fred  Walker,  Millais,  and 
Charles  Keene,  and  though  Abbey  was  the  direct  derivative  of  no 
one,  but  a  sensitive  student  of  the  best  of  all  his  forerunners,  one 
can  feel  here  and  there  how  deep  an  impression  this  drawing  and 
that  must  have  made  upon  him.  It  chanced  that  on  the  same  day 

26 


E.  A.  ABBEY'S  FIRST  AND  SECOND  DRAWINGS  FOR  HARPER'S  MAGAZINE 

In  compliance  with  the  Artist's  wish,  as  expressed  in  his  letter  on  the  opposite  page,  this  draw- 
ing was  not  to  be  dug  out  of  its  resting-place  ;  but  towards  the  end  of  1919  the  following  in- 
scriptions, set  down  in  his  own  hand  (no  doubt  in  the  early  part  of  the  last  year  of  his  life)  were 
discovered  in  his  copy  of  Harper's  Magazine  written  very  distinctly  in  pencil  on  the  margins 
of  the  reproductions  of  the  first  and  second  drawings  which  he  made  for  the  Magazine.  This 
seemed  to  remove  the  objection  to  reproducing  them  here. 

1.  "  THIS  IS  THE  FIRST  DRAWING  I  MADE  AT  HARPERS-[SIGNED]  EDWIN  A.  ABBEY." 

2.  "  THIS  IS  THE  SECOND  DRAWING  I  MADE  AT  HARPERS— I  THINK  IN  JANUARY,  1871— 

[SIGNED]  E-  A.  ABBEY." 


- 
• 

I 

' 


COUNT  CAVOUR,  AND  THE  UNIFICATION  OF  ITALY. 


345 


THE   KINO  'AT  TDK  DKATU-11K1)   OK   OAYOU*. 


"AMD  OXMKKAL   MUBTER-DAT." 


THE  ENGLISH  MASTERS 

on  which  Mrs .  Abbey  showed  me  this  scrap-book  came  a  letter  from 
Mr.  Will  H.  Low  reverting  to  his  intimacy  with  Abbey  at  the  time 
that  the  book  was  in  the  making,  and  recording  a  discussion  of 
which  the  genius  of  Keene  and  du  Maurier  was  the  subject:  "  I 
being  champion  of  the  merits  of  du  Maurier,  based  upon  a  love 
which  I  have  never  outgrown  for  his  'divinely  fair'  and  more  than 
'divinely  tall'  maidens,  andNed  somewhat  scorning  these  and  filled 
with  admiration  for  Keene 's  wonderful  grasp  of  character."  Ab- 
bey's thoughts  must  have  returned  to  this  scrap-book  when,  in 
1889,  after  gaining  the  First-Class  Medal  for  his  black-and-white 
drawings  at  the  great  Paris  Exhibition,  he  read  in  a  French  criticism 
of  his  work,  "II  continue  ainsi  dignement  les  traditions  des  fameux 
dessinateurs  d'outre  Manche:  des  Fred  Walker,  desPinwell,  des 
Millais,  et  des  Keene." 

In  turning  these  pages  and  lingering  upon  the  drawings  that  are 
signed  with  the  initial"M"I  like  to  remember  that  less  than  twenty 
years  after  (as  is  recorded  again  later  in  this  book),  Millais  gave  it 
as  his  opinion  that  a  certain  American  artist  named  Abbey,  who 
had  settled  in  Europe,  should  be  elected  to  the  Royal  Academy  on 
the  strength  of  his  black-and-white  work  alone. 


CHAPTER  V 

IN  HARPERS'  ART  DEPARTMENT 
1872—74      Aged  19-22 

Charles  Mente's  Recollections  —  Charles  Parsons  as  a  Martinet  —  Abbey's  Pur- 

posefulness  —  An  Illustrator's  Versatility  —  J.  E.  Kelly's  Recollections  —  A  Glimpse 

of  the  Promised  Land  —  Herrick  and  Shakespeare 


I 


recollections  of  Abbey  and  Harpers'  Art  Depart- 
ment, which  Mr.  Charles  Mente,  the  artist  and  an  old 
colleague,  has  written  for  this  work  date  from  1872. 
Writing  to  Mr.  Spielmann,  Abbey  says  that  "he  utilised 
Charles  Mente  —  as  good-natured  a  chap  as  ever  breathed,  and  a 
very  good  painter  at  this  writing  [1899],  for  all  sorts  of  things. 
Our  way  —  as  a  rule  —  was  to  hand  the  block  to  the  next  chap,  and 
tell  him  to  'just  run  me  in,  like  this  '  —  striking  the  pose  oneself. 
It  was  all  on  that  dreary  wood,  and  nine  times  out  of  ten  bits  of 
the  block  would  be  in  the  engraving  room." 

"Abbey,"  writes  Mr.  Mente,  "was  always  a  hard  worker  and 
student,  often  working  at  home  at  night  as  well  as  on  holidays. 
He  was  fine  looking,  manly,  with  broad  shoulders,  well  built,  and 
beautiful  teeth.  Fletcher  Harper,  junior,  remarked  one  day,  T  like 
to  see  Mr.  Abbey  laugh,  so  I  can  see  a  fine  set  of  teeth.'  Models 
were  rarely  used.  The  artists  posed  for  each  other  here  and  there. 
I  often  posed  for  Abbey,  but  Mr.  Parsons  never  took  kindly  to 
that,  as  taking  up  time  which  I  should  devote  to  the  house  of 
Harper.  He  was  a  kind  old  gentleman,  whom  we  all  liked,  but  very 
conscientious  when  it  came  to  the  interests  of  Harper  and  Brothers. 
One  of  the  artists  caught  a  dying  mouse  one  day  in  the  office,  put 
it  on  his  desk  and  started  in  making  very  careful  sketches,  when 
Mr.  Parsons  showed  up  and  remonstrated  with  him  in  a  kindly 
way  about  taking  up  time  which  belonged  to  the  firm.  The  artist 
tried  to  explain  how  usefully  these  sketches  might  come  in,  but  Mr. 
Parsons  could  not  see  it  that  way,  so  the  poor  mouse  was  drowned 
after  serving  as  a  model.  I  mention  this  to  show  the  discipline  in 
28 


ADAPTABILITY 

the  office.  Abbey  showed  his  strong  individuality  from  the  start, 
as  can  be  seen  by  his  early  drawings  on  wood  which  appeared  in 
Harper's  Weekly  and  the  Magazine.  You  can  spot  them  at  once. 
His  salary  in  1 872  was  twenty  dollars  per  week,  pay-day  every  two 
weeks;  but  as  we  could  draw  on  account  if  necessary,  his  envelope 
was  often  rather  slim  on  pay-day,  as  he  would  rarely  hesitate  to 
pick  up  a  costume  or  have  it  made,  or  buy  a  book  or  art  publica- 
tion. His  lunch  would  then  often  consist  of  half  a  pound  of  crack- 
ers for  several  days,  and  he  would  stay  in  for  the  noon  hour.  He 
would  sometimes  get  hold  of  Jones  to  pose  for  him  at  noon — this 
was  the  letter-carrier  who  brought  the  mail  around  to  us — and 
in  return  Jones  would  sometimes  get  a  sketch.  'No  model  to  pay 
and  lots  of  fun,'  as  Abbey  said,  instead  of  tinkering  over  a  block  of 
boxwood." 

Further  light  on  the  methods  of  these  young  men  is  found  in  an 
unfinished  letter  written  by  Abbey  to  Charles  Dudley  Warner  in 
1894:  "WhenI  began  todrawfor  Harpers',  an  illustrator,  although 
he  might  have  a  preference,  was  usually  prepared  to  undertake 
any  mortal  thing,  from  the  Bible  to  a  catalogue  of  new  designs  in 
stoves.  He  usually  had  an  office  in  John  Street,  or  Beekman  Street, 
or  in  some  quarter  affected  by  wood  engravers,  upon  whom  he  was 
dependent  for  commissions,  as  a  rule.  Here  he  had  a  small  library 
of  illustrated  books— Shakespeare,  with  John  Gilbert's  illustra- 
tions, Cassell's  or  Wood's  Natural  History,  as  many  as  he  could 
afford  of  the  gift  books  illustrated  by  Birket  Foster,  and  J.  D. 
Harding's  Lessons  on  Trees.  If  he  were  pretty  successful  he  had  a 
boy  to  run  errands,  whiten  blocks,  and  so  on.  When  a  job  came 
in  accompanied  by  a  small  parcel  of  blocks,  the  draughtsman,  af- 
ter having  mastered  his  subject,  would  turn  to  his  library,  turn 
it  over  until  he  had  found  figures  and  trees  suited  to  his  purpose, 
and  copy  them  neatly  upon  the  blocks  before  him.  If  he  was  a  very 
superior  person  he  didn't  do  the  trees  himself,  but  farmed  them 
out  to  an  assistant.  .  .  ." 

It  is  in  the  Magazine  for  March,  1872,  in  an  article  upon  the 
United  States  Treasury  Department,  that  we  find  the  first  drawing 

29 


J.  E.  KELLY 

of  Abbey,  signed  "E.  A.  A.  "and  giving  promise  of  his  more  serious 
trend:  "Washington  in  Consultation  with  Morris  and  Hamilton  at 
his  House  in  New  York."  Other  of  Abbey's  drawings  in  1872  il- 
lustrate negro  life  in  America,  life  in  Japan,  life  at  German  spas, 
life  in  California,  life  in  Syria,  discoveries  in  Cyprus,  and  so  forth, 
all ,of  course ,redrawnf rom  photographs  or  other  people 's  sketches . 
But  in  September  he  had  a  chance  to  be  himself  and  record  some 
of  his  own  observations,  in  the  illustrations  to  a  description  of  a 
trip  on  the  Great  Lakes,  in  which  he  caught  very  happily  several 
types  seen  en  voyage. 

Of  Abbey  in  1 873  we  have  a  glimpse  in  the  reminiscences  written 
for  this  book  by  the  sculp  tor  James  Edwin  Kelly,  who  was  by  three 
years  Abbey's  junior.  Mr.  Kelly's  recollections  are  concerned 
chiefly  with  a  slightly  later  period,  but  his  first  sight  of  his  friend 
and  hero  being  in  1873, 1  quote  the  description  here.  "The  first 
time,"  he  says,  "that  I  saw  Abbey  was  when  he  came  bounding 
into  Harpers'  Art  Department,  after  a  vacation  in  1 873 .  His  soft, 
light  brown  hair,  his  strong,  beautifully  modelled  brow,  gleaming 
brown  eyes,  straight  nose  with  sensitive  nostrils,  mobile,  flexible, 
merry  mouth,  and  his  smile  showing  his  bright  white  teeth,  won 
me  at  once.  On  studying  him  he  grew  upon  me.  His  complexion 
was  pure,  the  colour  of  ivory,  as  were  his  shapely  high-bred  hands. 
He  was  short,  slight,  and  well  set  up.  He  seemed  bright,  brilliant, 
and  joyous,  and  that  impression  has  never  been  effaced.  We  soon 
got  acquainted,  and  I  found  his  soft  voice  added  to  his  charm.  I 
can  understand  that  in  his  future  career  it  must  have  won  him 
many  hearts." 

In  1873  Abbey,  although  London  was  still  unknown  to  him,  did 
not  hesitate  to  illustrate  for  the  Magazine  a  series  of  anonymous 
descriptions  of  life  in  that  city.  His  sketches  have  spirit,  but 
naturally  they  lack  authenticity.  One  of  the  articles  treats  of  the 
artists'  quarters,  and  we  imagine  with  what  feeling  the  young  rest- 
less draughtsman,  whose  thoughts  were  so  often  with  the  English 
masters,  read  the  text.  Such  a  passage  as  this,  for  example,  on 
the  district  about  Newman  Street,  where  he  was  afterwards  to 
30 


A  VERSATILE  ILLUSTRATOR 

have  a  lodging  of  his  own,  must  have  been  more  than  exciting:  "In 
this  network  of  streets  is  your  true  Bohemia.  In  the  dingy  first 
floors  of  these  houses  what  dreams  have  been  dreamed  by  young 
Salvator  Rosas  coming  to  town  for  the  first  time!  The  British  stu- 
dent looks  to  this  metropolis  as  the  Italian  to  Rome — 

And  at  night  along  the  dusty  highway  near  and  nearer  drawn, 
Sees  in  heaven  the  light  of  London  flaring  like  a  dreary  dawn, 
And  his  spirit  leaps  within  him  to  be  gone  before  him  then, 
Underneath  the  light  he  looks  at,  in  among  the  throngs  of  men. 

-What  pictures  he  will  paint !  What  Academy  honours  he  will 
win  !  What  lasting  fame  he  will  achieve  !  How  sternly  he  will  set 
about  correcting  the  public  taste  so  notoriously  degraded  !" 

In  the  Magazine  for  1874  and  1875  we  find  many  significant 
things,  all  done  earlier.  Late  in  1874,  Abbey,  as  we  are  about  to 
see,  left  the  firm  to  become  an  independent  draughtsman.  A  sur- 
vey of  the  illustrations  in  1874  throws  light  on  the  diversity  of  Ab- 
bey's tasks.  We  find,  signed  by  him,  views  of  Martinique,  a  por- 
trait of  William  Barnes,  the  Dorsetshire  poet,  and  various  Dor- 
setshire relics,  a  view  of  Cape  Horn,  scenes  in  Bermuda,  scenes 
in  the  Faralla  Islands,  sketches  of  women  flower-sellers,  a  snowy 
landscape  to  illustrate  a  poem  by  Mary  Mapes  Dodge,  a  comic 
Irishman  to  illustrate  a  poem  by  R.  H.  Stoddard,  sketches  for  an 
article  on  the  boundary  line  between  America  and  Canada,  types 
of  railroad  men  in  America,  and  a  view  of  a  giant  tree  at  Nassau 

holographs  again,  no  doubt,  formed  the  basis  of  most  of  this 
work.  This  year,  1 874,  saw  Abbey's  first  publicly  exhibited  water- 
colour,  "Rustics  Dancing  in  a  Barn,  "which  was  hung  in  the  Ame- 
rican Water  Colour  Society's  Exhibition. 

But  the  most  interesting  of  Abbey's  contributions  to  Harper's 
in  1874  have  yet  to  be  named:  his  first  effort  both  with  Shake- 
speare and  with  Herrick— two  authors  with  whose  names  he  was  to 
be  so  closely  associated.  But  whereas  his  first  Herrick  drawings 
were  serious,  his  first  dealings  with  the  dramatist  were  frivolous 
.  he  famous  illustrator  of  Shakespeare's  "Comedies"  and  "Trage- 


FIRST  HERRICK  DRAWINGS 

dies,"  whose  drawings  were  to  shed  such  distinction  on  Harper's 
Magazine  for  many  years,  began  his  Shakespearean  career  in  its 
pages  with  a  travesty.  The  May  number  of  Harper's,  1874,  is  not- 
able for  containing  the  first  of  the  Herrick  drawings — illustrating 
"Corinna's  Going  a-Maying."  Mr.  Kelly  tells  us  that  the  sugges- 
tion— a  very  fruitful  one — came  from  Mr.  Alden.  Since  it  is  Ab- 
bey's work  on  Herrick  that  led  to  his  visit  to  England  in  1878 ,  and 
determined  the  main  course  of  his  career,  this  early  example  of  his 
most  characteristic  work  in  pen  and  ink  is  very  noteworthy;  and 
not  the  less  so  because  the  same  poem  served  him  as  the  subject  of 
his  first  oil  painting,  in  1890,  "May  Day  Morning."  When,  how- 
ever, the  edition  of  Herrick  was  published  in  1882,  these  Corinna 
drawings  were  replaced  by  others.  Abbey's  most  interesting  con- 
tribution to  Harper's  in  1875 — done  probably  in  1873  or  1874— 
was  a  series  of  illustrations  to  the  famous  story  of  "The  Three 
Bears,"  as  extracted  from  Southey's  Doctor.  They  are  a  proof  that, 
had  he  so  wished,  he  could  have  been  one  of  the  most  acceptable 
illustrators  for  children.  We  find  him  more  in  his  later  style  in  the 
drawings  of  "Major  Pitcairn  Stirring  his  Brandy"  in  an  article  on 
"The  Concord  Fight"  later  in  the  year. 


CHAPTER  VI 

A  FREE-LANCE  IN  NEW  YORK 
1874-1875     Aged  22-23 

Departure  from  the  Art  Department — Mr.  Kelly's  Recollections — The  35  Union 
Square  Studio — Historical  Drawings — A.  W.  Drake — W.  H.  Carroll's  Recollec- 
tions— A  Merry  Studio — Dickens'  Christmas  Stories — The  Blackburn  Exhibition 
of  English  Draughtsmen— The  Old  University  Building—"  The  Stage  Office"- 
Winslow  Homer — Mr.  Kelly's  Tribute 

ABBEY  was  paid  15  dollars  a  week  during  his  first  year 
at  Harper '5,1871 -1872;  20  dollars  a  weekfor  the  second 
year,  1872-1873;  and  35  dollars  a  week,  or,  in  English 
money, at  the  rate  of  £350  per  annum, during  his  third 
year,  1873-1874.  It  was  at  the  close  of  this  third  year  that  he  came 
to  the  decision  that  he  could  earn  more  money,  and  certainly  do  his 
powers  more  justice,  if  he  exchanged  the  routine  of  the  Art  Depart- 
ment for  the  independence  of  a  private  studio,  and  put  his  talents 
on  an  open  market.  This  would  be  a  bold  step  for  so  young  a  man, 
but  he  took  it.  With  all  his  modesty,  Abbey  never  lacked  courage, 
and  he  had  long  been  curiously  mature  in  judgment;  moreover, 
there  was  a  spice  of  adventure  to  the  plan.  Having  made  up  his 
mind,  he  acted  quickly,  according  to  his  custom  through  life,  and 
took  a  studio  at  No.  35  Union  Square, on  the  top  floor  front,  young 
Kelly  joining  with  him.  Here  he  was  prepared  to  make  drawings 
not  only  for  the  Harpers,  whose  good  will  he  preserved,  but  for 
Scribner's  Monthly  Magazine  too,  and  for  anyone  else.  Although 
this  seemed  to  him  the  wisest  course,  it  was  not  pursued  without 
difficulties.  Writing  some  years  after,  he  says,  "That  time  I  left 
Harpers  and  had  to  go  to  other  publishers  for  work,  I  nearly  died 
of  sheer  shy  ness." 

The  circumstance  that  Mr.  Kelly  joined  in  the  enterprise  is  for- 
tunate, for  his  recollections  illumine  those  days.  "Abbey,"  he 
writes,  "came  to  me  and  said  that  he  was  going  to  leave  because 
Harpers  would  not  give  him  40  dollars  a  week.  He  said  he  was 
going  to  set  up  a  studio,  and  asked  me  to  go  with  him.  I  jumped 
at  the  opportunity,  and  was  for  leaving  at  once  without  consult- 

D  33 


INDEPENDENCE 

ing  anybody,  but  he  said  I  must  get  a  release.  I  asked  Mr.  Parsons 
to  let  me  go.  He  said,  'If  you  want  to  go  with  Abbey  you  will  not 
be  happy  here,'  so  he  wrote  out  a  release.  In  the  fall  of  1874 
Abbey  hired  a  small  room  at  35  Union  Square.  The  building  was 
originally  the  home  of  the  Townsend  family,  and  it  bore  in  its  con- 
struction evidence  of  past  dignity:  a  high  brown  stone  stoop,  pil- 
lared entrance,  broad  halls,  etc.  It  had  been  turned  into  business 
offices,  and  the  top  floor  cut  up  into  studios  with  skylights.  The 
front  was  divided  in  the  centre,  the  south  one  being  Abbey's.  It 
was  about  12  ft.  wide  and  18  ft.  long.  Two  small  round  windows 
like  portholes  gave  a  view  of  iyth  Street  and  Union  Square.  The 
furniture  consisted  of  one  fine  chair ,  a  fine  old  desk ,  a  model-stand , 
a  screen,  and  a  grate  with  a  marble  mantel  on  which  were  an  anato- 
mical bust  and  a  plaster  cast  of  a  queer  old  horse.  A  partition  ran 
along  the  end  of  the  room,  concealing  a  coal-bin,  and  a  lot  of  old 
costumes. 

"Abbey  never  demanded  anything  of  me,  but  my  affection  for 
him  made  me  not  hesitate  to  do  anything  for  him;  so  I  arranged 
that,  as  he  had  a  reputation  to  keep  up,  and  I  had  none  to  lose, 
I  would  carry  out  the  ashes  to  the  street,  get  water  from  the  base- 
ment, and  go  to  the  publishers  as  though  I  were  employed  by 
him;  while  he  was  to  sweep  up,  kindle  the  fires,  and  so  forth. 

"He  must  have  been  under  a  hard  strain  at  that  time,  as  he  had 
not  much  work,  and  what  little  money  he  had  seemed  to  disappear. 
Reinhart  and  I  used  to  tell  him  about  his  extravagance.  He  would 
smile, but  never  answer  us.  I  found  out  later  that  all  he  could  spare 
he  sent  to  his  family  and  stinted  himself. 

"The  first  drawings  I  recall  his  getting  were  from  Marvin,  Art 
editor  of  Scribner,  Armstrong  Co.  It  was  a  drawing  of  Icabod 
Crane  for  a  school  book  which  they  were  publishing.  My  lanky 
figure,  long  nose,  and  sunburned  face  seemed  to  suit  the  part. 
They  were  also  about  publishing  Bryant  and  Gay's  History  of  the 
United  States.  Abbey  was  commissioned  by  them  to  make  a  couple 
of  large  pictures:  one  was  'Columbus  before  the  Council  at  Sala- 
manca' and  the  other  was  'Endicott  Cutting  the  Cross  from  the 

34 


A.  W.  DRAKE 

King's  Banner.'  I  posed  for  all  the  pictures,  and  Smith  wick  engrav- 
ed the  'Endicott.'  This  History,  which  ran  through  four  volumes, 
has  probably  the  most  valuable  collection  of  artists  and  engravers 
that  has  ever  been  gotten  together  in  this  country;  and  it  is  specially 
valuable  for  the  index,  which  gives  the  artist  and  engraver  credit, 
which  was  not  the  custom  at  the  time." 

The  History  reappeared  in  1896-1898  in  a  new  edition,  in  five 
volumes,  under  the  title,  Scribner's  Popular  History  of  the  United 
States,  begun  by  William  Cullen  Bryant  and  continued  and  re- 
vised by  Sydney  Howard  Gay  and  Noah  Brooks.  "The  complete 
work,"  says  the  introduction,  "contains  over  1,600  illustrations, 
which  represent  practically  every  illustrator  who  has  been  favour- 
ably known  for  the  past  twenty  years" — that  is,  since  1876.  Not 
only  is  Abbey  among  them  but  here  also  are  many  of  his  early 
New  York  associates  at  Harpers',  such  as  Winslow  Homer,  C.  S. 
Reinhart,  J.  E.  Kelly,  A.  R.  Waud  and  W.  Waud,  Charles  Mente, 
Alfred  Kappes ,  A .  B .  Frost.  Here ,  too ,  are  some  early  topographical 
scenes  by  Charles  Parsons,  while  his  successor  in  the  Art  Depart- 
ment after  his  retirement,  F.  B.  Schell,  is  also  among  the  artists. 

Abbey 'snextpatron, saysMr. Kelly, was  Alexander  WilsonDrake 
(1843-1916),  of  Scribner's  Monthly  and  St.  Nicholas,  and  later  of 
TheCentury,  who  would  drift  into  the  studio,  pace  about  the  room 
and  pick  up  a  sketch  "as  though  he  were  inspecting  old  clothes. 
He  began  by  being  very  cautious,  and  gave  Abbey  occasionally  a 
photograph  to  copy  on  wood.  After  a  while  he  gave  him  his  first 
manuscript ,  called '  A  Middy  in  Manila . '  It  was  written  by  J .  D .  J . 
Kelly,  Lieutenant  U.S.N.  Then  came  a  book  on  fishing  to  illus- 
trate, portraying  a  party  of  gentlemen,  one  of  whom  was  Chester  A. 
Arthur,  afterwards  President. 

"One  day  Abbey  came  in  all  aglow  and  bustle  with  the  news  that 
his  mother,  sister,  and  cousin,  Mrs.  Curtiss,  were  to  call  and  seethe 
new  studio.  Then  we  started  in  and  made  the  dust  fly,  and  got  the 
room  in  ship-shape,  so  trim  that  we  could  not  think  of  mussing  it 
up  again  by  working .  So  we  dawdled  around ,  till  at  last  they  arrived : 
his  mother,  short,  dark, bright-eyed,  and  suggesting  Abbey ;  his  sis- 

35 


WORK  FOR  SCRIBNER'S 

ter,  as  I  remember, was  lighter  and  suggested  him  slightly.  Mrs. 
Curtisswas  dark-haired, bright-eyed,  cheerful  and  merry. 

"In  the  drawing  of  'Mrs.  Murray  Entertaining  the  British  Offi- 
cers,'for  the  History, Mrs. Cmtiss  posed  for  Mrs.  Murray ;  although 
it  is  only  a  back  view  it  suggests  her  charm.  I  posed  for  the  offi- 
cers. For  this  beautiful  drawing,  which  first  appeared  in  Scribner's 
Monthly,  Drake  gave  25  dols.,  and  retained  the  original.  These 
drawings,  published  in  the  January  and  February  numbers  of  the 
magazine  in  1876,  struck  the  pace  for  the  other  artists,  who  made  a 
specialty  of  illustrating  the  Revolutionary  period . ' '  Another  Scrib- 
ner  drawing  for  July  1 876 — made  in  1874  or  early  1875 — which,  cu- 
riously enough,  was  not  reproduced  in  the  History ,  and  which  fore- 
shadows the  later  work  of  the  artist — almost  indeed  the  latest  work 
— is  the  drawing  of  "John  Nixon  Reading  the  Declaration  of  Inde- 
pendence in  the  State  House  Yard,  July  8th,  1776"-— for  this  was 
to  be  the  actual  subject  of  one  of  his  Harrisburg  decorations  thirty- 
five  years  after;  and  a  comparison  of  the  two  treatments,  so  widely 
separated  in  time,  is  interesting.  The  drawings  to  Edward  Everett 
Rale's  story,  "Philip  Nolan's  Friends, "were  Abbey's  last  work  for 
Scribner's  Monthly.  They  have  much  spirit  and  show  an  excep- 
tional sense  of  selection;  and  the  author  was  delighted  with  them. 

"Abbey, "Mr. Kellycontinues,"tried  in  every  way  toget  the  pub- 
lishers to  give  me  work,  but  they  would  not  trust  me  as  I  looked  too 
young.  But  he  always  encouraged  me  to  keep  on.  His  criticism 
and  personality  enthused  me.  He  finally  induced  Drake  to  give  me 
some  illustrations  for  St.  Nicholas,  which  were  published  a  year  or 
so  afterwards.  I  find  the  following  memorandum  in  an  old  note- 
book:'July  9th, 1875 — DrakegavemehisfirstorderthroughAbbey. 
What  a  brick  he  is !  Love  him  as  a  brother.' ' 

Other  glimpses  of  Abbey  on  his  top  floor  at  35  Union  Square  are 
given  by  Mr.  W.H.Carroll,  the  artist.  "I  shall  always,  "he  writes, 
"remember  his  kindly  greeting.  He  was  engaged  in  illustrating  a 
magazine  article  on  General  Washington,  and  that  morning  he  was 
disappointed  by  his  model.  I  volunteered  my  services.  The  result 
was  that  I,  in  the  full  uniform  of  General  Knox,  wept  on  Kelly's 

36 


THE  UNION  SQUARE  STUDIO 

shoulder,  Kelly  taking  the  part  of  the  father  of  our  country.  While 
Abbey  was  sketching  he  not  only  explained  methods  but  spoke 
about  the  importance  of  correct  costume  and  detail,  and  also  kept 
up  a  fire  of  repartee  with  Kelly ,  who  had  hard  work  to  keep  up  the 
dignity  of  his  part. 

"This  led  to  many  visits,  in  which  Abbey  always  invited  me  to 
sketch  from  his  model , giving  me  his  criticisms  and  often  his  original 
pencil  sketches  after  drawing  them  on  wood.  In  Kelly's  absence 
he  often  spoke  about  the  great  trouble  and  untiring  energy  Kelly 
spent  to  get  the  correct  dress  for  his  warlike  studies,  as  he  called 
them,  and  would  always  refer  me  to  Kelly  for  information  on  that 
subject.  'And  as  for  myself, 'he  said  with  a  smile, 'I  never  spare  any 
expense.' . . . 

"Thestudio  at  35,  as  I  remember  it,  was  of  office- like  simplicity, 
littered  with  pamphlets,  old  reference  books,  magazines,  a  large 
easel  and  a  model-stand  between  two  porthole  windows,  guns, 
swords,  and  old  army  uniforms,  and  a  few  sketches  on  the  wall- 
one  of  Wolfe  by  Abbey.  It  was  a  workshop.  It  was  very  interest- 
ing to  hear  Abbey  reading  aloud  a  manuscript — himself  and  Kelly 
acting  out  positions  to  illustrate  the  article — and  then  both  sketch- 
ing different  details  from  the  same  model,  Kelly  sitting  between 
Abbey's  legs  to  get  the  same  point  of  view. 

' '  Often  Abbey  would  entertain  us  by  quoting  Pepys' Diary.  When 
the  unexpected  cheque  arrived  for  him  it  was  always  celebrated 
by  a  dinner  at  the  Everett  or  the  Clarendon.  His  many  visitors 
never  interfered  with  his  work;  he  had  the  faculty  of  entertaining 
and  producing  at  the  same  time." 

"Orders,"  says  Mr.  Kelly,  "now  began  to  come  in.  Mr.  Parsons 
sent  him  a  commission  to  illustrate  Dickens'  Christmas  Stories  for 
Harpers' Household  Edition.  We  had  great  fun  over  it.  He  would 
read  the  story ,  and  I  would  act  out  the  character;  and  when  I  got  a 
position  to  suit  him ,  he  would  call  time  and  make  the  sketch .  I  sel- 
dom saw  him  make  a  composition.  He  would  say  to  me,  'Stand  this 
way,'  and  I  would  do  it.  Then  he  would  sketch  the  figure  on  paper 
or  directly  on  wood.  He  would  then  sketch  the  companion  figures, 

37 


ILLUSTRATIONS  FOR  DICKENS 

and  work  in  the  backgrounds  until  the  composition  was  finished. 
I  never  could  understand  how  he  held  them  together.  Of  course, 
when  he  made  a  subject  for  the  editor  to  decide  on,  he  made  the 
designs  in  the  conventional  manner.  I  believe  I  posed  for  all  the 
figures.  For  'Old  Scrooge'  with  'Marley  's  Ghost,'  he  took  me  over 
to  the  house  of  Mrs.  Curtiss.  He  arranged  the  lights  in  the  parlour 
by  darkening  the  upper  part  of  the  window,  giving  the  effect  of  fire- 
light." 

The  Christmas  Stories  made  one  volume  of  Harpers' Household 
Dickens,  described  by  the  publishers  as  "elegant  and  cheap,  with 
characteristic  original  illustrations . ' '  Nicholas Nickleby  was  given  to 
Remhart,  Pickwick  to  Nast,  and  others  were  done  by  Fred  Barnard, 
the  English  draughtsman,  whom  Abbey  was  to  know  in  London, 
and  J.  Mahony.  Abbey's  volume, "  entered  according  to  Act  of 
Congress  in  the  year  1 875  ,"when  he  was  twenty-three,  shows  signs 
of  English  influence,  Walker,  Pinwell,  Small  and  Keene  predomi- 
nating. One  regrets  that  the  scheme  of  the  series  demanded  so  few 
illustrations. 

An  event  of  1875  which  cannot  be  overlooked  is  mentioned  by 
Abbey  in  the  autobiographical  letter  to  Mr.  Spielmann.  "It  was 
in  1 875 ,"  he  writes , ' '  that  Henry  Blackburn  brought  over  an  exhibi- 
tion of  English  water-colours — and  a  very  dull  lot  they  were — but 
with  them  he  had  a  lot  of  black-and-white  drawings.  The  originals 
of  illustrations  to  Charles  Reade's  Wandering  Heir,  by  Fildes, 
Woods,  and  Mrs.  Allingham,  and  many  very  beautiful  du  Mauriers 
—of  his  best  time — before  he  had  stopped  using  Indian  ink.  These 
drawings  were  simply  exquisite,  and  were  a  revelation  to  me.  In 
that  same  exhibition  was  a  water-colour  by  Pinwell — 'The  Great 
Lady';  this  appealed  to  me  more  than  anything  I  had  ever  seen  in 
colour  up  to  that  time." 

On  leaving  the  Union  Square  studio,  Abbey  and  Kelly  moved  to 
the  studio  on  the  third  floor  of  the  old  University  Building  in 
Washington  Square,  since  demolished.  "It  extended,"  writes  Mr. 
Kelly,  "  from  the  Square  to  Waverly  Place,  and  was  built  of  grey 
granite,  with  towers  and  castellated  roof.  In  it  Professor  Morse 

38 


F.  L.  LATHROP 

had  developed  the  telegraph;  and,  in  many  cases,  the  wires  on 
which  he  had  experimented  remained  in  position.  There,  too, 
Professor  Draper  had  made  his  first  experiments  in  photography, 
and  had  taken  the  first  portrait  in  America.  Old  tin  signs  were 
nailed  on  the  walls,  indicating  where  in  the  past  had  lived  men  of 
national  fame,  in  art  and  literature,  such  as  Eastman  Johnson, 
etc.  I  remember  Winslow  Homer's  sign  still  remained,  although 
he  had  removed  to  the  Studio  Building  in  loth  Street.  And  now 
Abbey  was  to  add  another  page  to  the  hallowed  memories  of  the 
picturesque  old  landmark.  It  was  here  he  found  himself,  and  it 
was  here  fame  found  him." 

Mr.  Low  tells  us  that  the  scene  of  Theodore  Winthrop's  story 
Cecil  Dreeme  was  laid  there.  In  an  unfinished  letter  to  Mr.  Will 
H.  Low,  written  more  than  thirty  years  later,  Abbey  recalls  that 
one  of  the  most  interesting  of  his  neighbours  was  Francis  Lathrop, 
who  occupied  one  of  the  University  towers.  "Lathrop,"  he  says, 
"had  lots  to  tell  me  about  Rossetti  and  Holman  Hunt  and  Madox 
Brown,  etc.,  and  had  a  water-colour  copy  of  a  Holman  Hunt,  and 
was  altogether  wonderful  to  me,  especially  when  he  read  all  at 
one  go — and  was  much  excited  thereby — Browning's 'Inn  Album,' 
which  was  published  first  as  a  Sunday  supplement  to  the  New  York 
Times.  I  remember  his  being  given  the  very  first  bit  of  Stockton's 
'Rudder  Grange'  to  illustrate  too,  and  how  much  I  wished  I  had 
had  it  to  do.  I  never  hear  of  Lathrop  now.  He  isn't  dead,  is  he?" 
—Francis  L .  Lathrop ,  who  died  in  1 909 ,  was  three  years  older  than 
Abbey, andbecameanAssociateoftheNationalAcademy  of  Design. 
In  1870-73  he  was  in  England  studying  under  Madox  Brown  and 
Burne- Jones  and  working  in  stained  glass  in  the  school  of  Morris. 
He  was  an  illustrator,  painted  portraits,  and  designed  stained  glass, 
but  latterly  confined  himself  to  decorative  work. 

Mr.  Kelly's  reminiscences  of  the  old  University  Studio  are  now 
resumed.  "Abbey  came  down  one  morning,  with  a  boy  carrying  a 
very  small  trunk,  covered  with  cowhide.  Some  relative  had  given 
it  to  him.  Opening  it  he  brought  out  an  old  Leghorn  coal-scuttle 
bonnet  and  a  skimpy  gown  of  the  early  thirties.  They  inspired 

39 


THE  FIRST  WATER-COLOUR 

him.  He  set  to  work  on  his  epoch-making  picture,  'The  Stage 
Office,'  showing  a  young  girl  sitting  pensively  beside  a  high  desk, 
with  the  little  trunk  at  her  feet.  In  profile  beside  her,  a  tall  model- 
face  coachman  in  a  long  buff  coat  and  top  boots  stood  at  atten- 
tion. The  bleak  office,  with  its  notices,  and  little  character  touches 
on  the  walls,  all  intensified  the  charm  of  that  sweet  young  face. 
On  looking  at  her  one  felt,  as  he  gazed  into  the  big  bonnet,  as  the 
poet  expressed  it,  that 'he  was  looking  at  beauty  down  a  Leghorn 
lane.'  I  posed  for  the  coachman,  and  between  times  I  worked  on 
a  large  black-and-white  drawing  illustrating  Walt  Whitman's  poem 
'The  Vigil,'  the  centre  figure  of  which  Abbey  posed  for. 

"We  worked  on  our  pictures  for  some  time;  at  last  came  the  day 
for  the  Academy  to  send  for  them.  I  urged  him  to  let  the  express 
go  and  put  the  extra  time  on  our  work;  and  we  could  deliver  the 
pictures  ourselves.  He  finally  yielded,  and  we  gained  a  couple  of 
days,  working  till  dark  on  the  last  day ,  when  we  started  up  Fourth 
Avenue  to  the  Academy  on  23rd  Street  carrying  our  pictures.  His 
was  the  largest .  His  cousin  Truslow  and  friend  Post  walked  behind 
us. 

"Delivering  the  pictures,  we  awaited  results.  Abbey  went  to  the 
opening.  Next  day  he  came  in,  looking  a  little  earnest,  and  said 
'I  have  sold  "The  Stage  Office"  for  300  dols.,  and  Sarony  wants  to 
buy  your  "Vigil"  for  50  dols.  You  had  better  let  him  have  it.'  He 
told  me  that  the  man  who  bought  'The  Stage  Office'  thought  it 
was  painted  by  an  Englishman,  but  was  glad  it  was  painted  by  an 
American. 

"We  got  the  morning's  papers,  and  began  to  read  the  criticisms. 
All  sounded  his  praises.  This  seemed  to  rouse  him.  Notice  after 
notice  was  read;  each  proclaimed  him  the  success  of  the  year.  He 
began  to  laugh  like  a  boy,  the  happy  boy  he  was.  He  would  read 
an  article,  or  I  would  read  one,  he  would  then  jump  up,  begin  to 
sing,  or  dance  a  walk-around.  Some  of  the  papers  compared  him 
with  Winslow  Homer, to  Homer's  disadvantage.  At  this  he  looked 
serious,  then  annoyed.  'I  don't  like  that.  I  don't  like  that, 'he  said, 
and  began  to  pace  the  room  impatiently.  Then  putting  on  his  hat 

40 


WINSLOW  HOMER 

he  started  round  to  Homer's.  On  his  return  he  told  me,  'Homer 
seemed  cut  up  over  the  article,  and  said,  "All  these  years  they  have 
been  calling  me  a  rising  young  artist,  and  now  in  one  day  they  call 
me  an  old  fossil."  '  Shortly  after  Homer  called  at  the  studio  and 
went  over  Abbey's  works  with  great  interest. 

"Of  course  things  in  the  large  studio  were  not  always  at  a  high 
tension.  We  had  lots  of  fun.  Abbey's  cousin,  Truslow,  and  his 
friends  Post  and  Mitchell  cheered  things  up.  We  used  to  fence  a 
good  deal  and  box.  Post  would  sing  and  dance;  Abbey,  after  hours 
of  intense  application,  would  sing  plantation  songs  and  dance  walk- 
arounds,  or,  in  a  loftier  mood,  would  sing  old-time  melodies;  but 
his  song  of  'Maud'  made  the  most  enduring  impression.  As  his 
reputation  advanced  and  his  finances  improved  he  was  able  to 
gratify  his  tastes.  He  bought  historic  costumes  and  quaint  bits  of 
furniture.  The  bleakness  of  the  room  disappeared,  and  cheer  and 
cosiness  took  its  place. 

"As  a  tribute  to  Abbey's  historical  accuracy  Hartley  one  day 
brought  in  St.  Gaudens,  just  returned  from  France,  who  wished 
to  consult  Abbey  on  a  Revolutionary  costume  for  a  proposed  de- 
sign for  a  statue  of  Sergeant  Jasper.  .  .  . 

"There  were  very  few  models  at  that  time,  and  they  were  a  non- 
descript lot.  Duffy — or  Duff,  as  Abbey  called  him — was  an  old 
fellow  with  a  long  beard,  who  lived  till  he  was  a  hundred.  Most 
of  the  women  would  do  washing  or  posing,  whichever  was  most 
needed .  At  last  a  lovely  girl  named  Maggie  Keenan  began  to  pose  for 
theartists.  She  was  tall,  stately,  and  beautiful.  Everyone  respected 
her.  She  posed  for  Abbey's  picture  'The  Rose  in  October.' ' 

We  have  read  of  Mr.  Gilbert  Gaul's  first  meeting  with  Abbey, 
when  the  cushion  was  thrown.  His  second  meeting  with  him  was 
in  the  University  Building  Studio.  Writing  to  Mr.  Kelly,  he  says, 
"Abbey  was  at  work  from  the  model,  and  continued  work,  as  he 
always  did,  but  this  did  not  detract  from  the  genuineness  of  his 
welcome;  in  fact,  it  made  one  immediately  feel  at  home  with  him. 
Possibly,"  Mr.  Gaul  concludes,  "it  will  give  the  best  idea  of  Abbey 
as  I  knew  him  to  say  that  I  never  knew  him  to  say  an  unkind  thing 

41 


TWO  TRIBUTES 

of  anyone,  and  I  never  knew  an  unkind  thing  said  of  him  by  anyone 
else.  He  took  a  serious,  kindly  interest  in  everyone,  and  the  world 
seems  to  have  returned  it  to  him  in  kind.  His  intuition,  his  serious 
thought  shown  in  his  work ,  his  industry ,  also  shown  by  his  work ,  his 
sound  judgment  in  other  things,  and  last,  but  not  least,  his  lack  of 
egotism,  would  have  made  him  great  in  any  other  pursuit  chance 
may  have  led  him  to  choose.  He  was  a  great  artist,  and  he  was  also 
a  great  man,  which  is  another  story."  When  in  1876  Abbey  returned 
to  Harpers 'his  studio  was  taken  by  Reinhart,  Mitchell,  and  Willard 
Snyder .  Mr.  Kelly  was  asked  to  join  them ,  but  he  now  had  thoughts 
of  becoming  a  sculptor  and  wished  to  work  out  of  doors. 

Let  the  following  words  from  a  letter  from  Mr.  Kelly  to  Mrs. 
Abbey  in  1911  conclude  this  chapter:  "He  was  the  ideal  of  my 
boyhood,  he  had  all  the  qualities  that  inspired  my  love  and  admi- 
ration, but,  boy-like,  I  tried  to  hide  the  sentiment,  fearing  that  it 
might  not  be  understood;  till,  as  years  went  on,  it  became  a  habit, 
and  I  hardly  dared  admit  to  myself  how  much  I  treasured  his  mem- 
ory. Yes,  everything  associated  with  him  I  have  preserved,  his 
portrait  at  twenty-three,  his  sketch-books,  a  box  of  paints  which  he 
gave  me  and  urged  me  to  accept  Winslow  Homer's  offer  to  teach 
me  painting — even  the  little  boxwood  block  he  used  as  a  hand-rest 
when  he  drew  on  wood.  These  material  treasures  are  nothing  to 
the  memory  of  kindness  and  encouraging  words  which  he  gave  me. 
These,  added  to  his  refining  influence  on  my  work,  make  me  his 
artistic  debtor  as  well.  But  his  universal  kindness  was  appreciated 
by  all.  He  fairly  seemed  to  burden  himself  with  the  woes  of  others." 


CHAPTER  VII 

RETURN  TO  THE  ART  DEPARTMENT 

1876     Aged  24 

A  Growing  Reputation — W.  A.  Rogers — A.  B.  Frost — Abbey's  Helpfulness — 
Abbey  at  Twenty-three — First   Decorative  Work — The  Centennial  Exhibition 

IN  1876  Abbey 's  work  for  Harper's  Magazine — all  commissioned 
when  he  was  still  a  free-lance — was  very  slight:  some  illustrations 
in  the  April  and  May  numbers  to  an  article  on  Old  Philadelphia, 
by  Rebecca  Harding  Davis,  mother  of  the  late  war-correspon- 
dent and  novelist;  in  the  June  number  a  spirited  representation  of 
Richard  Henry  Lee  addressing  the  Virginia  Convention  in  1775, 
when  the  flames  of  war  were  about  to  burst  forth — "Give  me  liberty 
or  give  me  death! ";  and  in  the  July  number  two  illustrations  to  a 
ballad,  by  Paul  K.Hayne,  of  Macdonald's  Raid,  showing  a  vast 
increase  in  power  and  certitude.  Some  time  during  the  year  the 
Franklin  Square  authorities  realised  that  it  would  be  wise  to  try  to 
claim  the  whole,  or  the  chief  part,  of  Abbey's  services  once  more, 
and  they,  therefore,  made  him  so  good  an  offer — 50  dollars  a  week, 
or  some  £500  odd  a  year — that  he  did  not  feel  justified  in  refusing 
it ,  and  once  again ,  although  in  a  more  independent  position ,  entered 
the  Art  Department. 

We  see  him  at  work  there  in  this,  his  second, period,  in  some  re- 
miniscences kindly  written  for  this  book  by  Mr.  W.A.Rogers,  the 
cartoonist,  who  was  by  two  years  Abbey's  junior.  "All  about  the 
domain  of  Charles  Parsons , "  he  writes , ' '  were  the  marks  of  Abbey 's 
buoyant  spirits.  In  the  coat  room,  on  each  hook  or  nail,  he  had 
painted  the  legends:  'Ab.,his  nayle,'  'Frosty,  his  nayle,'  'Perky, his 
nayle, 'etc.,  and  over  his  own  desk, suspended  from  agirder, swung 
a  trapeze  where  he  sometimes  sought  relief  from  the  monotonous 
grind  of  office  work.  It  was  characteristic  of  Abbey  that  he  must  be 
always  either  at  work  or  at  play.  His  enthusiasm  for  one  or  the  other 
never  seemed  to  flag."  "Frosty"  was  Mr. A. B.Frost,  the  disting- 

43 


W.A.ROGERS 

uished  American  illustrator,  who,  born  in  185 1 ,  was  by  a  year  Ab- ' 
bey 'ssenior.  Writing  in  1917  Mr.  Frost  says  that  on  recently  visiting 
the  old  quarters  he  found  "  Ab . ,  his  nay le ' '  still  there ;  but  it  has  gone 
now.  It  is  greatly  to  be  regretted  that  Mr.  Frost  cannot  find  the 
letters  which  he  received  from  Abbey,  most  of  which  belong  to  the 
early  London  days,  and  are  illustrated.  Only  one  has  he  been  able 
to  find,  and  that  is  of  an  earlier  date,  October  iyth,  1877.  It  tells  of 
Sothern's  success  as  "The  Crushed  Tragedian"  in  a  marvellous 
make-up  as  Count  Johannes. 

"I  had  induced  Mr.  Parsons, "Mr.  Rogers  continues,  "to  accept 
a  sketch  for  a  Christmas  front  page  for  the  Weekly,  and  it  had  been 
redrawn  on  wood  in  the  office.  On  the  occasion  when  I  first  met 
Abbey  he  said ,  almost  immediately ,  with  a  friendly  chuckle/Frosty 
and  I  redrew  that  Christmas  sketch  of  yours.  We  didn't  know  ex- 
actly what  it  meant,  but  Frosty  said  he  didn't  believe  you  knew 
either,  so  we  went  ahead.'  Then  we  both  laughed,  and  I  felt  we  were 
friends  from  that  moment .  From  the  foregoing  it  would  be  inferred , 
naturally,  that  my  first  impressions  of  Abbey  were  of  a  humorous 
nature,  but  such  was  far  from  being  the  Case.  In  appearance  he  was 
different  in  many  subtle  ways  from  anyone  I  had  ever  met.  His  fea- 
tures, while  strong,  were  cut  like  a  cameo;  by  force  of  contrast  his 
dark,  deep-set  eyes  gave  his  face  an  effect  of  great  pallor.  And ,  while 
he  treated  me  with  the  utmost  cordiality  and  used  every  effort  to 
put  me  completely  at  my  ease  and  on  a  basis  of  comradeship,!  can 
feel  to  this  day  the  thrill  of  an  experience  away  beyond  the  material. 
As  I  grew  to  know  him  better  in  after  days,  this  feeling  grew  deeper 
rather  than  less.  It  was  all  well  enough,  it  seemed  to  me,  for  his 
companions  to  call  him  'Ned,'  to  laugh  at  his  merry  pranks  and 
funny  sayings,  but  always,  to  me,  his  visible  presence  and  what  he 
said  and  did  seemed  to  be  the  least  of  what  he  was." 

Mr.  Rogers,  who  was  then  the  latest  recruit  to  the  staff,  quickly 
discovered  "how  generously  and  with  what  patient  kindness  Abbey 
would  put  himself  out  to  help  a  youngster  struggling  to  learn.  It 
will  be  necessary  to  explain  here,"  he  adds,  "that  a  double  page  was 
often  made  up  of  thirty-six  small  blocks  bolted  together.  After  a 

44 


DEVOTION  TO  DETAIL 

drawing  was  roughly  outlined,  the  block  was  divided  into  a  number 
of  pieces,  on  which,  if  the  time  was  limited,  several  artists  worked. 
Numbers  of  times  Abbey  and  I  sat  together  working  on  the  figures 
in  a  drawing,  while  Charles  Graham  or  Theodore  Davis  ('Dory,' 
we  called  him)  drew  in  the  architecture  or  landscape.  I  would  draw 
the  figures  in  the  middle  distance  and  Abbey  those  in  the  fore- 
ground. Sometimes  he  would  leave  a  figure  roughly  outlined  and 
tell  me  to  finish  it.  Naturally  I  would  demur — no,  I  couldn't  do  it. 
Then  he  would  laugh,  hand  me  the  block  and  coach  me  through 
it.  Often,  as  we  sat  there,  he  opened  up  some  subject  that  would 
broaden  my  horizon  instantly — never  any  long  disquisition ,  but  just 
enough  to  set  me  thinking  on  new  lines.  All  during  the  year  from 
the  autumn  of  '77  to  that  of  '78 1  enjoyed  these  occasional  meetings 
in  the  Art  Department  and  came  in  contact  with  the  many  sides  of 
his  kaleidoscopic  genius. 

To  Abbey,  perhaps  more  than  anyone  else,  was  due  the  intro- 
duction among  illustrators  of  careful  work  from  the  model,  and, 
for  all  details,  from  nature  itself.  I  remember  one  morning  in  the 
spring  of  1878  meeting  him  in  front  of  the  old  Union  SquareTheatre 
in  I4th  Street.  He  was,  as  usual,  dressed  with  the  greatest  care, but 
in  his  arms  he  carried  a  huge  wooden  tub,  out  of  which  grew  an 
English  ivy  vine  trained  high  on  a  wooden  frame  and  towering  far 
above  his  head.  This  piece  of  artistic  'property'  he  had  borrowed 
from  a  florist  on  4th  Avenue,  and  was  carrying  it  to  his  studio  in 
1 3th  Street.  Down  Broadway,  all  unconscious  of  the  passers-by, 
he  carried  his  burden;  and  when  I  left  him  at  the  foot  of  four  flights 
of  stairs  he  looked  back  with  a  cheerful  grin,  joyous  over  the  bit  of 
old  England  he  had  captured  in  the  heart  of  New  York.  To  anyone 
who  knew  Abbey  and  knew  how  careful  he  was  of  appearances,  this 
little  incident  tells  the  story  of  his  faithfulness  in  his  study  of  details 
for  his  drawings. 

"  One  of  the  pleasantest  memories  of  those  days  was  the  beautiful 
friendship  that  existed  between  Mr.  Parsons ,  then  about  sixty  years 
of  age,  and  Abbey ,  in  his  early  twenties .  And  while  in  artistic  work- 
manship Abbey  was  exploring  paths  that  Charles  Parsons  had  never 

45 


HELPFULNESS  AND  PRAISE 

trod,  and  trying  new  art  methods  which  were  contrary  to  every  tra- 
dition that  Mr.  Parsons  had  been  brought  up  to  revere,  the  older 
man  was  broad  enough  to  see  that  Abbey's  way  led  upward,  and, 
if  he  sometimes  held  the  younger  man  back  a  little,  it  was  generally 
on  some  point  of  fundamental  truth  which  only  enabled  him  to  get 
a  firmer  foothold." — In  a  recent  letter  to  Mrs.  Abbey,  Mr. Rogers 
says  further  that  he  most  vividly  remembers  Abbey's  helpfulness. 
"  One  of  his  most  charming  traits , "  he  writes , ' '  was  his  helpfulness . 
There  was  no  limit  to  the  generous  outpouring  of  his  knowledge  to 
any  one  who  had  the  desire  to  learn;  and  if  one  succeeded  in  produc- 
ing something  he  thought  worth  while,  he  would  greet  it  with  en- 
thusiasm. The  first  opportunity  I  had  in  Harper's  Magazine  was 
the  illustration  of  an  article  on  a  Brooklyn  hospital.  I  made  all  the 
sketches  at  the  hospital  and  some  of  the  finished  drawings.  The  oth- 
ers were  made  by  Abbey  and  Reinhart.  When  they  appeared  in  the 
magazine  Abbey  came  to  me,  smiling  all  over,  and  declared  that  I 
had  made  more  of  my  subjects  than  either  he  or  Reinhart.  Now, of 
course,  it  wasn't  so;  and  I  had  no  illusions  about  it  then  or  since— 
but  Abbey  said  it  was  so. 

"Then  when  he  came  back  from  England  [in  1882]  the  first  thing 
he  said  to  me,  in  the  Art  Department,  was:  'Your  pictures  of 'Toby 
Tyler'  have  made  you — they  used  to  make  me  dreadfully  homesick, 
they  were  so  true.'  But  he  did  not  stop  at  telling  these  things  to  me; 
he  told  them  to  Mr.  Parsons  and  the  Harpers."  Although  we  shall 
return  toMr.Rogers'narrative,his  last  words  may  with  more  pro- 
priety be  quoted  here :  "  One  thing  is  strongly  consoling  to  me — it  is 
that  so  much  of  him  was  pure  spirit  that,  more  than  almost  anyone 
I  know,  he  lives  on  in  the  hearts  of  those  who  knew  him  well  and 
loved  him  much." 

Reference  was  made  just  now  to  Abbey's  studio  in  i3th  Street. 
But  before  he  took  one  for  himself  alone  he  did  some  work  in  that 
which  Reinhart  and  Willard  Snyder  shared,  Mr.  Kelly  tells  us,  ad- 
ding"! went  in  one  afternoon  and  found  them  at  work  on  panels 
for  the  frieze  for  Harpers'  reception  room.  Abbey  was  painting  an 
old-time  wood  engraver;  the  background  showing  a  view  of  some 

46 


THE  CENTENNIAL  EXHIBITION 

quaint  houses  from  the  window.  He  called  out  laughingly  to  Rein- 
hart,  who  was  at  work  beside  him,  'I've  sprung  a  red  roof  on  you.' 
This  was  his  first  wall  decoration,  I  believe."  The  year  1876  was 
important  to  Abbey  not  merely  for  Harpers' re-recognition  of  his 
value  and  its  consequent  stimulus  to  his  artistic  development,  but 
for  the  quickening  of  ambition  which  he  found  in  the  study  of  the 
foreign  contemporary  paintings  brought  together  at  Philadelphia 
in  the  Centennial  Exhibition,  and  particularly  those  in  the  English 
section.  Again  and  again  in  after  life  he  told  of  the  disturbance  and 
restlessness  which  they  set  up  in  his  mind  and  the  immense  fillip 
they  gave  to  his  determination.  To  quote  from  the  unposted  letter 
to  Mr.  Low,  in  1908,  which  has  already  been  so  useful,  the  Centen- 
nial Exhibition,  Abbey  says,  was  "my  great  eye-opener.  That  show 
had  an 'Art  Section' which  was  really  a  great  one.  England's  exhibit 
was  to  my  mind  by  far  the  most  interesting  and  inspiring — and  I  can 
close  my  eyes  now  and  see  nearly  every  picture  in  it  and  its  position 
in  the  rooms:  Leighton's  'Summer  Moon' and  'House  in  Damas- 
cus,'  Watts  's  portraits  of  Leigh  ton  and  of  Millais ;  Fildes  's '  Casuals ' ; 
Brett's 'Cornish  Lions';  Pettie's'Sanctuary'  and  portrait  of  Bough- 
ton,  etc.,  etc.,  and  they  seemed  to  me  infinitely  superior  to  the 
French  show — with,  among  other  things,  Carolus  Duran's  'Croi- 
zette '  on  a  horse ,  and  B  ecker  's '  Rizpah , '  and  other  things  in  the  vein 
of  the  latter  with  which  I  had  scant  sympathy.  For  I  had  been  an 
omnivorous  reader  while  at  Harpers',  and  after  that,  too,  perhaps, 
and  these  English  things  told  me  something  of  the  things  I  had  read 
about,  and  reflected  the  ideals  of  the  country  that  interested  me 
so  much.  .  .  .  The  young  men  I  knew — I  didn't  know  many- 
admired  Fortuny  and  the  various  things  we  saw  at  Goupil's.  I 
admired  some  of  'em  myself ,  but  my  heart  lay  with  the  English. "- 
That,  it  must  be  borne  in  mind,  was  written  in  1908,  when  from  a 
serene  altitude  the  artist  could  look  back  on  his  career  and  see  every 
step  of  the  way. 

About  1877  Abbey's  return  to  the  Art  Department  began  to  tell, 
and  we  see  his  influencevery  clearly  in  the  magazine.  Not  only  were 
his  own  contributions  stronger  and  more  vivacious  but  the  general 

47 


ABBEY'S  INFLUENCE 

tone  of  illustration  was  improving.  Among  his  work  are  an  admir- 
able series  of  drawings  for  a  comic  story  for  children  entitled  "Fizz 
and  Freeze";  three  drawings  from  a  poem  called  "The  Deacon's 
Lament";  and  another  set  to  illustrate  a  long  poem  by  Troubridge 
entitled  "The  Book  of  Gold." 


CHAPTER  VIII 

THE  TILE   CLUB 

1877-1878     Aged  25-26 

An  Epoch-Making  Year  in  American  Art — Influence  of  Paris  and  Munich — 

Abbey  and  England — The  Society  of  American  Artists — The  Fashion  for  Applied 

Art — The  Birth  of  a  Confederation — A  List  of  Sobriquets — A  New  Word  and  its 

Coiner — William  "  Polyphemus  "  Laffan — A  Week  on  Long  Island 

ABBEY  was  not  alone  in  feeling  the  stimulus  of  the  Cen- 
tennial Exhibition.  In  fact,  the  birth  of  modern  Ameri- 
can art  may  be  dated  then,  although  where  Abbey  was 
impressed  rather  by  the  classic  English  painters,  most 
of  his  young  compatriots  were  more  disposed  to  follow  the  influ- 
ence of  Paris  and  Munich.  No  matter  from  what  nationality  the 
impetus,  the  interesting  circumstance  is  that  in  1877,  the  year  fol- 
lowing, the  National  Academy  of  Design,  which  corresponds  in 
America  to  the  Royal  Academy  in  England,  accepted  several  large 
pictures  of  native  production  but  foreign  in  their  character,  which 
caused  one  of  those  sensations  that  are  of  periodical  recurrence  in 
the  history  of  Art .  Protests  were  raised ,  and  the  result  was  a  cleav- 
age among  artists  and  art  critics  from  which  proceeded  the  newly 
formed  Society  of  American  Artists.  Abbey  belonged  neither  to 
the  Academy  of  Design  nor  to  the  new  association;  but  his  sym- 
pathies were  rather  with  the  parent  body,  as  were  those,  among 
others,  of  Winslow  Homer  and  Eastman  Johnson.  The  English 
painters  at  the  Centennial,  and  particularly  the  Pre-Raphaelites, 
still  held  his  allegiance. 

Writing  to  Mr.  Low  many  years  later,  on  this  very  subject,  he 
said:  "Taking  all  this  terrifically  seriously  as  I  did  then  (I  suppose 
as  we  all  did),  some  of  the  things  you  chaps  admired  seemed  to  me 
almost  wicked!  I  couldn't  see  the  use  of  painting  or  drawing  un- 
less we  said  something  in  a  sympathetic  way .  I  recall  well  at  one  of 
the  private  views  or  something  .  .  .  that  you  pointed  out  to  me  a 
head  of  a  hideous  girl  and  remarked  upon  its  qualities.  I  couldn't 
bear  it!  Then  there  was  a  dull  little  thing — a  head  that  appeared 
E  49 


AN  ART  QUICKENING 

to  be  done  from  an  old  photograph .  It  seemed  to  me  dull  and  mean- 
ingless beyond  expression.  I  was  wrong,  but  I  was  young,  and  I 
retired  more  and  more  into  myself." 

Mr.  Low,  however,  does  not  seem  to  have  thought  Abbey  either 
wrong  or  immature.  In  a  letter  written  in  the  spring  of  1917,  he 
says,  "I  remember  on  my  return  from  Europe  early  in  1878  see- 
ing on  his  easel  a  charming  water-colour  of  a  young  girl  (leaning 
against  a  stile,  I  think),  replete  with  grace,  in  which  I  recognised 
for  the  first  time  a  new  phase  of  his  remarkable  talent.  ...  It  must 
not  be  forgotten  that  however  much  his  work  improved,  even  to 
the  last,  he  went  to  England  an  artist  formed.  In  fact,  to  the  dis- 
cerning, to  one  like  me  who  knew  his  work  from  the  first,  it  is  in- 
teresting to  see  through  all  its  development  the  traces  of  his  earli- 
est efforts:  certain  types  portrayed  with  ever- increasing  mastery 
but  observed  or  conceived  in  his  adolescent  years.  Of  course," 
Mr.  Low  concludes,  "  I  recognise  all  that  England  did  for  Abbey 
—including  that  last  touching  honour,  to  pause,  in  the  midst  of 
war,  to  erect  [this  was  in  March,  1917]  the  memorial  tablet;  but  we 
did  something  for  England  as  well  in  giving  so  gifted  a  being  into 
their  hands — their  generous  hands,  in  truth." 

Continuing  his  letter  to  Mr.  Low,  Abbey  says,  after  the  phrase 
"and  I  retired  more  and  more  into  myself":  "I  liked  all  you  chaps 
[the  home-coming  Americans  with  French  methods];  you  were  a 
breath  of  very  fresh  air,  but  I  thought  you  should  be  doing  some- 
thing else.  That  is  probably  what  you  all  thought  of  me  too,  for 
I  wasn't  asked  to  join  the  new  society  [the  Society  of  American 
Artists],  for  which  I  dare  say  I  wasn't  ripe."  And,  then,  after  re- 
verting to  his  English  sympathies  and  the  hold  of  him  which  the 
Pre-Raphaelites  had  taken,  he  concludes,  "Well,  there  it  was !  The 
things  I  enjoyed  with  my  whole  heart  you  didn't  care  for — most  of 
you  in  the  least — and  there  it  was."  Had  he  remained  in  New  York, 
to  take  his  part  in  this  renaissance,  there  is  no  saying  how  he  might 
have  developed;  but  he  was  fated  very  shortly  to  emigrate  to  the  Old 
World ,  where  he  was  thenceforward  to  live  and  work ,  and  where  in 
all  his  great  career  there  was  no  halt  in  the  progress  of  his  art. 

50 


WILLIAM  LAFFAN 

Many  of  the  men  who  were  thus  suddenly  to  bring  America  to 
the  fore  in  the  world  of  art  were  Abbey's  fellow  members  in  the 
Tile  Club,  of  which  it  is  time  to  speak.  The  Tile  Club  owed  its 
existence  to  that  wave  of  fashion  for  decorative  art  which  in  1877 
surged  across  the  Atlantic  from  England,  where  William  Morris 
and  De  Morgan  and  Alma  Tadema  were  working  each  in  his  own 
decorative  way,  and  washed  the  shores  of  New  York.  Rather  taken 
by  this  new  movement  to  get  beauty  into  domesticity,  a  number 
of  New  York  artists,  of  whom  Abbey  was  not  the  least  enterprising, 
met  one  evening  and  fell  to  an  informal  consultation  as  to  what 
might  be  done  in  New  York.  From  their  deliberations  the  scheme 
of  the  Tile  Club  emerged. 

Various  suggestions  having  been  made  during  the  discussion(the 
record,  in  Scribner's  Magazine,  is  from  the  pen  of  another  original 
member,  the  late  William  Laffan — an  Irish  artist  and  journalist 
connected  with  Harpers',  who,  later  in  life,  became  the  editor  and 
proprietor  of  the  New  York  Sun,  and  was  one  of  Abbey's  closest 
friends) ,  a ' '  large  artist  of  architectural  proclivities ' '  settled  the  mat- 
ter. "  There  is,"  said  he,  "no  object  that  so  readily  supplies  this 
deficiency  (decorative  utility)  or  that  tells  so  on  all  its  surroundings, 
asthetile.  Letusdotiles!"Finallysomeonesuggested:"  Why  should 
we  not  all  meet  once  a  week  and  each  man  do  a  tile  ?" 

'This  was  early  in  the  autumn  of  1877,  when  studios  were  being 
dusted  out  and  men  were  going  around  and  smoking  fraternal 
pipes  with  one  another  and  comparing  notes  about  the  results  of 
the  summer  work  out  of  doors.  There  was  more  or  less  prelimi- 
nary talk  on  the  subject,  and  it  was  finally  agreed  that  meetings 
should  be  held  in  one  another's  studios,  every  Wednesday  even- 
ing, and  that  those  participating  should  possess  each  in  turn  the 
results  of  one  evening's  work.  It  was  determined,  in  an  informal 
sort  of  fashion,  to  adopt  the  title  of  'The  Tile  Club,'  and  to  main- 
tain it  as  a  body  without  officers,  limited  in  the  number  of  its  mem  - 
bers  to  twelve,  and  to  dispense  altogether  with  entrance  fees  or 
dues  of  any  description.  It  was  understood  that  the  tiles  for  each 
evening  were  to  be  supplied  by  the  person  to  whom  when  done 


THE  "CHESTNUT' 

they  would  accrue;  and  the  same  person  was  permitted  to  supply 
some  other  things,  but  under  rigorous  restrictions.  Cheese  and 
certain  familiar  species  of  crackers  were  admissible .  Sardines  were 
not  prohibited.  Clay  or  corn-cob  pipes  and  tobacco  and  stone  bot- 
tles of  cider,  and  a  variety  of  German  ink  not  unknown  to  commerce 
completed  the  list.  .  .  .  The  tiles  that  it  was  decided  to  use  were 
those  of  Spanish  make,  of  a  cream-white  colour,  glazed  upon  one 
side,  and  in  size  eight  inches  square.  Designs  drawn  upon  them 
in  mineral  colours  are  subsequently  'fired'  in  an  oven  and  perma- 
nently glazed  in.  This  process  changes  some  colours  entirely  and 
it  greatly  improves  the  design  by  the  brilliancy  it  imparts  to  the 
colour  and  the  manner  in  which  it  softens  the  outline.  The  first 
meeting  of  the  Tile  Club  was  called  and  was  attended  by  two  per- 
sons, whose  feelings  may  be  imagined.  They  painted  two  tiles, 
but  as  there  is  no  record  of  those  objects  of  art  their  authors  are 
supposed  to  have  relieved  themselves  by  throwing  them  at  each 
other.  These  two  primeval  tilers  were  respectively  known  as  the 
'Gaul'  and  the  'Grasshopper.'  " 

So  far,  Mr.  Laffan.  Here  let  it  be  stated  that  every  new  member 
of  the  Tile  Club  had  to  drop  his  own  name  and  assume  another; 
but  whether  he  himself  chose  it  or  whether  it  was  thrust  upon 
him,  I  am  not  sure.  More  probably  it  was  thrust  upon  him.  Each 
member  having  acquired  his  sobriquet  had  to  design  a  seal  em- 
blematic of  it.  The  "  Gaul "  was  Gilbert  Gaul,  some  of  whose  remi- 
niscences of  Abbey  we  have  seen;  and  the  "Grasshopper"  was  the 
late  Swain  Gifford,  the  landscape  painter. 

Abbey  was  known  as  the  "Chestnut, "  and  his  seal  was  a  burr  sur- 
rounded by  the  word  "Chestnut,"  the  origin  of  this  style  being 
explained  by  a  fellow  member,  Earl  Shinn  (writing  as  Edward 
Strahan),  some  years  later,  in  an  article  to  which  we  shall  come 
in  its  right  place,  but  from  which  a  little  may  now  be  quoted. 
Honour  where  honour  is  due;  it  is  to  Abbey,  even  although  some- 
what tortuously,  that  the  use  of  the  word  "chestnut,"  as  signify- 
ing an  old ,  stale  story — something  that  has  been  heard  before — is 
due.  "We  all,"  says  Mr.  Shinn,  "have  our  titillable  spot  of  vanity, 

52 


THE  NICKNAMES 

and  Abbey,  who  thought  nothing  of  many  of  the  common  sources 
of  personal  pride,  was  probably  a  little  vain  of  having  added  a  word 
to  the  English  language."  Although  his  conception  of  a  chestnut 
was  different  from  that  of  the  majority  of  us  to-day,  he  it  was  who 
led  up  to  its  present  sense.  Abbey's  chestnut  was  a  "spoof"  story 
—a  story,  that  is,  which  went  nowhere  and  never  finished.  It  had 
something  to  do  with  the  number  of  chestnuts  on  a  tree,  and  could 
be  carried  on  indefinitely,  with  endless  ramifications,  and  was  told 
with  a  face  of  profound  gravity ,  until  at  last  the  purpose  of  the  nar- 
rator broke  on  the  baffled  and  patiently  expectant  audience  and 
they  burst  into  laughter.  Before  that  moment,  however,  the  more 
astute  listeners  would  gradually  have  stolen  away  to  enjoy  the  joke 
in  corridors  apart. 

"This  reprehensible  hoax  of  Abbey's  was  little  by  little  quoted  in 
social  circles  as  a  symbol.  English  literary  men  who  had  heard  it, 
and  been  taken  in  by  it,  began  to  use  the  title  in  their  writings  as  a 
type  of  an  endless  or  unsatisfactory  yarn.  And  the  word  chestnut 
crossing  the  sea  returned  again  to  the  land  of  its  birth  and  became 
the  accepted  definition  of  what  is  tedious,  old,  and  interminable." 
-Thus  do  we  find  humorous  artists  also  among  the  neologists. 

So  much  for  Abbey 's  nickname.  Among  the  others  the  "Terra- 
pin" was  Frederick  Dielman,  the  painter  and  one  time  President 
of  the  National  Academy;  the  "Puritan"  was  Boughton,  so  called 
from  his  favourite  subjects  only;  "Sirius"  was  Reinhart;  Laffan, 
having  lost  one  eye,  was  "Polyphemus";  Arthur  Quartley,  the  sea 
painter,  was  the ' '  Marine ' ' ;  Julian  Weir  was ' '  Cadmium ' ' ;  Stanford 
White ,  the  architect ,  was  the  "  Builder' ' ;  W .  A .  Paton  was  the  "  Hag- 
gis"; Napoleon  Sarony  was  the  "Hawk";  F.  Hopkinson  Smith  was 
the  "Owl";  Frank  Millet  was  the  "Bulgarian";  Elihu  Vedder  was 
the  "Bishop";  William  Chase  was"Briareus";  A.  B.  Frost  was  the 
"Icicle";  Augustus  St.  Gaudens  was  the  "Saint";  and  so  on.  The 
list — by  no  means  a  complete  one — is  sufficient  to  show  that  the  best 
artists  of  that  day  were  members  of  this  very  pleasant  fraternity; 
and  since  artists  rarely  refrain  from  talking  shop  we  may  be  sure 
that  Abbey , who  was  among  the  youngest  and  most  enthusiastic  and 

53 


LONG  ISLAND 

impressionable,  lost  nothing  by  meeting  so  many  brother-brushes 
on  terms  of  intimacy.  Of  the  Tile  Club  men  just  mentioned  three 
or  four  were  to  become  his  close  friends — such  as  St.  Gaudens,  the 
sculptor,  who,  in  1877 ,  was  twenty-nine,  Millet,  and  Boughton. 

The  painting  of  tiles  was  diversified  by  music,  an  innovation  for 
which,  according  to  Laffan,  Abbey  was  largely  responsible.  "One 
evening  the  'Chestnut'  opened  a  piano,  sat  him  down  thoughtless- 
ly and  played.  This  he  did  in  an  artless  and  simple  style,  so  free 
from  the  conventionality  of  the  schools,  and  so  fresh,  original,  and 
unhackneyed  in  its  quality,  that  the  club  was  delighted,  and  the 
'Gaul'  left  the  apartment.  To  correct  any  false  impression  which 
this  latter  statement  might  create,  it  should  be  stated  at  once  that 
he  presently  returned  with  a  case,  from  which  he  took  a  cherished 
violin.  Nimbly  attuning  the  same,  while  across  his  amiable  features 
there  expanded  a  prodigious  smile,  he  made  it  to  discourse  most 
prettily  a  choice  and  pleasing  ballad,  whereto  the  'Chestnut'  affor- 
ded a  discriminating  accompaniment.  From  that  evening  music 
became  a  feature  of  the  meetings  of  the  Tile  Club . " 

So  much  for  the  Tile  Club  in  New  York  in  its  early  stages.  Laffan 
goes  on  to  describe  it  on  holiday,  for  in  the  summer  of  1878  most 
of  the  members  set  out  to  discover  Long  Island,  although  Abbey 
had  desired  the  Catskills.  On  June  loth  the  party  met  at  Hunters' 
Point  for  a  week's  fun.  One  of  the  most  interesting  spots  on  the 
island  is  Easthampton,  where  John  Howard  Payne,  the  author  of 
"Home,  Sweet  Home,"  is  said  to  have  been  born,  notwithstanding 
that  both  Boston  and  New  York  also  claim  him  as  a  native.  East- 
hampton having  become  an  established  Mecca ,  the  Tilers ,  although 
far  from  harbouring  the  reverence  proper  to  such  pilgrimages,  went 
there,  too .  That  they  enjoyed  the  jaunt  Laffan's  record  makes  abun- 
dantly clear;  but  there  is  no  space  to  quote  it. 

And  here  for  the  present  the  proceedings  of  the  Tile  Club  cease 
to  concern  us,  for  by  the  end  of  1878  Abbey  had  left  for  England, 
so  that  when ,  in  1 879 ,  the  Club ,  with  increased  daring ,  hired  a  suit- 
able vessel,  the  John  C.  Earle,  and  cruised  on  the  Erie  Canal,  he  was 
not  with  them.  In  1881  we  shall  meet  the  Club  again. 

54 


CHAPTER  IX 

END  OF  NEW  YORK  CAREER 
1878    Aged  25-26 

A  Critical  Year  —  Mr.  Gilbert  Gaul  and  Mr.  Kelly  —  Theatrical  Drawings  —  Mr. 

Brander  Matthews'  Bookplate  —  "  A  Rose  in  October  "  —  Abbey  Pecides  for 

England  —  Two  Farewell  Parties  —  Abbey  and  the  Old  Country 


I 


year  1878  was  a  critical  one  in  Abbey's  career  be- 
cause it  was  then  that  he  embarked  upon  so  momen- 
tous an  enterprise  as  a  journey  to  England.  The  occa- 
sion for  it  was  the  firm's  recognition  that  the  Herrick 
drawings  had  become  sufficiently  attractive  to  be  worth  fortifying 
by  authentic  English  backgrounds  and  atmosphere,  together  with 
the  immediate  need  of  illustrations  for  an  article  on  Stratford-on- 
Avon;  but  we  know  that  the  Old  Country  had  been  luring  Abbey 
ever  since  the  Centennial  Exhibition  in  1876.  "I  came,"  he  said, 
in  a  speech  at  a  Pilgrims'  lunch  in  his  honour  in  1908,  "as  soon  as 
I  could  —  because  a  collection  of  English  works  of  art  was  shown 
at  Philadelphia  which  profoundly  impressed  me." 

Before,  however,  we  reach  the  time  for  Abbey's  departure,  let  us 
glance  at  his  work  in  1878.  In  this,  the  last  year  of  his  New  York 
period,  from  February  ist,  1878,  he  had  a  studio  in  the  Y.M.C.A. 
building  at  52  East  23rd  Street,  opposite  the  National  Academy 
of  Design  —  Room  25  —  among  his  artist  neighbours  being  Swain 
Gifford  in  26  and  Louis  Tiffany  and  William  Sartain  in  28.  Im- 
mediately before  that  he  had  been  at  51  West  loth  Street,  and  it 
was  there  that  Mr.  Gaul  one  day  found  him  at  work  on  some  thea- 
trical drawings  for  Scribner's  Monthly.  Mr.  Gaul's  reminiscence 
bears  upon  Abbey's  powers  of  divided  attention.  "His  work,"  he 
writes,  "was  always  a  source  of  wonder  to  me,  and  one  of  the  most 
wonderful  things  about  it  was  the  ease  with  which  it  was  done- 
thrown  off  without  effort  or  any  that  was  apparent.  I  found  him 
doing  an  illustration  for  an  article  on  the  stage.  This  article,  though 
unsigned,  was  by  Brander  Matthews,  now  Professor  of  Dramatic 

55 


THE  EIGHTEENTH  CENTURY 

Literature  at  Columbia.  Coghlan,  then  of  Wallack's  stock  com- 
pany, was  posing  for  a  portrait  in  costume — blue  satin  with  much 
lace,  I  remember — and  Miss  Keenan  was  also  there  waiting  her 
turn  to  pose  for  one  of  his  Puritan  maids.  At  a  table  was  a  num- 
ber of  men  interested  in  a  game  of  cards.  Everyone  was  smiling 
and  talkative,  except  Mr.  Coghlan,  whose  pose  proscribed  change 
of  expression  and  action,  and  he  seemed  to  be  the  only  person  tak- 
ing life  at  all  seriously.  Abbey  worked  all  the  time,  but  it  looked 
like  play.  He  kept  in  touch  with  the  conversation,  and  often  took 
part  in  it,  while  at  other  times  a  quiet  smile  was  the  only  indica- 
tion that  he  had  caught  a  remark  intended  for  him." 

The  commission  is  peculiarly  interesting,  for  it  is  not  impossible 
that  while  Abbey  was  at  work  on  the  drawings  with  sittings  from 
the  performers  in  costume — Charles  Surface,  Bob  Acres,  Sir  Peter 
Teazle,  and  so  forth — he  began  to  think  with  more  seriousness  of 
the  attractions  of  the  eighteenth  century  in  England,  a  period  that 
he  was  to  make  his  own.  It  was  a  natural  step — for  him — from  the 
artifice  of  The  School  for  Scandal  to  the  fresher  and  more  congenial 
atmosphere  of  She  Stoops  to  Conquer,  with  which  his  name  is  so 
happily  associated. 

The  New  York  theatrical  drawings  were  republished  in  1885  in 
an  edition  of  Sheridan's  Comedies  prepared  by  Professor  Brander 
Matthews,  who,  in  his  pleasant  autobiographical  volume  published 
in  1917  under  the  title  These  Many  Years,  says  that  his  friendship 
with  Abbey  began  at  the  time  when  the  illustrations  were  being 
made.  "With  his  customary  kindness,"  says  Mr.  Matthews,  "he 
offered  to  design  a  book-plate  for  me,  if  I  could  supply  an  idea  for 
his  pictorial  treatment.  I  suggested  that  as  I  was  an  American  in- 
terested in  the  drama  he  might  portray  an  Indian  gazing  at  a  Greek 
comic  mask."  When  the  book-plate  was  done  Mr.  Matthews  asked 
Abbey  where  he  had  found  the  Indian.  He  answered,  "I  posed  an 
Irishman  for  that.  Irishmen  make  thundering  good  Indians." 

A  further  reminiscence  by  Mr.  Kelly  shows  us  Abbey  in  his  own 
studio.  "There  I  found  him  one  afternoon  [in  1878]  at  work  on  a 
beautiful  girl" — Maggie  Keenan  once  more.  The  picture  was  "A 

56 


A  SECOND  WATER-COLOUR 

Rose  in  October"  in  water-colour,  and  Abbey  was  painting  against 
time,  for  it  was  the  sending-in  day.  "While  at  work  on  this,"  says 
Mr.  Kelly,  "  he  seemed  to  be  in  a  despondent  mood.  He  said,  'I 
have  such  a  short  stroke  I  feel  as  if  I  will  never  be  a  great  painter.' 
The  critics  gave  the  answer  the  next  day,  for  the  picture  was  the 
success  of  the  year." 

Some  correspondence  with  Anthony ,  the  engraver,  who  was  then 
with  Messrs.  Houghton,  Mifflin  &  Co.,  tells  us  that  Abbey  had  ac- 
cepted a  commission  for  the  Boston  firm  to  contribute  to  an  illus- 
trated edition  of  Longfellow.  "King  Olaf's  Saga"  was  one  of  the 
poems,  and  we  find  Abbey  writing,  "I  sometimes  envy  these  fel- 
lows who  can  reel  things  right  off — anything  that  comes  in :  fig- 
ures, marines,  landscapes,  still  life,  animals — anything  in  fact.  I 
can't  find  anything  in  the  libraries  that  will  give  me  that  material 
I  want  for  the  Swedish  landscape  and  priests'  costume,  etc.  If  you 
will  kindly  let  me  know  of  some  work  containing  matter  of  this  des- 
cription I  will  be  very  much  obliged.  Do  give  us  something  a  little 
easier  next  time.  I  think  single  figures  in  meditation,  'maidens  fan- 
cy free,'  etc.,  are  more  in  my  line." 

The  proposition  for  the  great  English  adventure  was  formally 
made  in  November,  and  this  is  Abbey's  reply: 

"Mv  DEAR  MR.  PARSONS, 

"I  have  thought  very  carefully  over  the  project  of  my  going  to 
London  and  the  proposal  you  are  so  kind  as  to  make  me. 

"I  should  like  to  go,  of  course — and  I  know  it  would  be  of  great 
advantage  to  me — but  I  think  I  would  be  doing  myself  injustice 
did  I  accept  the  proposition  as  I  understand  you  to  make  it. 

"If  I  take  the  money  you  have  so  kindly  placed  at  my  disposal 
(600  dollars)  it  would  be  a  long  time  before  I  could  hope  to  work  it 
off  (at  50  dollars  a  page),  and  the  consequence  would  be  I  should  be 
always  in  debt,  which  you  know  I  'm  pretty  tired  of.  The  next  batch 
of  drawings  I  bring  in  will  make  me  all  clear — and  I  want  to  stay  so. 

' '  I  have  been  offered  a  great  deal  of  work  of  late  at  twice  the  prices 
I  receive  from  you,  and  in  one  case  more  than  that,  and  to-day  I 
received  an  order  from  Cassell  of  London  for  two  drawings  which  I 

57 


THE  ENGLISH  ADVENTURE 

could  have  charged  my  own  price  for.  These  I  was  obliged  to  reject 
because  I  could  not  do  them  with  the  other  work  I  have  promised. 

"It  seems  to  me  that  I  should  not  go  over  unless  I  received  in  ad- 
vance what  it  would  cost  me  to  make  the  change — say  500  dollars 
—and  that  I  should  then  receive  the  same  price  that  I  could  get 
here  for  the  same  kind  of  work. 

"You  know  that  I  am  attached  to  Harper 's  Magazine,  and  would 
do  more  for  them  and  at  less  prices  than  anyone  else — but  you  also 
know  how  I  am  situated  and  how  necessary  it  is  for  me  to  put  myself 
in  a  way  to  assist  those  dependent  upon  me  as  quickly  as  possible. 

"These  are  the  reasons  which  lead  me  to  decline  your  proposi- 
tion. If  the  Harpers  are  willing  to  advance  me  500  dollars  now  and 
pay  me  75  a  page  for  the  work  I  do — it  being  understood  that  I  am 
guaranteed  all  the  work  I  can  do  for  one  year  and  that  I  am  at  liberty 
to  return  the  500  dollars  in  work  during  the  year — I  think  I  would 
be  willing  to  go.  I  presume  this  will  appear  high  to  you — it  does 
to  me — or  did — but  I  find  I  can  earn  it,  and  I  am  glad  I  can. 

"Very  respectfully, 

"51  West  loth  Street,  "E*  A>  ABBEY' 

"Friday,  November  8th,  1878." 

This  letter  gives  us  the  first  information  we  have  received  that 
Abbey  had  any  financial  worries:  not  only  of  his  own,  but  family 
liabilities  too,  which,  as  the  correspondence  of  the  next  few  years 
shows  us,  were  long  with  him.  The  embarrassments  of  his  father 
were  probably  due  to  a  want  of  business  ability;  the  artist's  own 
were  caused  by  a  careless  open-handedness  and  that  thorough- 
ness of  purpose  which  distinguished  him  through  life, making  it 
imperative  that  he  should  provide  himself  with  the  best  accessories 
of  his  calling ,  whether  models ,  costumes ,  or  books . 

In  1 878  Thomas  Hardy  'sReturn  of  theNative  and  William  Black's 
Macleod  of  Dare  were  running  through  the  magazine.  Abbey  had  a 
few  drawings,  among  them  some  illustrations  to  an  article  on  Tun- 
bridge  Wells,  which  he  would  have  done  better  a  year  or  so  later, 
one  of  his  colleagues  on  this  joint  task  being  Willard  Snyder.  Ano- 

58 


EDWIN  A.  ABBEY 

Circa  1878. 
FROM  A  PHOTOGRAPH  BY  SARONY,  OF  NEW  YORK. 


7  da 

-3ll3 

t?nq;iA2  va  hs/urocTOHi  A 


FAREWELL  FEASTS 

ther  Herrick  drawing  is  to  be  found  in  the  October  number,  illus- 
trating "Ye  Bellman" — this  to  reappear  in  the  volume  in  1 882  with- 
out any  change.  The  Christmas  number  for  1878  contains  evidence 
of  his  remarkable  versatility,  for  in  it  he  illustrated  three  Christ- 
mas poems,  a  serious  story  by  Elizabeth  Stuart  Phelps,and  a  comic 
short  story  by  Rose  Terry  Cooke. 

All  arrangements  for  the  English  visit  beingcomplete — the  result 
probably  of  compromise  on  both  sides — Abbey  made  his  plans  to 
sail  early  in  December.  Such  an  event  as  the  departure  for  Europe 
of  a  popular  Tile  Club  member  could  not,  of  course,  be  allowed 
to  pass  without  ceremony;  and  he  was  feted  and  speeded  by  his 
friends,  first  at  dinner  by  the  Tile  Club,  and  then  at  breakfast,  on 
the  day  of  sailing,  by  the  staff  of  Harpers'.  The  Tile  Club's  dinner 
was  at  the  Westminster  Hotel  on  November  zoth,  and  the  menu 
card,  signed  by  all  the  guests,  has  been  preserved.  The  names  run 
thus :  Charles  Parsons,  Gedney  Bunce,  W.M.  Abbey  (Abbey's  fa- 
ther), A.  W.Drake,  Walter  Paris,  Edward  Wimb  ridge,  Winslow  Ho- 
mer ,  W .  R .  O 'Donovan ,  W .  C .  Brownell,  Antonio  Knauth ,  Charles 
Montagu  Waud,  Gustav  Kobbe,  F. Hopkinson  Smith,  Charles  H . 
Isham ,  William  Shippen,  J .  Lewenberg,  J.  Alden  Weir,  William  M . 
Chase,  R.W.  Gilder,  Charles  Reinhart,  Earl  Shinn,  W.C.Baird, 
Charles  W.Truslow,S.G  .W.Benjamin,  Arthur  Quartley,  W.'Toly- 
phemus"Laffan,and  Abbey  himself .  Nearly  forty  years  have  passed 
since  that  merry  evening,  and  to-day  only  one  or  two  of  the  guests 
survive. 

The  Harper  breakfast  was  on  December  yth,  and  the  menu, 
which  has  also  been  preserved,  is  signed  by  the  following  names, 
under  that  of  the  guest :  W.R.O 'Donovan,  Arthur  BurdettFrost, 
Thomas  Nast,  William  M.  Chase,  Charles  Parsons,  William  A.  Sea- 
ver,  John  Harper,  C.  S.  Reinhart,  Ivan  P.Pranishnikoff,  R. Swain 
Gifford,  Walter  Shirlaw,  S.S.Conant,  Arthur  Quartley, Edmund 
C.StedmanJ.  Alden  Weir,  J.Henry  Harper.  Of  this  company  only 
three  or  four  are  now  (1919)  living.  Speaking,  in  1908,  in  the  height 
of  his  fame,  at  the  Pilgrims'  lunch  to  which  reference  has  already 
been  made,  Abbey  humorously  referred  to  this  breakfast,  remark- 

59 


BEGINNING  OF  EXILE 

ing  that  often  afterwards ,  in  his  early  days  in  England ,  the  reflection 
was  forced  upon  him  that  the  money  which  the  meal  had  cost  (it 
was  given  at  Delmonico's  and  a  four-in-hand  bore  the  guests  to  the 
docks)  would  have  been  an  even  more  agreeable  thing  to  have.  But 
this  is  to  anticipate. 

To  what  extent  they  oung  voyager  was  made  unhappy  by  thoughts 
of  exile,  we  cannot  say.  No  doubt  excitement  carried  him  high,  for 
how  could  it  not,  with  his  youth  (not  yet  twenty-six) — and  the  ful- 
filment of  his  wish  to  see  at  last  the  land  of  his  heart's  desire?  But, 
on  the  other  hand,  he  was  of  an  affectionate  nature  and  was  leaving 
not  only  his  native  country  but  his  father  and  mother.  Since  in  one 
of  his  letters  to  his  mother,  written  on  board,  he  says,  "I  chirked 
up  wonderfully  at  the  breakfast,"  we  must  assume  that  before  that 
event  he  had  been  depressed.  "I  was  half  an  hour  late,"  he  writes 
in  the  same  letter,  "and  the  whole  crowd  were  waiting  for  me  and 
wondering.  It  was  a  bad  breakfast  to  go  to  sea  on.  I  counted  up 
thirty-six  people  who  came  to  see  me  off.  The  last  fellow  I  saw  was 
old  Weir  climbing  up  a  post  and  waving  a  handkerchief  on  a  stick. 
He  and  Frost  were  the  only  fellows  Icould  recognise  in  the  gang  that 
rushed  out  of  the  pier  doors  when  they  opened  them." 

And  there,  on  this  December  day  in  1 878 ,  as  the  Germanic's  pro- 
pellers began  to  revolve  and  all  the  friends  on  the  quay  waved  fare- 
well and  godspeed,  ended  the  first  phase  of  Abbey's  life.  Little 
though  he  suspected  it,  he  was  leaving  America  for  ever.  Abrief  visit 
now  and  then  was  all  that  he  was  to  pay  the  land  of  his  birth  and  the 
land  of  which  he  was  so  proud  to  be  a  son  and  for  which  he  con- 
tinued to  toil  until  the  end  of  his  life.  Henceforward,  although  al- 
ways he  clung  passionately  to  his  American  nationality,  his  home 
was  to  be  in  England. 

Destiny  plays  us  strange  tricks.  This  young  American's  purpose 
in  sailing  for  the  Old  Country  was,  as  we  have  seen,  to  do  no  more 
than  gather  enough  English  atmosphere  to  qualify  him  to  com- 
plete an  edition  of  Herrick  and  attack  other  kindred  themes  with 
authority.  He  little  thought  that  he  was  not  only  to  make  his  home 
there,  and  live  his  life  there,  but  to  become  the  quintessential  deli- 

60 


A  LOVER  OF  ENGLAND 

neatorof  the  England  of  the  past.  Yet  so  it  was.  This  visitor  from 
the  New  World  was  destined  to  do  more  towards  the  visible  recon- 
struction of  English  life  of  the  past  than  any  other  man;  and  when, 
on  March  i3th,  1917,  a  tablet  to  Abbey's  memory,  set  up  by  his 
friends,  and  calling  him  "beloved  both  in  the  country  of  his  birth 
and  that  of  his  adoption, "wasunveiled  in  the  crypt  of  St.  Paul's,  the 
then  American  Ambassador,  the  late  Dr.  Page,  in  a  brief  address, 
laid  emphasis  upon  that  part  of  the  artist's  life  which  was  spent  in 
instructing  the  New  World  in  the  charms  and  graces  of  the  old. 

England  was  to  Abbey  a  happy  hunting  ground  indeed,  but  pri- 
marily only  that  the  spoils  of  the  chase  might  be  set  before  the  eyes 
of  his  compatriots,  to  delight  and  enlighten  them.  He  may  be  said 
to  have  come  to  England  as  a  kind  of  retrospective  Columbus,  and 
every  drawing  that  he  sent  back,  in  many  of  the  years  of  hard  work 
that  were  nowto  follow, was  another  proof  of  how  fair  a  land  he  had 
discovered  and  how  well  he  had  discovered  it. 


CHAPTER  X 

STRATFORD-ON-AVON 

1878     Aged  26 

Companions  of  the  Voyage — Abbey's  Illustrated  Letters — First  Sight  of  Eng- 
land— Stratford-on-Avon — Washington  Irving  and  Abbey — An  English  Christ- 
mas— Financial  Embarrassments — English  Hospitality 

WITH  the  voyage  to  England  begins  Abbey's  real 
correspondence,  from  which  I  shall  borrow  co- 
piously during  the  rest  of  this  book.  He  wrote, 
as  we  have  seen  and  shall  see,  admirable  letters- 
crystal  clear,  emphatic,  to  the  point,  and  full  of  his  almost  pugna- 
cious sunniness — and  it  is  fortunate  that  so  many  of  them  have  been 
preserved;  but  only  once  again  did  he  ever  write  with  such  fulness 
and  regularity  as  in  these  early,  lonely  days  in  a  strange  country. 

Writing  on  board,  both  to  his  parents  and  to  Charles  Parsons,  he 
described  the  daily  routine  and  his  more  immediate  fellow-passen- 
gers. Thus,  to  his  mother :  "Professor  Youmans  is  the  only  one  I 
really  know,  and  he  says  I'm  the  only  one  he  really  knows,  and  we 
take  our  exercise  on  deck  together.  He  is  really  a  delightful  old  chap, 
and  most  interesting.  He  don't  know  anything  about  art,  and  I 
don't  know  anything  about  science,  so  we  enlighten  each  other.  I  Ve 
heard  all  about  the  electric  light  and  the  wonders  of  the  great  deep , 
and  I  listen ;  and  the  old  man  likes  to  talk,  and  we  have  a  good  time. 
He  is  going  with  Herbert  Spencer  to  pass  the  winter  at  Nice;  and— 
would  you  believe? — he  thought  Nice  was  in  Italy ,  and  didn'tknow 
it  was  on  the  Mediterranean.  This  is  the  Professor's  seventeenth 
trip,  and  he's  seasick  every  shot." 

These  home  letters  of  Abbey 's  were  richly  and  humorously  illus- 
trated, but  unhappily  the  originals  no  longer  exist.  Mr.  Abbey, 
senior,  copied  a  few  with  great  care  (but,  of  course,  completely 
losing  the  spirit  of  the  drawings) ;  the  others,  together  with  the 
originals  of  the  copied  ones,  were  all  destroyed.  Those  to  Charles 
Parsons  were  also  illustrated,  but  not  so  amusingly.  It  is  related 
62 


FIRST  IMPRESSIONS 

that  at  the  time  that  they  were  arriving  regularly,  Abbey's  mother 
replied  to  the  question  where  had  she  been  of  late,  by  saying  that 
she  had  been  in  England,  so  vividly  did  her  son's  descriptions  and 
thumbnail  sketches  re-create  everything  there. 

The  Germanic  reached  the  Mersey  on  December  lyth,  in  typical 
Mersey  weather,  which  Abbey  describes  with  much  feeling.  From 
the  White  Star's  tender  he  saw  England  for  the  first  time,  and  here 
are  his  impressions  as  they  approached  Liverpool:  "I  look  around 
for  the  first  time  upon  someone  else's  country.  I  see  a  high  bank 
covered  with  light  snow,  rows  of  houses  sort  of  terraced  up,  a  bat- 
tery of  stone  with  short  towers  at  the  corners.  Everything  looks 
dirty ;  water  is  dirty ,  boats  that  we  pass  are  beastly  dirty ,  sails  almost 
black.  I'm  looking  away  and  talking  to  the  Professor  about  these 
things,  when — down  comes  the  fog,  in  less  time  than  it  takes  to  say 
so,  denser  than  ever,  and  the  tooting  and  ringing  begins  again. 
Chilly,  damp  and  disagreeable  again.  We  back  and  wait  for  about 
fifteen  minutes.  Then  the  fog  lifts  a  little  and  right  back  of  us  is 
the  landing  stage — a  long  flat  with  house  on  it  (custom  house)  and 
bridges  going  up  on  the  quay.  We  tumble  off  again,  and  are  imme- 
diately accosted  by  the  dirtiest  newsboys  I  ever  saw,  and  bootblacks 
—and  for  the  first  time  I  see  a  'Bobby.'  Oh !  such  a  funny  one. 
Really  his  face  was  so  ridiculously  like  a  caricature  mask  that  I 
thought  at  first  he  had  one  on.  All  the  people  look  so  different  some- 
how— they  shuffle  about;  the  boys  all  wear  caps — all  ragged  and  all 
with  small  scarfs  tightly  tied  around  their  necks,  the  police  keeping 
them  out  of  the  way.  Newsboys  with  big  printed  placards  of  news 
hanging  in  front  of  them.  Ticket  porters,  real  'Toby  Vecks'  with 
brass  labels  tied  on  their  arms,  all  in  sleeved  waistcoats,  all  with  big, 
heavy ,  ugly  feet  and  red  noses — all  small ,  and  all  old .  Old  men  with 
funny-shaped  plug  hats  and  black  ribbon  about  their  necks,  all 
the  poor  people  with  mud  up  to  their  armpits.  And  certainly  the 
poorest-looking  people  I  ever  saw.  I  would  never  have  believed 
that  people  would  go  about  looking  so  desperately  wretched.  Our 
tramps  are  princes  to  them.  They  seem  to  be  lame,  most  of  them— 
anyway  they  nearly  all  of  them  jam  their  hands  away  down  in  their 

63 


STRATFORD-ON-AVON 

pockets,  and  limp.  I  think  of  'Poor  Jo,'  I  think  of  Fildes's  'Casual 
Ward '  at  the  Centennial ,  of  Leech's  pictures  in  Dickens —of  Charles 
Keene." 

The  next  morning,  after  a  night  at  the  Adelphi  Hotel,  Liverpool, 
Abbey  started  for  Stratford-on- Avon,  where  he  was  to  make  draw- 
ings for  an  article  by  William  Winter,  the  dramatic  critic,  who  died, 
at  the  age  of  eighty,  while  this  book  was  in  progress.  At  Stratford 
Abbey  put  up  at  the  Red  Horse  Hotel,  and  on  the  evening  of  his 
arrival  began  a  letter  to  Charles  Parsons,  from  which  I  quote  a  pas- 
sage here  and  there  to  show  not  only  the  young  artist's  zeal  but  also 
the  vivacity  of  his  observation : ' '  Sketching  out  of  doors  is  hard  work 
—and  almost  an  impossibility.  The  snow  falls  every  two  or  three 
hours, and  perhaps  ends  up  with  a  drizzle;  then  the  sun  comes  out 
for  a  few  minutes,  in  a  very  sickly  way,  and  it  gets  foggy;  and  about 
three  it  begins  to  be  dark.  .  .  .  There  are  quantities  and  quantities 
of  quaint  little  bits  all  over  this  town,  which  is  much  larger  than  I 
expected  to  find  it.  The  trouble  is  to  select  them.  Everything  has 
a  remarkably  neat  and  swept-up  look — the  streets  are  as  neat  as  a 
pin.  I  don't  know  what  they  can  do  with  their  garbage  and  ashes 
—there  are  no  traces  of  anything  of  the  kind  about ,  no  boxes  of  any 
kind  on  the  side  walks,  very  little  in  the  way  of  shrubbery.  The 
houses  close  up  against  each  other ,  with  the  ground  floor  flush  with 
the  street,  and  very  low  ceilings;  sometimes  you  step  down  into  the 
shops.  There  are  no  trees,  no  front  yards  except  as  you  get  to  the 
outskirts.  The  people  and  carts  and  things,  however,  are  very  in- 
teresting, and  many  of  the  countrymen  who  come  into  the  town  are 
very  picturesque,  reminding  me  strongly  of  Keene 's  drawings  in 
Punch.  It's  really  remarkable  how  true  the  English  illustrators  are 
to  the  character  of  the  people.  I  am  making  many  sketches  from 
the  window  of  my  little  parlour  (the  same  that  Washington  Irving 
had  when  he  was  here),  for  to-day  is  market-day ,  and  as  it  is  the  last 
before  Christmas,  the  market  carts,  ranged  along  the  wide  street, 
are  more  than  usually  numerous — so  I  'm  told — and  are  gaily  decked 
out  with  holly  and  green.  They  are  very  picturesque — all  two- 
wheeled  affairs,  with  big  covered  bodies,  and  wicker  chicken  coops, 

64 


WASHINGTON  IRVING 

etc.,  up  behind.  They  take  the  horses  out  and  put  them  in  the  inn 
yards.  These  inns  remind  me  strongly  of  the  old  Philadelphia  tav- 
erns on  and  Street  and  in  that  vicinity.  .  . 

"Thishotel  reminds  me  all  the  time  of  Dickens.  The  great  fires, 
rope  bell  pulls,  one  labelled  'Boots.'  The  chambermaids  with  little 
flat  caps. .  .  .  My  little  parlour  is  quite  cosy.  It's  rather  larger  than 
Irving  said,  perhaps  loby  15  feet.  There  is  a  bright  fire  burning 
in  the  same  grate  that  he  poked  at;  his  chair  in  the  corner,  with  a 
brass  label  in  the  back  certifying  to  that  fact;  a  comfortable  hair- 
cloth sofa  with  a  red  pillow  and  claw  feet;  a  small  serving  table, 
with  the  castors  and  pickles  and  a  few  glasses;  a  large  round  table; 
a  small  one  upon  which  I  draw;  a  big  leather  easy  chair;  some  wall 
chairs;  an  Itag^re  ornamented  with  railway  guides,  etc.;  on  the  floor 
by  the  fire  a  japanned  funeral  urn  containing  coal;  on  the  walls 
quantities  of  framed  prints  and  souvenirs  of  Irving;  little  water- 
colour  views  about  Stratford;  red  curtains  and  a  Venetian  blind  to 
the  window;  and  a  very  sociable,  respectable  Manx  cat  without  any 
tail  sleeping  on  the  rug  before  the  fire." 

There  was  a  peculiar  fitness  in  Abbey's  decision  to  occupy  the 
very  room  in  which  Washington  Irving,  when  on  a  precisely  simi- 
lar adventure  and  romantic  quest,  had  lodged  years  before.  Be- 
tween author  and  artist  is  no  little  resemblance.  Both  were  Ameri- 
cans; both  had  a  lover's  eye  for  England,  and  particularly  England 
of  the  eighteenth  century;  both  had  leanings  to  what  was  gentle 
and  pleasant  and  humorous;  and  both  set  before  their  country- 
men the  results  of  their  researches — Abbey  in  thousands  of  draw- 
ings, every  one  of  which  might  be  called  a  valentine  from  the  Old 
Country  to  the  New,  and  Washington  Irving  in  Bracebridge  Hall 
and  Old  Christmas.  Nothing,  of  course,  but  the  fact  that  the  work 
had  been  perfectly  done  by  one  who  (as  we  shall  see)  was  destined 
to  become  one  of  his  friends — Randolph  Caldecott — prevented 
Abbey  from  illustrating  also  these  two  books,  so  near  to  his  own 
heart  and  genius.  Washington  Irving,  it  may  be  said,  had  come  to 
England  first,  in  1805,  from  the  Continent.  In  1815  he  returned 
and  remained  away  from  America  for  seventeen  years.  His  Sketch 
F  65 


A  MERRIE  CHRISTMAS 

Book,v?ith  its  delightful  papers  on  English  ways  and  humours, 
appeared  in  1820,  and  Bracebridge  Hall,  which  carried  these  de- 
scriptions further  and  almost  linked  up  New  York  with  Addison 
and  Steele,  followed  in  1822.  He  died  in  1859,  when  Abbey  was 
seven. 

A  letter  to  Mrs.  Abbey  tells  the  story  of  her  son's  first  Christmas 
on  foreign  soil:  "I  was  very  busy  before  Christmas,  and  didn't  have 
timetoget  homesick.  The  landlord  insisted  upon  my  taking  Christ- 
mas dinner  with  his  family,  which  I  accepted.  Then  the  'Waits.' 
Two  or  three  bands  came  on  Christmas  Eve,  one  made  up  of  choir 
boys  from  the  church, who  sang  beautifully.  I  think  there  must 
have  been  fifteen  of  them.  They  sang ,  each  company ,  pretty  much 
the  same  carols.  'God  rest  you,  merry  gentlemen!'  and  'Nowell, 
Nowell,' seemed  to  be  the  favourites.  They  came  again  on  Christ- 
mas night  and  on  Boxing  night.  On  Boxing  night  I  again  accepted 
the  hospitality  of  my  kind  host,  Mr.  Colbourn.  I  was  seated  to  play 
whist  with  an  old  lady  who  reminded  me  of '  Mr .  F .  's  aunt '  [in  Little 
Dorrit]  against  this  [a  drawing  here]  and  her  husband.  Well,  I  got 
outof  this  after  four  games,  and  had  a  good  time'turning  the  tren- 
cher'with  the  young  folks  and  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Colbourn.  You  ought 
to  see  these  substantial  English  girls — such  red  cheeks  I  never  did 
see.  They  don't  say  a  great  deal,  unless  you  get  them  alone  in  a 
corner,  and  they  all  have  such  pretty  voices  and  nice  teeth.  We  had 
lots  of  forfeits,  and  I  had  to  pay  a  lot — such  as  we  read  of:  'bowing 
to  the  prettiest,'  etc.  I  was  quite  a  cuss  when  I  got  warmed  up,  and 
did  'Thatcher,'  and  a  lot  of  old  things  which  seemed  to  amuse  them 
greatly,  one  young  lady  remarking,  'Hi  think  the  Hamericans  HAR 
so  hentertaining!'  These  people  were  real  Dickens  people:  hearty 
Englishmen  who  went  in  for  a  good  time,  good  specimens  of  Eng- 
lish middle-class  county  townspeople.  I  wish  you  could  hear  them 
talk .  They  do  stick  on  the  H  's  in  the  most  alarming  way .  We  had  cha- 
rades after  the  older  folk  had  retired,  and  one  of  the  young  ladies 
certainly  shewed  a  great  deal  of  ability  in  that  direction ;  and  then 
about  12.30  we  had  supper— cold  roast  beef  and  duck,  and  mince- 
pies  and  cheese,  and  Ale  and  tea." — For  a  young  artist  who  had 

66 


EARLY  EMBARRASSMENTS 

come  to  England  to  illustrate  Herrick  and  Goldsmith  and  Praed, 
and  who  had  most  of  his  sympathies  in  the  merrie  past,  this  was 
not  a  bad  beginning. 

We  find  further  light  on  Abbey's  Stratford-on-Avon  adventures 
in  a  later  passage  of  the  speech  to  the  Pilgrims  (in  1908)  which  has 
already  been  quoted;  for  excessive  cold,  beyond  anything  that  he 
had  felt  in  America,  and  a  hearty  English  Christmas,  were  not  the 
explorer's  only  new  experiences.  He  contracted  a  bad  sore  throat 
while  sketching  in  the  churchyard,  and  he  contracted  debts,  too. 
Continuing,  in  his  dry  American  way,  his  remarks  to  his  Pilgrim 
hosts,  Abbey  said,  "I  was  given  to  understand  in  casual  conversa- 
tion on  the  way  over  (in  the  s.s.  Germanic]  that  living  in  England 
was — on  the  whole — cheap.  This  was  a  superstition  that  generally 
obtained  in  America  at  that  time,  and  it  gave  me  a  good  deal  of  com- 
fort. . . .  The  first  incautious  thing  I  did  was  to  inquire  at  the  Post 
Office  whether  heavy  packages  of,  say,  drawings  might  be  sent  to 
America  without  a  postage  having  been  prepaid.  I  was  assured  that 
this  was  possible  and  thereupon  took  a  nice  private  sitting-room  at 
the  hotel,  and  didn't  ask  for  any  actual  terms. 

"This  was  also  incautious. 

"I  stayed  some  time  and  made  drawings  and  sent  them  off  with  a 
2  |d  .stamp  on  them  ,thebalance  tobe  collected , and  asked  for  my  bill. 

"  This  b  ill ,  although  a  shock  to  me ,  was  what  you  all  know  it  would 
have  been. 

"I  left  my  trunks  with  the  landlord  and  started  for  London. 

"In  the  train,  after  very  careful  calculation,  I  arrived  atthe  result 
that  I  could,  with  care,  last  until  I  received  my  remittance  for  the 
drawings  I  had  sent  off  to  America;  which  I  reasonably  expected 
would  be  in  about  three  weeks'  time. 

"When  the  three  weeks  were  up  I  had  a  notice  from  Washington 
to  the  effect  that  my  drawings  were  held  for  postage  in  the  dead 
letter  office  and  would  be  forwarded  to  their  destination  on  receipt 
of  the  balance  due. 

"I  was  a  young  man  of  twenty-six,  and  this  was  all  a  long  time 
ago,  but  I  vividly  recall  those  next  three  weeks. 

67 


NEW  YEAR'S  EVE 

"I  am  not  sure  it  wasn't  a  month. 

"It  seemed  a  year." 

Here, however, we  encroach  on  the  next  chapter,  but  it  maybe 
said  now  that  the  drawings  were  in  time  liberated  and  appeared  in 
the  magazine  for  April,  1879. 

Abbey  spent  New  Year's  Eve,  1878,  at  another  social  gathering 
at  the  Red  Horse,  among  the  landlord's  family  and  friends.  Writ- 
ing to  his  mother  a  few  days  later  he  speaks  of  the  kindness  of  these 
hospitable  people.  "We  got  to  be  quite  good  friends.  The  lady 
hurled  her  H's  about  in  an  extraordinary  way,  but  she  was  good- 
hearted  and  jolly.  The  barmaid  was  a  merry  little  woman,  hard- 
working, and,  I  should  think,  a  mighty  nice  little  body.  We  all  sat 
up  over  the  New  Year's  Eve,  and  I  thought  of  you  all  more  than 
once.  I  was  going  to  pull  the  Stratford  church  bells  with  a  lot  of 
the  town  young  fellows,  but  it  was  too  cold.  They  toll  for  a  half- 
hour  before  twelve,  and  then  they  peal  merrily  for  another  half- 
hour.  They  had  some  old  friends  from  Coventry,  and  the  gent  was 
musical  and  sang  nobly  'Arts  of  Hoak'  and  'The  Vicar  of  Bray,'  and 
brewed  a  rum  punch,  which  was  quite  acceptable  that  cold  night. 
Let  me  ask  you  whenever  a  strange  young  man '  of  poor  but  honest , 
etc.,'  drops  in  your  way, go  for  him!  I've  been  so  touched  by  the 
warm-hearted  way  perfect  strangers  have  treated  me  here  that  I 
don't  want  any  Englishman  to  go  to  America  and  meet  with  any 
less  cordial  reception." 


CHAPTER  XI 

ENGLISH  FRIENDS  AND  FAMILY  LETTERS 

1879    Aged  26-27 

Fred  Barnard — -George  Henry  Boughton — F.W.Jameson — Dinner  Parties — 
Alfred  Parsons — A  Musical  Evening — Brahms — George  Henschel — Madame 
Clara  Moscheles— William  Black— J.  MacNeill  Whistler— Alma  Tadema— The 

White  House,  Chelsea 

~X  "\  7"  T~E  saw  in  the  last  chap terunderwhat  circumstances 
\  \  /  —which  might  have  been  far  worse  had  he  not 
\  /\/  fallen  into  honest  hands — Abbey  left  Stratford. 
T  T  Arriving  in  London  early  in  January,  he  took  a 
lodging  in  Bloomsbury,  establishing  himself  on  the  fourth  floor  of 
No.  32  Montagu  Place.  If  he  was  not  in  the  highest  spirits  there 
were  sufficient  reasons.  To  begin  with,  he  was  a  solitary  young 
foreigner  in  the  largest  city  of  the  world.  Secondly,  he  was  short 
of  money.  Thirdly,  he  doubted  very  much  whether  his  Stratford 
drawings  would  be  acceptable  to  the  powers  at  Franklin  Square. 
Fourthly,  he  was  suffering  both  from  a  cold  and  disordered  diges- 
tion. But,  guided  by  his  shining  good  sense,  he  forced  himself  to 
be  active.  In  his  own  words,  to  his  mother,  "I  had  a  sort  of  feeling 
if  I  didn't  light  out  and  see  somebody  artistic  or  jolly,  or  at  least 
friendly ,  soon,  I  didn't  know  what  dreadful  thing  I  might  do.  So 
I  hurried  out  my  shaving  things,  and  shaved,  brushed  my  hair,  etc., 
and  put  myself  into  some  clean  linen,  and  after  a  few  minutes 'study 
of  the  map  I  hurried  down  Tottenham  Court  Road  and  took  a  'bus 
marked  'Hampstead,  Haverstock  Hill,  etc.'  I  went  as  far  as  I  could 
go,  to  the  foot  of  the  hill,  and,  taking  the  advice  of  a  policeman,  I 
took  the  second  turning  to  the  left,  Steele's  Road,  and  looked  out 
all  the  way  along  for '  Warrington  House.' ' 

Warrington  House  was  the  home  of  the  late  Fred  Barnard,  the 
illustrator,  to  whom  Abbey  had  an  introduction  from  Mr.  Frost, 
and  who  had,  by  letter,  pressed  Abbey  to  come  up  to  town  for 
Christmas.  At  this  time  Barnard  was  thirty-two,  and  already 
known  as  a  master  of  grotesque,  chiefly  by  his  illustrations  to  the 

69 


FRED  BARNARD 

"Household  Edition"  of  Dickens,  published  by  Messrs.  Chapman 
and  Hall  from  1871  onwards.  Later  he  was  to  issue  a  series  of 
"Character  Sketches  from  Dickens"  based  on  his  earlier  concep- 
tions; and  he  had  done  also  much  work  in  periodicals. 

Barnard,  as  Abbey  tells  his  mother,  was  atwork  on  a  Dickens  pic- 
ture when  he  found  him .  "  I  was  shown  into  the  parlour,  facing  back 
on  a  large  half- acre  of  garden — a  big  studio  extension  at  the  back, 
too,  on  the  left.  Mr.  Barnard  shortly  came  into  the  room  and  re- 
ceived me  warmly,  and  asked  me  into  the  studio,  a  big  room  with 
open  raftered  roof  of  oak.  He  was  painting '  Old  Gabriel  and  Dolly 
Varden,' with  Sim  Tappertit  looking  in  over  the  door.  A  model  was 

on  the  throne,  posed  for  Gabriel I  was  very  kindly  invited 

to  come  to  tea  next  evening  (Sunday)  and  departed,  feeling  that  I 
wasn't  quite  friendless  at  any  rate." 

That  was  on  the  Saturday;  on  the  Sunday  Abbey  presented  an- 
other letter  of  introduction,  this  time  to  a  fellow  countryman  estab- 
lished in  London — the  late  George  Henry  Boughton,  who  had  re- 
cently built  "West  House,"  on  the  top  of  Campden  Hill,  which  was 
the  scene  of  so  much  hospitality ."  Ohdear !  [exclaims  the  astonished 
youth]  such  a  house!  Mosaic  floor,  panelled  and  tapestried  walls, 
great  window  on  the  staircase.  The  room  I  was  shown  into  was  a 
large  square  one,  with  most  beautiful  rugs  on  the  floor,  and  elegant 
furniture,  tiled  fireplace,  blue  china  all  about,  and  everything  de- 
noting extremely  fine  taste,  and — prosperity.  Mr.  Boughton  was 
lunching  with  his  family  in  the  adjoining  room,  separated  by  por- 
tieres, and  I  was  asked  up  into  the  studio. .  .  .Mr.  Boughton  shortly 
came  up.  We  met  in  the  most  everyday  manner  possible.  He  said 
he  hadn't  read  my  letter  of  introduction  as  he  didn't  think  it  neces- 
sary, as  he  knew  me  so  well  already.  So  we  had  a  good  talk  about 
America  and  his  old  friends,  etc."-  —Boughton,  who  was  to  be  so 
valuable  an  influence  in  the  early  London  life  of  his  young  compa- 
triot,was  born  on  December  4th,  1 833 , and  was  thus  by  nearly  twen- 
ty years  Abbey's  senior.  It  is  generally  thought  that  he  was  of  Amer- 
ican birth,  but,  as  a  matter  of  f  act,he  was  born  near  Norwich  and  did 
not  go  toAmerica  until  the  nextyear.  There,however,  he  remained, 

70 


G.  H.  BOUGHTON 

chiefly  at  Albany  ,  N.Y.,  with  one  or  two  absences  in  Europe,  paint- 
ing, and  exhibiting  in  New  York,  until  1860.  In  that  year  he  settled 
in  Paris,  where  he  studied  under  Edouard  Frere,  famous  for  his 
cottage  domestic  interiors.  Leaving  Paris  in  1862,  Boughton  made 
London  his  home,  never  again  to  forsake  it  exceptfor  brief  spaces  of 
travel.  He  was  elected  an  Associate  of  the  Royal  Academy  later  in 
this  year,  1  879  ,  and  became  a  full  R.  A.  in  1  896  ,  in  the  same  year  that 
Abbey  was  made  an  Associate.  Boughton  was  never  a  great  painter, 
but  he  was  an  accomplished  one,  and  in  both  his  favourite  themes— 
the  peasant  life  of  Brittany  and  Holland,  and  the  NewEngland  days 
of  The  Courtship  of  Miles  Standish  —  he  was  acceptable  to  collectors. 
Most  of  the  important  modern  galleries  have  samples  of  his  delicate 
and  graceful  work.  He  did  also  some  illustrating,  The  Scarlet  Letter 
and  Rip  Van  Winkle  being  among  his  best  efforts.  Although  English 
by  birth  and  for  so  long  a  resident  in  London,  Boughton  always 
called  himself  an  American  .  Abbey  could  not  have  had  at  that  time 
a  kinder  friend  or  a  more  wisely  useful  one.  Boughton  and  he  were 
destined  to  be  firm  and  materially  helpful  allies  for  many  years;  but 
this  we  shall  learn  from  the  letters. 

Meanwhile,  the  Bloomsbury  attic  having  been  found  impossible, 
Abbey,  on  the  recommendation  of  another  American  artist  settled 
in  London,  the4*te  Ernest  Parton,  moved  to  Newman  Street.  The 
house  was  No.  80.  At  No.  14  Abbey's  fellow  Philadelphian  and  pre- 
decessor as  an  historical  painter  and  R  .  A  .  ,  Benjamin  West,  had  lived 
for  forty-five  years  :  Newman  Street,  which  is  off  Oxford  Street, 
being  in  the  early  years  of  the  last  century  the  very  centre  of  artistic 
London.  No  sooner  was  he  settled  than  Abbey  began  to  work  seri- 
ously on  the  drawings  for  Longfellow's  Evangeline,  while  by  way 
of  recreation  he  walked  about  London  on  expeditions  of  discovery, 
and  was  delighted  to  find  how  much  of  it  was  already  known  to  him 
through  pictures.  In  the  evenings  Boughton  took  him  to  this  house 
and  that  —  one  evening  to  the  American  Minister's  reception  to 
General  Grant,  another  to  a  musical  party,  and  so  forth. 

One  of  these  musical  parties,  at  the  house  of  the  late  Fred  Jameson, 
the  architect  (known  familiarly  as  "Jampots"),  a  very  sociable  and 


ERRATUM 

Page  71 

The    author    wishes    to    apologize    to    MR.    ERNEST 
PARTON,    R.I.,    for    referring    to    him    as    "the    late.' 


EDWIN    AUSTIN    ABBKY 


MARYL.GOW 

hospitable  figure  in  London  at  that  time,  led  to  an  invitation  to  a 
dinner  which  Abbey  describes  very  minutely  to  his  mother.  Here  is 
an  amusing  passage:  "I  wish  I  could  write  you  all  of  it.  Now  I  re- 
membered seeing  a  drawing-room  in  Punch  once,  of  a  gentleman, 
as  the  ladies  rise  to  leave  the  dining-room,  opening  the  cupboard 
door  by  mistake,  to  allow  them  to  pass  out.  I  remembered  this,  and 
imagined  it  to  be  the  thing  to  do — so,  as  I  was  nearest  the  door  I 
rose  and  held  it  for  them.  I  seem  to  have  a  pretty  good  memory, 
for  nobody  ever  told  me  that.  Every  little  thing  we  hear  or  read  of  is 
of  some  use  some  day. 

"I  got  through  my  first  dinner  very  well.  English  people  are  so 
plagued  particular  about  etiquette  that  I  was  scared  I'd  come  out 
wrong.  However,  Boughton  coached  me  up.  I  mustn't  get  there 
more  than  five  minutes  before  the  time  I'm  asked,  nor  on  any  ac- 
count two  minutes  after."  At  the  end  of  this  letter,  dated  January, 
1879,  he  draws  a  girl  beside  these  words:  "  This  is  Miss  Gow ;  I 
think  I  '11  marry  her.  A  girl  who'll  eat  cold  beef  at  an  evening  party 
is  too  valuable  to  be  lightly  passed  over."  Miss  Gow,  who  has  since 
become  known  to  fame  as  Mary  Gow ,  R  .1 . ,  the  water-colour  painter 
of  portraits  and  charming  decorative  subjects,  married  otherwise, 
her  husband  being  Mr.  Sydney  P.  Hall,  the  artist.  But  for  the  burn- 
ing of  theoriginalsof  these  letters  of  Abbey  to  his  family ,  MissGow's 
portrait  could  be  reproduced. 

A  further  piece  of  news  is  that  on  the  Monday  following  Abbey 
was  to  move  into  a  studio  at  SoPeel  Street,  Campden  Hill,  close  to 
Boughton 's,  this  being  let  to  him  by  the  late  Matthew  Ridley  Cor- 
bet, the  landscape  painter.  From  this  studio  the  next  letter,  on  Jan- 
uary ayth,  was  written:  "I  hadn't  been  here  half  an  hour  before  I 
was  drawing  away  as  hard  as  I  could  at  my  easel,  Boughton  sitting 
by  and  giving  me  valuable  hints.  He  asked  me  to  come  in  to  dinner 
on  Friday  night  as  Aldrich  and  his  wife  were  to  be  there,  and  old 
Robert  Browning  and  J.  W.  Comyns  Carr ,  the  writer  on  art.  I  went 
and  had  a  lovely  time.  . .  .  Browning  wasn't  at  all  the  man  I  expect- 
ed to  see .  I  knew  his  face,  of  course,  but  he  is  a  rather  short,  dumpy , 
dapper  old  chap,  and  a  most  entertaining  talker.  Aldrich  is  remark- 

72 


ALFRED  PARSONS 

ably  witty,  and  so  is  Boughton,  and  I  tell  you  it  was  a  bright  table." 
Aldrich  was  the  late  Thomas  Bailey  Aldrich,  the  American  poet. 
Comyns  Carr  died  as  recentlyas  1916.  In  1879  Browning  was  sixty- 
seven,  and  was  living  in  Warwick  Crescent. 

We  have  now  reached  January  zyth,  1 879 .  The  next  day  was  an 
eventful  one,  for  it  was  then,  according  to  the  diary  kept  by  the  new 
friend  who  here  enters  the  scene,  at  a  party  at  Mr.E.M.Hale's 
studio,  that  Abbey  met  Alfred  Parsons — an  artist  who  was  destined 
for  several  years  to  be  not  only  one  of  his  closest  companions  but  a 
sympathetic  ally  in  all  his  projects  and  often  an  actual  collaborator. 
Alfred  Parsons,  already  well-known  as  a  flower  and  landscape  pain- 
ter, was  then  thirty-two,  and  Abbey's  senior  by  over  four  years.  A 
sympathetic  note  was  instantly  struck.  One  great  bond  between 
them  was  this  England  of  ours,  which  the  elder  man  knew  so  deeply 
and  lovingly  and  the  younger  man  so  longed  to  know.  Already  was 
Alfred  Parsons 's  name  a  household  word  by  reason  of  his  delinea- 
tions of  the  English  countryside — its  meadows,  its  flowers,  its  trees, 
its  streams,  its  tender  skies:  all  of  which  he  had  been  studying  since 
a  child  and  has  been  studying  ever  since,  throughout  a  long  and 
distinguished  career. 

"What  a  lucky  fellow  I  am  [Abbey  writes]  to  drop  right  into 
the  society  I  most  enjoy  and  from  which  I  can  learn  so  much,"  a 
remark  which  leads  to  a  description  of  another  musical  party. 
"When  I  got  there  I  found  a  large  square  room  in  the  centre  of 
which  was  a  four-sided  music  stand  with  lights,  and  around  it  four 
fellows  fiddling  away  for  dear  life,  at  an  allegretto  movement  in 
one  of  Beethoven's  symphonies.  .  .  .  There  were  possibly  a  dozen 
there — all  musical  people,  amateurs  and  professionals.  Johann 
Brahms  (of  the 'Hungarian  Dances' chap)  was  one.  We  had  lots  of 
fine  music.  A  great  big  chap  (Berlin  correspondent  of  the  Daily 
Telegraph)  played  magnificently.  I  don't  know  when  I've  enjoyed 
anything  more.  He  played  several  Russian  things  of  the  most  lovely 
character,  and  with  the  most  exquisite  feeling  and  touch. .  .  .  After 
this  we  had  Schumann's  String  Quartette — the  quartette! — for  the 
piano,  for  which  our  Berlin  friend  took  off  his  coat,  and  undid  his 

73 


A  MUSICAL  EVENING 

vest  and  collar.  I  certainly  never  heard  it  played  so  well.  I  occupied 
a  big  chair  by  the  fire  all  by  myself,  the  rest  of  the  company  being 
at  the  other  side  of  the  room,  and  I  tell  you,  I  enjoyed  it  'to  the  top 
of  my  bent.'  I  wrote  a  note  to  Jameson  to  thank  him  for  being  the 
means  of  giving  me  so  much  pleasure."  Brahms  was,  of  course, 
the  great  Brahms,  who  died  in  1897,  and  in  1879  was  forty-five; 
the  musical  journalist  was  the  late  William  Beatty  Kingston.  Ab- 
bey was  always  intensely  fond  of  music.  He  was  also  to  some  extent 
a  performer — that  is  to  say,  he  could  play  well  enough  to  amuse 
himself  at  the  piano — but  probably  to  no  one  was  the  pianola ,  when, 
years  later,  it  sprang  from  some  inventor's  brain,  a  richer  boon  than 
to  him. 

Through  Boughton's  good  offices  he  was  meeting  artists  too, 
having  the  use  of  the  best  models  and  making  many  acquaintances. 
Among  these,  for  example,  was  Gustave  Natorp — an  Austrian  who 
had  lived  in  America  and  studied  art  and  was  now  a  wealthy  con- 
noisseur and  amateur  sculptor.  Natorp, who  had  taken  Bough  ton's 
old  house  in  Palace  Gardens  Terrace  and  was  a  famous  gastronome, 
not  only  entertained  Abbey  regally  but  lent  him  valuable  pieces  of 
furniture  to  draw  from .  As  for  artists ,  Abbey  tells  of  a  dinner  with 
Boughton  at  the  Arts  Club ,  at  which  R.  W.  Macbeth,  Fred  Barnard, 
Marcus  Stone,  Charles  Green,  and  J.D.Linton  were  present, fol- 
lowed by  a  migration  to  the  Grosvenor  Gallery  to  a  "discussion 
about  the  copyright  that  artists  ought  to  have  and  haven't.  Frith, 
Albert  Moore, Herkomer,  Sir  Coutts  Lindsay , and  a  lotmore  spoke. 
...  I  sat  by  Barnard  and  nearly  killed  myself  trying  not  to  laugh  at 
his  running  comments  on  the  speeches .  He  had  the  fellows  all  about 
on  a  broad  grin." 

Music  again,  and  an  historic  evening  for  a  young  enthusiast,  for 
the  scene  was  the  studio  of  the  late  Felix  Moscheles,  who  died  in 
1918,  the  son  of  Mendelssohn's  two  closest  friends.  "I  think  I 
have  kept  Ash  Wednesday  better  than  by  going  to  church.  Bough- 
ton  took  me.  We  went  first  to  the  Arts  Club  and  had  dinner,  and 
then  to  a  little  place  in  Cadogan  Gardens,  down  a  step  into  a  gar- 
den, and  back  to  a  pretty  cottage,  and  knocked.  When  the  servant 

74 


MORE  MUSIC 

came  we  asked  her, 'Is  Mr.Moscheles  at  home?'  'Not  here,'  she 
said , '  I  '11  show  you . '  So  we  followed  her  through  the  garden  around 
the  corner  of  the  house,  and  up  a  little  flagged  walk  to  a  very  mo- 
dest looking  door,  with  a  lantern  over  it,  which  was  opened  by  a 
spruce  little  boy  with  an  immense  eruption  of  buttons.  A  little  L 
of  a  hall,  the  walls  covered  with  bagging  stuff  embroidered  a  little 
with  worsted.  The  back  of  the  hall  door  was  panelled  with  glass, 
and  we  brushed  up  our  hair, and  were  shown  into  the  dining-room, 
a  low, bright  roomwithaqueerMoorish  lampoverthe  tablecovered 
with  sage  green,  upon  which  were  several  glasses  of  lilies  of  the 
valley  and  white  hyacinths.  The  chairs  (old  ones  of  the  square 
Cromwell  pattern)  covered  with  deep  red,  and  the  walls  covered 
with  artistic  knick-knacks  of  every  description.  A  wide  door,  and 
an  immense  studio  beyond,  lighted  from  the  top.  A  pleasant  grey- 
headed man  came  forward  with  'Hush-sh  a  moment!  Henschel  is 
just  beginning  to  play  a  scherzo  of  his  own.'  So  we  sat  just  inside 
the  door  and  heard  him. 

"It  was  like  getting  in  somewhere  and  having  a  good  rest.  I  had 
been  labouring  all  day,  and  the  day  before,  and  the  night  before, 
too,  at  a  face  of  Keats 's  Madeline,  and  I  was  all  worked  out  and 
feeling  that  it  was  a  very  Ashy  sort  of  a  Wednesday  indeed,  when 
Boughton  came  in  this  afternoon  with  'Don't  think  I'm  going  to 
bore  your  life  out  coming  so  often,  but  I  want  you  to  come  with 
me  this  evening  and  dine  at  the  club,  and  we'll  go  to  the  Mos- 
cheles  "evening"  afterwards.  And,  what's  the  matter?  Oh,  the 
face?  Ah,  it's  coming  better — you'll  get  it.  I've  been  reading  over 
the  poem  since  I  came  in  yesterday,  and  I  thought  you  were  get- 
ting her  a  little  too  old.  Just  make  the  lower  part  of  the  face  a  little 
fuller,  and  her  lips  not  quite  so  thin,  and  I  think  you'll  have  it.' 
So  he  turned  the  drawing  over,  and  I  had  my  poor,  tired  model, 
who  was  just  going,  sit  down  a  minute,  and  he  drew  her  face  on 
the  back,  showing  me  where  it  would  be  better,  and  making  me 
feel  as  though  the  world  wasn't  quite  hollow,  after  all."  I  interrupt 
this  letter  both  to  say  that  Keats 's  "Eve  of  St.  Agnes,"  with  nine 
drawings  by  Abbey ,  was  printed  in  Harper's  Magazine  for  January, 

75 


MADAME  MOSCHELES 

1880,  and  to  draw  attention  to  the  remarkable  powers  of  quick  ob- 
servation which  it  indicates. 

"While  Henschel  is  playing  at  thegrand  piano  at  one  side  of  the 
big  studio,  I  take  in  the  big  mediaeval  fireplace  at  the  other  side, 
before  which  on  the  rug  is  a  pretty  lady  with  blonde  hair  and  a 
black  velvet  dress,  and  another  lady  with  a  grey  satin  dress;  they 
were  embroidering  some  curtain  stuff  or  other.  On  an  ottoman 
in  the  middle  of  the  floor  are  three  dark  girls  in  green,  with  lace 
collars;  these  have  serious  German  faces,  and  are  taking  in  Hen- 
schel's  music  with  open  mouth.  . . .  And  by  herself  near  the  piano 
is  a  dark  beauty,  decidedly  Spanish,  with  dead  black  hair,  and  a 
satin  dress  of  a  deep  black  blue.  A  few  other  faces  over  in  a  dark 
corner,  and  in  the  foreground  a  lovely  old  lady,  with  white  hair 
and  a  lace  cap.  Everything  is  quiet,  and  soft  and  resty.  Henschel 
surely  never  had  a  more  appreciative  audience.  I  turn  around  to 
Boughtonwhen  he  had  finished, and  his  eyes  are  fullof  tears.  There 
is  no  applause,  but  the  old  lady  goes  up  to  Henschel  and  'Thank 
you  for  that,  my  dear  friend!'  is  the  only  thing  he  hears.  It  is  quite 
hushed  for  a  moment,  and  then  the  voices  begin  to  hum  a  little. 
And  I  am  introduced  to  Madame  Moscheles,  junior,  the  pretty 
blonde  in  black,  and  then  they  take  me  to  the  old  lady,  who  is  so 
like  Coz.  Jo  that  I  want  to  jump  at  her.  And  she  is  Madame  Mos- 
cheles, the  intimate  friend  of  Mendelssohn — think  of  that ! 

"I  sit  down  and  she  begins  a  most  animated  conversation  about 
America,  and  how  much  she  would  like  to  go  there;  'But  is  it  not 
too  much  for  an  old  woman  with  five  great-grandchildren?'  She  is 
glad  the  Americans  are  interested  in  her  letters,  and  that  they  are 
such  a  musical  people,  and  if  her  husband  were  alive  it  would  glad- 
den his  heart  to  know  how  much  they  think  of  his  dear  friend,  who 
is,  alas!  going  out  of  fashion  now  in  Europe.  But  he  will  live  again 
after  these  modern  noise-makers  are  dead  and  forgotten!  The  dear 
old  soul  goes  on  to  tell  me  any  quantity  of  interesting  little  things 
about  Mendelssohn,  and  I  must  come  and  see  a  water-colour  draw- 
ing of  his  own  of  the  Bridge  of  Sighs.  I  am  beginning  to  tell  her  of 
our 'Mendelssohn  [Glee  Club']  in  New  York,  and  how  delighted 

76 


THE  SPANISH  LADY 

they  would  be  to  see  her  there,  and  how  she  would  be  received — 
not  as  a  stranger,  but  almost  as  a  mother — when  Henschel  begins 
playing  again,  and  the  buzz  subsides.  I  am  sitting  where  I  can  see 
his  face  now,  and  it  is  a  study.  He  seems  to  just  glory  in  what  he 
is  doing,  and  when  he  is  finished  they  ask  the  dark  lady  to  sing,  and 
she  does,  and  Boughton  leans  over  to  me  to  whisper  'This  is  what  I 
came  for.'  He  comes  over  with  his  chair  and  sits  next  me  with  his 
arm  around  my  shoulder,  and  (if  I  could  only  have  'the  pen  of  a 
ready  writer'  to  tell  you  of  this!)  the  dark  lady  sits  down. 

"Her  olive  face  and  black  hair  against  the  dull  brown  red  of  the 
wall  behind,  and  if  you  close  your  eyes  you  can  imagine  the  place. 
Some  bright  sunny  Spanish  courtyard  with  gaily  dressed  trouba- 
dours and  Castilian  beauties  in  yellow  and  black  lace.  I  never 
heard  any  Spanish  music  like  this.  The  face  of  the  lady  is  a  study. 
She  must  have  been  a  great  actress,  and  what  a  pity  thatMr.Mon- 
crieff  (whoever  he  is)  married  her,  and  took  Nina  Gitana  away 
from  her  own  sunny  land.  It  always  seems  wrong  to  me,  this  idea 
of  despoiling  an  artistic  country  of  its  treasures.  It  doesn't  seem 
right  that  the  wonderful  Elgin  Marbles  should  be  disturbed  in  their 
own  native  graves,  or  that  Cleopatra's  Needle  should  rear  its  deli- 
cate shaft  on  the  borders  of  the  bustling  Thames,  with  the  London 
fog  and  smoke  to  look  up  to  instead  of  the  blue  skies  of  Egypt.  I 
don't  pretend  to  have  a  more  delicate  sense  of  the  'eternal  fitness  of 
things' than  the  wise  and  great  people  who  look  after  the  esthetics 
of  a  nation,  but  what  will  there  be  to  go  to  Greece  or  Rome  or  Egypt 
for,  if  they  keep  up  this  sort  of  thing?  Think  of  the  poor  despoiled 
Poles  crowding  the  railway  station  when  the  great  Modjeska  is  leav- 
ing them,  and  crying  'Madame  Helena,  return  to  thy  native  land!' 
It  will  be  a  cosmopolitan  world  after  awhile,  I  suppose,  and  as  ages 
roll  on  and  nations  intermingle,  and  the—  That  letter,  which 
here  breaks  off,  is  to  me  fairly  conclusive  proof  that  had  Abbey 
chosen  to  become  a  writer  instead  of  a  draughtsman  he  would  still 
have  made  a  name. 

Madame  Moscheles  was  referring  to  the  article  in  Harper's  Mag- 
azine for  February,  1879, m  which  a  mass  of  her  correspondence 

77 


WILLIAM  BLACK 

with  Mendelssohn  was  printed.  The  old  lady,  nee  Charlotte  Emb- 
den,  had  married  Ignaz  Moscheles  as  long  ago  as  1826.  Sir  George 
Henschel,  who  remembers  the  evening  well,  says  that  Nita  Gitana 
(the  dark  lady's  real  name),  who  married  Mr.Moncrieff,was  born 
in  Spain  but  lived  in  London,  where  she  sang  professionally,  chiefly 
in  private  houses. 

On  the  next  page  of  the  letter — for  these  letters  to  his  mother 
were  written  like  serials,  and  posted  at  intervals  of  a  week  or  so — 
we  meet  William  Black  and  his  wife,  with  whom  the  artist  was  to 
spend  so  many  happy  hours.  The  occasion  was  another  of  Bough- 
ton's  dinner  parties.  Black  is  described  as  "a  little  man  with  black 
hair  and  big  black  moustache,  a  rather  abstracted  manner,  and  a 
slight  Scotch  accent,  though  he  didn't  ask  me,  'And  are  you  ferry 
well,  whateffer?'  I  talked  to  him  a  little,  and  I  thought  him  a  queer 
sort  of  chap .  He  seemed  to  be  thinking  of  something  else .  I  didn't 
see  much  of  him.  Imagine  my  surprise  when  Boughton  came  in  next 
evening  and  read  me  a  note  he  had  just  received  from  Black  asking 
my  address,  as  he  wanted  to  ask  me  down  to  Brighton  for  a  couple 
of  days."  William  Black  at  that  time  was  thirty-seven,  and  one  of 
the  most  popular  of  English  novelists.  He  would  be  of  special  in- 
terest to  Abbey  through  having  already  supplied  Harper's  Magazine 
with  more  than  one  serial.  Macleod  of  Dare  was,  in  fact,  running  at 
the  moment.  Later,  Abbey  was  to  illustrate  his  Judith  Shakespeare. 

The  next  evening  Abbey  met  another  compatriot  artist,  Whistler . 
Let  him  tell  the  story:  "Looking  over  my  drawings  Boughton  said, 
'You've  made  a  wonderful  improvement  in  your  work  since  you've 
been  here ,  and  if  you  are  not  very  careful  you  '11  do  some  good  things 
by  and  by' — and  then,  'Jimmy  (Whistler)  is  going  to  dine  with  me 
to-night  (when  we  give  a  dinner,  we  always  give  two,  as  the  things 
are  all  there,  and  the  men  and  everything).  I'd  ask  you, but  we've 
got  fourteen  coming,  and  you'll  get  sick  if  you  eat  too  many  din- 
ners, but  I  want  you  to  come  in  afterwards.  Go  up  to  the  studio, 
and  turnup  the  gas,  and  read  if  we've  not  finished  dinner.  Jimmy 
is  sure  to  do  or  say  something  funny,  and  I  'd  like  to  have  you  meet 
him.'  So  I  got  into  my  swallow-tail — it  takes  an  awful  lot  of  shirts 
78 


WHISTLER 

to  go  out  so  much.  A  tab  out  ten  I  went  in.  Shortly  afterwards  they 
came  up — the  gentlemen — among  them  Rudolph  Lehmann,  Sid- 
ney Colvin,  and  W.  S.  Gilbert  ("Bab"),  Lewis,  the  lawyer,  and  a 
couple  of 'Sirs.'  Natorp,too — and  Whistler.  Queer-looking  chap 

—short  and  very  thin,  with  an  immense  head  of  black,  curly  hair, 
with  right  in  front  one  perfectly  white  lock  or  curl  ,a  blackmoustache 
and  dab  under  his  lower  lip,  one  eyeglass,  and  no  necktie.  Perfectly 
good  humoured  and  satisfied  with  a  conceit  that  is  colossal,  so  co- 
lossal that  it  is  really  delightful,  and — cheek!  They  were  begging 
Boughton  to  show  his  pictures,  which  were  carefully  curtained  on 
the  easels,  and  he,  of  course,  wouldn't,  when  Whistler  says,  'Oh,  go 
ahead!  Don't  mind  me!' 

"I  told  him  that  he  had  a  great  many  admirers  in  America,  and 
mentioned  a  few  of  his  pictures  I  had  seen  there — one  in  particu- 
lar of  a  girl  sitting  in  the  sand;  when  'Oh,  yes;  that  was  a  good 
picture.  You  liked  that?  H-m — yes;  that  was  an  excellent  picture 

—the  girl  very  well  drawn,  indeed,  as  I  remember  it,'  and  so  on. 
He  showed  me  the  farthing  which  he  received  as  damages  from  Mr. 
Ruskin — he  has  it  on  his  watch-chain.  I  can't,  of  course,  remem- 
ber or  write  here  everything  he  said.  I'm  going  down  to  see  him 
soon,  and  hope  to  have  something  interesting  to  say  about  that." 

—Whistler  in  the  spring  of  1879  was  forty-four,  and  was  living 
in  the  White  House,  Tite  Street,  built  for  him  by  E.  W.  Godwin. 
The  White  House  is  exactly  opposite  Chelsea  Lodge,  which,  many 
years  later ,  Abbey  was  to  buy  as  a  London  home ,  the  house  in  which 
he  worked  and  died.  Whistler's  lawsuit  with  Ruskin  had  been  heard 
in  1878.  The  picture  to  which  Abbey  referred  was  probably  one 
entitled  "The  Coast  of  Brittany."  Thus  we  see  Abbey  meeting  the 
men  who  were  to  be  his  friends,  liking  them,  and  being  instantly 
liked.  At  Dr.  Max  Schlesinger's,  a  night  or  so  after,  another  artist 
destined  to  be  very  closely  associated  with  him  until  the  very  end 
came  into  his  life.  "A  big  man,  as  regards  voice  and  beard  (not  stat- 
ure), was  talking  in  the  library  to  an  amused  circle,  as  we  entered. 
He  was  telling  of  a  new  Roman  room  he'd  built,  and  was  going  to 
give  a  dinner  in  [at  Townshend  House,  North  Gate,  Regent 's  Park] . 

79 


ALMA  TADEMA 

'And you  zhall  be  dere,Henschel — and  my  dearvriend  Sir  Henry 
Thompson ,  doo — and  ve  vill  all  vear  dogas ,  and  haf  de  real  Roman 
schtyle.'  This  was  Alma  Tadema. . . .  Henschel  sang  wonderfully, 
among  other  things  Brahms 's  'May  Night.'  Sitting  at  the  piano,  he 
turned  half  round  and  played  his  own  accompaniment  and  sang 
away  bits  of  things — Schumann's'  Grenadiers' — He  uncrossed  his 
legs  and  faced  the  piano  to  play  that  accompaniment  and  let  his  voice 
out  to  the  full.  I  felt  quivers  'way  down  in  my  boots.  Boughton's 
eyes  were  full  of  tears  after  the  'May  Night'  song,  and  he  pinched 
my  arm  so,  that  the  marks  remain  there  still.  .  .  .  I  wish  I  had  been 
a  musician .  To  be  able  to  hold  the  emotions  of  people  in  one's  hand , 
to  do  what  you  will  with,  is  a  great  thing  indeed.  I  shall  try  to  pick 
up  some  musical  instrument  before  I  come  back." 

Laurens  (afterwards  Sir  Lawrence)  Alma  Tadema,  famous  as  a 
painter  of  Roman  and  Greek  life,  who  was  to  remain  one  of  Abbey 's 
closest  friends,  was  then  forty-three.  A  native  of  Holland,  he  never 
lost  the  Dutch  accent,  although  he  became  very  English  in  many 
ways.  Tadema  survived  Abbey  by  only  a  year,  dying  in  1912.  His 
house  in  the  Grove  End  Road,  where  he  lived  the  last  twenty-five 
years  of  his  life,  was  the  resort  of  all  who  loved  the  best  music. 

Whistler  again.  "Boughton  and  I  went  down  to  see  Whistler  one 
afternoon,  and  I  had  a  most  interesting  time.  His  house  ...  it  is 
queer  on  the  inside.  The  front  door  is  in  the  middle  of  the  house, 
and  you  tumble  downstairs  when  it  is  opened  to  you  by  his  solemn- 
looking  butler  (who  is  a  most  attached  servant,  and  will  do  anything 
for  him,  and  is  as  well  known  as  Whistler  himself).  You  tumble 
down  about  six  steps  into  a  large  low-ceiled  room  with  pleasant 
casement  windows  looking  out  upon  a  neat  little  yard ,  over  the  back 
wall  of  which  you  see  the  trees  in  the  park  beyond  [the  gardens  of 
Chelsea  Hospital].  Here  is  matting  on  the  floor,  and  many  cosy 
chairs,  and  a  big  table,  an  alcove  with  a  big  fireplace;  at  the  end  a 
piano,  and  over  it  Whistler's  great  portrait  of  Irving  as  Philip  II. 
On  the  wall  are  framed  proofs  of  Whistler's  etchings. 

"The  butler  shows  us  up  a  narrow  winding  stair  into  the  studio 
—an  immense  room  with  white  walls,  and  oneside  all  windows,  like 

80 


THE  WHITE  HOUSE,  CHELSEA 

a  bare  country  church.  At  the  other  side  a  throne,  with  his  lunch 
on  a  tray,  and  books  and  papers.  At  one  end  a  battalion  of  easels 
and  canvases,  and  an  old  mahogany  candle  stand  which  W.  uses  for 
a  palette.  At  the  other  end  is  a  printing  press  and  a  printer's  table, 
with  a  mob  of  bottles ,  nitric  acid ,  paper  screen ,  and  other  parapher- 
nalia of  the  etcher's  art,  and  bending  over  a  pile  of  binder's  board 
is  Whistler,  who  salutes  us  noisily  through  his  nose,  and  spits  out 
his  eyeglass,  which  he  has  swallowed  preparatory  to  polishing  it 
upon  his  handkerchief.  He  has  a  funny ,  uncertain  way  of  walking, 
acquired  from  wearing  very  tight  boots.  He  is  most  kind,  showing 
us  proofs  of  etchings  he  has  just  finished — some  very ,  very  fine  ones . 
There  never  have  been  finer  etchings  made  at  any  time.  He  shows 
us  a  life-size  portrait  of  a  little  dancing  girl  in  tights  doing  a  skip- 
ping-rope dance — 'A  Harmony  in  Yellow';  a  large  canvas  of  three 
nude  girls,  most  exquisitely  drawn,  and  charming  in  colour.  I  wish 
it  could  go  to  America;  I  think  it  would  open  the  eyes  of  some  of 
the  Philistines  there.  They  think  he  can't  draw."-  -The  "  Dancing 
Girl"  was,  of  course,  Miss  Connie  Gilchrist.  The  large  canvas  was, 
I  suppose,  the  "Three  Figures"  in  pink  and  grey,  now  belonging 
to  Mr.  Alfred  Chapman. 

And  there  the  home  letters  give  out.  Abbey,  of  course,  continued 
to  write;  but  these  are  all  which,  even  in  the  form  of  copies,  now 
exist. 


CHAPTER  XII 

FIRST  WORK  IN  LONDON 

1879     Aged  26-27 

Ways  and  Means — The  National  Gallery — Fred  Walker — R.  L.  Stevenson  and 
His  Cousin — J.  Comyns  Carr — Dick  Whittington — Augustus  St.  Gaudens — 
Westminster  Abbey — Dean  Stanley- — A  Hurried  Tour  in  the  Lakes — Moncure 
D.  Conway — Burne-Jones — Thackeray's  Daughter — Illness — Scribner's  Rivalry 
with  Harper's — An  American  Appreciation 

*""  "^HE  loss  of  Abbey 's  further  letters  to  his  mother  is  not  to 
bemadegood.  Fortunately,  however,  he  was  at  the  same 
time  writing  regularly  to  Charles  Parsons — although  far 
JL  less  buoyantly,  for  money  difficulties  were  increasing 
and  were  the  cause  of  much  anxiety  and  depression.  Of  these,  being 
a  good  son,  he  wished  his  people  to  know  nothing.  One  reason  of 
impecuniosity  in  the  early  English  days  was  that  the  artist  was  paid 
not  per  drawing  but  according  to  the  size  of  the  drawing  when  re- 
produced; and  not  knowing  how  its  capacities  would  strike  the  art 
editor  of  the  magazine,  he  was  unable  to  forecast  his  earnings  with 
accuracy.  The  excessive  reduction  of  some  of  his  work  troubled 
him  on  another  account.  In  one  of  his  letters  to  Charles  Parsons 
we  find  him  writing :  "It  seems  scarcely  worth  while  to  work  a 
drawing  up  so  highly  as  you  have  always  impressed  upon  me  you 
desired,  and  then  make  it  so  trifling  in  size  that  the  detail  is  entirely 
lost.  Do  you  think  this  is  quite  a  fair  shake?  "And  again:  "I've  about 
decided  that  I  put  in  too  much  work.  That  hallway  in  the  Manor 
House  I  took  a  great  deal  of  pains  with ,  especially  with  the  carving 
on  the  cupboard  at  the  right.  This  is  all  cut  away — and  rightly,  too 
—for  the  cut  is  too  small  to  show  it."  The  drawing  in  question 
was  one  describing  "A  Moorland  Village,"  reduced  to  z\  in.  by 
2\  in. ,published  June,  1880.  The  embarrassments  resulting  from 
the  postal  muddle  did  not  clear  up  for  many  weeks,  and  Abbey  had 
to  borrow  from  Boughton,  live  with  the  utmost  economy ,  and  even 
walk  all  the  way  from  Campden  Hill  to  and  from  Fleet  Street,  where 
the  offices  of  Messrs.  Sampson,  Low  and  Co.,  Harpers'  London 
agents,  were  situated. 
82 


A  TITIAN  HEAD 

Here  are  extracts  from  letters  to  Charles  Parsons:  "I  spent  a  little 
while  the  other  day  in  the  National  Gallery,  and  was  tremendously 
overpowered  by  what  I  saw  there;  so  much  so  that  I  began  to  have 
the  headache  and  had  to  come  away.  I  had  no  idea  that  the  works 
of  the  great  genii  of  times  gone  by  would  so  impress  me.  I  always 
supposed  that  I  was  unable  to  appreciate  the  great  things.  There 
is  a  head  of  Titian's  there  that  goes  away  ahead  of  anything  I  ever 
thought  paint  could  do ,  and  a  most  wonderful  collection  of  portraits 
of  the  Italian  school,  and  of  the  works  of  the  earlier  Italians,  and 
of  the  Dutchmen.  Everything  is  confused  and  mixed  as  yet.  I  shall 
probably  be  able  to  write  more  coherently  after  a  couple  more  of 
visits .  TheTurner  collection  is  marvellous,  and  there  are  some  won- 
derfully good  portraits  by  Gainsborough.  But  the  Titian 'knocked' 
me.  .  .  . 

"Whistler  tells  a  funny  story  of  Martin,  who  stayed  with  him 
when  he  was  here,  Martin  banging  on  his  door  in  the  grey  dawn,  'I 
say,  Whistler!  where  do  you  keep  your  scissors  that  you  trim  your 
cuffs  with  ?  '.  .  . 

"There's  a  picture  of  Frederick  Walker's  at  Agnews'  Gallery,  a 
water-colour— 'TheHarbourofRefuge'— anold  poor-house  garden 
with  figures,  one  of  the  most  exquisitely  delicate  and  refined  pic- 
tures that  I  know  of,  wonderful  in  colour  and  beautiful  in  draw- 
ing.  .  .  ." 

"Ihavebeen  invited  [March  loth]  to  exhibit  at  the 'Grosvenor,' 
which  the  men  seem  to  think  a  great  deal  of  here,  and  shall  try  to 
get  a  little  water-colour  done.  The  Secretary  of  the  Gallery,  Mr. 
J.  Comyns  Carr,  is  also  the  English  editor  of  L'Art,  and  would 
like  to  have  a  little  sketch  of  mine  to  rep  reduce  in  that  periodical." 
-The  selected  drawing,  published  in  the  first  number  of  L'Art  for 
i88i,wasthatof"The'Griffin'atWork,"engravedbyMr.Timothy 
Cole,  in  the  Scribner  account  of  theTile  Club  on  Long  Island.  The 
article  in  which  it  appeared  was  by  Comyns  Carr  on  American  wood 
engraving.  O 'Donovan's  Tile  Club  relief  of  Abbey,  engraved  by 
Juengling,  was  also  given. 

A  letter  to  Mr .  Will  H .  Low  in  1 908 ,  from  which  I  have  elsewhere 

83 


R.  A.  M.  STEVENSON 

quoted,  gives  us  a  glimpse  of  R.  A.  M.Stevenson,  cousin  of  R.L.S., 
and  himself  an  artist  and  writer  on  art.  "One  of  the  first  men  I  met 
here,  and  I  can't  think  now  how  I  came  to  know  him,  unless  thro' 
Bob  Arthur  (what 's  b  ecome  of  Arthur  ?) ,  was  little '  Cally '  B  loonier , 
and  a  cheery  chap  in  face  of  dire  misfortune  he  was.  I  went  one 
dreary,  snowy,  slushy,  foggy  day  to  see  him  that  winter,  at  a  hole 
of  a  place  he  lived  in,  with  two  desperate  studios  in  the  back  yard- 
Radnor  Street,  King's  Road,  Chelsea.  (These  studios  have  been  to 
let  for  years .)  There  had  just  m  oved  in  that  day  a  long-legged  thin 
chap  in  a  short  coat,  and  a  small  black  hat  on  the  back  of  his  head 
—Bob  Stevenson — and  he  was  taking  out  of  boxes  some  of  the  most 
dismal  sketches  (of  dismal  snow  scenery,  in  the  forest  near  Bar- 
bizon)  I  have  ever  seen.  The  studio  was  the  most  awful  place  you 
can  think  of,  in  a  nasty  backyard,  with  a  dripping  spout  and  a  large 
puddle  under  it.  I  remember  that  I  wanted  to  lean  my  head  against 
the  wall  and  cry.  After  that  I  saw  a  good  deal  of  Bob  S.  at  the 'Cafe' 
Monico,'  and  some  time  afterwards,  it  was,  I  think,  he  had  Robert 
Louis  withhim.  I  don't  know  whether  you  ever  knew  that  old  place, 
a  long  high  room  with  marble  tables  running  the  length  of  it,  and  red 
plush  sofas  to  sit  on.  My  feet  never  used  to  touch  the  floor,  they  were 
so  high.  But  it  is  all  torn  down  now  and  a  new 'Monico'  is  there. "- 
"Cally"  Bloomer(so  called  from  his  native  land  of  California)  is  a 
landscape  painter,  still  (1919)  living.  Robert  Arthur,  who  died  in 
1915,  was  best  known  as  a  painter  of  the  Maine  coast. 

To  Charles  Parsons  on  April  zyth ,  1 879 : "  My  landlord  [M  .Ridley 
Corbet]  having  come  back  to  his  studio,  I  spent  a  week  running 
around  trying  to  find  a  place  to  work  in,  and  Parsons  very  kindly 
offered  me  the  use  of  his,  as  he  is  going  to  the  country  for  a  few 
months  sketching  soon."  Abbey's  chief  tasks  were  drawings  for 
Herrick,  for  "St.  Agnes'  Eve,"  and  for  a  ballad  of  Dick  Whitting- 
ton.  He  had  some  difficulty  with  this  poem,  as  we  see  from  more 
than  one  letter  which  show  their  writer  to  us  with  all  his  conscien- 
tious thoroughness  about  him.  Thus:  "Whittington  will  be  agood 
subject,  though  the  ballad  is  an  extremely  ordinary  one — quite  poor 
in  fact.  I  suppose  Mr.  Alden  means  the  one  called  'Sir  Richard 


CARE  FOR  DETAIL 

Whittington's  Advancement.'  I  know  of  no  other."  Then,  in  June: 
"You  shall  have  all  of  the  Whittington  this  week  if  I  can  get  it  off, 
which  is  doubtful,  as  the  right  boy  has  not  yet  turned  up.  I  might 
use  a  man,  but  I  can't  get  him  into  the  costume,  which  is  the  same 
that  Millais  used  in  his  'Princes  in  the  Tower ,  'which  you  must  know 
pretty  well  by  this  time  through  the  engravings .  "And ,  later:"  I  have 
a  man  down  at  the  British  Museum,  tracing  the  original  old  ballad 
from  the  one  in  the  Roxburghe  folio.  It  is  very  quaintly  set  up,  and 
will  be  very  decorative  on  the  page.  It  is  a  great  thing  to  get  permis- 
sion to  have  this  done,  as  the  old  Roxburghes  are  among  their  most 
precious  possessions,  and  are  kept  along  with  a  host  of  other  price- 
less volumes  of  a  like  nature  in  a  sort  of  'Holy  of  Holies'  they  lock 
you  into,  and  they  watch  you  all  the  while  you  are  there." 

On  May  2Qth  Abbey  went  to  Paris  with  Frank  Millet  for  a  short 
visit,  of  which  we  hear  something  inhis  letter  to  Charles  Parsons  of 
June  1 5th .  The  letter,  however,  is  chiefly  taken  up  with  suggestions 
for  strengthening  the  magazine,  showing  how  closely  Abbey  had  its 
interests  at  heart.  Thus:"  I  should  like  to  get  a  short  story  for  Christ- 
mas by  Henry  James,  junior.  He  is  here,  but  he  is  such  a  bird  of 
passage  it's  hard  to  put  your  finger  on  him.  Frank  Millet  has  two 
or  three  excellent  short  stories  under  consideration,  if  he  will  only 
writethem.  .  .  He  goes  to  America  in  August,  and  you  are  to  be  very 
fond  of  him  indeed,  because  he  is  such  a  thoroughly  good  fellow, 
and  because  he  is  a  very  dear  friend  of  mine .  I  have  been  talking  to 
Moncure  Conway  about  going  to  Holland  and  tracing  out  our  Dutch 
[N  ew  York]  ancestors — in  a  way .  This  has  never  b  een  done .  I  think 
several  very  interesting  and  novel  papers  might  be  made .  This  would 
not  only  interest  the  N  ew  Yorkers  but  also  the  New  England  public , 
and  could  be  made  interesting  enough  to  interest  everybody  else. 
. . .  Boughton  would  go  with  us  for  a  while,  and  I  could  get  some 
drawings  from  him,  I  am  sure,  which  would  be  a  valuable  thing.  I 
should  think  a  paper  on  Jimmy  Whistler  would  be  of  interest,  with 
reproductions  of  his  etchings,  andsome  of  his  pictures,  which  would 
engrave  admirably.  People  generally  have  a  very  vague  idea  of 
Whistler's  work.  . .  .  I  consider  Aim  a  very  tremendous  artist.  Con- 

85 


"THE  STOMACH  CLUB" 

way  knows  him  and  could  write  of  him  in  a  way,  but  the  best  man 
would  beComynsCarr,  whose  collected  Essays  on  Art  has  justbeen 
published. 

"By  the  way ,  I  have  been  to  Paris,  and  saw  things  that  fairly  para- 
lysed— I  can't  spell  that  word — me.  As  sculptors  the  French  are 
immense — I  don't  see  why  they  are  not  as  great  as  the  greatest. 
As  painters,  they  paint  well,  but  cut  bono  ?  Their  subjects  are  not 
worth  the  immense  amount  of  clever  painting  they  put  into  them. 
The  Salon  on  the  first  day — varnishing  day — was  overwhelming. 
It  seemed  to  me  that  I  had  never  seen  anything  before  worth 
looking  at,  but  upon  my  third  visit  I  had  sifted  out  from  the  3 ,000 
pictures  about  half  a  dozen  that  really  seemed  fine.  The  large  altar 
piece  of  Duez,  'The  Potato  Harvest'  of  Bastien  Lepage,  a  woman 
sculling  a  boat,  by  Butin,  and  Bunce's  Venetian  scene — one  of  the 
finest  skies  I  ever  saw  in  paint.  Bunce  is  an  American, you  know.  A 
queer  chap ,  at  sword 's  point  with  nearly  all  the  Latin  Quarter  sheep 
—on  account  of  his  outspoken  honesty  and  contempt  for  men  who 
blindly  follow  their  masters — a  shepherd's  lead.  I  don't  wish  to 
abuse  the  students  of  the  Latin  Quarter,  for  they  were  very  polite  to 
me:  they  dined  me  at  their 'Stomach  Club,'  and  were  very  kind.  St. 
Gaudens,  Dubois,  Bunce,  Barnum,  Butler,  Brush,  Anthony,  Bur- 
nap  ,  Harrison ,  Millet ,  Richard  Whiteing,  H enry  B aeon ,  and  several 
others  were  there.  ...  I  am  going  to  try  to  get  you  a  photograph  or 
drawing  of  St.  Gaudens 's  statue  of  Farragut,  which  is  about  com- 
plete, and  which  is  to  be  placed  in  Madison  Square,  I  believe.  It  is 
really  a  very  fine  work,  and  the  arrangement  is  quite  a  novel  and 
'Tiley'one  ...  a  most  successful  attempt  to  make  a  statue  planted 
firmly  on  both  legs."  Augustus  St.  Gaudens  (or  Saint-Gaudens 
as  his  name  is  sometimes  printed),  was  just  four  years  older  than 
Abbey.  Having  been  born  in  Dublin,  the  son  of  an  Irish  mother  and 
a  French  father,  he  was  at  first  even  less  American  than  we  have  seen 
Boughton  to  be .  Taken  across  as  an  infant ,  he  was  almost  lost  on  the 
voyage .  At  the  age  of  twenty  he  went  to  Paris ,  and  in  1 870  to  Rome . 
This  statue  of  "Farragut,  "shown  at  theParis  Salon  in  1880,  estab- 
lished his  fame .  We  shall  often  meet  him  as  this  narrative  proceeds . 
86 


WESTMINSTER  ABBEY 

Two  other  pieces  of  news  in  the  letter  of  June  1 5th  are  that  Harry 
Harper,  when  he  saw  Abbey  in  London  in  May,  dissuaded  him 
from  returning  to  America  that  year,  saying  that  a  longer  stay  in 
England  was  much  better  for  him  ;  and  that  Abbey  was  about  to 
leave  for  the  Lake  District  with  Conway. 

To  Anthony,  the  engraver,  he  writes  at  this  time,  with  a  sug- 
gestion or  so  for  a  large  compositely  illustrated  Longfellow  in  which 
Boughton  might  share.  "You  should  get  Mark  Fisher  to  do  some 
of  your  pastoral  subjects — cattle  and  things;  he  is  a  Boston  man, 
and  by  long  odds  the  best  cattle  and  landscape  man  here.  I  don't 
think  he  draws  on  wood,  but  he  draws  beautifully  on  paper.  .  .  . 
I  sawAldrichat  Boughton 's  fancy  ball,  which  was  a  superb  affair, 
and  most  delightful  to  everyone  except  one  poor  young  man  who 
came  in  plate  armour  and  couldn't  walk  upstairs.  ..." 

Reference  has  been  made  to  Abbey's  drawings  for  the  article  on 
music  in  London.  Another  of  them,  dated  July  23rd,  1879,  repre- 
sents the  choir  in  Westminster  Abbey.  The  artist  little  thought,  as 
he  sat  there,  that  twenty  years  or  so  later  he  was  to  be  in  the  same 
church  making  notes  as  the  accredited  historical  painter  of  the 
Coronation  of  King  Edward  VII.  Concerning  the  drawing  of  the 
choir  he  writes  to  Charles  Parsons:  "I  most  earnestly  beg  the  favour 
of  a  little  space  at  the  foot  of  a  column  in  the  article,  or  in  the  per- 
sonal column  of  the  Weekly,  to  express  my  sense  of  the  extreme 
courtesy  I  have  received  at  the  hands  of  the  choir  at  Westminster 
Abbey .  Yesterday ,  the  master  of  the  choir  school  stopped  his  school 
for  two  hours,  had  the  boys  don  their  surplices  and  pose  for  me  for  that 
length  of  time  in  the  choir  of  the  Abbey.  ...  I  suppose  this  act  of 
courtesy  is  a  sort  of  acknowledgment  of  the  attention  Dean  Stanley 
received  in  America,  but  it  was  done  in  the  most  spontaneous  and 
graceful  way  imaginable — almost  as  though  they  felt  it  a  privilege 
to  be  allowed  to  stand  for  me .  As  I  sat  there  in  the  quiet  of  that  grand 
old  place,  of  which  no  one  can  form  any  idea  who  has  not  seen  it— 
with  the  row  of  pure  bright  little  faces  before  me,  a  sense  of  the  utter 
insignificance  of  worldly  things  as  compared  with  those  devoted  to 
the  adoration  of  the  Most  High  came  overme  to  such  a  degree  as  to 

8? 


THE  WAX  EFFIGIES 

be  oppressive,  and  when  I  had  finished  my  sketch  I  found  that  my 
nerves  and  brain  had  been  at  such  a  tension  that  I  was  completely 
exhausted.  All  the  greatest  work  I  have  seen  here  has  been  builded 
and  fashioned  in  a  spirit  of  religious  devotion — the  greatest  pictures, 
the  greatest  sculpture,  and  the  greatest  architecture.  One  cannot 
wonder  at  the  simpler-minded  p  eople  of  former  ages  falling  down  in 
worship  before  the  statues  of  the  great  Greeks .  As  you  walk  through 
the  aisles  of  the  great  abbey  there  is  the  same  sense  of  awe  that  one 
feels  in  the  presence  of  the  tremendous,  simply  grand  Venus  of 
Milo  in  the  Louvre.  .  .  . 

"  In  an  old  musty  loft  of  the  Abbey  we  were  shown  as  a  great  f av- 
our  the  old  wax  effigies  of  the  Kings  and  Queens  of  England,  the 
existence  of  which  is  only  known  to  a  very  few  people.  These  effigies 
were  formerly  carried  at  the  funeral  processions  of  their  originals, 
and  were  supposed  by  many  to  be  in  reality  the  bodies  of  the  de- 
ceased. They  are  not, as  you  imagine,  clumsy,  inartistic  affairs, but 
are  really  works  of  art,  the  faces  being  modelled  from  casts  taken 
from  the  original  after  death.  And  they  are  clothed  in  the  original 
costumes  worn  by  the  originals  in  life.  There  is  Queen  Elizabeth 
standing  erect  and  haughty  in  her  robes  of  state,  with  crown  and 
sceptre:  such  an  awful  lesson  of  the  decay  of  earthly  grandeur— 
her  hard  merciless  face,  with  pearls  and  diamonds  encircling  the 
withered  neck,  and  the  immense  ruff,  wilted  and  covered  with  the 
dust  of  centuries.  The  gorgeous  satin  robe  embroidered  with  silver 
and  covered  with  cobwebs.  There  is  Sheffield,  Duke  of  Bucking- 
ham, in  his  ermine  cape  and  gorgeous  brocade  dress,  his  coronet, 
and  beautiful  lace  cuffs  and  frills,  silk  stockings,  etc.  William  and 
Mary,  Queen  Anne,  Charles  1 1.,  in  a  crimson  coat  and  blackvelvet 
hat.  The  Duchess  of  Buckingham  and  her  little  boy,  and  a  row  of 
boxes  containing  fragments  of  decayed  royal  images  of  hundreds 
of  previous  years,  which  have  fallen  to  pieces.  And — among  other 
odds  and  ends — a  deal  box  containing  the  bones  of  Major  John 
Andre !  Now,  this  has  never  been  touched  as  far  as  I  can  discover, 
in  any  way  by  an  artist;  and  Mr.  Lillie  is  writing  the  thing  up  as 
hard  as  he  can  for  fear  someone  will  get  ahead  of  us ;  and  after  I 


DEAN  STANLEY 

come  from  the  Lakes,  unless  I  have  heard  to  the  contrary  from  you , 
I  shall  go  down  there,  use  every  nerve  to  get  permission  to  make 
careful  studies  of  these  things  for  a  magazine  article,  the  originality 
of  which  this  earth  will  never  have  beheld  before." 

The  drawings  for  the  article  on  the  wax  figures  were  subsequently 
relinquished  by  Abbey.  Returning  to  the  matter,  in  a  later  letter 
to  Charles  Parsons,  he  says :  "Apropos  of  the '  Effigies,'  the  Lillies 
and  I  were  invited  to  lunch  by  Dean  Stanley  at  the  Deanery  in  West- 
minster Abbey — and  such  a  delightful  old  place!  Imagine  living  in 
Westminster  Abbey!  You  enter  a  little  low  doorway  under  an  arch- 
way out  of  the  Close,  and  are  ushered  into  a  large  square  hall  with 
a  bright  blazing  fire — very  cheery  looking,  after  coming,  as  we  did, 
through  several  miles  of  foggy,  snowy  streets.  There  is  a  quaint, 
square  old  staircase,  ornamented  by  some  portraits  and  a  large  re- 
lief— one  of  the  Elgin  Marbles  (Lady  Augusta  Stanley  was  daugh- 
ter of  the  Earl  of  Elgin) .  Then  we  were  shown  to  a  great  drawing- 
room  with  three  large  windows  looking  out  upon  the  Close,  and 
a  charming  old  lady  came  forward  to  meet  us,  the  late  Lady  A.'s 
sister,  Lady  Frances  Bailey.  After  a  while  the  Dean  came  in.  He 
is  a  delightful  little  old  chap,  and  made  us  very  welcome.  Then 
we  went  in  to  lunch  and  were  waited  upon  by  (I  have  strong  reasons 
for  believing)  theological  students  in  disguise.  The  butler  I  'm  sure 
was  a  retired  clergyman  who  had  lost  his  voice  or  something.  The 
dining-room  was  most  picturesque,  with  portraits  of  former  Deans 
—in  wigs  of  their  various  periods — lining  the  walls,  and  a  great  big 
mullioned  window  looking  out  on  the  cloisters.  We  had  a  merry 
luncheon ,  and  afterwards  we  were  taken  by  the  D  can  through  a  long 
low  passage,  where  there  was  a  little  door  which  he  unlocked ,  and  we 
were  in  the  Nave  of  the  Abbey. 

"We  had  the  most  interesting  time  you  can  imagine.  The  Dean 
spent, Ishould  think, nearly  two  hours  withus,explainingand  point- 
ing out  all  sorts  of  interesting  things,  and  finally  he  took  us  into  the 
loft  where  the  effigies  are,  and  was  really  very  eloquent.  If  I  could 
have  done  shorthand,  the  articles  would  have  been  all  ready.  Then 
it  was  time  for  service,  and  we  were  shown  into  the  Dean's  pew,  and 


MONCURE  D.  CONWAY 

as  the  darkness  began  to  creep  up  the  walls  the  choir  in  their  white 
surplices  came  chanting  in,  and  the  evening  service  began.  And  we 
came  out  of  the  wonderful  place  after  it  was  all  over,  and  while  the 
last  notes  of  the  great  organ  were  echoing  through  the  place,  feeling 
that  this  really  had  been  a  red-letter  day .  It  is  a  feeble  thing  to  write 
a  thin  description  of  a  place  like  Westminster.  I  never  was  in  a  place 
in  my  life  that  so  affected  me.  The  Dean  has  given  me  the  most  cor- 
dial permission  to  sketch  anything  and  everything  that  I  like  about 
the  Abbey,  and  as  soon  as  the  weather  is  anyway  half  respectable,  I 
shall  go  to  work  there." 

In  a  letter  to  CharlesP arsons ,writtenatthe  Salutation  Inn ,  Amble- 
side,  on  August  4th,  1879,  something  is  said  of  the  Lakeland  tour: 
' '  Conway  went  away  on  Saturday  night  after  having  been  here  with 
me  for  six  days,  and  the  way  we  skimmed  over  this  country  was  a 

caution I've  made  about  sixteen  very  superficial  sortof  sketches. 

They  cover  a  lot  of  ground ,  and  it  cost  a  lot  of  money  to  get  'em ,  but 
I  do  hate  to  spoil  a  good  subject  by  hurrying  through  it  —  It  is  pro- 
voking just  as  you  have  become  interested  in  a  nice  subject  to  have 
a  man  look  over  your  shoulder  and  say,  'Dear  me,  that  is  the  most 
finished  sketch  I  ever  saw.  Don'twasteany  more  timeon  that;  we've 
got  to  get  to  Borrowdale  before  lunch,  and  you'll  have  to  make  a 
sketch  there,  and  we  must  get  back  to  Keswick  in  time  to  catch  the 
7.1 5  train  or  we  won't  get  to  Penrith  to-night.'  Finally  the  expedi- 
tion resolved  itself  into  a  sort  of  lightning  express ..  so  that  I  decided 
to  stay  up  here  a  week  or  so  longer  and  to  go  all  over  the  interesting 
part  of  the  ground  again."  Moncure  Daniel  Conway,  the  Unitarian 
minister,  who  died  in  Paris  in  1 907 ,  and  is  chiefly  known  by  his  Life 
of  Tom  Paine,  was  at  that  time  fifty-seven  years  of  age,  and  was 
being  very  useful  to  Harper's  Magazine.  The  Wordsworth  article 
was  published  in  December,  1 880, and  January  and  February,  1881, 
with  illustrations  by  Abbey,  and  also  by  Alfred  Parsons, who  had 
made  them  either  from  Abbey's  notes  or  from  photographs.  In 
Conway's  narrative  his  companion  figures  as  "The  Abbe,"  but 
there  is  nothing  characteristic  told  of  him. 

The  letter  continuing,  we  find  another  reference  to  Mrs.  Lillie, 

90 


EDWARD  BURNE-JONES 

who  was  an  American  writer  settled  in  London  performing  "far- 
mer's pony"  tasks  for  Harper's  Magazine.  This  she  did  for  some 
years,  working  up  this  subject  and  that,  according  to  editorial  in- 
structions, both  in  England  and  on  the  Continent.  In  1883  a  little 
book  of  children's  stories  written  by  her  was  issued  from  Franklin 
Square,  under  the  title  Mildred's  Bargain,  in  which  were  a  few  early 
drawings  by  Abbey.  "Mrs.  Lillie  [he  says]  and  I  want  to  do  an  ar- 
ticle on  Surrey;  there  is  some  beautiful  stuff  there.  Anything  you 
send  Mrs.  Lillie  to  do, you  can  rest  assured,  will  be  as  complete  as 
it  is  possible  to  make  it." 

The  letter  of  August  4th  also  contains  this  survey  of  English  art 
at  that  moment:  "You  asked  me  several  letters  ago  whether  there 
were  any  signs  here  of  a  new  birth — in  art.  I  find,  and  tell  myself 
over  and  over  again  that  every  man  has  to  be  himself — but  what  a 
hard  thing  that  is  to  be!  About  fifteen  or  twenty  years  ago,  there 
was  a  decided  new  birth  here,  when  Leighton  was  first  beginning 
to  make  a  noise,  and  Poynter  was  looming  up,  and  George  Mason 
and  Fred  Walker  and  Pinwell  and  Keene  and  du  Maurier  were  as- 
tonishing the  slow-pokes.  Now  Poynter  and  Leighton  have  either 
ceased  to  loom  in  the  one  instance  or  have  loomed  all  they  are  going 
to.  Du  Maurier  has  reached  his  top  rung ;  so  has  Keene — and  the 
other  three  are  dead,  poor  Walker  of  pure  nervous  exhaustion  .  .  . 
Mason's  body  was  too  weak  to  support  the  nervous  strain.  Since 
that  time  they  either  copy  Walker  flatly  (there  are  about  fifty ,  with- 
out exaggeration,  pure  and  simple  copyists  of  Walker  here)  or 
Burne- Jones. 

"Burne- Jones  is  a  great  man.  There  are  great  heights  in  some  of 
his  things — his  drawing  is  at  times  very  exquisite,  and  there  is  a  sim- 
plicity and  purity  about  his  types  that  his  imitators  simply  fail  utterly 
to  reproduce.  Imitators  usually  choose  the  vulgar  in  a  man's  work. 
Theyoung  men  here  are  Frank  Holl,  Lionel  Smythe,  and  Gregory. 
. . .  There  is  a  quiet,  modest  young  fellow  here  named  E.R.Hughes, 
who  is  trying  hard  to  do  the  best  according  to  his  light." 

The  next  letter  to  Charles  Parsons,  on  August  24th,  is  chiefly 
concerned  with  magazine  matters.  It  says,  among  other  things, 


NEWTON  ABBOT 

that  Abbey  and  the  Lillies  are  about  to  start  in  search  of  a  typical 
English  village  to  describe  with  pen  and  pencil.  I  find  this  sen- 
tence: "Nothing  can  ever  make  mebelieve  that  agood  thing  can't  be 
made  just  as  popular  as  a  bad  one."  On  September  i2th  he  writes 
again,  from  Newton  Abbot,  in  Devonshire,  the  village  that  was  se- 
lected, the  article  appearing  in  the  magazine  for  June,  1880,  with 
some  of  his  happiest  plein-air  drawings.  The  letter  declines  a  sug- 
gestionfrom  Mr.  Aid  en  that  Abbey  should  collaborate  with  Bough- 
ton  in  the  writing  of  the  book  on  Holland  which  they  were  contem- 
plating ("I  think  the  cobbler  had  better  stick  to  his  last"),  and  it  says 
also  that  he  and  the  Lillies  were  taking  a  furnished  house  togetherfor 
three  months ,  in  Auriol  Road ,  W .  Kensington ,  where  the  next  letter, 
onNovember  5th, was  written.  Oneor  two  passages  are  interesting. 
This ,  for  example,  states  his  solicitude  for  his  family ,  who  were  still 
none  too  prosperous.  "I  wish  I  could  make  an  arrangement  with 
you  to  send  my  people  at  home  a  regular  sum  every  week — say  35 
dollars — until  my  engagement  is  up;  but  I  supposethiswouldbetoo 
much  trouble.  And  then,  would  you  please  send  150  dollars  now. 
I  don't  know  whether  you  have  my  father's  address — 231  S.  39th 
Street."  Abbey  goes  on  to  speak  of  work,  and  uses  this  odd  phrase, 
"  I  don't  know  whether  you  want  me  after  the  middle  of  next  month 
—December";  which  suggests  that  his  arrangement  with  Harper's 
was  by  no  means  the  rigid  affair  that  most  people  must  have  thought 
it.  He  adds,  "I  should  like  to  draw  for  Punch  and  the  Graphic,  but 
have  said  no  word  to  them  yet.  Although  I  have  several  times  been 
'approached'  I  have  invariably  declined  to  talk  business."  And  we 
know  also  that  the  late  R.W.  Gilder,  who  was  in  London  on  a  visit 
and  had  dined  at  Auriol  Road,  had  thrown  out  hints  that  if  Abbey 
joined  Scribner's,  of  which  he  was  then  editor,  he  would  not  regret 
it.  Butvery  wisely  theHarpersfrustratedtheseschemes,  and  Abbey 
remained  as  an  illustrator  exclusively  in  their  employment. 

The  next  letter  tells  of  ill-health.  It  was  written  from  10  Auriol 
Road  on  November  3Oth,  and  attributes  a  general  weakness  to  over- 
work ,  the  relaxing  air  of  Devonshire  and  the  new  house 's  drains  ."At 
dinner  the  other  night  at  Mr.  Simpson's — a  Q.C.,  whom  the  Lillies 

92 


THACKERAY'S  DAUGHTER 

have  introduced  me  to — I  met  Baron  de  Bunsen,  Signer  Garcia,  old 
Dicky  Doyle,  and  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Ritchie  [Miss  Thackeray] .  A  most 
interesting  party.  Canon  Vaughan  of  the  Temple  was  there, too.  I 
had  a  long  talk  with  Mrs.  Ritchie.  .  .  .  She  is  a  lovely  woman,  and 
full  of  the  most  interesting  reminiscences .  If  one  could  only  get  her 
to  write  some  of  it  down !  I  have  been  since  to  her  house  in  Young 
Street  to  tea — and  it  is  an  interesting  place.  There  is  a  low  white 
panelled  drawing-room  with  sketches  by  Leighton,  Wilkie,  C.  R. 
Leslie,  Fred  Walker,  Doyle,  Wm.  Hunt,  Severn,  Geo.  Mason,  etc. 
Old  furniture,  old  china,  old  rugs, 'and  foolish  old  odds  and  foolish 
old  ends . '  B  est  of  all  the  exquisite  M  S .  copy  of  The  Rose  and  the  Ring , 
written  for  them  by  their  father,  when  Miss  Thackeray  and  her  sis- 
ters were  ill  of  scarlet  fever.  The  illustrations  are  really  very  delicate 
and  beautiful,  in  pen  and  a  slight  wash  of  colour,  and  all  the  chap- 
ter heads  and  initials  are  in  red.  Think  of  the  pains  the  old  gen- 
tleman took  with  them  !  Mrs.  Ritchie  told  me  she  would  rather 
write  for  Harper's  than  anyone,  and  but  that  she  is  expressly  for- 
bidden to  write  at  all  at  present,  she  would  set  to  work  at  once, 
as  she  knows  exactly  what  I  want.  I'm  spinning  a  long  yarn.  Don't 
let  any  'personal '  man  get  hold  of  what  I've  said .  If  you  do ,  my  little 
jig  is  up  over  here,  and  I  '11  have  to  go  back  home.  There's  nothing 
English  people  hate  as  they  do  an  American  'personal'  writer,  and 
the  mischief  of  it  is  they  think  we  all  are  secret  reporters — until  they 
find  out  better.  .  .  . 

"Carr  is  going  to  write  a  series  of  articles  for  Scribner's,  entitled 
'  ThePresent  Tendencies  of  English  Art ,'  to  be  published  afterwards 
in  book  f orm .  B  oughton  and  Tadema  are  mine,  however,  and  Gilder 
has  promised  to  do  the  handsome  thing — and  not  'run'  me.  .  .  .  We 
are  all  thinking  of  going  to  Canterbury  to  spend  'Christmas  in  a 
Cathedral  town , '  the  Lillies  and  the  Gilders  and  I . " — Signer  Garcia 
was  the  brother  of  Malibran,  and  himself  a  teacher  of  singing  who 
lived  to  be  over  a  hundred  and  died  in  1906.  Dicky  Doyle  was  the 
Punch  artist,  who  died  in  1883.  He  was  at  that  time  fifty-three. 

The  next  letter — December  1 6th — tells  of  the  failure  of  Abbey 's 
plan  to  take  a  holiday  and  thereby  be  healed:  "I  have  been  very  ill— 

93 


A  SPELL  OF  ILLNESS 

to-day  is  the  first  that  I  have  been  up  for  nearly  a  week.  Everybody 
has  been  so  very  kind  that  I  couldn't  help  getting  better.  I  caught  a 
severe  cold,  which  settled  upon  my  digestive  organs  and  produced 
the  most  acute  pain  I  ever  suffered .  I  am  still  pretty  weak,  or  I  would 
write  you  a  longer  letter.  .  .  .  I  don't  think  I  care  about  tying  myself 
for  another  whole  year  upon  the  present  terms.  I'll  wait  until  I've 
caught  up  a  little.  If  you  will  kindly  send  to  my  people — 231  S-39th 
Street,  Philadelphia,  the  35  dols.  per  week  I  shall  be  very  grateful. 
I  hope  to  get  to  work  before  very  long.  I  am  tired  of  this  idleness." 

On  the  next  day  he  writes  again:  "I  am  feeling  better  to-day,  and 
am  getting  stronger,  I  know,  and  I  shall  shortly  be  able  to  get  to 
work  again.  It  is  dull  work,  and  unprofitable,  this  lying  in  bed  all 
day  looking  out  into  the  nine  sections  of  grey  sky  squared  off  for  my 
especial  delectation  by  the  window  sash .  To  be  sure ,  upon  one  more 
than  usually  pleasant  (?)  day,  a  red  ball  made  its  appearance  at  one 
sideof  the  window, and  remained  visible  foran  hour  or  so, when  it 
disappeared  at  the  other.  I  understood  later  in  the  day  that  this  was 
the  sun.  It  was  so  long  since  I  had  seen  it  that  I  didn't  recognise 
it.  ...  Alfred  Parsons  came  to  see  me  this  afternoon,  and  brought 
me  a  couple  of  water-colours  he  would  like  to  exhibit  at  our  Water 
Colour  Exhibition.  ...  I  told  him  to  seal  them  and  send  them  to 
you  .  . .  and  that  I  would  write  you  about  them.  .  .  .  Parsons  has 
been  most  kind  to  me,  and  since  I  have  been  so  ill  has  come  every 
day  and  brought  me  grapes  and  jelly  and  things  and  has  suffocated 
himself  in  the  close  air  of  a  sick  room  to  read  to  me  by  the  hour.  .  .  . 
Everybody  has  been  more  than  kind." 

"December  i8th,  1879.  ^n  tne  dearth  of  good  engravers  don't 
you  think  it  well  to  use  some  of  the  processes  more?  I  think  my 
pen  drawing  of  the  cat  jumping  off  the  table  would  have  been  far 
better, processed,  and  so  would  the  last  one  of  the  'Whittington' 
series.  I  was  much  disappointed  with  a  great  many  of  the  proofs 
you  sent.  The  faces  in  almost  every  instance  had  suffered,  espe- 
cially the  one  of  Madeline  leaning  against  the  bed .  The  face  here  was 
just  vile.  She  looks  as  though  she  were  thinking  of  all  the  wicked 
things  she  could  conceive  of,  and  her  nose  is  dirty ,  and  her  hair  is  all 

94 


ENGRAVERS'  SHORTCOMINGS 

matted  on  her  forehead,  etc.,  etc.  The  rest  of  the  engraving  is  ex- 
quisite; all  is  good — except  the  flesh.  It  seems  to  me  a  pity  not  to 
take  more  pains  with  the  most  important  part  of  a  drawing  instead 
of  elaborating  the  borders  so  much  .  .  .  and  the  way  T.  engraved 
the  foot  of  the  old  'beadsman'  was  frightful.  His  ankle  is  about  an 
eighth  of  an  inch  too  wide.  I'm  sorry  you  don't  send  me  proofs  to 
look  at  as  soon  as  they  are  sent  in.  I  think  I  ought  to  be  allowed  to 
correct  some  of  the  things. 

"December  2ist.  I've  had  a  little  relapse;  I  was  better,  and  Alfred 
Parsons  came  to  stop  two  days  while  the  Lillies  went  away  to  see 
somefriendsinthecountry.  Ididsomeimprudentthingorotherand 
caught  a  little  more  cold, and  was  lying  in  bed  feeling  blue  enough, 
whenP.cameupandbroughtmetheHarpers'mostgenerousChrist- 
mas  present  with  the  accompanying  highly-prized  note.  I  cannot 
tell  you  how  much  appreciated  it  all  was — most  especially  the  note, 
which  made  me  feel  better  than  I  have  felt  for  weeks.  I  don't  know 
what  I  have  done  to  deserve  all  this.  I  had  begun  to  feel  during  the 
past  few  months  as  though  I  were  losing  ground,  that  maybe — like 
Frank  Smith 's  old  donkey — '  I  was  a-passin'  myself  off  fo '  corn  when 
I  'se  nuffin '  but  shucks . '  I  f  I  have  in  any  way  b  een  of  service  to  the 
Harpers  I  am  very  glad,  and  they  may  be  very  sure  that  I  shall  leave 
nothing  undone  here  that  I  can  see  would  further  their  interests. 
.  .  .  Scribners  have  secured  Vierge  of  the  Monde  Illustrd—&t\&  later 
of  the  Vie  Moderne — for  their  'Peter  the  Great.'  He's  a  ripper,  and 
we'll  have  to  look  out  for  squalls." 

Before  leaving  1879,  which  at  its  close  found  Abbey  still  in  bed, 
I  should  like  to  say  that  in  Harper's  Magazine  for  February  was 
printed  an  article  on  the  condition  of  American  art  at  that  day 
and  its  tendencies,  in  which  many  of  Abbey's  Tile  Club  friends 
were  represented  by  reproductions  of  their  work  and  from  which 
an  excellent  idea  can  be  obtained  of  the  quickening  in  American 
painting  that  had  set  in.  The  article  closed  with  a  very  apprecia- 
tive reference  to  Abbey:  "It  is  difficult,  among  a  number  who  are 
all  brilliant  and  gifted,  to  assign  to  each  his  proper  rank,  but  it  will 
generally  be  conceded,  we  think,  that  the  artist  who  shows  most 

95 


AN  AMERICAN  TRIBUTE 

original  inventive  power,  scarcely  equalled  by  any  other  artist  we 
have  produced,  is  Mr.  E.  A.  Abbey.  It  must  be  taken  into  consider- 
ation that  he  is  still  very  young,  that  he  now  for  the  first  time  visits 
the  studios  and  galleries  of  Europe,  that  his  advantages  for  a  regular 
art  education  have  been  very  moderate,  and  that  he  is  practically  self- 
educated.  And  then  compare  with  these  disadvantages  the  amount 
and  quality  of  the  work  he  has  turned  out,  and  we  find  represented 
in  him  genius  of  a  high  order,  combining  almost  inexhaustible  crea- 
tiveness,  clearness  and  vividness  of  conception,  a  versatile  fancy,  a 
certain  quaint,  delicate  humour,  a  poetic  perception  of  beauty ,  and 
admirable  chiaroscuro,  drawing,  and  composition." 


CHAPTER  XIII 
ILL  HEALTH  AND  HARD  WORK 

1880-1881     Aged  27-29 

Convalescence  and  Misgivings— Art  in  America — Mrs.  Cameron,  the  Photogra- 
pher— Death  of  Abbey's  Mother — The  Pains  of  Conscience — Bastien  Lepage's 
"  Joan  of  Arc  "— C.  S.  Reinhart— The  Paris  Ateliers— A  River  Holiday—^  Castle 
in  Spain — In  Holland  with  Boughton — Henry  Irving  and  Ellen  Terry — Munich 
— G.  J.  Pinwell — Lechlade — In  the  Highlands  with  Black 

THE  first  letter  of  1880  was  to  Charles  Parsons,  begun  on 
January  iyth:  "I  just  write  you  a  line  to  let  you  see  that 
I  am  sitting  up  (though  I  haven't  been  dressed  yet)  and 
to  tell  you  that  I  hope  shortly  to  be  well  enough  to  get 
to  work  again .  I  believe  I  have  been  very  ill — so  I  'm  told — and  I  cer- 
tainly feel  weak  enough  to  believe  I  have  been  through  anything. 
They  say  I  must  take  six  weeks' vacation  at  least,  which  is  all  very 
well,  but  hardly  practicable.  Just  as  soon  as  I  can  get  at  it,  I  will 
finish  up  the  behind-hand  work.  Though  it  may  not  seem  to  you 
that  I  send  you  a  great  deal  of  work,  don't  infer,  please,  that  I  am 
in  the  habit  of  doing  nothing.  The  constant  struggle  to 'get  ahead' 
and  to  do  it  a  'little  better  this  time'  is  in  itself  retarding  to  any- 
thing like  speed.  .  .  . 

"It  is  utterly  impossible  to  do  good  work  straight  off,  I  find.  All 
this  'impressionist'  business  is  well  enough  in  its  way,  and  as  far 
as  it  goes,  /like  to  feel  in  a  man's  work  that  it  has  hurt  him  a  little, 
given  him  a  wakeful  night  or  two,  and  a  little  headache.  The  great 
trouble,  it  seems  to  me,  at  home  is  that  the  main  idea  is 'paint,' no 
matter  what  the  subject  be,  so  that  it  be  'nattily 'painted.  I  must 
say  with  all  my  heart  that  I  believe  this  to  be  debasing  to  art,  as  art . 
Paint  as  well  as  you  please,  but  do  say  something.  The  more  I  find 
out,  the  more  there  seems  to  be  to  find.  .  .  . 

"January  i8th. — It's  very  weary  work,this  convalescencing  busi- 
ness, but  everybody  is  so  very  kind.  Mr.  Lillie  is  worn  out  sitting 
up  with  me  at  night.  He  sat  up  every  night  with  me  for  two  weeks. 
Last  night  the  telegram  came  from  Harpers'  to  'take  vacation.'  I 
H  97 


SIR  FREDERIC  LEIGHTON 

cannot  tell  you  how  grateful  I  am  to  them  for  this  kindness.  I  am 
not  quite  up  to  writing  them  a  letter  now,  but  will  you  convey  to 
them  the  expression  of  my  sincere  thanks.  ..." 

On  February  iyth  Abbey  wrote  to  Charles  Parsons  that  he  was 
about  to  start  for  Biarritz  with  the  Lillies.  Referring  to  the  water- 
colour  exhibition  in  New  York,  which  he  hears  was  a  good  one,  he 
says:  "It  seems  to  methatsmall,  strong,  earnest  bodies  of  live  men, 
working  togetherand  using  each  other's  experience, as  theTile  Club 
does ,  cannot  help  but  become  a  strong  power  and  influence  for  good . 
I  never  seemed  to  work  so  easily  and  surely  as  I  did  when  I  was  with 
the  boys  on  Long  Island  [in  1878],  and  I  feel  greatly  the  lack  of  the 
same  congenial  companionship  here.  I  suppose,  though,  that  isola- 
tion to  a  certain  extent  tends  to  make  one  self-reliant.  I  long  to  be  at 
work  again ,  but  my  doctor  looks  very  serious ,  and  becomes  violently 
obstructive  whenever  I  express  myself  thus  to  him .  Sometimes  it 
seems  as  though  I  must  do  something.  My  head  gets  so  full  of  unex- 
pressed ideas  and  arrangements  and  combinations  that  it  seems  as 
though  it  would  burst  sometimes.  I  am  looking  forward  anxiously 
to  the  time  when  I  will  have  acquired  enough  technical  facility  to 
enable  me  to  do  some  of  these  things — right.  I  am  greatly  encou- 
raged by  the  criticisms  and  advice  of  the  few  men  I  go  to  see  here 
— Boughtonand  Sir  Frederic  Leighton  and  Tadema  and  Parsons. 
Leighton  takes  the  greatest  pains  to  explain  anything  one  is  misty 
about  in  the  way  of  method,  and  is  just  as  much '  one  of  us '  as  though 
he  was  still  an  Academy  student." 

The  letter  continues:  "I  think  I  had  better  give  up  the  rest  of  De 
Mille's  story  [A  Castle  in  Spain] ,  if  you  must  have  it  by  the  first  of 
July.  ...  I  am  anxious  to  get  at  and  finish  a  number  of  the  Herrick 
things  before  the  end  of  the  year.  I  have  half  a  dozen  or  so  on  the 
stocks,  and  th ese  with  Miss  Veley's  things  and  the  other  work  I  have 
—the  Holland,  the  Effigies,  the  Thames,  Surrey,  and  a  number  of 
other  things — will  keep  me  busy  for  some  time.  I  dread  to  do  the 
Tower.  There  are  quantities  of  men  who  could  do  it  better  than  I 
can;  it  consists  mainly  of  a  series  of  rooms  with  show  cases  in  them. 
There  are  many  other  rooms  doubtless  that  I  haven't  seen.  ...  I 

98 


"INTENSE"  ILLUSTRATION 

shall  not  try  to  illustrate  much  of  the '  intense'  modern  school  of  Eng- 
lish poetry ,  of  which  this  is  an  extract : 

The  Lady  leaned  from  her  lattice 
Low  as  the  land  leaned  she. . . . 

which  is  very  alliterative  and  rhythmic,  but  hardly  illustratable.  I 
cannot  conceive  any  other  form  for  it  than  this .  This  must  have  been 


her  little  game.  I  can  only  think  the  lady  must  have  been  exceed- 
ingly uncomfortable.  .  .  . 

"I  am  sure  that  the  coming  ten  years  will  place  American  art  on 
an  equal  footing  with  that  of  any  other  country.  In  some  respects 
it  will  surpass  that  of  a  good  many  countries.  The  main  difficulty 
in  the  way  seems  to  be  the  lack  of  pictures  to  'key  up  to.'  There 
are  many  good  pictures  in  America — one  of  the  best  Rubens  I 
have  seen  is  in  Wilksbarre,  and  there  is  a  stunning  Velasquez  in 
the  N.Y.  Historical  Society — but  these  things  are  inaccessible  to 
the  mass  of  painters,  and  ignorance  always  breeds  indifference,  so 
that  few  avail  themselves  of  even  the  few  opportunities  there  are 
for  seeing  good  things."-  -Thanks  to  the  wealth  and  enterprise  of 

99- 


THE  ARTIST'S  MOTHER 

American  collectors  and  the  willingness  of  English  owners  (even 
when  they  are  National  Gallery  trustees)  to  sell,  America  has  now 
some  of  the  finest  pictures  in  the  world ,  both  in  public  galleries  and 
private  collections.  The  Metropolitan  Museum  of  New  York  could 
not  to-day  be  disregarded  by  any  conscientious  student  of  art. 

The  next  letter  is  from  Biarritz  on  March  3oth .  Owing  to  anxiety 
on  receipt  of  a  cablegram  about  his  mother's  illness  and  his  inability 
to  get  to  her,  Abbey  had  had  a  relapse.  "Dr.  Roberts  forbids  me 
utterly  to  cross  the  Atlantic  just  yet,  and  really  I  do  not  feel  up  to  it. 
Later  letters  and  telegrams  have  relieved  my  mind  as  to  my  mother's 
immediate  danger,  but  I  believe  one  never  quite  recovers  from 
Bright 's  disease,  so  I  am  trying  to  be  patient  and  look  things  squarely 
in  the  face.  I  think  you  never  saw  her?  No  one  ever  comprehended 
my  slightest  impulses  or  whim  more  completely,  and  all  through 
what  you  can  easily  imagine  to  have  been  a  most  troublesome  boy- 
hood she  was  ever  patient  and  lovingly  forbearing.  I  have  taken  to 
her  dear  ear  the  very  innermost  of  my  thoughts,  good  and  bad,  and 
have  never  found  else  than  the  most  tender  large-hearted  sympathy . 
We  are  all  in  all  to  each  other,  and  it  will  not  be  difficult  for  you  to 
comprehend  how  the  severe  illness  of  the  one  being  to  whom  I 
owe  all  that  is  highest  and  best  in  my  nature  fills  me  with  such  deep 
grief.  .  .  ." 

Writing  on  April  21  st  to  Mr.  Alden,  Abbey  says  that  he  is  better, 
but  still  far  from  well,  that  he  cannot  walk  much  yet,  but  hopes  to 
begin  work  again  in  a  couple  of  weeks  or  so.  He  gives  a  long  list 
of  tasks  on  which  he  is  to  be  busy  directly  the  hour  strikes.  This  is 
interesting:  "The  house  in  Miss  Thackeray's  From  an  Island  (you 
remember  the  story) ,  always  had  a  great  charm  for  me,  and  one  day 
I  asked  her  about  it.  It  is  a  real  place — as  I  find  nearly  all  her  back- 
grounds are — and  is  (or  was)  the  house  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Cameron, 
on  the  Isle  of  Wight.  Mrs.  Cameron  is  the  lady  who  made  the  won- 
derful photographs  some  years  ago  of  Carlyle,  Tennyson,  and  of 
various  groups  of  costumed  children — you  have  probably  seen 
some  of  them.  Mr.  C.  and  Mrs.  C.  are  both  dead  now  and  their 
beautiful  home  is  broken  up.  Mrs.  Ritchie  has  a  very  good  sketch 

100 


"  TO  MEDDOWES." 

•'SHl.KCTIONS  FROM  HERRICK." 


'.63W< 

\HW  ', 


Ttf    ri'k'r   '-»n 


,  . 

fil'uri'    f«t     Jjj 
And    •"•iih    difhtu'JI'd     lujr«. 
3\d"rii'd     Ihi/   fimooUi^r    m'ad- 


Y'«r«     ;<f 
Y°vr     |l 


THE  LAWN  OF  A  NIGHT 

of  it  by  Arthur  Severn,  hanging  up  over  her  back  drawing-room 
chimney  piece,  and  she  pointed  out  to  me  where  they  had  added 
on  here  and  there  and  everywhere  as  they  felt  disposed.  A  friend, 
a  lady  who  had  been  ill,  was  asked  to  visit  them,  and  as  she  needed 
sun  they  thought  the  windows  in  the  room  she  was  to  have  were 
too  small,  so  they  had  a  long  window  built  into  it.  One  of  the  young 
ladies  was  engaged  to  be  married  and  had  no  place  to  be  courted 
in,  so  they  built  a  quaint  little  veranda  in  one  corner  out  of  the  way 
where  they  billed  and  coo'd  to  their  hearts'  content.  Mr.  C.,  who 
was  an  invalid  many  years,  looking  from  the  dining-room  window 
one  evening,  regretted  that  the  kitchen  garden,  which  lay  in  front  of 
it,  was  not  a  lawn.  That  night,  after  he  had  retired, Mrs.  Cameron 
had  a  little  army  of  workmen  come  and  they  completed  a  beautiful 
lawn  for  him  by  next  morning's  breakfast  time.  All  this  was  very 
charming,  I  thought.  Mrs.  Ritchie  said  the  neighbours,  who  were 
steady-going  philistines,  thought  they  were  crazy  people,  but  that 
it  was  the  most  delightful  house  she  had  ever  visited,  nevertheless. 

"My  description  is  rather  bald,  or  a  'catalogue  of  things,'  as  Aid- 
rich  said  of  Walt  Whitman's  poetry.  If  you  had  heard  it  described 
by  Mrs .  Ritchie  you  would  have  had  a  better  idea  of  the  place.  I  wish 
we  had  places  of  this  sort  in  America .  I  hope  we  will  have  one  of  these 
days.  Tennyson  lived  half  a  mile  away  and  used  to  wander  in  and 
out  of  this  house  at  his  own  sweet  will.  We  couldn't  have  this,  but 
we  might  have  some  other  fellow  who  would  be  quite  as  agreeable. 

"April  28th. — I  have  very  sad  news  every  day  now  from  home 
and  am  expecting  daily  the  tidings  of  my  poor  dear  mother's  depar- 
ture from  this  world.  This  is  the  greatest  grief  that  I  have  ever 
known;  who  could  know  a  greater?  I  try  to  be  philosophical  about 
it  and  to  rise  above  it  all,  but  it  is  dreary  work." — Mrs.  Abbey  died 
on  April  1 5th,  aged  fifty-four. 

Writing  from  10  Auriol  RoadonMay  31  st,  Abbey  was  angry  with 
some  remarks  on  painting  and  engraving  which  G.  W.  Curtis  had 
been  making  in  the  magazine  for  February.  "Perhaps  Mr.  Curtis 
is  not  aware  that  one  at  least  of  his  draughtsmen  for  the  engravers 
takes  as  much  pains  with  the  details  of  a  drawing  which  appears  in 

101 


AN  ILLUSTRATOR'S  WHOLE  DUTY 

his  magazine — an  inch  and  ahalf  square  in  size — as  ever  any  painter 

did  with  his  most  elaborate  pictures I  could  tell  you  how 'Julia's 

Clothes'  [in  the  Herrick  series]  cost  me  a  week  of  search  among 
costumes  and  historical  authorities,  and  how,  failing  to  find  what  I 
wanted,  I  had  her  dress  made  of  black  satin  from  an  old  print  of  the 
time  by  Hollar  at  an  expense  of  more  than  half  of  what  I  received 
for  the  drawing.  A  case  in  point  is  found  in  the  very  batch  of  draw- 
ings which  I  send  with  this  letter.  I  had  finished  an  elaborate  draw- 
ing of 'Mindwell  and  his  Mother, 'when  I  discovered  that  I  had  made 
the  costume  at  least  twenty  years  later  than  the  date  Mrs.  Cooke  has 
set  down  as  that  of  her  story,  and  although  she  distinctly  describes 
oneof  her  characters  aswearinga  costumewhich  was  notthought  of 
until  thirty  years  at  least  after  her  date — still,  I  threw  mine  out  and 
lost  all  that  work.  . .  . 

' '  I  could  not  begin  to  tell  you  of  the  worry  I  had  with  the '  St.  Agnes 
Eve'  illustrations  in  this  respect.  I  had  to  have  some  things  made; 
others  I  borrowed  of  Boughton  and  hired  of  Barthe  [the  costumier] . 
My  maxim  in  all  my  work  is  that  if  it  is  worth  doing  at  all,  it  is  worth 
doing  as  well  as  it  is  possible  to  do  it — in  every  minutest  respect. 
A  man  who  allows  himself  the  habit  of  being  slipshod  about  little 
things,  willgraduallybecomeslipshodabouteverything.  If  an  illus- 
trator is  to  show  the  manner  and  appearances  of  the  people  of  the 
Middle  Ages,  it  seems  to  me  it  should  fairly  smell  of  that  time.  I  am 
picking  up  piece  by  piece  a  very  valuable  collection  of  accessories.  I 
must  have  at  least  fifty  comp  lete  costumes  of  various  p  eriods ,  mainly 
of  the  last  two  hundred  and  fifty  years .  These  are  nearly  all  original 
articles,  or  are  carefully  copied  from  originals  which  I  have  bor- 
rowed for  the  purpose." 

Alfred  Parsons  had  met  Abbey  in  Paris  on  May  1 2th,  whence  they 
returned  together  on  the  i9th.  Continuing  his  letter,  Abbey  thus 
describes  their  visit:  "I  have  been  profoundly  stirred  by  my  sight 
of  the  pictures  in  Paris  during  my  late  little  visit  there.  I  must  have 
just  been  in  the  mood  for  it — or  something .  I  couldn't  get  away  from 
the  awful  Venus  of  Milo  in  the  Louvre — mooned  away  a  whole 
morning  there  with  Alfred  Parsons.  Lord!  how  I  would  have  wor- 

102 


BASTIEN  LEPAGE 

shipped  her  if  I  'd  been  an  old  Pagan .  And  then  the  Titians  upstairs , 
the  immortal' Hommeau  Gant,' the  great  Venetian  things,  by  men 
whose  very  names  have  passed  away  and  are  unknown  to  us.  ... 
There  is  in  the  Salon  this  year  the  very  greatest  picture  ever  painted 
by  anybody  since  the  fifteenth  century , a  picture  before  which  stand 
crowds  of  reverent  people  every  day ,  too  full  of  the  sentiment  of  the 
picture  to  speak  of  it.  This  is  Bastien  Lepage's  wonderful  'Joan  of 
Arc.'  It  is  a  life-sized  figure  of  a  coarsely  and  vulgarly  moulded 
peasant  girl, who  has  in  her  eyes  the  vision  of  the  possibilities  of  her 
future.  She  is  turning  her  radiant  face  away  from  the  vision  which 
appears  just  over  her  flax  wheel — a  vision  faintly  seen  through  the 
trees,  of  a  knight  in  golden  armour  holding  out  to  her,  in  both  his 
hands,  a  sword .  Behind  him  appear  two  figures  in  bride  wreaths  and 
veils.  There  is  no  forcing  of  effect.  The  scene  is  a  homely,  weed- 
grown  orchard ,  and  the  vision  is  only  faintly  seen.  The  girl  is  dressed 
in  a  rough  dress  of  grey  and  brown,  the  light  is  perfectly  diffused 
throughout,  as  it  would  be  out  of  doors,  yet  your  eyes  cannot  get 
away  from  the  girl 's  face .  You  don 't  see  any  paint  or  any  b  rush  marks 
— there  the  real  girl  just  stands . . .  every  thing  looks  cheap  and  com- 
monplace andfeeblebesidethiswonderfulmasterpiece.  I  never  had 
anything  so  stir  me  up  in  my  life.  ...  If  I  could  half  express  to  you 
thewild  longing  within  me  to  grab  abrush  and  setmy  teeth  and  paint 
until  I  dropped  dead,  this  pen  would  get  red  hot.  I  haven't  said  any- 
thing in  this  of  the  crushing  trouble  that  has  come  to  me,  simply 
because  I  don't  dare  to  let  myself  think  of  it.  When  I  get  stronger  I 
shall  write  to  you  of  my  darling  mother." 

Again,  to  Reinhart,  on  June  3rd :  "The  reason  the  Salon  looks  so 
mean  is  because  Lepage  so  utterly  swamps  and  bangs  the  lot.  But 
they  are  nowhere  in  comparison.  I  think  'Joan'  the  greatest  picture 
of  this  age — those  I  have  seen — and  pretty  nearly  the  greatest — i.e., 
the  most  emotional — of  any  other." 

A  year  later  Abbey  returned  to  this  painting,  which  had  gone  to 
the  Metropolitan  Museum  in  New  York,  where  it  now  hangs.  "It 
is  [he  again  assures  Charles  Parsons]  by  all  odds  the  greatest  modern 
picture  I  have  ever  seen.  The  face  is  very  great  work — inspiration,  if 

103 


FRENCH  ART  IN  1880 

you  like — tremendous  art  anyway .  It  affected  me  much  as  the  great 
Venus  in  the  Louvre  does.  I  have  seen  a  great  many  heads  painted 
by  a  great  many  men,  but  I  never  saw  a  face  that  stirred  me  up  as 
this  of  Bastien  Lepage's  does.  The  old  Masters  never  beat  it. .  .  . 
You  have  no  idea  how  paltry  it  made  everything  else  in  the  room 
appear,  and  how  mean  all  the  rest  of  the  pictures  in  the  Exhibition 
looked  after  it.  Bouguereau,  Bonnat,  Carolus-Duran,  Lefebvre, 
even  Jules  Breton  wereall  hunginthesame  room,  unfortunately  for 
them.  There  was  a  Vollon  there — a  big  golden  pumpkin  and  a  bat- 
tered black  pot  with  abrass  inside  to  it — the  only  other  picture  in  the 
room  which  held  its  own." 

Reinhart  came  to  Europe  with  his  family  this  year  and  settled  in 
Paris.  From  a  letter  to  him  we  gather  that  Abbey,  too,  had  a  serious 
Paris  sojourn  in  prospect.  The  date  is  June  8th ,  1 880:  "I  have  about 
decided  to  try  Paris  next  winter,  if  I  get  a  wholesome  place  to  work 
in.  I  want  to  study  painting,  and,  do  you  know,  I  have  come  to  the 
conclusion  that  Julien's  school  is  about  my  dot;  Dagnan  Bouveret 
works  there.  Didn't  you  think  his  'Accident'  very  fine?  I'd  like  to 
study  with  him  if  I  could  get  at  him;  he  is  very  young,  I  believe. 
There's  Cazin — I  thought  he  painted  about  as  well  as  I  could  ever 
hope  to;  Bastien  Lepage  has  too  decided  a  method  perhaps,  and 
then  I  don't  believe  he  would  take  anybody.  [Alfred]  Parsons  wants 
to  go  and  have  a  while  with  Pelouse.  All  the  old  men  seem  to  be 
falling  off,  except  Jules  Goupil.  This  putting  men  in  dark  caves  and 
throwing  electric  light  on  them  gets  stale  after  500  times.  I  suppose 
you  have  seen  the  Ribots  at  the  office  of  L  'Art  and  have  decided  that 
that  sort  of  thing  gets  monotonous  also .  I  liked  Jules  Goupil 's '  Last 
Hours  of  Madame  Quelquechose ' — whatever  her  name  is;  good, 
honest,  straightforward  painting  I  thought  it,  and  Vollon.  If  I  could 
get  all  that  out  of  pumpkin  and  dipper  I  think  I'd  go  in  for  them. 
Bonnat  is  too  tricky.  Dagnan  seemed  to  me  to  have  fewer  tricks  per- 
haps than  any  of  them .  His  way  seemed  to  be  to  paint  what  he  had 
to  paint  with  as  little  fuss  as  was  compatible  with  making  what  he 
painted  look  like  what  he  was  painting  it  from.  Think  this  over — it 
is  a  little  involved ,  but  it  is  what  I  mean . ' ' 

104 


THE  LURE  OF  PARIS 

Abbey's  ambition  to  study  in  Paris  was,  however,  never  fulfilled, 
although  from  time  to  time  during  his  career  he  revived  the  project 
of  living  there,  at  any  rate,  for  a  year;  and  there  seems  to  be  a  wide- 
spread impression  that,  like  so  many  Americans,  he  had  learned  his 
painting  there.  Writing  to  Mr. Will  H. Low  as  late  as  1 908, he  said:"  I 
never  have  been  very  much  in  Paris— never  for  more  than  a  fortnight 
at  a  time,  I  think— and  for  the  first  time  in  the  spring  of  1879,  after 
you  had  gone  away,  and  after  the  Latin  Quarter  days  of  most  of  the 
men  who  were  my  friends  were  over.  .  .  .  But  the  things  I  had  to  do 
were  English  and  keptme  in  England . ' ' 

The  letter  to  Reinhart  continues:  "Poor  Boughton  looks  badly— 
he  is  far  from  well.  I  spent  yesterday  afternoon  with  him,  and  he 
was  interested  to  know  you  were  coming  here  soon.  If  you  don't 
love  him  when  you  know  him  you  don't  deserve  to  know  him.  But 

you  will We  went  out  to  Hammersmith  yesterday  and  explored 

a  brie  &  brae  place,  and  planned  to  go  up  to  Cookham  on  the  river  for 
a  day  soon  and  have  a  square  loaf.  F.Walker  is  buried  at  Cookham, 
you  know.  I  wish  you  would  come  over  here  and  go  along  with  us. 
I've  just  about  finished  five  Herrick  pages.  I  wish  you  could  see 
them  before  they  go ;  two  of  them  are  much  better  than  anything 
I've  done,  I  think." 

The  summer  of  1 880  was  spent  chiefly  in  London  at  Auriol  Road , 
but  two  or  three  weeks  were  given  to  Alfred  Parsons  at  Frome. 
Afterwards  Abbey  and  Alfred  Parsons  went  to  Oxford ,  where  they 
were  joined  by  Abbey's  cousin  Charles  Truslow,  all  three  rowing 
from  Oxford  to  London  and  the  two  artists  making  sketches.  Mrs. 
Lillie  having  gone  abroad  to  visit  her  mother  in  Italy,  Abbey  and 
Mr.Lillie  took  a  furnished  house,  No.  72  Bedford  Gardens,  with  a 
studio  attached,  for  a  few  months.  A  letter  to  Charles  Parsons,  on 
September  2nd,  states  that  Abbey  and  Boughton  were  to  start  on 
a  sketching  and  writing  tour  on  October  ist,  that  he  had  done 
much  work  and  was  very  tired  of  illustrating  the  novel,  A  Castle 
in  Spain,  and  that  money  difficulties  were  harassing  him.  The 
trouble  again  proceeded  from  the  custom  of  paying  not  for  each 
drawing  used,  but  according  to  the  size  of  its  reproduction.  Could 

105 


A  STUBBORN  TASK 

there  not,  he  asks,  be  a  new  arrangement?  It  is  doubtful  if  he  was 
extravagant  or  foolish;  but  he  had  taken  up  the  most  expensive 
branch  of  art  and  he  was  dominated  by  a  passion  for  thoroughness 
which  could  never  lead  towards  economy .  As  for  A  Castle  in  Spain , 
this  was  a  novel  by  James  De  Mille  for  which  Abbey  had  been  mak- 
ing drawings  ever  since  1 878 ,  to  be  engraved  by  the  regular  wood- 
cutting staff.  It  ran  through  the  magazine  in  1883  and  was  after- 
wards republished  in  volume  form  with  the  illustrations.  Abbey 
writes  of  it,  in  his  letter  of  September  2nd :  "I  am  getting  on  with 
that  bugbear  of  mine — the  Castlein  Spain.  I'm  thinning  the  illus- 
trations out  a  good  deal  towards  the  end.  I  wish  I  could  have  had 
Hardy's  story  [ALaodicean] .  Du  Maurier  has  not  done  himself  very 
proud  on  the  illustrations  to  it,  and  the  engraving  has  not  been  very 
much  better.  I  don't  think  du  M .  is  the  man  to  do  that  sort  of  thing 
— it  is  completely  out  of  his  line,  as  much  as,  or  even  more  so  than, 
this  awful  Castle  is  out  of  mine,  and  it  is  difficult  to  take  an  interest 
in  a  thing  with  which  one  is  not  in  sympathy — and  when  one  is  not 
in  sympathy  one  is  very  heavily  handicapped.  When  du  Maurier 
illustrates  a  story  like  that  of  Hardy's  he  is  merely  absurd.  It  is  a 
pity  Small  didn't  have  it  to  do.  You  have  no  idea  how  beautiful 
Small's  drawings  on  the  wood  are.  With  our  cutting  they  would 
be  a  different  thing  altogether  from  the  sort  of  thing  Swain  turns 
out.  These  English  engravers  are  good  on  large  work,  but  play 
the  mischief  with  delicate  things." — Abbey  never  tired  of  extolling 
Small's  work,  and  to  find  him  thus  recommending  that  draughts- 
man for  work  which  he,  himself,  would  like  to  do  is  another  proof 
of  his  want  of  any  tinge  of  jealousy . 

The  next  letter,  on  September  26th,  also  to  Charles  Parsons,  indi- 
cates that  Abbey  was  by  no  means  yet  strong  again .  It  suggests ,  too , 
that  he  was  overworking — a  tendency  with  him  all  his  life,  and  un- 
avoidable where  there  was  such  a  union  of  energy,  ambition,  and 
experimentalism.  Concerning,  for  example,  the  Herrick  illustra- 
tions, which  were  his  staple  task  at  this  time,  he  says:  "It  is  impossi- 
ble,  as  you  suggest,  to  finish  things  up  as  they  ought  to  be  done,  right 
slap.  It  takes  a  long  time  sometimes  to  getholdof  one  little  seemingly 

1 06 


CORINNA'S  GOING  A  MAYING. 

1 .  "  COME,  MY  CORINNA,  COME,  LET'S  GO  A  MAYING." 

2.  "  THERE'S  NOT  A  BUDDING  BOY  OR  GIRLE,  THIS  DAY, 

BUT  IS  GOT  UP,  AND  GONE  TO  BRING  IN  MAY." 

ROBERT  HERRICK. 


IN  HOLLAND 

unimportant  detail,  which  isn't  noticed  after  it  is  put  in,  but  would 
be  if  it  weren't  there.  ...  I  have  made  jour  attempts  at  the  'Night 
Piece  to  Julia,  'and  am  finally  getting  it  into  shape.  I  suppose  the  first 
one  would  have  been  just  as  'popular'  as  the  last  one  will  be,  but  I 
don't  see  how  one  is  ever  going  to  get  anywhere  if  one  is  satisfied 
with  a  popularity  based  on  no  more  substantial  foundation  than 
mere  ignorance." 

The  Dutch  tour  with  Boughton  came  off  in  October.  Writing  to 
Charles  Parsons  on  October  aoth  from  the  Hotel  Bellevue  at  The 
Hague,  Abbey  says:  "Boughton  and  I  have  got  hold  of  some  capital 
stuff — really.  We  lost  about  a  week  going  to  places  we  didn't  care  to 
look  at  after  we  got  to  'em .  The  Friesland  part  was  most  uninterest- 
ing, but  in  North  Holland— at  Hoorn,  Edam,Monnickendam,  Alk- 
maar,Vollendam,and  Marken,  we  found  quantities  of  stuff,  just  ly- 
ing about  loose.  At  Amsterdam  we  saw  Rembrandt's  great  pictures 
—the  portrait  of  Burgomaster  Six,  thegreatest  of  all  of  'em.  No  one 
has  seen  the  Dutch  school  at  its  best  who  has  not  seen  the  great  Six 
collection.  How  much  greater  a  man  he  was  than  his  duller-witted 
fellow-citizens  who  are  now  utterly  forgotten!" 

The  next  letter,  written  from  his  new  home  at  72  Bedford  Gar- 
dens, on  November  6th,  refers  to  the  Dutch  adventure  less  hap- 
pily, and  tells  us  that  he  was  still  far  from  well  or  at  peace.  "A  few 
more  trips  of  this  sort  would  effectually  ruin  me,  as  it  is  about  the 
same  thing  as  taking  a  vacation — my  expenses  at  home  running 
on  just  the  same  and  nothing  coming  in.  I  had  to  run  home  before 
I  had  half  done  the  Thames  trip,  and  make  some  drawings  for  pay, 
and  had  thesame  trouble  with  the  Lake  drawings  last  year.  We  were 
a  little  over  twenty  days  in  Holland,  and  visited  nearly  thirty  towns, 
beside  doing  a  lot  of  country  travel,  so  you  can  readily  understand 
that  our  sketches  are  of  the  scantiest  description.  It's  all  very  well 
for  Boughton,  who  proposes  to  use  a  lot  of  his  sketches  in  pictures, 
but  I  am  not  quite  so  prosperous  a  cuss,  and  am  worried  well-nigh 
crazy  with  demands  on  me  for  money.  My  doctor  has  forbidden  me 
to  work  more  than  four  hours  a  day — which  is  all  very  well — but 
rather  impracticable .  Every  rap  I  receive — and  of  late  there  has  been 

107 


THE  LIGHTNING  TRAVELLERS 

mighty  little — goes  to  pay  some  debts  contracted  during  my  illness. 
I  have  pawned  a  good  many  things  I  can  do  without,  and  still  I  can- 
not seem  to  keep  up.  I  think  it  would  be  a  cheap  job  on  Harpers' 
part  to  discharge  me,  and  call  it  square.  I  caught  a  cold  crossing  the 
Channel  the  other  night,  and  was  in  bed  nearly  five  days,  and  the 
row  and  confusion  incident  to  moving  has  unsettled  me  generally . ' ' 

Returning  once  again  to  the  Dutch  trip,  in  a  later  letter  to  Charles 
Parsons,  adjuring  him  to  persuade  the  Harpers  to  allow  more  time 
for  such  expeditions,  Abbey  says:  "Imagine  a  country  brimful  of 
interest,  almost  as  large  and  as  thickly  settled  as  the  State  of  New 
York,  run  over  in  less  than  a  month,  with  no  stoppage  in  any  one 
place  of  longer  than  a  day  and  a  half,  with  a  constant  anxiety  not 
to  miss  anything  that  ought  to  be  had,  and  a  still  more  constant 
regret  that  it  was  utterly  impossible  to  do  justice  to  any  feature  of 
a  place  other  than  the  most  trivial.  The  mere  physical  fatigue  of 
travelling  at  such  a  rate  almost  prevented  any  work  at  all.  At  several 
of  the  most  interesting  places  we  saw  we  were  unable  to  stop  more 
than  an  hour.  I  finally  hit  upon  the  plan  of  buying  the  complete 
costume  of  the  peasants  of  each  district,  and  all  the  photographs  I 
could  get,and  these,with  the  roughest  possible  notes, some  written, 
some  hastily  sketched,  are  all  I  have  had  to  work  from  in  the  draw- 
ings sent  you.  You  will  readily  agree  with  me,  I  think,  that  this  is 
not  quite  the  right  way  to  do  work  of  substantial  value." — In  the 
very  pleasant  work  which  resulted  from  this  trip ,  entitled  Sketching 
Rambles  in  Holland,  is  a  picture  by  Abbey  entitled  "Selling  Cos- 
tumes," in  which  we  probably  see  the  two  collaborators.  Further 
description  of  the  volume  is  deferred  until  its  appearance  a  few 
years  later. 

The  letter  of  November  6th  is  the  last  in  1880.  On  December 
nth  Mr.  Lillie  left  hurriedly  for  Munich,  where  Mrs.  Lillie  was 
ill  with  peritonitis.  Abbey  accompanied  him,  and  there  for  some 
weeks  he  remained,  lodging  at  7/3  Gabelsberge  Strasse,  studying 
in  the  galleries,  and  inquiring  into  the  mysteries  of  oil  paint.  One  of 
his  last  tasks  before  leaving  for  Munich  had  been  to  make  drawings 
of  the  Beefsteak  Club  and  the  armoury  in  the  Lyceum  Theatre,  to 

1 08 


f  ft  -    -•-'- 
s,**'    '•  - ' '~ 


Kin« 


milKinj;' 


>Jo.»»-«      for    t"    -win     <hv 
iV      iuO.'     0\"      fv^h     a     nimblf      o.ir« 
Th»l     lh»v      f  h«H      faye      (K/  Mf«  ,      cli 


/:     *    r'ft 


•*  Tf     iT'     ">/    ft"rli"8  ,°>i"    *J»in 

Jl«  play  th«  fv'h.  an°<h«r  tt'& 
Thut  lh«v  fhAlt  /•«•«»!•  my  pipe 
CK»«r  thin*  "it  *s  ^/3u?rnij,n« 


and 


A  BEUCOLIC,  OR  DISCOURSE  OF  NEATHERDS. 

"  SELECTIONS  FROM  HERRICK." 


ENGLISH  STAGE  DRAWINGS 

illustrate  an  article  on  Henry  Irving  by  Joseph  Hatton.  Abbey  also 
had  one  or  two  sittings  from  Miss  Ellen  Terry  for  the  same  article; 
but  there  is  no  record  that  any  drawing  was  completed .  Many  years 
later,  in  1906,  when  Miss  Terry  celebrated  her  stage  jubilee,  Abbey 
contributed  to  the  souvenir  programme  a  drawing  of  Olivia  in  The 
Vicar  of  Wakefield. 

Writing  to  Charles  Parsons  from  Munich  on  January  2nd,  1881 , 
he  says:  "I  have  been  much  disappointed  in  the  proofs  of  my  work 
you  have  lately  sent  me.  I  hardly  think  it  a  fair  thing  to  process  the 
Herrick  drawings  so  badly  as  the  'Neatherds'  set  are  done.  All  the 
delicacy  I  have  tried  to  put  in  them  has  vanished,  and  they  have  a 
dreadfully  coarse  look  to  me.  Why  not  leave  the  type  part  as  it  is, 
and  engrave  the  pictures  ?  The  'Bellman,'  too,  is  a  beastly  cut  by 
Muller.  The  standing  figure  is  cross-eyed,  and  the  cut  generally  is 
entirely  without  any  character  at  all  as  line  work.  It  has  a  look  as 
though  it  had  tarlatan  stretched  over  it  to  keep  the  flies  off.  Two  of 
the  Castle  in  Spain  cuts  are  very,  very  bad.  I  hope  to  Heaven  this 
novel  isn't  going  to  appear  in  the  Magazine.  I  like  very  much  the 
cuts  Smithwick  made  of  the  'Borrowdale  Yews'  and  of  'I  Come 
Back,Amassy'  [illustration  to  "Mrs.  Flint's  Married  Experience," 
by  Rose  Terry  Cooke],  and  the  little  view  of  'Ulleswater'  [all  in 
Harper's,  December,  1880].  The  Gallery  here  is  very  rich  in  early 
German  work.  There  are  some  fine  Holbeins  and  a  fine  show  of 
Riberas,and  a  fine  head  of  Titian.  The  Rubens-Vandyke  school 
I  care  less  and  less  for  the  more  I  see  of  it.  Though  some  of  the 
Rubens  work  is  certainly  stupendous,  I  have  far  more  sympathy 
with  the  1 5th  and  i6th  century  schools." 

Mr.  Charles  Mente,  whose  reminiscences  of  Abbey  in  the  Art 
Department  at  Harpers'  are  quoted  in  an  earlier  chapter,  was  living 
in  Munich  at  this  time.  "I  saw  Abbey,"  he  wrote,  "continually. 
I  was  a  student  at  the  Royal  Academy,  and  he  came  to  my  rooms 
almost  every  day  towards  evening.  While  there  he  kept  on  with 
his  illustrations  for  Harper's,  and  when  a  draft  came  he  always 
spent  some  of  it  for  costumes,  weapons,  or  whatever  he  could  get 
that  was  worth  getting.  He  was  an  admirer  of  Dietz's  work  (Pro- 

109 


IN  MUNICH 

fessor  Wilhelm  Dietz,  who  was  then  professor  at  the  Royal  Aca- 
demy), and  as  he  seemed  desirous  to  study  under  him  for  a  short 
time  we  called  at  his  studio  one  day  with  a  portfolio  of  proofs  of 
Abbey's  work.  Dietz  was  very  pleasant  and  glad  to  meet  him ;  he 
knew  of  his  work,  having  seen  some  illustrations  in  Harper's  Maga- 
zine. Indeed,  many  Munich  artists  were  familiar  with  his  work,  and 
bought  Harper's  mainly  on  account  of  his  illustrations.  As  Dietz  had 
no  studio  empty  in  the  Academy  then  that  Abbey  could  utilize,  he 
advised  him  to  get  one  on  his  route  so  he  could  drop  in  often  and  see 
him,  but  nothing  came  of  this  as  he  shortly  after  went  back  to  Lon- 
don. At  Abbey 's  request  I  engaged  a  clever  Dietz  pupil  by  the  name 
of  Erdelt,  a  good  painter  of  heads,  to  give  him  a  lesson  in  painting. 
We  took  our  stretchers  to  Erdelt  on  the  day  appointed .  The  model 
was  an  old  woman,  and  at  Abbey's  request  Erdelt  painted  also,  as 
he  wanted  to  see  him  work." 

The  prevailing  tone  of  the  next  letters,  written  in  February  and 
March  from  London  to  Charles  Parsons,  was  still  dismal;  but  Abbey 
confesses  to  a  little  social  gaiety  again.  "Boughton  gave  a  dinner  the 
other  night  to  Booth  [Edwin  Booth,  the  American  actor] .  Edmund 
Yates,W.  S.  Gilbert,  Ernest  Hart  [the  surgeon  and  collector],  old 
Browning,  and  many  other  people  were  there.  Charles  Green  [the 
water-colour  artist  and  illustrator]  gave  a  studio  party  the  other 
night.  A  lot  of  men  were  there.  Old  Dalziel  was  one  of  them,  and  he 
is  most  enthusiastic  over  the  American  magazines.  Everybody  is, 
but  the  preference  is  usually  given  to  Scribner's.  I  walked  part  of  the 
way  home  with  Tenniel,  who  is  a  remarkably  well  preserved  old  boy 
—looks  like  aretired  Colonel." — Tenniel  was  then  fifty-eight;  he 
lived  on  until  1914.  Dalziel  was  probably  George  Dalziel  (1815- 
1902),  eldest  of  the  three  Dalziel  brothers,  all  of  whom  had  been 
engravers  in  their  time  and  were  intimately  associated  with  the  rise 
of  English  black-and-white  art.  Among  Abbey's  cherished  books 
were  their  editions  of  the  Arabian  Nights,  with  drawings  by  Hough- 
ton,  Millais  and  others  and  their  Goldsmith  illustrated  by  Pinwell. 

In  the  same  letter  Abbey  urges  on  the  controller  of  Harper's  the 
importance  of  both  the  editor  (Mr.  Alden)  and  Charles  Parsons 

no 


ENGLISH  ARTISTS 

coming  to  London  to  get  the  English  point  of  view  for  themselves 
—since  the  magazine,  hitherto  imported,  was  now  published  in 
London  independently.  He  expresses  a  great  desire  to  return  to 
America, offering  to  take  Charles  Parsons 's  place  in  theArt  Depart- 
ment for  a  little  time  and  so  release  him  to  visit  England.  This  is  in- 
teresting: "I  painted  the  figures  in  a  landscape  of  Ernest  Waterlow's 

—at  the  last  minute,  when  he  was  in  a  dreadful  stew  about  them 

Linton  came  and  lunched  with  me  on  Sunday  in  all  the  prosperity 
of  a  green  velvet  coat,  and  told  me  he  gets  one  thousand  guineas  for 

each  of  those  large  pictures  of  the  young  warrior's  adventures 

He  has  also  an  order  from  a  Manchester  gentleman  to  paint  two 
subjects  and  six  single  figures  from  each  of  Walter  Scott's  novels. 
These  chaps  are  all  aggravatingly  prosperous .  Colin  Hunter  is  off  in 
ayachttotheMediterranean,havingsoldout.  Boughtonissoldout, 
and  everybody  is  taking  a  long  breath  now  that  the  agony  of  show- 
Sunday  is  over  and  the  pictures  are  gone  in.  .  .  ."-  -The  picture 
by  Sir  Ernest  Waterlow,  who  died  in  1919,  was  called  "Outward 
Bound." 

The  letter  was  continued  on  April  i4th.  "I  was  up  rather  late 
last  night — Tadema  had  a  small  party  on.  Leighton  was  there  and 
Millais  and  Poynter,  and  there  was  wonderful  music  by  Joachim 
and  Piatti  and  Madame  Schumann.  .  .  .  Lowell  was  there  too.  .  . . 
I  wanted  to  hear  Sir  Frederic  fiddle,  but  he  wouldn't  before  swells 
like  Joachim  and  Piatti.  He  was  kind  enough  to  say  I  had  been  very 
ill-advised  in  being  persuaded  to  return  to  America — that  it  only 
rested  with  me  to  be  whatever  I  would  in  England.  He  has  a  way 
of  saying  things  like  this  that  is  extremely  alluring.  .  .  . 

"I  am  trying  hard  to  work  off  what  I  have  on  hand.  At  Dalziel's 
the  other  day  I  saw  a  large  number  of  wonderfully  beautiful  draw- 
ings by  Pinwell  and  Millais  and  Walker  and  North  and  many  others. 
Whenever  Pinwell  or  Walker  or  North  or  anybody  else  would  bring 
him  a  drawing  that  he  liked,  he  would  order  a  picture  of  it.  He  has 
both  of  Pinwell's  'Pied  Piper'  pictures,  and  most  of  his  other  things 
except  'The  Great  Lady,'  which  is  in  America."  I  think  I  have  al- 
ready said  something  of  how  high  a  place  among  Abbey's  heroes 

in 


G.  J.  PINWELL 

was  occupied  by  George  John  Pinwell,  who  had  died  in  1875  at  the 
early  age  of  thirty-two,  while  Abbey  was  free-lancing  in  New  York. 
Abbey  had  one  of  his  original  sketches. 

These  were  for  Abbey  anxious  and  arduous  days .  Not  only  was 
he  overworked  and  not  really  strong,  but  the  want  of  pence  was 
constant,  both  for  himself  and  for  his  father.  The  letters  to  Charles 
Parsons  are  filled  with  financial  worries;  and  a  bill  for  dilapidations 
at  72  Bedford  Gardens,  which  he  gave  up  in  the  spring — moving  to 
Alfred  Parsons 's  house  at  54 — put  the  finishing  touch.  The  neces- 
sity then  became  so  great  that  he  had  to  ask  the  Graphic  for  work 
that  would  lead  to  immediate  payment — his  first  non-Harperian 
commission  in  this  country.  He  was  also  made  uneasy  by  the  dif- 
ferent views  held  by  himself  and  Franklin  Square  as  to  the  value 
of  magazine  articles — Abbey  holding  that  the  best  was  always  the 
cheapest  in  the  long  run ,  and  that  each  task  should  be  done  as  though 
it  were  to  be  the  final  treatment  of  the  subject,  and  the  firm  holding 
that  the  fullest  expenditure  of  time  and  energy  was  not  always  called 
for — or,  in  other  words,  that  some  commissions  might  be  taken 
more  lightly  than  others.  The  competition  of  Scribner's  was  also 
much  on  Abbey'smind,andaltogetherhewas,in  this  1881  summer, 
as  little  like  his  true  gay  and  buoyant  self  as  ever  in  his  life. 

But  the  tide  suddenly  turned .  A  more  than  sufficient  draft  arrived 
from  Franklin  Square,  and  visits  to  Lechlade  with  Alfred  Parsons 
and  to  the  Highlands  with  William  Black  set  up  his  health  again 
and  prepared  him  for  the  happiness  of  the  return  to  America  in  late 
September.  To  Lechlade,  on  the  upper  Thames,  on  the  borders  of 
Gloucestershire  and  Oxfordshire,  he  was  to  remain  true  through 
life,  even  to  making  his  home  for  over  twenty  years  near  the  neigh- 
bouring town  of  Fairford.  It  will  be  time  to  speak  of  Fairford  and 
its  vicinity  later ;  here  let  it  merely  b  e  said  that  Lechlade 's  cool  loveli- 
ness is  untouched  since  that  day .  It  is  a  place  that  no  Abbey  pilgrim 
can  disregard,  for  it  was  in  the  Swan  Inn  that  he  found  the  long 
window(since  removed)  which  forms  the  background  for  the  water- 
colour  "The  Sisters, "and  at  Buscot  rectory,  a  mile  down  the  river, 
hefound  thepanelled  hall  which  forms  the  scene  of  thewater-colour 

112 


YACHTING  WITH  BLACK 

"The  Widower";  while  at  Bridge  House,  Lechlade, many  drawings 
for  The  Deserted  Village  were,  in  1890,  to  be  made. 

Writing  to  Charles  Parsons  on  September  1 5th, he  thus  described 
his  Scotch  experience.  "I  had  certainly  a  most  delightful  week  in  a 
most  wonderful  country.  The  most  indescribably  grand  and  solemn 
and  lonely  land  I've  ever  seen.  Black  has  a  steam  yacht  with  his 
shooting,  and  we  cruised  all  about  Mull  and  the  Lochs  about  Oban. 
We  couldn't  go  far,  as  the  coal  accommodation  was  limited,  but  we 
took  the  steamer  through  the  Sound  of  Mull  and  to  Staffa.  They 
left  us  a  small  boat  at  Staffa,  where  I  sketched,  and  which  is  an 
awful  place,  and  then  we  sailed  across  from  there  to  lona  in  the 
sunset,  and  I  saw  the  purple  Dutchman's  Cap  and  Gometra  and 
little  Colonsay  and  the  Island  of  Rum  and  the  peaks  of  Skye  behind 
it,  and  the  three  peaks  of  Jura,  and  all  the  wild  places  we  have  read 
of  in  Mackod  of  Dare  and  White  Wings.  Black  showed  me  where 
Castle  Dare  would  have  been  built  if  anybody  had  ever  built  it, 
and  I  sketched  hard,  making  notes  of  the  wonderful  skies  and  the 
mists  on  the  hill  sides.  As  for  character — the  few  people  there  are, 
I  should  think,  had  lots  of  it,  but  there's  scarcely  a  house  to  be  seen 
and  very  few  boats;  but  everyone  knew  Black,  big  and  little.  We 
stayed  at  lona  one  night  at  a  little  bit  of  an  inn  and  were  nearly 
walked  away  with  by  the  rats.  I  wished  that  I  could  have  stopped 
longer  and  gone  on  to  Skye,  but  I  had  to  leave  that  until  another 
time.  I  have  quantities  of  sketches  useful  and  a  few  ornamental." 
-The  fruits  of  this  Black  and  Abbey  partnership  did  not  reach  the 
publicuntil  December,  1883, when, under  the  title  "AGossip about 
the  West  Highlands,"  Black  recorded  a  number  of  entertaining  ex- 
periences on  the  coast.  The  only  reference  to  his  companion  is  at 
the  close:  "I  never  in  my  life  saw  despair  so  visibly  depicted  on  a 
human  countenance  as  when  he  [Abbey]  took  out  his  neat  little 
sketchbook  and  then  looked  up  at  the  mountain  Giants  of  Glen- 
coe."  The  little  sketchbook,  however,  behaved  nobly,  as  the  draw- 
ings, in  due  time  reproduced, testify. 

The  chief  Harper  drawings  for  1 88 1 ,  all  or  nearly  all  of  which  were 
done  in  1880,  were  f or  Herrick's  poems — their  sweetness  and  light 

i  113 


SCOTCH  SKETCHES 

adding  a  new  charm  to  that  increasingly  popular  magazine.  But  not 
until  thenumberforOctober,i88i,themonth  in  whichAbbey  arriv- 
ed in  America,  was  his  name  mentioned  in  the  index.  The  occasion 
was  a  drawing,  engraved  by  Henry  Wolf,  for  frontispiece,  entitled 
"With  Grandpa."  In  the  June  number  had  appeared  an  interesting 
foretaste  of  what  was  to  be  Abbey's  principal  work  as  a  draughts- 
man, in  two  drawings  for  an  article  on  "Ballads  and  Ballad  Music, 
illustrating  Shakespeare." 


CHAPTER  XIV 

AN  AMERICAN  INTERLUDE 
1881-1882     Aged  29 

In  New  York  with  Alfred  Parsons— 58^  West  roth  Street— The  Tile  Club  Again— 
A  Second  Visit  to  Long  Island — Another  Club  Discussion — Harper's  Christmas 
— W.  A.  Rogers 's  Recollections — Painting  at  High  Pressure — The  Founding  of 

"The  Kinsmen" 

ABBEY  and  Alfred  Parsons  sailed  for  New  York  on  Sep- 
tember 26th,  1881,  arriving  there  on  October  yth,and 
forgetting  their  bad  passage  in  the  warmth  of  their  wel- 
come, part  of  which  took  the  form  of  a  Tile  Club  dinner 
in  their  honour.  Indeed,  the  return  of  their  "Chestnut, "bringing 
'The  Englishman"  (as  they  were  to  call  Mr.  Parsons)  with  him,  had 
a  galvanic  effect  on  the  Club ,  which  not  only  at  once  set  forth  on  the 
annual  summer  tour  that  had  been  postponed  to  include  the  two 
friends,  but  under  his  inspiration  blossomed  forth,  as  we  shall  see, 
into  successful  authorship. 

Abbey's  first  concern  was  to  find  a  studio,  and  this  he  did  at  58^ 
West  loth  Street,  which  was  taken  in  partnership  with  his  cousin, 
Charles  Truslow  and  Alfred  Parsons,  and  which  subsequently  was 
to  become  famous  as  the  New  York  quarters  of  Colonel  Carter  of 
Cartersville,  the  lovable  hero  of  Hopkinson  Smith's  novel.  To-day 
the  place  exists  no  more,  having  been  destroyed  or  incorporated  in 
No.  58  West  loth  Street  proper.  The  new  tenants  were  no  sooner 
established  than  they  put  the  place  at  the  disposal,  in  the  evenings, 
of  the  Tile  Club ,  and  a  few  months  after  their  return  to  England  the 
Club  took  it  over  as  their  premises.  The  following  description  of  it 
by  George  Parsons  Lathrop  in  The  Art  Amateur,  applies  chiefly  to 
it  at  that  later  time,  but  it  will  help  us  to  visualise  Abbey's  surround- 
ings too:  "The  entrance,  which  is  so  unobtrusive  as  to  be  easily 
missed  in  the  dark,  even  when  one  knows  where  it  is  and  keeps  a 
look-out  for  it,  remains  as  non-committal  as  ever.  The  fortunate 
guest  who  betakes  himself  thither  burrows  through  the  narrow  pas- 
sage under  the  outer  building  with  a  pleased  sense  of  engaging  in 

"5 


58^  WEST  IOTH  STREET 

mysterious  business — attending  a  secret  conference,  say,  of  the  In- 
ternational.  But  atthe  end ,  behold !  a  small  flagged  courtyard ,  a  patch 
of  starry  sky  above,  and  off  on  one  side,  beyond  the  dim  and  broken 
forms  of  the  larger  houses,  a  tall,  pointed  clock-tower  with  glowing 
dial-face,  and  close  in  front  the  mellow  lights  of  festal  windows  in 
the  two-storey  Tilers'  Den.  The  parlour  has  been  panelled,  and  a 
high  shelf,  above  the  level  of  the  average  level  head,  runs  along  one 
side  of  the  room,  laden  with  large  bronze  jars  and  other  objects  of 

aesthetic  value Pictures  by  the  members  or  other  artists  are  hung 

here  and  there;  aroad through  autumnfoliage,besideaharbourwith 
ships,  by  Hopkinson  Smith;  one  of  Abbey's  quaint  and  trenchant 
figure-pieces,  perhaps,  done  in  pen  and  ink;  a  Bo-peep  shepherdess 
from  Winslow  Homer,  presenting  skilful  gradations  of  contrast  in 
green  and  white;  or  it  may  be  that,  glancing  around,  your  eye  meets 
the  trembling  glow  of  a  humid  English  sunset  by  Alfred  Parsons. ' ' 

On  October  26th,  1881 ,  the  Tile  Club  started  for  Port  Jefferson, 
Long  I  sland ,  on  its  postponed  holiday ,  and  a  most  exhilarating  week 
followed.  The  party  consisted  of  William  Laff an,  Arthur  Quartley , 
Frank  Millet ,  William  Paton ,  William  Baird ,  William  Chase ,  Alden 
Weir,  Fred  eric  Dielman,  Napoleon  Sarony,  Abbey  and  Alfred  Par- 
sons. All  made  sketches,  and  all  made  jokes;  but  of  their  adventures 
no  record  was  kept,  as  had  been  of  the  historic  week  in  1878  when 
Long  Island  was  discovered . 

So  much  for  play.  Abbey  was  busy,  too,  on  a  water-colour  or  so, 
and  on  various  tasks  for  Harper's,  chiefly  the  Herrick;  while  he  con- 
trived to  blend  play  with  work  by  instigating  the  Tile  Club  to  pre- 
pare a  Christmas  Miscellany.  The  following  conversation,  as  re- 
ported by  William  Laffan  in  the  resulting  publication,  tells  the  story 
better  than  a  later  historian  can: 

"Something  had  to  be  done. 

"The  maintenance  and  perpetuation  of  the  Club  depended  on  it, 
for  inactivity  was  nothing  short  of  fatal. 

"The  situation  was  grave;  but  as  it  had  never  been  other  than 
grave,  it  was  not  especially  oppressive,  and  was  merely  stimulative 
to  renewed  fertility  of  expedient. 

116 


THE  TILERS  IN  CONCLAVE 

"  'We  might,'  said  a  member  of  whom  there  had  been  reasonable 
suspicion  that  he  had  designed  a  new  wall-paper/ we  might  decorate 
a  church.'  .  .  . 

"  'Let's  do  a  book,'  said '  The  Englishman'  [Alfred  Parsons]. '  It 
would  sell  well.' 

" 'It  might/said  the  Bone, 'providing  that  noneofuswrote  it.' . . . 

"  'Nonsense!'  said  the  small 'Chestnut.'  'A  book  won't  go  at  all. 
What  we  ought  to  do  is  something  pictorial,  and  as  new  as  possible. 
Get  up  a  Christmassy  thing.  Do  the  best  we  can  for  it,  and  get  all  the 
people  we  know  to  write  for  it.  We've  got  cheek  enough,  I  imagine.' 

"  'Not  a  bad  notion  that,'  said  the  worthy '  Hawk'  [Napoleon  Sa- 
rony] . 

"'You  see, 'said  the 'Chestnut, 'with  thefire  of  speculation  kind- 
ling in  his  eye,  'a  good,  big  Christmassy  paper  is  wanted.  They've 
got  'em  everywhere  else,  and  why  should  we  be  without  them  here? 
We  can  make  the  pictures,  the  engravers  can  fix  them  so  that  they 
will  have  some  merit,  and  the  authors  will  give  a  real  value  to  the 
production.  See?' 

"  'Great  head!  Great  head!'said  the  Club. 

"  'Modest,  too, 'said  the  'Bone.' 

1  'Besides,'  pursued  the  'Chestnut, "we  needn't  have  any  bother 
about  it.  We  can  make  Polyphemus  Laffan  do  all  the  work.  The 
labour  will  be  mostly  manual,  and  that  is  his  gift,  if  he  has  any.' ' 

That  dialogue  formed  part  of  the  letterpress  of  a  very  notable 
compilation  entitled  Harper's  Christmas:  Pictures  and  Papers  done 
by  the  Tile  Club  and  its  Literary  Friends,  published  both  in  America 
and  England  for  Christmas,  1882.  It  consisted  of  a  number  of  illus- 
trations by  Elihu  Vedder,  Reinhart,  Boughton,  Millet,  Alden  Weir, 
Hopkinson  Smith,  Alfred  Parsons,  Abbey  and  others,  and  stories 
and  poems  by  some  of  the  best  writers  of  the  day,  including  Thomas 
Hardy,  W.D.Howells,  Mark  Twain,  T.B.Aldrich,  G.W.Curtis, 
and  Joel  Chandler  Harris,  whose  contribution  Abbey  illustrated— 
an  office  that  he  performed  also  for  a  poemby  E  .C  .Stedman .  The  re- 
sultwas  a  very  entertaining  medley , which  produced  somuch  money 
for  the  Club  that  it  took  to  feasting ,  and  declined  on  a  wave  of  splen- 

117 


THE  TILE  CLUB'S  BOOK 

did  persistent  hospitality.  Not,  however,  until  it  had  set  before  the 
world  still  another  proof  of  itsversatility,for,in  1887,  appeared  that 
imposing  and  sumptuous  volume  which  Earl  Shinn  and  Hopkinson 
Smith  wrote, andallthemembersillustrated,andHoughton,Mifflin 
and  Co.  published :  A  Book  oj  the  Tile  Club,  from  which  passages 
have  already  been  borrowed  here  and  there.  This  work  tells  us  much 
of  what  American  artists  of  that  time,  circa  1886,  were  doing,  and 
how  distinguished  was  some  of  their  work.  It  contains  many  plates 
in  phototype  and  many  line  drawings  in  the  text.  The  frontispiece 
is  "A  Woman  in  White,  "by  the  late  W.M.  Chase.  On  the  title  page 
is  one  of  St.  Gaudens's  fascinating  reliefs.  Abbey  contributed  his 
water-colour"TheOldSong,"anumberofsketches,andoneortwo 
portraits  of  fellow  Tilers,  including  W. A. Paton.  Alfred  Parsons  is 
represented  by  a  painting,  "Sunny  Morning,"  and  many  drawings. 
F.D .Millet,  GedneyBunce,  Hopkinson  Smith,  C.S.Reinhart,  Fre- 
deric Dielman,  Arthur  Quartley ,  R.  Swain  Gifford,  J. Alden  Weir, 
and  Elihu  Vedder  are  among  the  other  painters  illustrated.  Among 
those  who  contributed  only  line  drawings  are  A.  B .  Frost,  Stanford 
White,  and  George  H .  Boughton. 

Mr  .W.  A.  Rogers,  whose  recollections  of  Abbey  at  Harpers'  have 
been  already  quoted,  has  an  interesting  memory  of  Abbey  at  work 
in  the  studio  at  No.  58^,  and  of  the  old  coloured  manservant  who 
kept  it  more  or  less  shipshape.  "The  story,"  he  says,  "of  a  visit  to 
this  artistic  home  will  give,  I  think,  a  picture  quite  characteristic  of 
Abbey  and  his  life  there.  An  exhibition  was  to  be  held  at  the  Aca- 
demy, and  on  this  particular  day  the  private  view  was  to  be  given. 
I  had  kept  away  from  the  studio  for  some  time,  knowing  that  Ab- 
bey was  working  on  an  important  water-colour,  but,  supposing,  of 
course,thatitwascompletedandinitsplaceattheAcademy, I  walked 
up  the  little  narrow  stairs  which  carried  the  visitor  directly  into  the 
studio .  There  was  Abbey  at  work  on  the  face  of  one  of  the  figures  in 
his  exhibition  picture,  with  a  rug  sketched  in,  but  with  one  end  en- 
tirely unfinished — and  it  was  then  twelve  o'clock.  I  took  one  look 
and  said  'Good-bye,  old  man,'  and  almost  fell  over  the  old  coloured 
man  who  had  shown  me  up  in  my  haste  to  get  out. 

118 


A  STUDIO  SCENE 

'"Hold  him,  William!  Don't  let  him  get  away ! 'Abbey  called  down 
the  stairs,  and  plunged  down  after  me,  caught  me  by  the  arm  and 
dragged  me  up  again.  'We're  going  to  have  lunch  in  a  few  minutes 
and  you  must  stay.' 

'  'But,'saidl,aswe  struggled  on  the  stairs, 'yourpicture  will  never 
be  done  in  time.' 

"  'Oh,  yes  it  will;  besides  the  jury  has  passed  it,  and  the  frame  is 
hanging  in  the  gallery,'  he  replied.  And  then,  remembering  the 
days  when  we  used  to  work  on  the  same  block  at  Harper's,  he  said, 
'If  you  were  a  real  friend  you  would  get  a  brush  and  paint  in  that 
rug  while  I  fuss  over  the  girl's  nose.'  (His  model,  by  the  way,  was 
sitting  over  in  a  corner  reading  a  newspaper.) 

"About  one  o'clock,  Gedney  Bunce  came  in,  old  William  an- 
nounced lunch ,  and  we  descended  to  the  dining-room .  Here  we  sat , 
Abbey  talking  of  Tadema,Boughton, Barnard  andmanyof  his  other 
friends,  of  pictures  he  had  seen  and  experiences  in  England,  leaving 
the  table  occasionally  to  dive  into  a  big  portfolio  and  bring  out  a 
sketch  to  show  me,  until  I  became  so  nervous  thinking  of  the  un- 
finished picture  upstairs  that  I  finally  coaxed  him  over  to  the  foot 
of  the  stairs,  took  him  by  the  shoulders  and  forcibly  started  him  up 
to  the  studio. 

"That  nightl  went  to  the  Exhibition  in  fear  and  trembling, dread- 
ing the  fiasco  of  that  empty  frame;  but  there  was  the  picture,  two 
girls  at  a  piano. .  .  Magic?  Yes,  it  was  the  work  of  a  magician."  The 
picturein  question,  which  served  as  a  frontispiece  to  Harper's  Maga- 
zine in  May,  1883  ,was"The  Sisters, "begun  at  Lechladein  August, 
1881. 

Resuming  Mr.  Rogers 's  narrative:  "One  of  Abbey 's  mostbeauti- 
ful  traits  was  his  sympathetic  interest  in  what  the  other  men  were 
doing  or  trying  to  do .  I  seldom  went  to  his  studio ,  for  I  felt  his  popu 
larity  was  likely  to  swamp  him ;  but  he  came  every  now  and  then  to 
mine, and  itwasalwayshisdelightto  rummage  through  my  sketches, 
making  helpful  and  illuminating  comments.  There  was  never  the 
least  assumption  of '  knowing  it  all '  on  his  part,  but  a  sincere  desire 
to  be  helpful  to  a  friend.  As  it  is  my  belief  it  is  the  impression  a  man 

119 


W.  A.  ROGERS 

makes  on  those  who  know  him  well,  and  not  so  much  what  he  says 
and  does,  which  constitutes  the  real  man,  I  must  repeat  that  beyond 
the  Abbey  who  attracted  you  by  his  humorous  and  engaging  man- 
ner, the  good  companion  and  true  friend,  one  always  felt  there  was  a 
greater  man  who  dwelt  apart,  who  lived  in  a  different  age  and  world , 
into  which  you  caught  but  glimpses.  His  mind  was  like  an  old  Eng- 
lish inn,  to  which  the  characters  of  a  bygone  day  came  to  refresh 
themselves  before  they  stepped  out  upon  the  printed  page,  there  to 
live  their  lives  over  again — sad ,  quaint,  or  gay — and  to  become  our 
friends  for  all  time.  Over  the  threshold  of  this  inn  you  could  never 
step.  All thatwaspossiblewasto catch  an occasionalglimpse  through 
the  windows."  Mr.  Rogers  closes  his  recollections  of  Abbey  with 
these  words:  "The  last  time  I  saw  him  was  at  the  Century  Club  in 
New  York,  when  we  sat  together  for  an  hour  or  more.  When  we  rose 
to  go  up  to  the  dining-room ,  he  placed  his  hand  on  my  shoulder,  and 
so  we  walked  up  the  stairs  and  to  the  table.  Whether  he  had,  with 
his  fine  psychic  nature,  a  premonition  that  it  would  be  our  last  meet- 
ing, I  do  not  know,  but  it  was  one  of  those  gracious  and  charming 
acts  which  endeared  him  to  all  who  were  fortunate  enough  to  win 
his  friendship." 

Abbey  was  naturally  much  at  Franklin  Square  during  his  1881- 
1 882  visit  to  New  York.  Not  only  was  his  position  with  the  Harpers 
thenceforward  more  secure  and  important,  but  more  than  one  new 
subject  for  illustration  was  hit  upon  in  their  conferences,  notably 
that  one  by  which  his  greatest  early  fame  was  made — She  Stoops  to 
Conquer. 

It  was  on  April  3rd  of  this  year,  1882,  that  the  Anglo-American 
Association  called ' '  The  Kinsmen ' '  was  f  o  unded .  The  occasion  was 
a  dinner  at  Florence  House,  New  York,  the  original  members  being 
Abbey,  Lawrence  Barrett  the  actor,  Lawrence  Hutton  the  writer, 
William  Laffan,  Frank  Millet,  and  Brander  Matthews.  Abbey  de- 
signed the  symbol  for  the  Club,  representing  John  Bull  and  a  Red 
Indian  fraternising,  each  with  a  glass  in  his  hand . ' '  The  Kinsmen ' ' 
had  no  club  house,  but  met  and  still  meet  periodically,  in  this  res- 
taurant and  that,  with  the  purpose  of  narrowing  the  Atlantic. 

1 20 


CHAPTER  XV 

ENGLAND  AGAIN 

1882-1883    Aged  29-31 

Costume  versus  Dress — A  Tour  in  Germany  and  Denmark — Black's  Judith  Shake- 
speare— Abbey's  Herrick  Published — Wood-Engraving  and  Process — Illustrations 
to  She  Stoops  'to  Conquer  Begun—"  The  Widower  "— Reinhart— "  Responsibility  " 
—Illustrations  to  Pope — Austin  Dobson — Poetical  Tributes — The  "  Kinsmen"  at 

Stratford — Mary  Anderson 

A BEYandAlfredParsonsreturned  from  America  inMay, 
1882,  and  in  June  they  were  in  Paris  to  see  the  Salon. 
Under  the  date  July  1 1  th ,  1 882 ,  is  a  letter  from  Thomas 
Hardy  to  Abbey  remarking, "  I  follow  your  drawings  in 
Harperwith  great  interest  and  hope  you  will  never  exhaust  the  range 
of  subj  ects  you  have  chosen  to  make  your  own ' ' ;  which  suggests  the 
reflection  that  it  was  a  very  happy  instinct  that  had  led  Abbey  to 
confine  himself  to  reconstructing  the  congenial  past.  Since  what 
we  call  costume — as  opposed  to  dress — is  too  old  to  be  old , it  follows 
that  he  was  to  be  always  fresh.  By  obeying  the  fashions  within  our 
own  memory  dress  is  always  going  out  of  date.  To  look  at  Victorian 
or  even  Edwardian  Graphics  is  to  be  made  melancholy  by  thoughts 
of  a  too  recent  past ;  all  these  people  are,  we  know,  either  declining 
or  dead.  Old  Punches  can  equally  depress,  for  no  matter  how  ex- 
cellent the  joke  beneath  the  drawing,  one  is  concerned  for  the  days 
that  once  were  gay  and  are  now  no  more.  Buttheeighteenth  century 
is  so  remote  that  death  has  lost  its  sting;  well  outside  our  ken,  it  is 
so  far  away  as  to  be  "  once-upon-a-time  "  —and  Abbey  is  its  most 
triumphant  explorer  and  exponent. 

On  July  i  Qth  Abbey  started  for  Lubeck  to  meet  Frank  Millet  and 
Swain  Gifford  and  accompany  them  on  a  projected  tour  through 
North  Germany , Denmark, Norway  and  Sweden  for  Harper's  Mag- 
azine. But  the  trip  was  not  a  success,  and  he  never  spoke  of  it  with 
anything  but  regret  for  wasted  time;  nor  was  the  record  of  it  ever 
published.  A  letter  to  Charles  Parsons  written  at  Bergdorf,  in  N. 
Germany,  on  August  2oth,  recounts  experiences :  "A  whole  district 
left  Holland  in  the  sixteenth  century ,  and  emigrated  to  a  similar  sort 

121 


IN  VIERLAND 

of  land  aboutthree  miles  from  this  little  town,  and  called  itVierland. 
They  must  have  been  well-to-do,  as  the  houses  they  built  are  very 
large,  built  of  brick  and  carved  timber;  most  elaborately  carved, 
many  of  them  are,  with  inscriptions— telling  when  they  were  built 
and  who  did  it,  and  praying  God  to  bless  them  and  all  who  come  in 
and  out,  sometimes  running  all  round  the  house,  elaborately  carved 
rooms  in  solid  oak,  wonderful  old  furniture,  and  all  sorts  of  old- 
world  ways  which  Millet  will  dilate  upon.  The  people  built  dykes 
to  keep  out  the  sea,and  the  houses  are  in  the  drained  land  below  Just 
as  they  are  in  Holland .  They  are  market  gardeners,and  the  whole  dis- 
trict, covering  a  good  many  square  miles,  is  one  great  garden,  filled 
with  orchards  and  flowers  and  vegetables  of  every  sort." 

Abbeypassesontogiveutterancetoadisabilityunderwhich  every 
illustrator  of  travel  must  have  suffered  and  will  suffer :  ' '  The  great 
difficulty  I  find  in  getting  subj  ects  for  an  article  of  this  sort  is  that  the 
people  are  not  doing  anything  pictorial,  or  rather  illustratable.  You 
can't  always  'do'  people  working  in  the  fields  or  on  the  way  home,  or 
sweeping  the  streets,  or  reading  their  Bibles  on  a  Sunday,  or  drink- 
ing beer  before  inns ;  yet  unless  you  stop  some  time — long  enough 
to  get  a  glimpse  of  their  daily  lives — these  are  the  only  subjects  that 
present  themselves.  Market  places  are  always  the  most  picturesque 
spots  in  these  foreign  towns,  but  for  illustrative  purposes  it  is  always 
the  same  thing.  In  Denmark  it  took  so  long  to  get  from  one  place  to 
another,  thetrains  are  so  unutterably  slow — ten  miles  an  hour  being 
considered  quite  a  crazy  rate  of  speed — that,  although  we  travelled 
over  the  whole  extent  of  that  very  poor  and  worked-out  little  king- 
dom ,  there  is  such  a  mournful  sameness  in  the  doings  of  the  inhabi- 
tants thereof  that  it  can  easily  be  comprehended  in  a  series  of  a  very 
few  articles  indeed. 

"Unlike  Holland , it  has  no  art  history .  The  extremely  meagre  and 
third-rate  talent  of  Thorwaldsen  is  so  much  greater  than  any  other 

art  sensation  the  country  has  ever  had  that  they  talk  of  him  still 

In  Holland  there  is  enough  material  in  nearly  every  town,  however 
little,  to  make  an  interesting  magazine  article.  The  costumes  are 
different  in  each  village.  In  Denmark  it  has  been  the  same  sort  of 

122 


JUDITH  SHAKESPEARE 

thing,  but  latterly  nearly  all  the  picturesqueness  has  disappeared 
from  their  dress,  which,  owing  possibly  to  the  extreme  poverty  of 
the  people,  has  gradually  become  more  and  more  utilitarian,  until 
to-day  it  is  of  the  plainest  and  meagrest  description." 

Abbey  returned  toEnglandat  the  endof  August  andatoncejoined 
Alfred  Parsons  at  the  Swan  Inn  at  Lechlade,  where,  the  Herrick 
drawings  being  done,  he  hoped  to  find  some  background  for  She 
Stoops  to  Conquer.  While  there  he  began  the  water-colour  "The 
Widower,"  setting  his  scene  in  the  hall  of  Buscot  Rectory,  a  beauti- 
ful square  house  said  to  be  built  by  Inigo  Jones, standing  remote  and 
apart,  with  its  church,  amid  the  meadows  beside  the  Thames.  Wil- 
liam Morris,  then  living  at  Kelmscott, which  is  a  mile  or  so  down  the 
river,  was  a  friendly  neighbour,  and  the  two  artists  often  went  over 
to  see  him. 

Soon  after  their  return  to  London  a  letter  arrived  from  William 
Black  which  was  to  have  some  influence  on  Abbey 's  career,  in  that  it 
led  to  his  illustrations  for  the  novelist's  story  Judith  Shakespeare:  a 
task  in  which  Abbey  had  need  of  all  his  knowledge  and  adaptability , 
for  it  meant  that  he  was  henceforward  for  some  months  to  drive  the 
sixteenth  century,  as  represented  by  Shakespeare's  daughter,  and 
the  eighteenth  in  She  Stoops  to  Conquer,  in  double  harness.  In  a  let- 
ter to  Charles  Dudley  Warner  on  the  theory  of  illustrating,  which 
was  never  sent,  and  from  which  I  quote  again  in  a  later  chapter,  Ab- 
bey says, "  One  of  my  most  interesting  experiences  was  making  the 
Judith  Shakespeare  drawings,  some  of  which  were  arranged  before 
the  story  was  written  out  and  the  whole  ground  and  scheme  of  action 
of  the  story  gone  over  and  studied  with  him  [William  Black]  on  the 
spot.  This,  I  think,  is  exceptional — probably  owing  to  the  fact  that 
Black  had  artistic  leanings  before  he  took  up  the  pen;"  but  these 
Stratford  expeditions  were  not  until  the  following  year. 

At  the  end  of  1 882  was  published  the  first  book  to  make  Abbey's 
genius  known  outside  the  pages  of  Harper's  Magazine — his  edition 
of  Herrick,  of  which  we  have  seen  much  while  it  was  in  the  making 
for  serial  publication.  Most  of  the  drawings  had  appeared  in  Har- 
per's; a  few  were  new.  The  decorative  title  ran  thus:  Selections  from 

123 


THE  HERRICK  VOLUME 

the  Poetry  of  Robert  Herrick :  with  Drawings  by  E.A  .Abbey ,  and  these 
drawings  were  dedicated  by  the  artist  to  his  friend  Alfred  Parsons,  a 
few  of  whoseflower-pieceheadingswereincluded.  Mr. Austin  Dob- 
son  supplied  a  preface,  concerned  wholly  with  the  poet.  Abbey's 
hand  may  not  have  in  the  Herrick  quite  its  full  cunning  and  mastery, 
but  there  are  abundant  indications  of  what  was  to  come.  The  book, 
even  if  it  shows  him  only  in  the  making,  must  have  convinced  Eng- 
lish readers  not  only  that  here  was  a  new  artist  with  endless  possi- 
bilities of  grace,  power  and  fancy,  but  that  a  young  American  had, 
in  two  or  three  years,  succeeded  in  recapturing  more  of  the  spirit  of 
England  than  many  an  indigenous  draughtsman  can  do  in  a  lifetime. 

One  of  the  interesting  features  of  the  Herrick  is  the  fact  that  most 
of  the  drawings  are  engraved.  Mechanicalprocesswas  soon  todomi- 
nate  the  illustrator,  but  in  this  volume  he  had  the  advantage  of  such 
translators  into  wood  as  Smith  wick,  Cole,  J.P.Davis,  Carson,  Clos- 
son,  and  Hellavelle — all,  or  nearly  all,  now  unfamiliar  names,  but 
men  to  whom  the  readers  of  the  illustrated  books  of  those  times 
owed  agreat  debt.  Mosthave  passed  away , but  happily  Mr. Timothy 
Cole  still  survives  to  practise,  almost  alone,  his  beautiful  art.  More 
than  once,in  his  letter,  Abbey  expresses  appreciation  for  Cole's  and 
Smithwick's  work.  Writing  to  Charles  Parsons  he  says:  "Smith- 
wick's  cut  of  the  'Mad  Mayde'is  most  beautiful,  and  so  is  the  cut 
by  Cole.  I  hope  he  will  have  a  good  many  of  my  things.  He  and 
Smithwick  are  the  men  for  me." 

We  have  already  seen,  while  it  was  in  preparation,  much  of  Ab- 
bey's  Harper'sworkfor  this  year:  such  as  the  Herricks,the  drawings 
for  the  article  on  Irving,  and  for  that  on  a  Surrey  village.  But  he  had 
also  a  humorous  frontispiece  entitled  "Fallen  Short,"  in  which  an 
arrow  carrying  a  love-letter  intended  for  a  young  lady  in  one  garden 
alights  at  the  feet  of  an  old  maid  in  the  next;  and  two  drawings  for 
a  poem  entitled  "Pastor  Dankwardt." 

A  letter  to  W.B.  Abbey  at  the  end  of  October,  1882,  tells  of  pro- 
gress. Writing  from  Bedford  Gardens  the  artist  says  that  he  is  now 
really  about  to  begin  on  She  Stoops  to  Conquer  in  earnest,  and  he  was 
sufficiently  true  to  his  word  to  have  twelve  drawings  nearly  done  by 

124 


THE  WIDOWER. 

WATER-COLOUR. 

Two  feet  by  one  foot  six  inches. 
1883. 


'THE  WIDOWER" 

December  5th.  He  was  also  at  work  on  "The  Widower,  "which  he 
thus  describes:  "An  oldish  man  in  black,  with  a  pretty  daughter  in 
white  and  black  doing  him  up  for  church ;  a  little  boy  all  done  and 
starched  is  sitting  by  in  a  big  chair.  It  is  in  an  old  panelled  hall,  with 
window  seat  and  black  chimney  piece."  Writing  to  Reinhart  a  little 
later  he  says: "  I  am  just  finishing  the  interior, '  The  Widower,'  and 
have  with  great  pain  and  inconvenience  stuck  to  full  wash  through- 
out, which  I  don't  think  I  will  do  again." 

The  first  letter  of  1883 — to  Reinhart,  in  Paris — is  another  proof 
of  Abbey's  readiness  (even  though  a  "selfish  three-cornered  bache- 
lor," as  he  somewhere  called  himself)  to  help  others.  "I  have  been 
thinking,  "hewritestohisoldassociatein  Harpers'  Art  Department, 
"of  your  undertaking  some  more  important  work  than  you  have  in 
hand,  and  wish  to  urge  you  to  beat  about  and  get  hold  of  something 
that  will  make  a  book  and  at  the  same  time  get  you  out  of  the  hum- 
drum of  magazine  work.  Barnard  thinks  your  work  is  the  best  that 
is  published  in  the  American  magazines,  and  Fildes  spoke  of  it  the 
other  evening  in  the  warmest  terms.  I  don't  think  you  ought  to  let 
another  year  go  by  without  going  into  something  that  will  help  you  out 
of  your  present  routine  of  work.  Don't  make  it  as  big  as  the  Herrick 
book.  A  book  half  the  size  would  have  done  better. 

"I  am  in  the  depths  of  despondency  about  She  Stoops  to  Conquer. 
I  have  got  costumes  and  furniture  galore,  but,  with  the  exception  of 
one  drawing  of  the  scene  in  the  inn ,  I  have  done  nothing  to  satisfy  me . 
Old  Hardcastle,  strange  to  say ,  is  the  stickler,  and  I  've  got  a  good  old 
man,  too.  A  splendid  old  fellow  came  the  other  day — very  fat,  must 
weigh  200 — and  I  'm  thinking  of  throwing  over  the  three  drawings 
I  Ve  already  made  of  the  old  man  and  using  this  new  one." 

A  week  later ,  writing  to  Reinhart  again,  Abbey  remarks  incident- 
ally: "Am  a  little  grayer  to-day  from  having  just  delivered  three 
children  safe  home  who  had  been  lent  to  me  to  take  to  the  panto- 
mime; I  don't  think  they  caught  cold,  but  am  sure  they'll  all  have 

stomachaches Firstreturnsfrom'Herrick'uptoDecemberi5th 

600  dols.! "-  -Thechildren  werethe  Messels,one  of  whom ,  Leonard , 
was  to  become  the  husband  of  Linley  Sambourne's  daughter. 


"RESPONSIBILITY" 

To  Reinhart  on  Feb  ruary  1 3  th : "  The  I  nstitute  boys  are  lively  and 
all  putting  their  best  foot  first .  You  must  sendsomething .  Why  don 't 
you  do  a  'Moyen  Age'  sub .?  Everybody  likes  your  German  Reichs- 
tag drawings.  They  are  good.  You  will  get  some  lovely  subjects 
on  the  Loire ;  get  a  carriage  at  Blois  (Hotel  de  France  excellent  and 
reasonable).  Splendid  subject  on  an  old  bridge  there.  Drive  down 
the  other  side  of  the  river  to  the  Chateau  Chaumont;  wonderfully 
p  reserved  interiors  there ,  furnitu  re ,  tap  estry ,  b  eds ,  etc .  You  can  get 
permission  to  paint  them — I  forget  how.  Natorp  will  tell  you.  .  .  I 
am  about  beginning  a  water-colour  24  by  1 6  for  the  Pictorial  World, 
tobechromoed.  lonlydoitbecausetheypaysowell.  I'mnotanxious 
to  be  chromoed ;  £300  is  what  I  am  to  get."  The  reference  is  to  a 
water-colour  entitled  "Responsibility,"  which,  when  reproduced 
in  colour,  made  no  little  fame  for  its  creator ;  for  it  was  notable  for  a 
very  attractive  colour  scheme  and  a  whimsical  humour.  Groups  of 
people  in  the  costume  of  the  early  nineteenth  century  are  walking 
on  a  pier  by  the  sea.  In  the  foreground  are  two  young  girls,  between 
them  a  formidable  duenna,  and  just  behind  are  two  gay  gallants 
much  interested  in  the  group  in  front. 

The  letter  to  Reinhart  continues:  "She  Stoops  to  Conquer  comes 
on  slowly.  The  costume  is  most  difficult,  and  the  chairs  and  things 
worse.  I  'm  doing  a  little  poem  of  Pope's  to  keep  my  hand  in  while 
the  big  thing  simmers."-— Pope's  "Ode  to  Solitude" 

In  February  Abbey  again  became  ill;  but  this  was  a  short  attack, 
and  by  March  he  was  active  again.  In  this  month  he  was  elected  a 
member  of  the  Royal  Instituteof  Painters  in  Water  Colours, his  first 
contribution  being  a  picture  painted  jointly  with  Alfred  Parsons, 
"Along  the  Shore  of  Silver  Streaming  Thames,"  which  they  had 
done  at  Buscot  in  the  preceding  summer.  The  next  letter  to  Charles 
Parsons,  dated  March  27th,  is  a  rather  gloomy  one.  Abbey  is  still 
hammering  away  at  the  advisability  of  someone  from  Harper 's  Mag- 
azine coming  over  to  London  and  making  captures.  The  English  Il- 
lustrated Magazine,  under  Comyns  Carr's  editorship,  was  about  to 
be  launched,  and  Carr  was  throwing  a  wide  net.  Abbey  had  been 
approached ;  but,  says  he,  "I  have  declined  to  draw  for  him,  for, 

126 


THE  ILLUSTRATOR  IMAGINATIVE 

although  I  am  no  longer  under  an  engagement  with  the  House,  I  'd 
rather  see  my  things  appear  in  its  publications  than  anywhere  else 
—as long  as  they'll  have  them."  The  letter  continues: "I'm  not  at 
all  well,  and  have  been  really  worse  than  those  about  me  suspect.  I 
suppose  this  must  be  the  reason  that  my  work  is  so  difficult  to  me.  It 
seems  to  me  to  take  longer  to  do  less  every  day .  I  don't  think  the  qual- 
ity of  work  is  any  better  either.  I  regard  this  last  year  as  almost  lost, 
except  that  I  haven't  become  conceited,  but  have  my  eyes  opened 
more  and  more  to  the  shortcomings  of  my  work.  The '  She  Stoops ' 
is  quiescent  at  present.  I  shall  forward  shortly  a  series  of  drawings 
illustrating — or  rather  carry  ing  out  a  little  further — 'Happy  the  man 
whose  wish  and  care, 'which  I  have  nearly  completed. .  ."Therefer- 
ence  is  again  to  Pope's  "Ode  to  Solitude,"  the  charm  of  which  in 
Abbey's  rendering  could  not  be  surpassed.  Abbey's  qualification  of 
thefunctionoftheillustrator,"carryingoutalittlefurther,"is  inter- 
esting. Without  the  imaginative  sympathy  which  this  ideal  implies, 
the  illustration  of  a  purely  reflective  poem,  such  as  Pope's  "  Ode," 
would  not,  of  course,  be  attempted ;  but  the  artist's  success  with  it 
is  triumphant. 

The  letter  continues:  "Austin  Dobson  has  been  inspired  to  write 
a  song  to  one  of  the  drawings,  which  will  go  to  you  by  Thursday's 
post.  I  shall  substitute  something  else  for  it."  This  was  the  very 
charming  "Milkmaid, "and  Mr.  Dobson  tells  me  that  he  remem- 
bers how  the  refrain  came  to  him  as  he  walked  down  Campden  Hill 
on  his  way  from  seeing  the  drawing  at  the  Bedford  Gardens  studio. 
Here  is  Mr.  Dobson 's  part  of  this  most  happy  collaboration,  and 
the  drawing  which  inspired  him  became  Abbey 's  first  exhibit  at  the 
Royal  Academy. 

THE  MILKMAID 
A  New  Song  to  an  Old  Tune 

Across  the  grass  I  see  her  pass; 

She  comes  with  tripping  pace. — 
A  maid  I  know, — and  March  winds  blow 

Her  hair  across  her  face: — 

127 


"  HEY,  DOLLY  !  HO,  DOLLY  ! " 

With  a  hey,  Dolly!  ho,  Dolly! 

Dolly  shall  be  mine, 
Before  the  spray  is  white  with  may, 

Or  blooms  the  eglantine. 
The  March  winds  blow.  I  watch  her  go: 

Her  eye  is  brown  and  clear; 
Her  cheek  is  brown,  and  soft  as  down 
(To  those  who  see  it  near!). 
With  a  hey,  etc. 

What  has  she  not  that  they  have  got,— 

The  dames  that  walk  in  silk  ? 
If  she  undo  her  'kerchief  blue, 

Her  neck  is  white  as  milk. 
With  a  hey,  etc. 

Let  those  who  will  be  proud  and  chill! 

For  me,  from  June  to  June, 
My  Dolly's  words  are  sweet  as  curds— 

Her  laugh  is  like  a  tune. 
With  a  hey,  etc. 

Break,  break  to  hear,  O  crocus  spear! 

O  tall  Lent-lilies,  flame! 
There'll  be  a  bride  at  Easter-tide, 
And  Dolly  is  her  name. 

With  a  hey,  Dolly!  ho,  Dolly! 

Dolly  shall  be  mine,— 
Before  the  spray  is  white  with  may, 
Or  blooms  the  eglantine. 

Mr.  Dobson  recalls  that  the ' '  Milkmaid"  resulted  from  a  message  to 
Abbey  from  Franklin  Square  saying  that  there  must  be  more  pretty 
girls  in  his  drawings. 

Abbey's  letter  goes  on  to  state  that  Mr.  Dobson  and  he  were  con- 
templating a  small  volume  in  partnership;  but  that  particular  plan 
did  not  mature.  The  poet  and  the  artist,  were,  however,  to  be  asso- 
ciated in  more  than  one  book,  for  Mr.  Dobson,  who  had  already 

128 


-f\      *   AS."     »/•          .  .     IV 

.  ?-i/?/f  •     I«- 

\  ag%  i^ 

:"  M.l<W3§t 


AUSTIN  DOBSON 

contributed  a  preface  to  the  Herrick,was  to  furnish  a  prologue  and 
an  epilogue  to  The  Quiet  Life  and  a  rhyme  Introduction  and  an 
Envoi  to  She  Stoops  to  Conquer,  while  Abbey  provided  both  Old 
WorldLyrics,  1883,  and  At  the  Sign  of  the  Lyre,  1885,  with  exquisite 
frontispieces,  one  of  which  was  afterwards  used  by  Mr.Dobson  asa 
bookplate.  Abbey's  copy  of  the  former  book,  a  gift  from  the  author, 
contains  an  inscription  which  states  that  to  him  it  "owes  its  chief 
adornment;"  and  when,  in  1885,  At  the  Sign  of  the  Lyre  was  pub- 
lished, it  was  dedicated  jointly  to  Abbey  and  Alfred  Parsons.  I  have 
always  thought  these  volumes  two  of  the  most  beautifully  published 
books  of  our  time.  OntheflyleafofanotherofMr.Dobson'sworks, 
his  edition  of  The  Vicar  of  Wakefield,  with  a  frontispiece  by  Ran- 
dolph Caldecott,  published  in  the  year  1883,  are  these  lines  in  the 
poet's  hand: 

To  E.  A.  ABBEY 

I  can  read  Goldsmith,  Ah!  but  you, 
Dear  Friend,  can  read  and  draw  him  too. 
You ,  with  a  pen  as  keen  as  fine, 
Make  Maidenhood  seem  more  divine; 
More  comely  middle  age;  and  throw 
A  ray  from  Heaven  on  locks  of  snow. 

While  on  the  subject  of  the  partnership  between  Abbey  and  the 
most  graceful  and  charming  poet  of  latter  days — a  partnership  of 
the  utmost  felicity — some  lines  contributed  to  the  New  York  Critic 
some  years  later  by  Mr.  F.  M.  Smith  may  be  quoted: 

WHEN  ABBEY  DRAWS 

(After  Austin  Dobson.) 
When  Abbey  draws,  the  roses  cling 
About  grey  walls;  old  taverns  ring 
With  jest  and  song;  the  brown  ales  flow, 
Quaint  old-time  maidens  laughing  go, 
And  gay-dressed  gallants  have  their  fling. 
Above  green  fields  the  skylarks  sing; 
By  river's  brim  the  willows  spring, 
K  129 


THE  GOLDSMITH  DRAWINGS 

And  daffodils  and  daisies  blow 
When  Abbey  draws. 

A  touch  of  pen  and  George  is  King; 
A  stage-coach  comes  with  lurching  swing, 
The  travellers  shout,  their  faces  glow — 
Ah!  those  were  merry  times,  I  know. 
We  get  Life's  sweet  without  its  sting 
When  Abbey  draws. 

Mr.  Dobson,  in  talking  to  me  of  Abbey,  said  that  he  thought  of 
him  always  as  a  child  full  of  the  joy  of  life. 

During  the  Easter  holiday  Abbey,  Alfred  Parsons,  and  the  late 
R.W.Macbeth  scampered  over  the  island  of  Walcheren;  while,  at 
the  end  of  May,  the  two  friends  paid  their  usual  visit  to  the  Paris 
Salon.  The  next  letter  to  Charles  Parsons  (June  25th)  mentions  the 
Goldsmith  illustrations.  "I  dare  say  it  worries  you  all  that  I  don't 
get  on  faster  with  She  Stoops — I  literally  can't.  I  hate  the  chairs  and 
the  same  faces  and  the  same  dresses,  so  that  I  am  paralysed  when  I 
sit  down  to  work.  I  could  easily  run  off  a  lot  of  drawings  that  would 
'do,'  but  I  don't  want  to  seem  to  get  fatigued  just  at  the  end;  I  see 
there  is  a  difference,  and  I  wish  I  hadn't  mapped  out  so  many — but 
they  are  coming."  FromAugustto  October,  Abbey  and  Alfred  Par- 
sons lived  at  the  White  Lion  at  Bidford-on-Avon,  where  Abbey 
found  things  much  easier,  with  the  river  to  provide  him  with  exer- 
cise, and  the  open  air  to  work  in,  and  frequent  visitors.  Rowing  was 
in  these  years  one  of  his  greatest  delights.  As  an  oarsman,  indeed, 
he  was  particularly  good,  and  not  a  little  proud  of  his  skill,  so  that 
when  once  at  Henley  that  incorrigible  jester  J .  L .  Toole.,  taking  the 
helm,  steered  him  into  this  and  that  party  and  then  excused  the  mis- 
chance by  saying  that  his  young  friend  Abbey  was  only  a  beginner, 
there  was  trouble.  But  for  every  joke  played  on  him  Abbey  could 
provide  reprisals. 

A  letter  to  his  brother,  written  from  Bidford,  tells  us  much  about 
his  hesitancies  as  a  worker  at  that  time — how  far  in  advance  of 
his  powers  was  his  ambition,  how  exacting  a  critic  of  his  own  per- 

130 


STONY  GROUND. 
WATER-COLOUR. 

Approximately  two  feet  six  inches  by  one  foot  six  inches. 
1884. 


"STONY  GROUND" 

formances  he  had  become.  "Time  with  me  is  measured  in  pictures. 
I  begin  a  water-colour,  thinking  it  will  be  simple,  and  usually  look 
forward  to  finishing  it  in  a  month.  Before  I  know  it  I  have  spent  ten 
days  on  a  head, then  I  change  my  scheme  of  colour  usually , and  sub- 
stitute a  dress  of  a  different  colour  from  the  one  I  have  painted,  and 
this  necessitates  alterations  all  through  the  picture,  and  before  I 
have  finished  three  months  have  slipped  by.  I  began  a  large  water- 
colour  last  year  at  Lechlade  and  worked  at  it  for  weeks  and  weeks — 
at  least  six  weeks,  I  should  think — and  finally  got  it  in  such  a  mess 
that  I  had  to  chuck  it  up.  I  only  tell  you  these  things  to  show  how 
it  is  with  me.  I'm  sure  I  wish  it  were  otherwise.  .  . 

"Billy  Laffan  goes  back  to  America  next  Saturday.  He  will  let 
you  hear  from  him  when  he  gets  there.  We  are  awfully  sorry  to  lose 
him — one  of  the  best  fellows  and  the  cleanest  men  on  this  little 
sphere.  Heiscomingdownto  Stratford-on-Avon,seven  miles  from 
here,  to  spendhis  last  two  days.  Wm.  Black  and  Boughton  are  com- 
ing with  him,  and  as  Frank  Millet  and  Larry  Hutton  and  Alfred  are 
here,  there  will  probably  be  two  or  three  very  active  days,  and  then 
an  awful  lull." 

Larry  HuttonwasthelateLawrenceHutton,whoisknownonboth 
sides  of  the  Atlantic  as  a  connoisseur  of  England ,  chiefly  byhis  books 
on  the  homes  and  haunts  of  English  authors,  a  branch  of  research  in 
which  he  specialised  very  pleasantly.  He  played  a  more  important 
part  in  the  life  of  Abbey  and  certain  of  Abbey's  friends  than  he 
guessed ,  for  it  was  he  who  discovered  B  roadway ,  in  Worcestershire , 
and  led  the  Millets  to  settle  there;  but  of  that  more  later. 

A  letter  to  William  Abbey  in  October,  1883 ,  shows  that  not  only 
was  The  Quiet  Life  in  contemplation,  but  also  the  Old  Songs,  for 
Abbey  refers  to  his  work  for  "Sally  in  our  Alley,"  with  which  the 
Old  Songs  begin.  In  the  same  month  he  tells  Charles  Parsons:  "I 
have  a  very  large  water-colour  on  the  stocks  now — an  elaboration 
of  a  theme  suggested  by  one  of  my  illustrations  to  Black's  Judith 
...  I  call  it  'Stony  Ground,'  but  may  alter  the  title  if  I  don't  like 
that  when  it  is  finished.  A  Puritan  family,  prayers  going  on,  and 
a  girl  looking  out  of  the  game — that's  all. . .  I  haven't  had  but  one 


MARY  ANDERSON 

proof  for  over  a  year.  The  Century  has  sent  Alfred  whole  piles  of 
proofs.  He  is  hard  at  work  on  his  Wordsworth — made  some  extra- 
ordinary sketches  on  the  Lakes  this  summer  for  it."-  -This  reluc- 
tanceonthepartofCharlesParsons,oranassistant,toprovide  proofs 
was  a  steady  grievance  with  Abbey,  and  one  with  which  all  illus- 
trators will  have  full  sympathy. 

Alfred  Parsons's  notes  tell  us  thatthe  winter  of  1883-1884  was  a 
festive  one  at  Bedford  Gardens;  and  among  the  names  of  the  two 
friends'  more  constant  visitors  and  guests  are  those  of  John  Pettie, 
Colin  Hunter,  Austin  Dobson,  George  du  Maurier,  Linley  Sam- 
bourne,  Tadema,  Marcus  Stone,  Comyns  Carr,  Luke  Fildes,  Black 
and  Boughton,  of  whom  only  three  now  (1919)  survive.  One  name 
occurring  now  for  the  first  time  demands  fuller  attention — that 
of  Mary  Anderson.  This  famous  lady,  who  was  then  enrapturing 
London  with  her  performance  of  Galatea  in  Gilbert's  play , was  (she 
tells  me)  taken  to  Bedford  Gardens  by  Frank  Millet  one  afternoon 
in  the  winter  of  1883,  during  a  series  of  very  wonderful  sunsets; 
and  that  an  amusing  occurrence  marks  it  in  her  memory,  for  as  they 
entered  they  found  Abbey  and  Parsons  in  a  state  of  high  nervous- 
ness, because  Alma  Tadema  was  expected  at  any  moment  in  the 
capacity  of  critic,  and  Tadema's  verdicts  were  serious  affairs.  Sud- 
denly a  deep  Dutch  voice  was  heard  in  the  passage  booming  out 
the  information  that  "The  zun  has  zunk,  and  all  his  glories  are  dis- 
abbearing  with  him,"  and  in  burst  the  famous  painter. 

Madame  de  Navarro,  as  Mary  Anderson  is  now  known,  has  only 
the  happiest  recollections  of  those  days.  To  recall  Ned  Abbey,  she 
tells  me,  is  to  have  before  her  a  young  vigorous  man,  with  notice- 
ably beautiful  eyes  and  exquisitely  delicate  eyebrows,  always  gay— 
"blithe  "is  her  word — always  kind  and  always  ready  for  fun.  "Ned 
was  full  of  mischief ."  His  handswere  noticeable, too — powerful  but 
delicate.  Anyone,  says  Madame  de  Navarro,  that  knew  anything  of 
character  as  revealed  in  the  hands  would  have  trusted  him  on  his 
hands  alone. 

Abbey  was  a  useful  friend  for  an  actress  contemplating  a  Shake- 
speare revival,  and  he  designed  several  of  the  dresses  which  Miss 

132 


"AN  OLD  SONG' 

Anderson  wore  in  A  Winter's  Tale  both  as  Hermione  and  Perdita. 
Nor  was  it  only  with  costumes  that  he  was  concerned .  It  will  be  re- 
membered that  Hermione,  on  hearing  of  the  death  of  Mamillius, 
falls  swooning  to  the  ground :  a  heavy  fall ,  not  without  danger;  and 
Abbey  contrived  an  arrangement  of  springs  to  lessen  its  discomfort 
and  risk.  In  return  Miss  Anderson  sat  for  him  for  the  water-colour 
"The  Old  Song,"  posing  as  the  girl  singing  at  the  harp  to  two  old 
people;  and  what  with  her  own  height  and  the  painter's  natural 
partiality  for  tall  and  slender  girls,  she  attained  an  altitude  that  pro- 
voked Punch  to  gentle  raillery.  According  to  the  late  Wemyss  Reid, 
who  wrote  the  Life  of  Black,  it  was  Abbey  who  brought  Miss  An- 
derson and  the  novelist  together:  a  happy  meeting,  for  hencefor- 
ward Miss  Anderson  was  to  serve  him  as  a  Muse.  Forherbeguile- 
ment  Black  planned  a  thousand  parties  and  excursions  and  jokes, 
while  she  was  the  heroine  of  the  successor  to  The  Strange  Adven- 
tures of  a  Phaeton — The  Strange  Adventures  of  a  Houseboat. 

There  is  every  evidence  that  the  Bedford  Gardens  dinner  parties 
were  great  fun.  The  origin  of  Abbey's  Tile  Club  nickname  "The 
Chestnut"  has  been  explained  earlier.  By  this  time  the  word  had 
assumed  its  present  meaning,  as  a  reproachful  description  of  a  tale 
that  is  too  far  from  new.  Although,  as  we  have  seen,  the  word  had  a 
different  signification  when  he  first  brought  it  over,  Abbey  was 
active  to  support  its  new  one.  Among  the  Bedford  Gardens  set, 
Madame  de  Navarro  tells  me,  story- telling  was  highly  cultivated. 
Everyone  was  a  raconteur,  and  there  was  great  competition  to  bring 
the  very  latest  and  freshest  story.  But  should  someone  produce  a 
story  that  was  familiar,  straightway  the  notes  of  the  "chestnut  bell" 
were  heard — a  tiny  tinkle  proceeding  from  this  pocket  and  that, 
everyone  being  provided  with  one  of  these  little  monitors.  On  one 
evening  when  some  of  the  brightest  spirits  were  present,  Abbey 
arranged  with  two  or  three  other  reprobates,  of  whom  Miss  Ander- 
son was  one,  to  ring  their  bells  systematically  whether  the  story  was 
old  or  not.  It  was  a  daring  joke — and  it  failed;  for,  as  a  result,  and 
a  not  unnatural  one,  the  evening,  says  the  now  penitent  lady,  was 
ruined  in  a  quarter  of  an  hour  and  never  recovered  itself. 

133 


THE  FATAL  KETTLE 

Therewas  also  the  institution  of  the  kettle,  which  was  maintained 
chiefly  by  William  Black.  It  seems  that  a  story — perhaps  it  was  in 
Punch — had  been  popular,  of  a  group  of  navvies  boiling  a  kettle  at 
the  end  of  a  station  platform,  to  whom, the  day  being  cold,  a  waiting 
Bishopapproached  both  for  warmth  and  company.  On  asking  what 
they  were  discussing,  he  was  told  that  they  had  agreed  that  the  one 
among  them  who  could  tell  the  biggest  lie  was  to  receive  the  kettle. 
Invited  to  join  in  the  competition,  but  declining  on  the  ground  that 
he  never  told  untruths, the  Bishopwas  amazed  and  outraged  to  have 
the  kettle  handed  to  him.  This  joke  taking  Black's  fancy,  he  had  a 
number  of  tiny  kettles  made,  one  of  which,  in  perfect  silence,  was 
passed  to  whatever  guest  was  considered,  by  the  tallness  of  his  re- 
marks,to  have  earned  it.  The  one  which  (all  unjustifiably)fell  to  the 
lot  of  Mary  Anderson,  whom  Black  revered  equally  as  "The  Be- 
loved ' '  and ' '  The  Wretch , ' '  was  of  solid  gold  with  a  pearl  for  the  tiny 
knob  of  its  tiny  lid. 

A  letter  on  December  i6th,  1883 ,  to  Charles  Parsons,  mentions 
Black  again,  saying  that  the  Judith  Shakespeare  drawings  are  not 
coming  very  easily;  "which  is  annoying,  because  Black  is  certainly 
one  of  my  dearest  friends  over  here  . . .  Tell  Laffan  that  the  Haver- 
stock  Killers  scooped  Alfred  and  Marcus  Stone  and  Colin  Hunter 
at  blind  hookey  last  night  at  Jimmy  Linton's.  They  all  came  home 
this  morning  in  a  milk  wagon  and  waked  me  up  to  get  some  money 
to  pay  for  it." 

A  week  later,  to  the  same  correspondent:  "There  will  be  a  lot  of 
She  Stoops  soon.  I  have  a  number  finished,  but  I  must  keep  them 
for  the  faces.  I  went  up  to  Small's  the  other  night  and  was  made 
envious  by  the  number  of  drawings  he  has. .  .  I  hope  my  drawings 
are  as  well  taken  care  of  as  his  are.  Cassells  always  mount  them  in 
passe-partouts  and  keep  them  under  glass.  I  don't  care  for  thepasse- 
partout  so  long  as  I  get  the  drawings  one  of  these  days  in  a  clean 

condition Since  my  return  to  England  I  have  not  had  one  single 

proof  of  my  work"  [i.e.,  since  May  2jth,  1882]. 

In  the  magazine  in  1 883  Abbey  had  been  represented  chiefly  by 
the  illustrations  to  the  artist-strolls  in  Holland  and  to  the  novel 


"  THE  LADIES  OF  ST.  JAMES'S." 

AUSTIN  DOBSON 
Eighteen  inches  by  thirteen  inches. 


THE  MAGAZINE  IN  1883 

("a  pack  of  rot"  he  called  it)  A  Castle  in  Spain,which  he  had  found 
so  uncongenial.  He  alsoillustrated  poems  by  Mr.Dobson  and  Mar- 
garet Veley  and  a  story  by  Rose  Parsons  Lathrop  called  Prisoners, 
and  in  the  December  number  was  the  article  by  Black  on  the  West 
Highlands,  to  which  reference  has  already  been  made,  and  the  be- 
ginnings of  the  exquisite  "Quiet  Life"  series,  the  first  poem  being 
Pope's  "Happy  the  man,"with  perhaps  the  most  felicitous  illustra- 
tions of  the  whole  set.  But  to  the  "Quiet  Life"  we  shall  come  later. 
Mr.Dobson's"LadiesofSt.James's"appearedinthesameyearwith 
two  drawings.  Everyone  knows  this  charming  antithetical  poem. 


CHAPTER  XVI 
SOCIABLE  NIGHTS  AND  DAYS 

1884-1885    Aged  31-33 

With  Black  in  Scotland— A  First  Salmon— Music  and  Conviviality— Andrew  Lang 
—Sir  Luke  Fildes'  Recollections— A  Dinner  to  Lawrence  Barrett— A  Coaching 
Tour  with  Andrew  Carnegie— Matthew  Arnold— Charles  Parsons— "  Cousin  Jo" 
—Judith  Shakespeare— K  Spring  Morning  in  London— First  Exhibit  in  the  R.A. 
— A  Dutch  Tableau — Randolph  Caldecott 

IN  the  first  letter  of  1884  (there  are  only  four  altogether)  Abbey 
tells  Charles  Parsons  that  he  is  off  to  Scotland  to  stay  withWilliam 
Black.  A  letter  from  the  novelist,  to  his  "Wretch,"  indicates  that 
the  odd  experiment(January  being  hardly  the  Scotch  season)  was 
succeeding:  "Altnaharra,N.B., 

"DEAR  Miss  ANDERSON,  "January  i6th,  1884. 

'  'Along  with  this  should  reach  you  a  Scotch  salmon ,  the  only  crea- 
ture of  its  kind  likely  to  be  in  London  at  the  same  moment.  I  think 
Mr.  Abbey  and  myself  should  apologise  to  you  for  sending  such  a 
thing,  for  young  ladies'  presents  should  be  pretty  and  nice,  such  as 
scent  baskets ,  bouquets,  volumes  of  poetry ,  and  the  like;  but  the  fact 
is  that  this  finny  and  scaly  animal  is  somewhat  remarkable ,  as  it  is  the 
first  that  has  been  caught  in  any  Scotch  loch  this  year,  and  also  it  is 
the  first  salmon  Mr.  Abbey  has  caught  anywhere. 

"Accordingly  there  is  much  rejoicing  in  the  inn  among  the  gillies 
and  keepers,  etc.,  etc.,  and  if  Mr.  Abbey  doesn't  show  them  how 
todo  the  cake-walk  to-morrowevening,  when  they  are  going  to  have 
a  small  and  early  dance,  it  will  be  a  most  ungenerous  return  for  all 
their  sympathy  and  congratulations.  But  why  should  I  bother  you, 
amid  all  your  arduous  and  delightful  labours,  with  the  experiences 
of  the  two  maniacs  who  have  adventured  into  the  North  Highlands 
in  midwinter?  I  hope  the  actual  presence  of  the  salmon  will  con- 
vince you,  at  least,  that  we  don't  tell  lies;  and  with  kindest  regards 
(in  which  Mr.  Abbey  would,  no  doubt,  be  most  glad  to  join,  only 
that  he  is  half  asleep  in  a  novel  before  the  peat  fire) , 

"Believe  me,  Yours  very  faithfully, 

"WILLIAM  BLACK." 

136 


MISS  HARDCASTLE  AND  MISS  NEVILLE. 

MISS  HARDCASTLE  :  "  AM  I  IN  FACE  TO-DAY  ?  " 

Fourteen  inches  by  nine  inches. 
1884. 

"  SHE  STOOPS  TO  CONQUER;  OR,  THE  MISTAKES  OF  A  NIGHT,"  ACT  I. 

OLIVER  GOLDSMITH. 


MARLOW  AND  HASTINGS. 

HASTINGS  :  "  UPON  MY  WORD,  A  VERY  WELL-LOOKING  HOUSE  ;  ANTIQUE,  BUT  CREDITABLE." 

Twelve  inches  by  ten  inches. 
1884. 

"  SHE  STOOPS  TO  CONQUER,"  ACT  II. 

GOLDSMITH. 


.8UXIT8AH  U/A  We 
no  rua  ,3!  JtiiTtfA  ;  .ir:  .1011  OMJXO-      •  ,-.  ,asrow  YM  XOTI  ••  r  ?.o; 

.wrf^ni  n^j  vii 


.11  'I   lA'V-iii'H'HOJJ  OT- 
.MTir/2<IJO.") 


. 


MISS  NEVILLE  AND  HASTINGS. 

HASTINGS  :     "  THOU  DEAR  DISSEMBLER." 
1884. 

"  SHE  STOOPS  TO  CONQUER,"  ACT  II. 

GOLDSMITH. 


30/IITSAH  CT/A  3.LI1V3VI  2 
a.uiMaazra  sit.m  UOHV  • 

•tSSi 
-It  T^A  ",aaU£»'O:i  <J  1 


A  FIRST  SALMON 

Writing  to  his  brother  on  January  3Oth  from  the  Savile  Club ,  Ab- 
bey says:  "I  have  been  rather  overworking,  and,  of  course,  the  result 
of  that  has  been  a  general  run-downedness — so,  inasmuch  as  Black 
has  been  doing  the  same  thing,  we  started  off  for  th  e  extreme  north 
of  Scotland  about  three  weeks  ago,  where  we  remained  for  nearly  a 
fortnight.  He  has  a  loch  there — the  earliest  one  open — and  I  got  the 
first  salmon  of  the  season  out  of  it — not  a  very  extraordinary  one 
compared  to  a  Rhine  salmon  I  saw  at  a  fishmonger's  shop  in  Bond 
Street  to-day.  Mine  weighed  10  lb.;  the  Dutchman  weighed  42  Ib. 
I  am  all  right  again  now,  and  hope  to  get  on  bravely  with  my  pic- 
tures ...  I  am  so  unsettled  here,  with  my  reputation  in  a  very  ticklish 
state.  People  don't  know  whether  I  'm  as  clever  as  I  seem,  or  whether 
I '11  come  a  cropper  before  I  do  anything  serious.  .  .  . 

"Just  to  show  you  how  engaged  I  am — and  have  been — I  send  a 
leaf  from  my  engagement  book,  which  you  must  return — please. 
This  is  Wednesday — the  first  night  I  Ve  had  off  since  I  left  Suther- 
land. The  week  began  on  Sunday.  I  had  a  digestion  call  to  make  on 
Boughton  in  the  afternoon,  went  to  a  reception  in  the  afternoon  at 
Mrs.  Edmund  Gosse's  to  meet  Hamo  Thorny  croft's  fiancee — and  a 
pretty  girl,  too — and  to  dine  in  the  evening  with  Mrs.  Luke  lonides. 
Monday — model  in  the  morning;  five  men  to  dinner  in  the  evening 
-Boughton,  Sambourne,  Colin  Hunter,  Marcus  Stone,  and  Luke 
Fildes — to  eat  some  canvas-back  ducks  and  a  22  lb.  wild  turkey 
sent  over  by  Frank  [Millet] .  Won  ten  shillings  at  blind  hookey  later, 
which  is  a  detail.  Tuesday — model,  and  a  great  sweat  to  get  a  draw- 
ing off  to  America  by  5 .30  post.  Dined  with  Andrew  Lang,  who  is 
dismal  and  ill.  Later  to  a  musical  party  at  Alma  Tadema's :  Marie 
Krebs,  Norman  Neruda,  Piatti,  Hollander,  and  an  American  girl, 

Miss  Little,  did  the  music.  Home2.3o Dined  home,  came  down 

here  to  write  some  letters  and  to  hear  about  the  Academy  election, 
which  takes  place  to-night — and  so  it  goes.  To-morrow  night  a  lot 
more  are  coming  to  eat  the  rest  of  the  ducks,  and  a  goose  which 
was  sent  also — Macbeth,  Gregory,  Waterlow,  Caldecott,  and  four 
more.  Ididn'tsendoutthecards,soldon'tknowtherest.  Friday — 
meeting  of  the  costume  committee  at  the  Institute."  A  postscript 

137 


ELECTION  CONVIVIALITY 

says:  "They  elected  Hunter,  who  dispersed  magnums  of  fizz  like  a 
little  man,  all  the  evening,  to  an  admiring  circle  at  the  Arts  Club. 
Took  him  home  in  a  hansom."  If  Abbey's  work  hung  fire  a  little  at 
this  time  there  was,  one  perceives,  reason  for  it! 

Several  new  names  occur  in  the  foregoing  letter.  Andrew  Lang, 
whose  association  with  Harper's  was  of  long  duration,  was  at  that 
time  making  suggestions  for  the  poems  for  the  two  series,  "Old 
Songs"  and  "The  Quiet  Life, "upon  which  Abbey  was  then  at  work 
orpondering.  Lang  was  then  forty.  He  survived  Abbey  by  a  single 
year,  dying  in  1912.  The  charming  frontispiece  to  Rhymes  h  la 
Mode  which  Abbey  made  for  him,  is  dated  July,  1884.  Gregory 
was  the  late  E.  J. Gregory,  R.A.  (then  A.R.A.),  an  artist  for  whose 
work  Abbey  always  had  a  great  admiration.  Waterlow  was  Mr. 
( afterwards  Sir)  E .  A .  Waterlow .  Caldecott  was  Randolph  Caldecott , 
then  very  near  the  close  of  his  tragically  short  life.  Hamo  Thorny- 
croft,  the  sculptor,  married  Miss  Agatha  Cox.  Mrs.  Edmund  Gosse 
was  the  sister  of  the  late  Lady  Alma  Tadema .  For  Mr .  Gosse  Abbey 
had  recently  designed  a  book-plate,  and  on  the  flyleaf  of  a  presenta- 
tion copy  of  that  critic's  edition  of  Sir  JoshuaReynolds'sD/scowrses, 
published  this  year,  1884, 1  find^a  poem  in  the  editor's  hand,  of 
which  this  is  the  final  stanza: 

"Ah!  were  my  phrases  art  as  fine 
As  Reynolds  painted,  you  design, 
Not  weeds,  but  deathless  flowers,  were  mine!" 

Sir  Luke  Fildes,  whose  name  is  so  often  met  with  among  the  Bed- 
ford Gardens  company  at  this  time,  and  who,  in  1884,  was  forty, 
has  the  liveliest  memories  of  those  nights.  Abbey,  he  tells  me,  was 
more  consistently  out  for  fun  than  any  man  he  ever  knew,  and  how 
he  contrived  to  produce  so  steady  a  supply  of  such  exquisite  work 
was  a  marvel.  It  was  also  a  marvel  that  an  American  should  have 
made  old  England  his  own  as  Abbey  did,  and  have  re-created  it 
with  such  gaiety  and  charm.  Sir  Luke  Fildes  was  naturally  inter- 
ested in  the  young  invader  from  New  York  not  only  by  reason  of  his 
personal  attraction,  which  was  very  noticeable,  but  because  some 
of  Sir  Luke's  own  early  drawings  for  the  Graphic-were  among'those 

138 


MRS.  HARDCASTLE  AND  HASTINGS. 

HASTINGS  :    "  EXTREMELY  ELEGANT  AND  DEGAGEE,  UPON  MY  WORD,  MADAM." 

1884. 

"  SHE  STOOPS  TO  CONQUER,"  ACT  II. 

GOLDSMITH. 


• 


SIR  LUKE  FILDES 

which  Abbey  (as  we  know)  had  seen  and  admired  in  New  York,  and 
which  helped  him  to  his  resolve  to  visit  England .  Conversations  on 
these  drawings  formed,  indeed,  their  first  link.  One  of  Sir  Luke  s 
phrases  remains  in  my  mind.  After  extolling  Abbey's  genius  as  a 
draughtsman,  he  went  on  to  say  that  when  the  time  came  for  him 
try  paint  he  mastered  its  intricacies  no  one  knew  how.  He  had  had 
no  training  in  the  ordinary  sense  of  the  word,  but,  having  to  paint, 
"he  just  painted." 

To  the  Savile  Club,  where  the  letter  of  January  30*  was  written, 
Abbey  ,Boughton  and  Caldecott  had  been  elected  at  the  same  time. 
In  the  reminiscent  letter  to  Mr.  Low  written  in  1908,  from  which 
quotations  have  already  been  made,  Abbey  says,"The  Savile  Club 
was  thefirst  club  I  joined  .  .  .  and  I  frequently  used  to  see  Bob  [Ste- 
venson] there,  and  I  remember  Louis  coming  in  once,  quite  uncon- 
cerned, in  Mrs.  S.'s  sealskin  tippet— a  kind  of  cape  thing  that  was 
once  the  fashion,  with  high  puffs  on  the  shoulders."  Abbey  left  the 
Savile  in  1 890  on  becoming  a  member  of  the  Reform. 

On  March  i  st  Abbey  moved  into  a  new  studio  at  1 76  Eldon  Road , 
and  on  April  3rd  Alfred  Parsons  and  he  gave  a  dinner  to  Lawrence 
Barrett,  the  American  actor,  and  a  fellow  Kinsman,  among  those 
present,  in  addition  to  such  friends  as  we  should  expect,  being  Mr. 
Sargent,  Mr.  Dobson,  George  du  Maurier,  Henry  James,  Linley 
Sambourne,  Sir  John  Robinson  and  Archibald  Forbes  of  the  Daily 
Afcotf,W.Q.Orchardson,  and  W.S.Gilbert.  Not  only  was  Lawrence 
Barrett  feasted,  but  a  very  charming  composite  gift  was  prepared 
for  him  too.  A  copy  of  Mr.  Dobson 's  Old  World  Idylls  was  "em- 
bellished." Abbey  began  it  by  drawing  on  one  of  the  flyleaves; 
Alfred  Parsons  supplied  a  floral  decoration;  Alma  Tadema  made  a 
portrait  of  Antinoe,  the  Greek  girl,  in  whose  honouraclub  hasbeen 
founded  in  America;  and  Leighton,  Millais,  Caldecott,  Sambourne, 
du  Maurier,  and  other  artists  also  contributed.  The  book  to-day 
should  be  a  very  precious  possession. 

In  May  Alfred  Parsons,  Abbey ,  Boughton,  Luke  Fildes,Hunter 
and  Sambourne  went  to  Paris  to  see  the  Salon.  William  Black'sbio- 
graphy  helps  us  a  little  further,  for  writing  on  June  ist,  1884,  to  his 

139 


A  COACHING  TOUR 

friend  Mr.  Creras,  he  says,  "To-morrow,  Matthew  Arnold,  E.A. 
Abbey  and  I  start  away  on  a  coaching  trip  under  the  guidance  of  Mr. 
Carnegie."  He  adds,"  I  wish  you  were  here  to  join  a  little  dinner- 
party I  am  giving  at  which  several  Americans  will  be  present — Bret 
Harte,  John  Hay,  Abbey,  Clarence  King,  Carnegie,  and  so  forth." 
This  is  the  coaching  tour  which  Black  described  for  Harper' sin  De- 
cember of  the  same  year,  1885 ,  with  a  few  drawings  by  Abbey.  The 
route  was  from  London  to  Salisbury,  with  Winchester  on  the  way. 
In  Black's  description  Abbey  is  referred  to  as  a  young  American 
artist  conspicuous  for  his  shyness,  and  much  play  is  made  with  this 
imaginary  foible. 

We  know  from  a  letter  of  Abbey 's  to  his  father,  dated  January  1 8, 
1885, that  thearticle  in  Harper's  was  largely  a  hoax,  "pure  fiction" 
he  writes  and  adds,  "any  statement  you  see  about  me  you  may  set 
down  as  incorrect.  "Among  the  guests  there  described  is  an  elder- 
ly scientific  man  famous  for  his  writings  on  the  molecular  theory; 
but  no  such  person  was  on  the  coach.  The  actual  party  consisted  of 
the  late  Andrew  Carnegie,  a  cousin  of  Mr.  Carnegie's,  his  business 
manager,  Matthew  Arnold ,  Mrs .  Arnold  and  two  daughters;  a  Miss 
Coleman,of  Pittsburgh, and  aMiss  Bailey,  Abbey  and  Black.  Black's 
account  says  nothing  of  Matthew  Arnold— probably  by  arrangement 
with  that  fastidious  gentleman— but  Abbey  used  to  tell  how,  at  Win- 
chester, Arnold  hoped  to  find  wallflowers  growing  in  the  wall  where 
he  remembered  them  when  he  was  a  schoolboy  there — and,  to  his 
great  joy,  found  them. 

In  August  Abbey  was  atTewkesbury  with  Alfred  Parsons;  later 
they  met  Charles  Parsons  of  Harpers'  (who  had  at  last  come  to  Eng- 
land) at  Oxford,  and  rowed  him  to  Reading.  The  little  river  holiday 
over,  Abbey  writes  to  his  art  editor,  on  August  3Oth,  from  London: 
' '  I  hope  after  all  is  said  and  done  that  the  greatest  discovery  you  have 
made  is  that  it  isn't  so  very  far  away — all  of  this  over  here,  after  all! 
When  I  first  met  Willie  Winter  after  his  visit  to  England  (don't  you 
remember,  when  I  went  to  see  him  about  the  Stratford  article,  be- 
fore I  came  here  myself  ?)  he  said  to  me  then  that  the  nine  weeks  he 
had  spent  in  England  were  the  most  delightful  of  his  life,  and  that 

140 


MISS  HARDCASTLE  AND  MARLOW. 

MARLOW  :     "  AND  WHY  NOT  NOW,  MY  ANGEL  I  SUCH  BEAUTY  FIRES  BEYOND  THE  POWERS 
OF  RESISTANCE— PSHAW  I  THE  FATHER  HERE  1 " 

1884. 

"  SHE  STOOPS  TO  CONQUER,"  ACT  III. 

GOLDSMITH. 


• 


OLD  FRIENDS 

his  greatest  pleasure  there  was  when  the  evenings  came,  before  the 
lights  were  brought,  when  he  could  lean  back  in  his  chair  and  think 
about  it. 

"As  an  unmarried  vagabond  I ,  of  course,  had  to  step  aside  many 
times  when  I  should  have  liked  to  be  with  you.  For  instance,  I  fre- 
quently make  calls  upon  my  bachelor  friends  at  one  or  two  in  the 
morning — and  some  of  the  most  delightful  walks  I  have  ever  had 
in  this  dear  old  town  have  been  with  unfortunate  gentlemen  of  my 
acquaintance  who  have  been  dragged  from  their  warm  beds  at  un- 
godly hours  and  persuaded  to  take  a  turn  in  the  moonlight  along  the 
Chelsea  Embankment  (which  I  dare  say  you  never  saw)  and  to  finish 
with  a  cup  of  hot  coffee  at  an  early  stall — by  the  rising  sunlight 

"Still,  I  am  not  grumbling  at  the  fates  this  summer.  I  have  been 
more  than  fortunate  among  my  fellow-men  in  that  my  very  dearest 
relation  on  this  earth  has  been  with  me,  and  that  two  of  the  friends  I 
value  most  have  renewed  the  bonds  that  cement  us  all  together, 
and  that  when  thedark  days  come  in  the  winter  time,  and  you  all  in 
America  are  sitting  over  your 'registers'  and  talking  about  it,  I  shall 
have  many  a  happy  hour  'thinking  it  all  over.'  [The  reference  is  to 
Mrs .  Curtiss ,"  Cousin  Jo ,"  who  had  been  visiting  England .]  Cousin 
Jo  and  I  had  a  quiet  time  in  Oxford  after  you  left.  We  endured  much 
miserable  weather  in  the  few  days  we  remained,  and  mooned  about 
College 'quads'  and  chapels.  Sometimes  we  knew  which  ones,  and 
mostly  we  didn't." 

With  his  beloved  cousin  Abbey  then  went  off  to  Scotland;  and 
the  rest  of  the  year  is  unrecorded  until  a  letter  to  Charles  Parsons 
on  November  I3th,  protesting  against  the  treatment  of  the  draw- 
ings for  Goldsmith's  play  in  the  Christmas  number  of  Harper's. 
Such  a  protest  so  illuminates  Abbey 's  desire  for  the  best  in  all  things 
that  some  of  it  must  b  e  quoted  here .' '  I  have  written  several  letters— 
or  beginnings  at  letters — since  I  saw  the  sheets  of  the  Christmas 
magazine — but  I  think  I  may  safely  write  one  now  that  will  be  dis- 
passionate and  at  the  same  time  make  understood  my  feeling  in  re- 
ference to  the  treatment  of  my  work  in  that  number.  I  have  made 
every  sacrifice  possible  for  a  man  to  make  in  order  that  these  Gold- 

141 


A  REMONSTRANCE 

smith  drawings — as  the  last  I  may  do — may  be  as  perfect  as  such 
drawings  can  be ,  and  I  must  say  that  the  way  they  have  been  treated 
has  been  not  only  a  surprise  to  me,  but  a  blow  which  it  will  take  me 
some  time  to  get  over Does  anybody  (I  don't  really  suppose  any- 
body in  the  factory  does  think,  you  know — I  am  only  supposing  they 
did)  think  it  a  right  and  reasonable  thing  to  put  five  drawings  on 
two  facing  pages  and  so  arrange  them  that  the  incidental  ones  are 
more  important  than  the  important  ones;  to  reproduce  the  elabo- 
rate and  carefully  worked  ones  on  so  small  a  scale  that  they  cannot 
be  seen,  and  to  translate  the  sketchy  ones  the  size  they  are  drawn? 
Did  a  sense  of  the  fitness  of  things  never  suggest  to  the  ingenious 
person  who  put  these  precious  pages  together  that  it  would  be  well 
to  maintain  a  sense  of  proportion  as  to  the  size  of  the  figures  on  a 
page?  I  wonder  if  the  firm  of  Harper  and  Brothers  consider  that  the 
sun  rises  and  sets  entirely  for  their  individual  benefit,  and  whether 
it  might  not  be  possible  one  of  these  days  so  far  as  their  magazine 
is  concerned,  for  those  who  have  wasted  their  time  and  brains  en- 
deavouring to  make  it  agood  one,  to  be  tempted  away  from  them? 
Money  is  not  everything  in  this  world.  Not  that  the  money  I  receive 
from  H .  &  B .  at  this  present  time  has  anything  whatever  to  do  with 
the  fact  that  I  am  doing  She  Stoops  to  Conquer  for  their  magazine. 
I  can  make  four  or  five  times  the  money  elsewhere,  but  I  choose  to 
fulfil,  and  more  than  fulfil,  my  contract  with  them,  and  I  expect — 
I  have  a  right  from  my  position  in  the  world  as  an  artist  to  demand 
—that  they  fulfil  theirs . " — By  the  time  the  drawings  reached  book- 
form  some  of  the  defects  of  which  Abbey  complains  were  removed . 

On  December  8th  Abbey  returned  to  the  charge,  his  particular 
and  very  reasonable  complaint  being  that  having  been  consulted 
as  to  the  sizes  of  his  drawings  when  reproduced,  and  having  sup- 
plied a  dummy,  his  views  should  have  been  respected.  "So  far  as 
my  work  is  concerned  that  of  the  smallest  charlatan  is  treated  better. 
My  imitators,who  copy  whole  designs  of  mine  outright,  are  treated 
better — thatis,placedbeforethepublictogreateradvantage.  .  .  ." 

At  the  close  Abbey  says  "  The  Holland  book  is  out  of  print  here, " 
and  asks  for  two  American  copies — the  reference  being  to  the  recent 

142 


JUDITH  SHAKESPEARE. 

AN  ILLUSTRATION  TO  WILLIAM  BLACK'S  NOVEL  "  JUDITH  SHAKESPEARE.' 

1884. 


SKETCHING  RAMBLES  IN  HOLLAND 

publication,  on  both  sides  of  the  Atlantic,  of  Sketching  Rambles  in 
Holland,  by  George  H.  Boughton,  A.R.A. ,  with  illustrations  by  the 
author  and  Edwin  A.  Abbey. 

The  book  was  dedicated  by  the  older  artist  to  the  younger  in  these 
terms:"ToEdwinA.Abbey,myfellowramblerandfellowsketcher, 
to  whose  delightful  companionship  may  be  set  down  any  extra 
washes  of  couleur  de  rose  that  may  be  discovered  in  these  pages  by 
the  cold, sad  cynic  whose  good  fortune  it  has  never  been  to  ramble 
and  sketch  with  such  a  perfect  fellow-traveller,  this  writing  is  in- 
scribed." Abbey's  share  of  the  book,  beyond  helping  to  make  its 
preparation  a  pleasant  task,  was  not  great,  nor  does  he  figure  much 
in  the  letterpress;  but  a  few  of  his  drawings  are  very  happy.  It  must 
be  remembered,  however,  that  they  belong  to  a  period  anterior  by 
some  three  or  four  years  to  that  of  publication  and  that  those  three 
or  four  years  had  been  a  period  of  astonishing  development. 

Abbey  was  represented  in  Harper's  for  1 884  chiefly  by  the  draw- 
ings for  Judith  Shakespeare, which  ran  through  the  year.  They  were 
not  republished  when  Judith  Shakespeare  reached  book  form.  In 
February  appeared  the  Upper  Thames  article  to  which  reference 
has  already  been  made,  facing  a.  Judith  Shakespeare  frontispiece 
dated  Bidford,  September,  1883,  and  thus  linking  it  with  the  same 
delectable  stream;  and  in  the  December  Christmas  number  She 
Stoops  to  Conquer  began  with  a  wonderful  instalment  of  drawings. 

The  first  letter  of  1885  was  to  his  father,  begun  on  January  i8th 
and  finished  on  February  2nd.  "My  rest  at  Christmas" — which  was, 
as  usual,  spent  at  Frome  with  Alfred  Parsons — "did  my  eyes,"  he 
says, "a  great  deal  of  good — and  with  the  exception  of  a  nervous 
twitch  they  are  about  as  usual .  I  Ve  had  a  lot  of  rather  wearing  work 
since  Christmas  finishing  enough  of  She  Stoops  to  carry  me  through 
until  the  early  spring.  My  water-colour  ["An  Old  Song"] — which 
is  for  Clarence  King — is  going  to  occupy  me  pretty  constantly  for 
the  coming  three  months."  A  characteristic  sentence  occurs  in  this 
same  letter,  which  otherwise  is  not  important:  "Tell  me  how  soon 
you  expect  to  be  hard  up;  not  after  you  are." 

In  March  Alfred  Parsons  had  a  one-man  show  at  the  Fine  Art 

H3 


SPRING  IN  LONDON 

Society's— "  Shakespeare's  River, "for  whichAbbey  designed  a  very 
charming  private- view  card.  On  April  2ist  Abbey  wrote  to  Charles 
Parsons  from  theSavileClub:"Why  I  should  sitdowntowritetoyou 
on  one  of  the  most  beautiful  mornings  of  the  year,  with  the  Green 
Park  bursting  into  bloom  opposite  this  table ,  and  all  the  gay  world  of 
London  slowly  gliding  by  in  their  morning  hour  on  the  Row,  with 
all  the  windows  open  and  the  sulky  fires  quenched  in  their  native 
grates , and  house  painters  on  ladders  and  ropes  and  things  doing  ex- 
traordinary acrobatic  feats  outside  the  windows,  is  more  than  I  can 
tell .  A  blissful  sense  of  peace  and  irresponsibility  has  stolen  over  me, 
and  I  haven't  got  any  money  and  I  owe  a  good  deal,  and  I  fear  I 
have  not  been  just  in  all  my  dealings — but  last  night  my  picture 
finished  itself,  and ,  keerless-like ,  I've  telegraphed  to  my  lady  help  to 
do  it  up  and  send  it  to  its  destination  in  a  four-wheeled  cab .  I  dined 
with  Marcus  Stone  at  the  'Arts,'  and  we  went  to  the  Minstrels  and 
saw  Sweatnam,  who  fired  me  years  ago  with  an  ambition  to  be  a 
nigger  minstrel,  which  ambition  still  holds  me. 

"Alfred  is  away  in  Ireland  with  Black,  and  Bedford  Gardens  is 
more  or  less  deserted.  I  casually  sleep  there  (not  always)  and  come 
down  in  the  morning  to  find  one  habitable  room,  the  chairs  and 
tables  in  all  the  others  meanwhile  floating  in  soap  and  soda  and  hot 
water .  I  come  home  at  night  to  find  the  tray  of  drinkables  and  sand- 
wiches anywhere  but  where  it  usually  lives — now  in  the  back  bed- 
room, and  now  on  the  back  stairs,  and  now  on  a  chair  in  the  hall.  I 
don't  know  where  it  was  last  night,  similar  to  the  boy  at  breakfast 
who  was  asked  by  his  sister  on  a  very  cold  morning  whether  the 
water  in  his  jug  was  frozen,  and  replied  'he  didn't  know.' 

"  It  is  so  nice  and  warm  and  blossomy  here  now .  Some  angel  many 
years  since  prompted  the  layer  out  of  Bedford  Gardens  to  plant  pear 
and  almond  trees  in  the  back  and  front  gardens  of  the  houses,  and 
these  last  few  days  the  whole  street  is  a  mass  of  blossom  pink  and 
white,  and  the  light,  the  blessed  light,  which  had  deserted  us  for 
three  months,  hascome  back  and  discovered  to  us  sundry  dirty  spots 
and  inequalities  of  tone  and  bad  values  of  which  we  had  been  bliss- 
fully ignorant  before,  and  the  happy  men  who  have  not  sent  to  the 

144 


• 


AN  OLD  SONG. 

WATER-COLOUR. 

Four  feet  by  two  feet  four  inches. 
1885. 


FIRST  DRAWING  IN  ACADEMY 

Academy ,  and  who  are  privileged  members  of  a  body  whose  private 
view  is  next  Saturday — I  mean  the  members  of  the  Water  Colour 
Societies — have  had  their  pictures  back  and  have  been  working  like 
beavers  to  get  them  right — one  of  which  I  am  whom.  I  am  very 
dubious  about  my  picture  this  year.  It  has  passed  through  many 
stages — Marcus  Stone  spent  nearly  all  day  on  Sunday  with  me  and 
helped  me  amazingly.  He  has  an  extraordinary  faculty  of  putting 
himself  in  your  place  and  seeing  things  from  your  point  of  view,  and 
he  seemed  to  like  it.  It  is  a  picture  of  an  old  man  and  woman  listening 
to  'An  Old  Song,'  which  is  being  sung  to  them  by  a  tall  girl  who  is 
accompanying  herself  on  a  harp .  The  best  thing  in  it  is  the  tea-tray 
on  a  table  at  the  left(o. p.  side).  I  should  smile  if  them  china  things 
ain't  everlastingly  painted — I  wish  I'd  had  it  photographed.  The 
frame  looked  very  well  in  the  show — in  the  centre  at  the  end  of  the 
first  room — with' Abbey '  chalked  onthe  wall  disclosed  in  the  centre. 
You  will  hear  all  about  it  anon.  If  it  isn't  a  go  I  must  do  better  next 
whack.  I  will  immediately  turn  my  attention  to  black  and  white. 
Not  to-day — I  don't  intend  to  do  one  dam  thing  to-day.* 

"A  lot  of  bachelor  people  are  dining  with  Fildes  to-night.  It  is 
the  fashion  for  people  to  leave  town  at  Eastertime,  and  many  bereft 
husbands  lurk  about  their  clubs  and  frequent  obscure  places  of 
amusement.  Stone  and  du  Maurier  and  Perugini  and  Hunter  are 
to  be  at  Fildes'." 

In  this  year,  1885 ,  Abbey  sent  his  first  contribution  to  the  Royal 
Academy,  that  he  might  have  an  admission  card  to  the  varnishing 
function — No.  1617  "A  Milkmaid,"  the  drawing  by  which  Mr. 
Dobson  had  been  inspired.  He  did  not  exhibit  there  again  until 
1890. 

The  high  spirits  which  are  evident  in  the  letter  to  Charles  Par- 
sons continued,  and  Abbey  devoted  some  of  them  to  the  prepara- 
tion of  a  Dutch  tableau  for  a  costume  ball  given  by  the  Royal  Insti- 
tute of  Painters  in  Water  Colours  on  May  i  Qth ,  for  the  benefit  of  the 

*  On  receiving  "An  Old  Song"  again,  after  exhibition,  Abbey  wiped  out  the  figure  of 
the  singer  and  repainted  it  from  a  professional  model.  This  water-colour  now  belongs 
to  Mrs.  Holmes  Spicer,  Manchester  Square,  London. 

L  H5 


A  DUTCH  TABLEAU 

Schools,  and  we  learn  from  the  notes  of  Alfred  Parsons  that  among 
the  tableaux  arranged  by  the  various  members  Abbey's  was  con- 
sidered the  best  and  most  original. 

Among  the  letters  of  this  year  is  one  from  Randolph  Caldecott, 
dated  June  3Oth,  a  facsimile  of  which  is  given.  As  a  result  of  the 
allurements  held  out,  Abbey  and  Alfred  Parsons  went  down  to 
Frensham  on  August  8th.  Mr.  Parsons  writes:  "Abbey  had  a  deep 
affection  for  Caldecott,  whose  simplicity  and  charm  were  very 
sympathetic  to  him,  and  the  visit  always  remained  in  our  memo- 
ries as  it  was  the  last  time  we  saw  him." 


" 


John  S. 
•Mi  tor 

id  way, 
imnof 
r  so  for 
ic  pro- 
irst  he 
"fa,  >ved  to 
village 
e,with 
was  no 

Millet, 
:  years, 
sachu- 
varied 
iteers); 


:~       f 

/ 


//. 

c  ~ 

,   //"  * 
^/  /    //<<.-» 


/ 


<*" 

'iL 


V 


ir;  as  a 
draw- 
y  after 
Rome, 


merof 
H7 


HENRY  JAMES 

its  own.  Most  are  old  and  a  few  very  old,  and  where  modern  addi- 
tions have  been  made  they  have  been  made  lovingly .  These  comely 
houses,  like  a  border  of  herbaceous  masonry,  line  either  side  of  the 
road— a  broad  way  indeed— for  quite  or  nearly  a  mile  of  the  turn- 
pike from  London  to  Worcester,  the  main  street  descending  from 
the  Cotswolds  to  the  plain,  which  in  a  short  time  merges  with  the 
Vale  of  Evesham. 

In  a  paper  on  Abbey,  Alfred  Parsons,  and  others  of  Harper's  il- 
lustrators, printed  in  the  magazine  some  time  after  the  period  we 
have  now  reached,  but  based  upon  earlier  knowledge,  Henry  James 
began  by  extolling  the  fascination  of  Broadway;  and  his  article,  Ab- 
bey remarked  in  a  letter  at  the  time,  "did  not  much  help  the  privacy 
of  the  place."  "A  very  old  English  village  [wrote  the  novelist]  lying 
among  its  meadows  and  hedges,  in  the  very  heart  of  the  country,  in 
a  hollow  of  the  green  hills  in  Worcestershire,  is  responsible  directly 
and  indirectly  for  some  of  the  most  beautiful  work  in  black-and- 
white  with  which  I  may  concern  myself  here— that  is,  for  much  of 
the  work  of  Mr.  Abbey  and  Mr.  Alfred  Parsons.  I  do  not  mean  to 
say  that  Broadway  has  told  these  gentlemen  all  they  know(the  name 
from  which  the  American  reader  has  to  brush  away  an  incongruous 
association,  may  as  well  be  written  first  as  last),  for  Mr.  Parsons,  in 
particular,  who  knows  everything  that  can  be  known  about  English 
fields  and  flowers,would  have  good  reason  to  insist  that  the  measure 
of  his  large  landscape  art  is  a  large  experience.  I  would  only  suggest 
that  if  one  loves  Broadway  and  is  familiar  with  it,  and  if  a  part  of 
that  predilection  is  that  one  has  seen  Mr.  Abbey  and  Mr.  Parsons 
at  work  there,  the  pleasant  confusion  takes  place  of  itself;  one's  af- 
fection for  the  wide,  long,  grass-bordered  vista  of  brownish  grey 
cottages,  thatched,  latticed,  mottled,  mended,  ivied,  immemorial, 
grows  with  the  sense  of  its  having  ministered  to  other  minds  and 
transferred  itself  to  other  recipients;  just  as  the  beauty  of  many  a  bit 
in  many  a  drawing  of  the  artists  I  have  mentioned  is  enhanced  by 
the  sense,  or  at  any  rate  by  the  desire,  of  recognition .  Broadway  and 
much  of  the  land  about  it  are,  in  short,  the  perfection  of  the  old 
English  rural  tradition,  and  if  they  do  not  underlie  all  the  combina- 
148 


"  LIKE  MY  LORD  PATELEY." 
1885. 

"  SHE  STOOPS  TO  CONQUER,"  ACT  II. 

GOLDSMITH. 


BROADWAY  TO-DAY 

tions  by  which  (in  their  pictorial  accompaniments  to  rediscovered 
ballads,  their  vignettes  to  story  or  sonnet)  these  particular  talents 
touch  us  almost  to  tears,  we  feel  at  least  that  they  would  have  suf- 
ficed: they  cover  the  scale. .  . . 

"In  such  places  as  Broadway,  and  it  is  part  of  the  charm  of  them 
to  American  eyes,  the  sky  looks  down  on  almost  as  many  things  as 
the  ceiling,  and  things  are  the  joy  of  the  illustrator.  Furnished  apart- 
ments are  useful  to  the  artist,  but  a  furnished  country  is  even  more 
so.  A  ripe  midland  English  region  is  a  museum  of  accessories  and 
specimens,  and  is  sure,  under  any  circumstances,  to  contain  the 
article  wanted.  This  is  the  great  recommendation  of  Broadway: 
everything  in  it  is  convertible .  Even  the  passing  visitor  finds  himself 
becoming  so ;  the  place  has  so  much  character  that  it  rubs  off  on  him , 
and  if  in  an  old  garden — an  old  garden  with  old  gates  and  old  walls 
and  old  summer-houses — he  lies  down  on  the  old  grass  (on  a  vene- 
rable rug,  no  doubt),  it  is  ten  to  one  but  he  will  be  converted.  The 
little  oblong  sheaves  of  blank  paper  with  elastic  straps  are  fluttering 
all  over  the  place.  There  is  portraiture  in  the  air  and  composition 
in  the  very  accidents.  Everything  is  a  subject  or  an  effect,  a  'bit'  or  a 
good  thing. ...  It  is  delicious  [Henry  James  adds  in  his  own  twink- 
ling way]  to  be  at  Broadway  and  not  to  have  to  draw." 

To-day  (1919)  the  village  is  altered  .There  is  now  a  railway  station 
on  the  branch  line  between  Honeybourne  and  Cheltenham ;  but  the 
trains  are  little  motor  things  that  devise  or  communicate  no  evil. 
New  houses  may  be  seen,  one  of  them  belonging  to  Alfred  Parsons, 
built  in  a  field  which  he  bought  from  Frank  Millet,  in  order  to  be 
permanently  his  neighbour,  only  a  short  time  before  the  Titanic  dis- 
aster. Mr.  Parsons 's  house,  which  stands  in  a  lovely  garden,  every 
flower  in  which  has  received  personal  attention  from  his  hands,  is 
indigenous  and  is  rapidly  merging  into  the  landscape.  Of  one  or  two 
of  the  other  new  buildings  one  cannot  say  the  same;  but  taken  as  a 
whole  Broadway  may  besaid  to  have  kept  itself  very  pureinthethirty 
years  that  have  intervened  since  Abbey  was  there.  In  addition  to 
Alfred  Parsons,  another  of  his  early  friends,  Mary  Anderson,  has 
made  it  her  home. 

149 


"CARNATION,  LILY,  LILY,  ROSE" 

"Abbey  [Henry  James  wrote,  and  he  was  thinking  in  particular 
of  the  drawings  for  Herrick,  She  Stoops  to  Conquer,  and  Old  Songs] 
spurns  the  literal  and  yet  superabounds  in  the  characteristic,  and 
if  he  makes  the  strange  familiar,  he  makes  the  familiar  just  strange 
enough  to  be  distinguished.  Everything  is  so  human,  so  humorous, 
and  so  caught  in  the  act,  so  buttoned  and  petticoated  and  gartered, 
that  it  might  be  round  the  corner;  and  so  it  is;  but  the  corner  is  the 
corner  of  another  world.  .  .  .  From  the  first  and  always  that  other 
world  and  that  qualifying  medium ,  in  which  I  have  said  that  the  hu- 
man spectacle  goes  on,  for  Mr.  Abbey  have  been  a  county  of  old 
England  which  is  not  to  be  found  in  any  geography,  though  it  bor- 
ders ,  as  I  have  hinted ,  on  the  Worcestershire  Broadway .  Few  artistic 
phenomena  are  more  curious  than  the  congenital  acquaintance  of 
this  perverse  young  Philadelphian  with  that  mysterious  locality.  It 
is  there  that  he  finds  them  all — the  nooks,  the  corners,  the  people, 
the  clothes,  the  arbours andgardensand  tea-houses, thequeercourts 
of  old  inns,  the  sun-warmed  angles  of  old  parapets." 

There  is  a  slight  exaggeration  here,  of  course,  for,  as  we  know, 
Lechlade  and  Bidford-on-Avon  contributed  probably  a  larger 
share;  but  Broadway's  place  in  Abbey's  topography  is  important. 
A  letter  to  Charles  Parsons  on  September  z8th  tells  something 
of  this  first  sojourn  in  the  Worcestershire  earthly  paradise.  "We 
are  all  busy  as  bees  at  Broadway.  We've  been  quite  a  large  colony. 
Gosse  has  been  here  for  a  month,  and  Sargent  has  been  painting 
a  great  big  picture  in  the  garden  of  Barnard 's  two  little  girls  in  white 
lighting  Chinese  lanterns  hung  about  among  rose  trees  and  lilies.  It 
is  seven  feet  by  five,  and  as  the  effect  only  lasts  about  twenty  min- 
utes a  day — just  after  sunset — the  picture  does  not  get  on  very  fast. 
[This  was  the  lovely  "Carnation,  Lily,  Lily,  Rose,"  now  in  theTate 
Gallery.]  Millet  is  painting  two  interiors,  Barnard  is  doing  various 
sketches,  and  I've  been  painting  a  little  water-colour  of  a  corner  of 
a  very  draughty  church,  and  doing  the  everlasting  She  Stoops  up. 
There  are  three  models  down  from  town,  all  eating  their  heads  off 
to-day.  We  have  lots  of  music — Sargent  plays,  and  Miss  Gertrude 
Griswold  sings  to  us  like  an  angel.  We've  had  casual  visits  from  An- 
150 


J.  S.  SARGENT 

toinette  Sterling  and  Henry  Daniel,  of  Oxford.  F.  Anstey  Guthrie 
is  coming  this  week  to  stay  with  us  awhile,  and  later  on  Austin 
Dobson.  Can't  you  look  in?  Sargent  and  I  paddled  down  from  Ox- 
ford to  Windsor  and  sawyour  cross-eyed  young  lady  atWallingford, 
who  asked  where  the  dear  old  gentleman  with  the  glasses  was.  I 
imprinted  a  more  or  less  chaste  caress  for  you — on  her  alabaster 
brow."  Mr.  Anstey  Guthrie 's  memories  of  this  visit  to  Broadway 
comprise  a  model  named  Stewart,  who  claimed  descent  from  the 
second  Charles  and  had  remarkably  beautiful  hands,  then  sitting  to 
Abbey  for  She  Stoops  to  Conquer. ' '  I  always , "  says  the  author  of  Vice 
Versa,'m  a  letter  to  me,  "remember  Abbey 's  quiet,  dry  humour,his 
rich  drawl  and  racy  American  idioms."  The  Rev.  Henry  Daniel, 
who  died  in  1919,  was  the  Provost  of  Worcester  College,  the  owner 
of  the  Daniel  Press. 

'  Sargent  [the  letter  continues]  nearly  killed  himself  at  Pang- 
bourne  Weir.  He  dived  off  the  same  and  struck  a  spike  with  his 
head,  cutting  a  big  gash  in  the  top.  It  has  healed  wonderfully, well, 
but  it  was  a  nasty  rap.  It  was  here  that  he  saw  the  effect  of  the 
Chinese  lanterns  hung  among  the  trees  and  the  bed  of  lilies.  .  .  . 
After  his  head  was  bound  up  he  knocked  it  a  second  time  and  re- 
opened the  wound."  Abbey  was  alarmed  and  took  him  to  Broad  way 
to  look  after  him;  and  this  was  the  painter's  introduction  to  that 
place.  Here,  since  it  is  Mr.  Sargent's  first  appearance  on  the  scene, 
it  should  be  said  that  the  American  artist,  who  is  now  chiefly  known 
for  his  portraits,  although  his  true  love  is  mural  decoration,  was,  in 
1 885  ,only  twenty-nine,  being  four  years  younger  than  Abbey  .After 
having  lived  and  studied  abroad,  exhibiting  in  the  Salon,  when  he 
was  a  pupil  of  Carolus-Duran,  as  early  as  1879, ne  had  settled  in 
England  and  was  now  on  the  threshold  of  one  of  the  most  brilliant 
careers  in  the  history  of  art. 

Writing  to  Reinhart  inNovemberfromFarnham  House,  Abbey 
describes  the  daily  life  at  Broadway  in  much  the  same  terms  as  to 
Charles  Parsons,  but  amplifies  it  here  and  there.  Thus:  "I've  been 
daubing  away  with  no  light  to  speak  of ,  taking  long  walks  in  the  mud . 
But  to-day  [November  i2th]  it  is  beautiful.  The  hills  are  covered 


HENRY  JAMES 

with  snow,  and  the  whole  colony,  children  and  all,  pranced  over 
them  in  the  sunlight  this  morning.  We  have  music  until  the  house 
won't  stand  it.  Sargent  is  going  elaborately  through  Wagner's  tri- 
logy, recitatives  and  all;  there  are  moments  when  it  doesn't  seem  as 
if  it  could  be  meant  for  music,  but  I  dare  say  it  is.  I  Ve  been  paint- 
ing a  head.  Sargent  does  it  better  than  I  do  and  quicker,  but  then 
he's  younger. 

" Why, "Abbey  asks  Reinhart  in  this  November  letter," couldn't 
you  come  here  for  awhile  next  summer?  The  country  about  is  lovely 
and  the  houses  are  really  fine  architecturally — not  'cottagey'  but 
with  well-cut  stone  windows  and  doors."  But  the  project,  although 
it  was  seriously  considered  by  the  Reinharts,  did  not  fructify. 

Another  guest  this  summer,  Abbey  tells  Reinhart,  was  Henry 
James,  and  since  so  much  has  already  been  quoted  from  his  urbane 
and  mellow  pen  let  a  word  be  said  of  him  at  that  time,  especially  as 
an  intimacy  was  now  beginning  between  him  and  Abbey  which  was 
to  grow  into  a  friendship  that  became  stronger  as  the  years  pro- 
ceeded .  In  1 885  Henry  James  was  forty-two ,  by  nine  years  Abbey 's 
senior,  and  was  already  well-known  as  a  novelist,  a  critic,  and  a  most 
subtle  and  penetrating  discerner  of  the  souls  of  cities.  He  was  at 
work  at  that  time  on  his  stories  The  Bostonians  and  Princess  Casa- 
massima,  living  inDeVere  Mansions,  Kensington  (Rye  was  not  yet 
discovered),  and,  as  he  ever  did,  delighting  his  country  friends  with 
visits  all  too  rare  and  brief.  From  time  to  time  as  this  book  proceeds 
we  shall  find  letters  to  Abbey  from  Henry  James . 

A  letter  from  Abbey  to  Charles  Parsons,  about  this  time,  has  this: 
"A  man  named  Cope  Whitelour  wants  an  electro  of  my  Fingal  's  Cave 
cut,  to  publish  by  the  side  of  Turner's  drawing  of  the  same  subject, 
in  order  to  show  how  very  bad  the  latter  is  !  !  For  heaven's  sake,  if  he 
applies  to  headquarters,  sit  on  him — I  wouldn't  be  made  a  fool  of 
like  this  for  anything.  .  .  .  Caldecott,"he  adds,  "will  be  in  N.Y.by 
the  same  steamer  that  brings  this.  He  is  very  ill — be  good  to  him." 
Abbey  also  commended  Caldecott  to  the  care  of  his  cousin,  Mrs. 
Curtiss  ;but  the  hope  of  recovery  was  a  forlorn  one ,  and  the  artist  died 
inFlorida  in  1 886 ,  just  before  his  fortieth  birthday .  With  him  passed 


RANDOLPH  CALDECOTT 

away  one  of  the  most  kindly  and  most  charming  of  English  draughts- 
men, who  not  only  was  a  master  of  the  pencil  but  a  sweetener  of  life 
and  the  adored  friend  of  the  nursery. 


CHAPTER  XVIII 

SHE  STOOPS  TO  CONQUER 

1886     Aged  33-34 

Abbey  in  New  York— A  London  Welcome— J  .R.  Osgood— Howard  Pyle— An  Artist's 
Education — First  Sight  of  Fairford — C.  S.  Reinhart — Henry  James  on  Abbey — 
Austin  Dobson's  Prologue  to  She  Stoops  to  Conquer — The  Goldsmith  Drawings 


^"  "^HE  year  1886  yields  but  few  materials  to  the  biographer. 

In  theearly  months  Abbey  was  atBedford  Gardens  work- 
ing on  the  water-colour  "Stony  Ground,"  and  upon  the 
-A.  "March  Past,"  which  he  sent  to  the  Institute's  Exhibi- 
tion. "Stony  Ground"  he  took  in  the  early  spring  to  New  York, 
where  he  spent  much  time  conferring  with  the  Harpers  as  to  future 
arrangements,  the  incentive  being  the  following  letter  from  Mr. 
Alden,  an  epoch-making  document  in  Abbey's  career.  The  date 
is  February  i8th,  1886 :  "We  have  long  had  in  view  some  drawings 
from  you  illustrating  characters  and  situations  in  Shakespeare's 
Comedies.  The  thought  first  took  shape  when  I  sawyour  drawing 
of  Autolycus.  I  would  like  to  have  your  name  go  down  to  posterity 
associated  with  Shakespeare!  You  would  select  your  motifs  at  plea- 
sure. No  text  would  be  needed  beyond  a  simple  legend,  to  accom- 
pany the  drawings;  but  in  time  you  would  have  enough  to  illustrate 
a  sumptuous  edition  of  the  Comedies.  You  would  not  be  bound 
to  take  one  play  at  a  time  and  confine  yourself  to  it  until  it  might 
become  tiresome.  How  do  you  like  the  idea?  The  interest  in  Shake- 
speare is  universal,  and  the  final  result  of  the  scheme  would  pro- 
bably prove  more  remunerative  than  of  any  other  you  could  put 
your  pencil  to."  Since  it  was  from  this  suggestion  that  Abbey's 
Shakespeare  drawings  came  into  being  we  cannot  be  too  grateful  to 
Mr.  Alden — but  it  is  too  soon  to  speak  of  this.  Enough  to  say  now 
that  the  tree  of  which  the  seed  was  thus  planted  was  growing  for  the 
next  twenty  and  more  years. 

We  get  a  glimpse  of  Abbey  on  this  visit  to  New  York  in  the  des- 
cription of  a  Tile  Club  dinner,  as  given  in  The  Book  of  the  Tile  Club, 


MRS.  HARDCASTLE,  MISS  NEVILLE  AND  TONY  LUMPKIN. 

MISS  NEVILLE  :    "  PRAY,  AUNT,  LET  ME  READ  IT.  NOBODY  CAN  READ  A  CRAMP  HAND  BETTER 
THAN  I  "  (TWITCHING  THE  LETTER  FROM  HER). 
.     1885. 

"  SHE  STOOPS  TO  CONQUER,"  ACT  IV. 

OOLDSMITH. 


\ 


"THE  CHESTNUT"  RETURNS 

by  "Edward  Strahan"  (Earl  Shinn).  He  tells  us  that  one  evening 
the  Tilers  having  gathered  for  dinner,  Cadmium,  an  expert  at  a 
beefsteak,  was  bending  above  the  tenderloin  which  was  broiling  on 
the  gridiron  over  the  glowing  coals  of  the  wood  fire  in  the  back 
room,  while  Polyphemus  dropped  in  lumps  of  butter  and  certain 
mysteries.  A  brass  kettle  was  singing  on  the  anthracite  fire  in  the 
front  room.  Mallard  ducks  were  preparing  in  the  kitchen.  A  silver 
chafing  dish,  in  place  upon  the  table,  was  ready  to  heat  the  oysters 
into  a  delicious  brew,  and,  while  thus  concentrated,  "they  were 
somehow  (says  Shinn)  suddenly  aware  that  a  new  arrival  had  come 
among  them.  It  was  the  Chestnut  just  popping  in  from  a  distance 
of  three  thousand  miles  to  share  their  dinner.  To  betray  any  sur- 
prise,to  extend  any  emphaticwelcome  toa  comrade.simplybecause 
he  was  from  abroad,wasnotinthehumour  of  the  Tile  Club.  One  of 
their  members  was  then  in  India,  another  in  Spain , and  Polyphemus 
was  expecting  a  brother  from  Hayti. 

' ' '  Fellows , '  said  the  Chestnut , '  I  just  came  to  tell  you  that  I  have 
had  a  real  Cavalier  saddle  made  by  a  saddler  in  Norfolk  Street,  just 
off  the  Strand.  Hogskin,  wooden  pommels,  stirrups  like  those  in 
Vandyck's  Charles  I .  Modelled  after  one  of  Prince  Rupert's.  Cost 
like  the  dickens,  but  I  am  so  much  in  his  debt  already  that  I  scarcely 
noticed  the  fellow's  bill.' 

"To  say  [the  writer  continues]  that  the  Chestnut  was  a  favourite 
with  the  Club  would  be  to  put  it  unfairly.  There  were  a  score  of 
favourites — that  being  the  number  of  the  possible  membership.  A 
new  arrival  was  not  to  be  spoiled  with  mollycoddle  or  petting,  but 
was  to  be  used  for  what  he  could  teach .  The  studio  property  he  had 
just  described  was  admired  speculatively  as  a  possible  good,  and 
those  who  expected  to  want  to  borrow  it  made  him  describe  the 
saddle  accurately,  with  sketches  in  burnt  match  executed  on  the 
tablecloth .  Then  the  memb  er  f  rom  England  was  exhau  stively  cross- 
examined.  News  from  du  Maurier  and  Burne-Jones  and  Alma  Ta- 
dema  and  Sargent  were  demanded  and  given  with  such  graphic 
painter 's  minuteness  that  th  e  listeners  cou  Id  fairly  scent  the  varnish 
in  the  ateliers  of  those  distant  craftsmen.  The  Chestnut  had  come 

'55 


HOWARD  PYLE 

over  for  a  few  days,  in  an  almost  accidental  way,  just  to  decide  on 
the  binding  and  title-page  of  his  illustrated  Beowulf.  This  done,  he 
was  to  happen  back  again  fortuitously.  He  was  wanted  for  a  grand 
phaeton  tour  among  the  Cumberland  Lakes ;  in  this  projected  ex- 
cu  rsion  he  would  knock  knees  with  the  father  of  the  Princess  of  Thule , 
the  father  of  the  Scholar  Gypsy ,  and  the  book-keeper  of  a  successful 
firm  nick-named  Triumphant  Plutocracy.  ..." 

The  American  visit  was  quickly  over,  and  on  May  yth  a  supper 
party  met  at  54  Bedford  Gardens  to  welcome  the  wanderer  back, 
the  host  being  Alfred  Parsons  and  the  guests  AlmaTadema,  Marcus 
Stone,  Luke  Fildes,  Boughton,  Keene,  Sambourne,  J.  L.  Toole, 
Colin  Hunter,  William  Black,  R.  W.  Macbeth,  Andrew  Lang,  and 
Henry  James.  One  other  guest  was  James  R.  Osgood,  destined  to 
be  one  of  Abbey's  best  friends,  who  had  just  come  to  London,  to 
45  Albemarle  Street,  as  a  publisher  on  his  own  account,  in  partner- 
ship with  the  late  Clarence  Macllvaine,  and  to  rep  resent  Harpers' 
in  England. 

A  letter  from  the  American  artist,  the  late  Howard  Pyle,  of  which 
the  following  is  an  extract,  reached  Abbey  soon  after  his  return  to 
England : ' '  What  j  oily  times  you  must  have  in  your  English  life ,  with 
the  right  fellows  you  meet  at  your  club  and  elsewhere !  I  wonder 
whether  two  lives  could  be  more  different  than  yours  and  mine:  the 
one  full  of  go,  novelty  and  change;  the  other  humdrum,  mossy ,  and 
—no,  I  will  not  say  dull  or  stagnant,  for  it  suits  me  to  perfection. 
Yes,  it  suits  me  so  perfectly  that  I  doubt  whether  I  shall  ever  cross 
the  ocean  to  see  those  things  which  seem  so  beautiful  and  dream- 
like in  my  imagination,  and  which  if  I  saw  might  break  the  bubble 
of  fancy  and  leave  nothing  behind  but  bitter  soap-suds.  I  have  al- 
ways had  the  most  intense  longing  to  see  some  of  those  jolly  bits 
which  you  are  always  throwing  out  as  sops  to  us  less  fortunate  mor- 
tals— by  the  bye,  do  you  see  them,  or  do  you  only  carry  motives  of 
them  around  in  y  our '  nut , '  the  same  as  I  do  the  old  German  castles  ? ' ' 
It  may  be  noted  that  Pyle's  career  and  that  of  Abbey  coincided  very 
nearly  in  point  of  time,  Abbey  having  been  born  on  April  i  st,  1 852 , 
Pyle  on  March  5  th ,  1 8  c  3 ,  Abbey  dying  on  August  i  st ,  1 9 1 1 ,  Py  le  on 

156 


MISS  HARDCASTLE  AND  MARLOW. 

ENTER  HARDCASTLE  AND  SIR  CHARLES  FROM  BEHIND. 
SIR  CHARLES  :  "  HERE,  BEHIND  THIS  SCREEN." 

Nineteen  inches  by  thirteen  inches. 
1885. 

"SHE  STOOPS  TO  CONQUER,"  ACT  V. 

GOLDSMITH. 


MISS  HARDCASTLE,  MARLOW,  SIR  CHARLES  AND  HARDCASTLE. 

SIR  CHARLES  :    "  I  CAN  HOLD  IT  NO  LONGER.     CHARLES,  CHARLES,  HOW  HAST  THOU  DECEIVED  ME. 
IS  THIS  YOUR  INDIFFERENCE,  YOUR  UNINTERESTING  CONVERSATION  I " 
Seventeen  and  a  half  inches  by  twelve  and  a  half  inches. 
1885. 

"  SHE  STOOPS  TO  CONQUER,"  ACT  V. 

GOLDSMITH. 


-••i:    V'.C.i     ,li/ 

'.,-i    : 

•'  <  ;  7  :  : 


Efe 

^•-i  •  1  Jt 


THE  IMPORTANCE  OF  TRAVEL 

November  9th  in  the  same  year;  while  both  made  reputations  as 
illustrators  for  Harper's  Magazine.  To  Pyle's  letter  Abbey  wrote 
a  reply,  which,  however,  he  never  sent.  As  it  is  among  his  papers 
and  has  so  much  good  sense  in  it,  revealing  so  much  of  its  writer's 
sane  outlook  and  purposefulness,  a  few  passages  may  be  quoted: 
"  If ,  as  you  say ,  you  wax  miserly  of  your  time,  don't  waste  any  more 
of  it  trying  to  imagine  what  has  already  been  imagined.  Your  Ger- 
man and  Dutch  castles  are  much  less  picturesque  than  they  really 
are.  One  month  in  Nuremberg,  Ghent,  Middelburg,  or  any  other 
North  German  Hanseatic  town  would  open  your  eyes  wider  to  the 
possibilities  of  your  ability  than  twenty  years'  toiling  through  the 
translations  of  them  other  eyes  have  given  you.  You  can't  invent 
any  more  curious  architecture  of  the  period  than  exists  in  these  old 
places.  If  you  could  you  would  be  the  greatest  architect  living  to- 
day. The  first  fortnight  I  spent  in  England  not  a  dozen  miles  from 
this  spot  [the  letter  was  written  at  Broadway]  made  me  wish  back  all 
the  English  drawings  I  had  ever  made.  The  country  is  as  different 
from  America  as  chalk  is  from  cheese .  When  you  sit  down  to  do  your 
work  here,  if  it  be  of  a  certain  period — anywhere  after  1550 — you 
unconsciously  remember  all  that  you  have  seen  of  architecture  or 
dress  of  this  particular  time.  This  little  village,  of  perhaps  five  hun- 
dred people,  has,  I  dare  say,  only  half  a  dozen  houses  built  within 
the  century,  and  they  are  built  on  the  old  lines  handed  down  by 
their  fathers.  The  casements  in  every  house  are  leaded  ones.  Here 
are  one  or  two  drawings.  I  can't  get  it  all  in  in  a  sketch  these  days. 
Our  dear  old  Charles  Keene  manages  to  somehow — and  Menzel. 
This  latter  is  a  perfect  miracle  of  industry,  drawing  and  sketching 
everything  even  now  in  his  seventy-first  year. . .  . 

'  I  am  convinced  that  I  am  right  about  your  coming  over  here. 
Do  you  really  think  a  man  is  the  worse  for  being  surrounded  by 
beautiful  things?  You  can't  possibly  believe  that  his  imagination 
is  stimulated  by  ugly,  or  worse,  commonplace  things.  You  would 
save  ten  years  in  a  month's  travel  over  on  this  side.  ...  I  suppose 
I  remember  at  least  a  hundred  things  that  I  shall  not  be  aware  of 
until  they  are  severally  wanted." 

157 


A  COTSWOLD  JOURNEY 

In  June  Abbey  and  Alfred  Parsons,  with  Frank  Millet,  went  over 
to  Paris  for  the  Salon,  and  there  they  found  Reinhart  and  seem  to 
have  been  very  merry  with  him;  and  soon  after  their  return  Millet, 
Henry  James,  and  Abbey  took  a  little  drive  of  exploration,  of  which 
this  is  an  account,  in  a  letter  to  Charles  Parsons:  "Frank  and  I  have 
just  come  back  from  a  long  drive  across  country  to  Fairford,  near 
the  Thames,  and  a  most  enjoyable  trip  it  was.  Henry  James,  who 
has  been  staying  with  us  for  a  few  days,  went  along.  We  drove  about 
seventy  miles  altogether,  and  on  the  second  day  went  through  the 
most  primitive  part  of  England  I  ever  saw.  We  only  saw  a  railway 
once  in  all  this  distance.  There  are  some  wonderfully  beautiful 
things  in  the  valley  of  the  Coin.  Few  Americans  have  any  notion,  I 
fancy ,  of  the  great  wealth  of  mediaeval  architecture  there  is  scattered 
about  in  the  remote  villages  of  England.  We  passed  through  eighteen 
villages  and  small  towns  yesterday — nearly  every  one  with  an  old 
church  of  more  or  less  interest.  There  is  at  Burford  a  magnificent 
great  abbey  church  full  of  splendid  bits  of  Norman  and  early  per- 
pendicular work.  At  Stow-on-the-Wold  we  had  the  good  fortune 
to  happen  on  a  wedding,  which  afforded  us  great  delight.  Some  day 
you  must  come  back  to  us  and  take  one  of  these  trips.  These  Cots- 
wold  Hills  would  brace  you  up ,  you  may  be  sure."-  -The  excursion 
to  Fairford  was  more  momentous  than  Abbey  knew,  for  in  1890, 
after  much  search,  it  was  at  Fairford  that  he  and  Mrs.  Abbey  found 
the  home  which  they  were  to  occupy  for  many  years  and  where  he 
was  to  do  his  most  important  work. 

A  letter  to  Reinhart  on  October  2nd,  1886,  tells  more  of  Russell 
House  atthis  time,  and  lends  point  to  Mr.  Dobson's  recollection  of 
it  as  "as  jolly  as  aboys' school."-— "As  theevenings  begin  to  length- 
en and  time  hangs  a  little  before  bedtime,  I  begin  to  have  stirrings 
within  me  that  prompt  me  to  think  a  little  of  what  is  going  on  else- 
where than  within  these  walls.  What,  for  instance,  have  you  been 
about  all  these  months,  in  fact  since  the  night  you  so  effectually 
curled  us  all  up  in  the  Cafe  Americain  ?  I  dare  say  you  are  back 
again  in  Paree  at  work.  We  have  so  stunning  a  place  here  to  do  it 
in  that  we  are  not  dreaming  of  any  urban  labours  as  yet.  Sargent 

158 


"  SALLY  IN  OUR  ALLEY." 

''  Of  all  the  days  that's  in  the  week 

I  dearly  love  but  one  day, 
And  that's  the  day  that  comes  betwixt 

A  Saturday  and  Monday  ; 
For  then  I'm  drest  in  all  my  best 

To  walk  abroad  with  Sally  : 

She  is  the  darling  of  my  heart, 

And  she  lives  in  our  alley." 

H.  CAREY. 
1886. 
"  OLD  SONGS." 


"  SALLY  IN  OUR  ALLEY." 

'  My  master  carries  me  to  church, 

And  often  am  I  blamed 
Because  I  leave  him  in  the  lurch 

As  soon  as  text  is  named  ; 
I  leave  the  church  in  sermon-time 

And  slink  away  to  Sally  : 
She  is  the  darling  of  my  heart, 
And  she  lives  in  our  alley." 

H.  CAREY. 
1886. 
"OLD  SONGS." 


• 


UK  TIKI 


"  SALLY  IN  OUR  ALLEY." 

"  When  Christmas  comes  about  again, 

Oh,  then  I  shall  have  money  ; 
I'll  hoard  it  up  and  box  it  all, 

I'll  give  it  to  my  honey  : 
I  would  it  were  ten  thousand  pound, 

I'd  give  it  all  to  Sally  : 
She  is  the  darling  of  my  heart, 
And  she  lives  in  our  alley." 

H.  CAREY. 
1886. 
"  OLD  SONGS." 


WORK  AND  PLAY 

indeed  is  thinking  of  town.  I  believe  he  has  a  sitting  beginning  on 
the  1 5th.  He  has  almost  finished  his  large  picture  of  the  children 
lighting  lanterns  hung  among  flowers — and  has  not  begun  anything 
else  of  importance  this  summer.  We  grew  a  great  bed  of  poppies 
on  purpose  to  paint,  but  it  was  too  many  for  us,  much  the  most  in- 
tricate and  puzzling  affair  I  ever  saw.  I  funked  it  entirely  and  gloated 
over  the  ineffectual  struggles  of  Sargent,  Millet,  Alfred  and  Blash- 
field.  The  last  [E.W.  Blashfield,  the  American  artist]  has  been  stay- 
ing at  theinn  most  of  the  summer — a  very  nice  companionable  chap , 
with  a  most  puzzling  service — at  tennis,  I  mean.  I  wish  you  could 
come  over  and  see  us  for  a  time.  We  have  lots  of  room,  and  I  am 
sure  you  would  find  the  place  practicable.  If  you  must  work,  there 
are  four  rooms  we  use  as  studios.  One,  the  barn,  is  really  fine- 
seventy  feet  long  and  wide  in  proportion.  We  have  had  it  nicely 
floored  and  great  glass  doors  put  in,  and  now  there  is  in  process  of 
construction  an  immense  chimney  which  ought  to  warm  it;  and  we 
are  in  negotiation  with  various  dealers  in  antiquities  for  a  chimney- 
piece  for  it. 

"I  haven't  painted  much,  but  have  done  several  songs  for  H.B. 
[Harper  Brothers]  in  black-and-white.  I've  several  water-colours 
begun,  but  none  of  them  near  even  the  middle  stage.  I  intend  going 
on  again  pretty  soon  unless  I  succumb  to  the  many  alluring  invita- 
tions to  visit  about,  which  at  this  time  of  year  are  rather  numerous. 
We  have  really  had  a  gay  summer,  pretending  to  work  and  some- 
times working  (for  there  are  numberless  places  with  easels  in  them 
to  hide  away  in — if  you  really  do  want  to  work)  until  four,  and  then 
tennis  until  dinner  time,  and  after  dinner  dancing  and  music  and 
various  cheering  games  in  the  studio — but  mostly  dancing. " 

January  and  February  saw  the  completion  of  the  drawings  for 
She  Stoops  to  Conquer,  which  had  been  running  irregularly  through 
Harper's  since  December,  1 884.  With  the  number  for  August,  1886, 
the  publication  of  the  series  was  finished,  and  in  the  December 
number  the  "Old  Songs"  made  a  brave  beginning  with  "Sally  in 
our  Alley . ' '  Although  Goldsmith 's  play  was  not  issued  in  book  form 
until  the  following  year,  this  is  an  excellent  place  to  say  something 


HENRY  JAMES 

of  it,  especially  as  here,  at  the  end  of  1886,  the  first  serious  examina- 
tion of  Abbey's  genius  which  had  been  printed  may  most  fittingly 
bequoted.  The  writer  was  Henry  James.  The  article,  from  which 
an  extract  has  already  been  made  in  Chapter  III.,  appeared  in  Har- 
per's Weekly  in  December,  1886.  We  will  begin  with  some  general 
conclusions.  Thus:  "Impeccable  as  he  is  indrawing, he  likes  awhole 
face,  with  reason, and  likes  awhole  figure;  the  latter  not  to  the  ex- 
clusion of  clothes,  in  which  he  delights,  but  as  the  clothes  of  our 
great-grandfathers  helped  it  tobe  seen.  Noonehas  ever  understood 
breeches  and  stockings  better  than  he,  or  the  human  leg,  that  delight 
of  the  draughtsman  as  the  costume  of  the  last  century  permitted  it 
to  be  known.  The  petticoat  and  bodice  of  the  same  period  have  as 
little  mystery  for  him,  and  his  women  and  girls  have  altogether  the 
poetry  of  a  by-gone  manner  and  fashion.  They  are  not  modern 
heroines,  with  modern  nerves  and  accomplishments,  but  figures  of 
remembered  song  and  story,  calling  up  visions  of  spinet  and  harpsi- 
chord that  have  lost  their  music  to-day,  high- walled  gardens  that 
have  ceased  to  bloom,  flowered  stuffs  that  are  faded,  locks  of  hair 
that  are  lost,  love-letters  that  are  pale.  By  which  I  don't  mean  that 
they  are  vague  and  spectral,  for  Mr.Abbey  has  in  the  highest  degree 
the  art  of  imparting  life.  .  .  . 

"Hisdrawing  is  thedrawing  of  direct,  immediate, solicitous  study 
of  the  particular  case,  without  tricks  or  affectations  or  any  sort  of 
cheap  subterfuge,  and  nothing  can  exceed  the  charm  of  its  delicacy, 
accuracy  and  elegance,  its  variety  and  freedom,  and  clear,  frank 
solution  of  difficulties.  If  for  the  artist  it  is  the  foundation  of  every 
joy  to  know  exactly  what  he  wants  (as  I  hold  it  is  indeed), Mr.  Abbey 
is,  to  all  appearance,  to  be  constantly  congratulated.  .  .  . 

"  If  the  writer  sp  eaks  when  he  writes ,  and  the  draughtsman  sp  eaks 
when  he  draws,  Mr.  Abbey,  in  expressing  himself  with  his  pencil, 
certainly  speaks  pure  English.  He  reminds  us  to  a  certain  extent 
of  Meissonier,  especially  the  Meissonier  of  the  illustrations  to  that 
charming  little  volume  of  the  Contes  Remois,  and  the  comparison  is 
highly  to  his  advantage  in  the  matter  of  freedom ,  variety,  ability  to 
representmovement(Meissonier's  figures  are  stock-still),  and  facial 

1 60 


SHE  STOOPS  TO  CONQUER 

expression — above  all,  in  the  handling  of  the  female  personage,  so 
rarely  attempted  by  the  French  artist.  But  he  differs  from  the  latter 
signally  in  the  fact  that,  though  he  shares  his  sympathy  as  to  period 
and  costume,  his  people  are  of  another  race  and  tradition,  and  move 
in  a  world  locally  altogether  different.  Mr.  Abbey  is  still  young,  he 
is  full  of  ideas  and  intentions,  and  the  work  he  has  done  may ,  in  view 
of  his  time  of  life ,  of  his  opportunities ,  and  the  singular  completeness 
of  his  talent,  be  regarded  really  as  a  kind  of  foretaste  and  prelude.  It 
can  hardly  fail  that  he  will  do  better  things  still,  when  everything  is 
so  favourable.  Life  itself  is  his  subject,and  that  is  always  at  his  door. 
The  only  obstacle,  therefore,  that  can  be  imagined  in  Mr.  Abbey's 
future  career  is  a  possible  embarrassment  as  to  what  to  choose.  He 
has  hitherto  chosen  so  well ,  however ,  that  this  obstacle  will  probably 
not  be  insuperable." 

When,  some  time  later,  She  Stoops  to  Conquer  was  published  in  a 
handsome  folio,  it  had  an  introduction  in  couplets  by  Mr.  Dobson, 
and  decorations  by  Alfred  Parsons ,  and  was  altogether  a  sumptuous, 
delectable  work — "  monumental,  "asMr.Pennellcallsit.  Mr.Dob- 
son's  verses  are  well  known,  but  a  few  lines  will  indicate  how  happy 
a  chance  had  brought  this  poet  and  this  illustrator  together  as  allies 
in  the  reconstruction  of  Goldsmith's  day: 

"Look,  look, — there  is  Wilkes!  You  may  tell  by  the  squint; 
But  he  grows  every  day  more  and  more  like  the  print 
(Ah !  Hogarth  could  draw !);  and  behind,  at  the  back, 
Hugh  Kelly,  who  looks  all  the  blacker  in  black. 
That  is  Cumberland  next,  and  the  prim-looking  person 
In  the  corner,  I  fancy,  is  Ossian  Macpherson. 
And,  rolling  and  blinking,  here,  too,  with  the  rest, 
Comes  sturdy  old  Johnson,  dressed  out  in  his  best; 
How  he  shakes  his  old  noddle!  I'd  wager  a  crown, 
Whatever  the  law  is,  he's  laying  it  down ! 
Beside  him  is  Reynolds,— who's  deaf;  and  the  hale, 
Fresh,  farmer-like  fellow,  I  take  it,  is  Thrale. 
There  is  Burke,withGeorgeSteevens.  And  somewhere,no  doubt, 
Is  the  author,  too  nervous  just  now  to  come  out; 
M  161 


SHE  STOOPS  TO  CONQUER 
He's  a  queer  little  fellow,  grave-featured,  pock-pitten, 
Tho'  they  say,  in  his  cups,  he's  as  gay  as  a  kitten." 
The  drawings  from  She  Stoops  to  Conquer  are  too  well  estab- 
lished among  black-and-white  masterpieces  for  their  praise  to  be 
elaborated  now;  and  some  of  them  are  to  be  found  and  studied  in 
the  present  volume.  But  the  eulogy  of  the  artist  from  the  golden 
pen  of  Henry  James,  in  the  article  of  which  other  portions  have 
already  been  given  (the  occasion  being  the  completion  of  the  illus- 
trations in  the  magazine),  demands  quotation:  "No  work  in  black- 
and-white  in  our  time  has  been  more  truly  artistic  and  certainly  no 
success  more  unqualified .  The  artist  has  given  us  a  complete  evoca- 
tion of  a  social  state  to  its  smallest  details,  and  done  it  with  an  un- 
surpassable lightness  of  touch .  The  problem  was  in  itself  delightful 
—the  accidents  and  incidents  (granted  a  situation  de  comldie)  of  an 
old,  rambling ,  wainscotted ,  out-of-the-way  English  country  house , 
in  the  age  of  Goldsmith.  Here  Mr.  Abbey  is  in  his  element — given 
up  equally  to  unerring  observation  and  still  more  infallible  divina- 
tion. The  whole  place,  and  the  figures  that  come  and  go  in  it,  live 
again,  with  their  individual  look,  their  peculiarities,  their  special 
signs  and  oddities.  The  spirit  of  the  dramatist  has  passed  completely 
into  theartist'ssense,butthespiritofthehistorianhasdoneso  almost 
as  much.  Tony  Lumpkin  is,  as  we  say  nowadays,  a  document,  and 
Miss  Hardcastle  embodies  the  results  of  research .  D  elightf  ul  are  the 
humour  and  quaintness  and  grace  of  all  this,  delightful  the  variety 
and  the  richness  of  personal  characterisation,  and  delightful,  above 
all,  the  drawing.  It  is  impossible  to  represent  with  such  vividness 
unless,  to  begin  with,  one  sees ;  and  it  is  impossible  to  see  unless  one 
wants  to  very  much,  or  unless,  in  other  words,  one  has  a  great  love. 
"Mr.  Abbey  has  evidently  the  tenderest  affection  for  just  the  old 
house  and  the  old  things,  the  old  faces  and  voices,  the  whole  irrevo- 
cable human  scene  which  the  genial  hand  of  Goldsmith  has  passed 
over  to  him,  and  there  is  no  inquiry  about  them  that  he  is  not  in 
a  position  to  answer.  He  is  intimate  with  the  buttons  of  coats  and 
the  buckles  of  shoes;  he  knows  not  only  exactly  what  his  people 
wore ,  but  exactly  how  they  wore  it ,  and  how  they  felt  when  they  had 
162 


TONY  :  "  TONY  LUMPKIN  IS  HIS  OWN  MAN  AGAIN." 

1 886. 

"  SHE  STOOPS  TO  CONQUER,"  ACT  V. 

GOLDSMITH. 


' 

MRS.  HARDCASTLE,  MISS  NEVILLE,  TONY  AND  HASTINGS. 

TONY:  "DON'T  MIND  HER.  LET  HER  CRY.  IT'S  THE  COMFORT  OF  HER  HEART.  I  HAVE  SEEN 
HER  AND  SISTER  CRY  OVER  A  BOOK  FOR  AN  HOUR  TOGETHER,  AND  THEY  SAID  THEY 
LIKED  THE  BOOK  THE  BETTER  THE  MORE  IT  MADE  THEM  CRY." 

Fifteen  inches  by  eleven  and  a  half  inches. 
1885. 

"  SHE  STOOPS  TO  CONQUER,"  ACT  II. 

GOLDSMITH. 


SHE  STOOPS  TO  CONQUER 

it  on.  He  has  sat  on  the  old  chairs  and  sofas,  and  rubbed  against  the 
old  wainscot,  and  leaned  over  the  old  banisters.  He  knows  every 
mended  place  in  Tony  Lumpkin's  stockings,  and  exactly  how  that 
ingenuous  youth  leaned  back  on  the  spinet,  with  his  thick,  familiar 
thumb  out,  when  he  presented  his  inimitable  countenance,  with  a 
grin, toMr.Hastings,afterhehad  sethis  fondmothera-whimpering. 
(There  is  nothing  in  the  whole  series,  by  the  way,  better  indicated 
than  the  exquisitely  simple,  half-bumpkin,  half-vulgar  expression 
of  Tony's  countenance  and  smile  in  this  scene,  unless  it  be  the 
charming, arch,  yet  modest,  face  of  Miss  Hardcastle,  lighted  by  the 
candle  she  carries,  as,  still  holding  the  door  by  which  she  comes  in, 
she  is  challenged  by  young  Marlow  to  relieve  his  bewilderment  as 
to  where  he  really  is  and  what  she  really  is.)  In  short,  if  we  have  all 
seen  She  Stoops  to  Conquer  acted ,  Mr .  Abbey  has  had  the  better  for- 
tune of  seeing  it  off  the  stage;  and  it  is  noticeable  how  happily  he  has 
steered  clear  of  the  danger  of  making  his  people  theatrical  types- 
mere  masqueraders  and  wearers  of  properties.  This  is  especially  the 
case  with  his  women ,  who  had  not  a  hint  of  the  conventional  paint  and 
patches, simpering  with  their  hands  in  the  pockets  of  aprons, but  are 
taken  from  the  same  originals  from  which  Goldsmith  took  them." 

That  article  was  published  on  December  4th ,  and  thus  prepared 
the  way  for  the  exhibition  of  the  original  drawings  held  at  the 
GrolierClub  in  New  York  from  December  1 6th  toDecemberzznd, 
which  was  the  first  opportunity  that  the  public,  even  in  so  limited  a 
way,  had  of  studying  Abbey's  work  at  first  hand . 

The  following  undated  letter  from  Henry  James  may  be  inserted 
here,  since  it  touches  again  upon  She  Stoops  to  Conquer,  although  it 
belongs  to  a  later  year : 
"MY  DEAR  ABBEY,  'November  izth. 

'Three  or  four  days  ago  arrived  the  good  Natorp  bearing  won- 
drous gifts  (from  you)  in  his  hands — offerings  of  splendid,  indeed 
almost  incredible,  beauty.  You  do  things  more  handsomely  than 
anyone  I  know — and  it  isonly because  I  have  had  the  printer's  devil 
at  my  heels  these  last  days  that  I  have  delayed  so  many  hours  to  tell 
you  so.  The  books  are  beautiful  and  honourable  exceedingly,  the 

163 


J.  G.  WHITTIER 

sentiment  which  prompted  the  bestowal  of  them  is  exactly  the  same 
quality ,  and  my  gratitude  and  appreciation  are  altogether  to  match. 
They  are  the  sort  of  thing  that  one  will  cherish  and  exhibit  for  ever 
—it  is  really  very  nice  of  you.  What  a  fine  thing  is  the  Goldsmith- 
it  makes  one,  as  an  American,  hold  up  one's  head  much  higher.  I 
envy  you  having  a  hand  in  such  occurrences.  It  is  really  a  noble 
book.  I  am  very  glad  to  see  the  Herrick — it  is  very  interesting  for 
one  studying  the  'evolution'  of  your  genius;  and  if  (as  I  understood 
you  once)  many  of  the  drawings  were  done  before  you  visited  these 
realms,  it  is  a  striking  proof  of  that  mystic  vision — you  would  have 
invented  old  England  if  it  hadn't  existed.  But  who  could  have 
invented  you? — in  the  same  case.  Fortunately  you  exist — though 
not  so  much  in  London  as  one  would  like.  Aren't  you  coming  back 
soon  for  the  happy  time  as  this  is  to  me  ?  Your  two  books  make  me 
ashamed  of  that  wretched,  vague,  little  article  I  wrote  about  you  a 
year  ago;  and  yet,  bad  as  it  is,  the  mania  for  publicity  is  the  curse  of 
our  vulgar  age.  Herrick  or  Goldsmith  wouldn't  have  done  it — and 
that  is  why  I  love  you — that  you  transport  one  so  perfectly  to  unin- 
teroceaning  times — that  is,  they  had  no  interviewers. 

"Ever  your  very  faithful, 

"HENRY  JAMES." 

Among  the  Narrative  and  Legendary  Poems  of  J .  G .  Whittier  is  a 
sequence  of  four  sonnets ,  written  in  1 886 ,  under  the  title '  'Banished 
from  Massachusetts,"  with  these  words  at  the  head:  "On  a  painting 
by  E .  A  .Abbey .  The  General  Court  of  Massachusetts  enacted ,  Octo- 
ber iQth,  1658,  that  'any  person  or  persons  of  the  cursed  sect  of 
Quakers 'should,  on  conviction  of  the  same,  be  banished  onpainof 
death,  from  thejurisdiction  of  the  commonwealth.  "Search  has  not 
yet  revealed  the  pictorial  source  of  the  poet's  inspiration;  but  the 
probability  is  that  what  Whittier  saw  and  remembered  was  not  a 
painting  but  a  black-and-white  drawing. 


164 


WITH  JOCKEY  TO  THE  FAIR. 

"  Soon  did  they  meet  a  joyful  throng 
Their  gay  companions,  blithe  and  young, 
Each  joins  the  dance,  each  joins  the  song 
To  hail  the  happy  pair." 

Fourteen  inches  by  ten  and  a  quarter  inches. 

1887. 
"  OLD  SONGS." 


CHAPTER  XIX 

THE  COMMISSION  FOR  THE  COMEDIES  AND 
PUBLICATION  OF  OLD  SONGS 

1887-1888    Aged  34-36 

The  Sketching  Club — Fred  Barnard — Responsibilities  of  an  Illustrator  of  Shake- 
speare— Theories  of  Illustration — Authors  and  their  Illustrators — Sir  Walter 
Besant — Charles  Keene — Preparations  for  Shakespeare — An  Italian  Journey— 
A  New  Studio — A  First  London  Exhibition — Old  Songs — John  Hay — George  du 

Maurier 

LETTERS  are  again  very  scarce  in  1887.  The  first,  from  54 
Bedford  Gardens  to  Charles  Parsons,  on  February  2nd,  tells 
us  of  the  Sketching  Club.  "It  has  begun, "Abbey  says, "its 
weekly  dinners,  and  I  am  seeing  more  than  I  did  of  the  in- 
teriors of  studios.  We  dine  at  each  other's  houses  in  succession. 
Last  Monday  at  Hunter's  there  were  Pettie  and  Holl,  Macbeth,  Mac 
Whirter,  Gregory , Tom  Graham,  Murray  and  Alfred  and  I— and  we 
hauled  Hunter's  work  all  to  pieces,  of  course.  It  is  very  good,  how- 
ever: the  usual  Tarbert  shore  with  girls  shrimping,  etc.  We  sketch  a 
given  subj  ect  after  dinner  in  the  good  old  style .  Th  is  club ,  however, 
has  a  right  to  an  old  style,  as  it  was  started  in  Edinburgh  nearly  fifty 
years  ago . ' '-  -The  Club  consisted ,  in  1 887 ,  of  I  cannot  say  how  many 
members,  but  the  most  enthusiastic  and  regular  were  Abbey  him- 
self, Colin  Hunter,  R.W.Macbeth,  C.  E.  Johnson,  P.  R.  Morris,  H. 
Cameron,  E.  J.  Gregory,  John  Burr,  C.  E.  Holloway,  Frank  Holl, 
T.  Graham,  J.  Pettie,  W.Q.Orchardson,H.  Harper,  Cecil  Lawson, 
Alfred  Parsons  and  J .  Mac  Whirter.  Alfred  Parsons  has  some  of  the 
Sketching  Club's  drawings  made  on  a  night  when  the  subject  was 
"Our  Daily  Bread."  Abbey  drew  four  cobblers  at  work  on  a  bench; 
Pettie  and  Gregory  were  more  literal  and  introduced  the  staff  of  life 
itself.  For  Mac  Whirter,  by  the  way,  Abbey  designed  in  1887  a  pri- 
vate-view card  for  an  exhibition  at  the  Fine  Art  Society's — "The 
Land  of  Burns  and  Scott. ' ' "  If , "  MacWhirter  wrote ,  when  remind- 
ing Abbey  of  his  promise  to  do  him  this  friendly  sendee , "  by  a  stroke 

165 


LINLEY  SAMBOURNE 

of  extra  genius  you  could  introduce  a  Scotch  thistle  into  the  design, 
so  much  the  better."  The  stroke  of  extra  genius  was  forthcoming. 
And  here  letme  mention  the  menu  card  for  the  "Kinsmen"  which 
Abbey  made,  also  in  1 887 ,  in  collaboration  with  Linley  Sambourne. 
One  would  hardly  have  expected  two  such  different  styles— the  fluid 
and  the  solid ,  as  one  might  say — to  amalgamate ;  but  they  do .  Abbey 
was  pleased  with  the  result.  Writing  to  Reinhart,  he  said ,  paraphras- 
ing a  slang  expressive  phrase  of  the  day — "to  take  the  biscuit"- 
"  Sambourne  and  I  have  done  a  combination  menu  card  which  re- 
moves the  macaroon . ' '  The  letter  of  February  2nd  also  says: ' '  I  wish 
you'd  send  Barnard  something  to  do.  He  is  a  proud  cuss,  and  will 
neither  go  to  publishers  and  ask  for  work  nor  suggest  any  ideas  for 
any,  and  his  wife  and  children  are  too  charming  to  be  left  badly  off. 
Can't  you  start  some  of  those  London  characters?  I  suggested  that 
he  do  a  'Punch  and  Judy'  show  in  Oxford  Street  as  a  page  on  spec." 
A  possible  result  of  this  appeal  was  the  article  by  F.  Anstey  in  the 
magazine  for  April,  1888,  on  "Humours  of  a  Minor  Theatre,  "with 
Barnard's  drawings. 

Abbey's  letter  next  turns  to  questions  of  The  Quiet  Life  and  Old 
Songs,  on  which  Alfred  Parsons  and  he  were  engaged ,  and ,  referring 
to  the  "Leather  Bottel,"  mentions  a  correspondence  on  that  song 
with  the  late  Rev.  J.  W.  Ebsworth,  who  was  President  of  the  Ballad 
Society  and  a  clerk  in  Holy  Orders  of  rather  notable  eccentricity. 
He  was  an  admirer  of  Abbey,  says  the  letter,  "of  the  deepest  dye. 
I'd  send  the  poem  he  has  written  to  me  but  for  my  blushes." 

What  Abbey  then  hesitated  to  do  I  may  adventure  now.  Ebsworth 
had  written  as  follows  concerning  some  recent  drawings:"!  had 
been,  this  evening,again  looking  through  your  Harper's  illustrations 
of  She  Stoops  to  Conquer  and  liking  them  ever  more  and  more.  But 
I  think  your 'At  Last, 'and  the  entire  series  of 'Sally  in  our  Alley,' 
from  the  introduction  of  the  heroine  on  the  doorstep  (which  Ran- 
dolph Caldecott  would  have  loved)  to  the  glimpse  of  happiness  in 
the  final  banqueting  scene,  to  be  absolutely  perfect."  Having  gone 
so  far  in  prose,  the  reverend  gentleman  dropped  into  verse.  I  quote 
one  stanza: 

1 66 


MISS  HARDCASTLE'S  SONG. 

"  AH  ME  !  WHEN  SHALL  I  MARRY  ME  ?  " 

Ten  and  a  half  inches  by  six.  and  three-quarter  inches. 

1885. 

"  SHE  STOOPS  TO  CONQUER,"  BETWEEN  ACTS  III  AND  IV. 

GOLDSMITH. 


J.  W.  EBSWORTH 

"The  world  had  grown  sordid  and  shabby, 
But  there  came  from  across  the  big  main 
One  to  cheer  the  worn  hearts,  Edwin  Abbey, 

Who  fills  life  with  enjoyment  again. 
His  the  fancy,  brisk,  varied,  and  loving, 

His  the  pencil,  with  lightness  and  grace, 
To  bring  back  what  Old  Time  was  removing— 
Pluck  the  veil  from  Joy's  long-hidden  face." 
"Iwant/'Abbeycontinued/'thepageofthenewseriesfTfoOttze/1 
Life  and  Old  Songs]  to  have  the  open,  delicate  look  that  the  song  and 
drawing  of  'Oh  me!  when  shall  I  marry  me?'  have  in  the  She  Stoops 
book.  'The  Wish'  has  that  look."  The  artist  did  not  always  get  his 
way  (artists,  when  editors  are  in  question,  notoriously  do  not);  but 
these  letters  are  a  sufficient  testimony  to  Abbey's  controlling  desire 
to  have  everything  as  it  should  be.  A  further  passage  bears  upon 
thoroughness  of  another  kind,  for,  referring  to  "A  Love  Song,"  by 
Wither,  for  Old  Songs,  which  Mr.  Charles  Parsons  had  thought 
somewhat  recondite  for  the  magazine,  he  says: "  It  is  to  be  found  in 
Ritson  and  in  a  very  little  and  very  rare  book  (where  it  first  appeared) 
entitled  'A  D  escription  of  Love , '  with  certain  epigrams ,  elegies ,  and 
sonnets,  London,  1620.  Of  course  it  is  in  Russell  Smith's  edition  of 
Wither." 

The  letter,  from  which  so  many  quotations  have  been  made, 
was  written  on  February  2nd,  1887.  Abbey's  next,  also  to  Charles 
Parsons,  and  from  Broadway,  dated  September  ist,  in  the  same 
year,  is  of  great  importance,  because  it  first  tells  of  his  serious  in- 
tention to  take  up  Mr.  Alden's  suggestion  of  the  previous  year  and 
illustrate  the  comediesof  Shakespeare.  "Alfred'sillnesshaskeptme 
from  doing  many  things  I  otherwise  should  have  done.  I  have  been 
waiting  about  for  his  recovery  (which  now,  I  am  glad  to  say,  is  im- 
minent), but  in  the  meantime  I  have  done  very  little  to  justify  my 
artistic  existence.  We  had  plans  for  work  this  summer  in  which  he 
was  so  much  mixed  up  that  I  could  not  go  on  without  him .  We  were 
to  have  finished  the '  Quiet  Life'  series  . . .  and  then  we  were  to  have 
set  about  the 'Walton'  in  earnest.  Now  these  must  both  go  over,  and 

167 


BOOKS  OF  A  DREAM 

talking  it  all  over  with  him  the  other  day,  the  'Walton' offers  more 
and  more  difficulties  in  the  text.  I  can't  see  how  it  is  to  be  cut,  ex- 
purgated, or  Bowdlerised  without  serious  detriment  to  the  inno- 
cence of  the  whole  work,  and  I  am  pretty  well  discouraged  about  it. 
I  have  done  two  or  three  drawings  for  it  already ,  and  sketched  three 
or  four  more,  but  I  am  half  disposed  to  give  it  all  up,  at  least  for  the 
present."  As  a  matter  of  fact  the  project  had  to  be  abandoned.  The 
Compleat  Angler, illustrated  by  Edwin  A.  Abbey  and  Alfred  Parsons, 
thus  takes  its  place  among  "the  books  which  might  have  been,"  be- 
side (to  name  only  one  or  two  on  those  delectable  phantom  shelves) 
R.L.Stevenson's  GreatNorth  Road,  a  romance  of  highwaymen,  and 
the  memoirs  of  the  Duke  of  Wellington  and  William  Hazlitt  from 
the  same  hand. 

We  come  now  to  the  Shakespeare  project;  and  particular  at- 
tention is  due  to  the  letter  for  revelation  of  the  clarity  of  Abbey's 
mind  with  regard  to  his  work  and  his  duty  as  an  illustrator,  and  of 
the  businesslike  sense  of  him.  "I  have  been  thinking  [he  says]  a 
great  deal  of  the  Shakespeare  Comedies  scheme,  which  at  the  be- 
ginning seemed  to  me  utterly  out  of  the  question.  So  many  people 
have  suggested  Shakespeare  to  me,  that  familiarity  with  the  idea 
has,  I  dare  say,  shorn  it  of  some  of  its  terrors,  although  at  the  present 
I  haven't  the  means  to  carry  it  out.  .  .There  are  fourteen  Comedies, 
and  I  dare  say  you  will  not  want  more  than  five  drawings  to  each  one; 
and  the  research  required  would  be  rather  a  formidable  affair,  but  I 
don't  particularly  mind  that.  Many  of  the  difficulties  with  which 
I  had  to  contend  in  She  Stoops  would  not  present  themselves.  I 
should  like  to  know  particularly  whether  it  would  pay  me  to  under- 
take this.  (We  are  so  very  mercenary.)  In  the  case  of  the  Comedies 
the  scenes  of  which  are  laid  in  Verona,  Venice,Padua, Tuscany , etc., 
I  should  like  to  go  to  these  places ,  which  I  have  never  seen,  and  work 
up  some  studies  there.  This  would  be  an  expense.  No  greater  ,how- 
ever ,  than  the  expenses  attending  my  visit  to  that  confounded  Den- 
mark, which  profited  me  nothing. 

"I  don't  believe  in  undertaking  more  than  an  averageof  fivedraw- 
ings  to  each  Comedy — some  might  have  six  and  some  four — but  if 

168 


"  SWEET  NELLY.  MY  HEART'S  DELIGHT  !  " 

Twenty  inches  by  fourteen  inches. 

1887. 
"OLD  SONGS." 

One  of  three  drawings  with  the  same  title,  two  published  in  the  book  of  "  Old  Songs  "  and 
one  published  privately. 


- 


•*•*-—-*.  ^\- 

<5s»^  '    ^  o' 


* 


>>^» 


V 


THE  SHAKESPEARE  COMMISSION 

there  were  more,  the  same  difficulties  that  beset  me  in  She  Stoops 
—that  of  keeping  the  same  faces  and  figures  repeated  accurately- 
would  arise  again.  But,  at  any  rate,  I  should  like  to  have  your  views, 
and  the  views  of  the  House,  as  to  some  plan  of  publication.  The 
labour  attending  the  preparationof  these  drawingswould, of  course, 
be  considerable,  and  I  am  naturally  anxious  to  know  if  the  profits— 
the  possible  or  probable  profits — would  justify  me  in  undertaking 
the  work .  The  more  I  learn ,  the  more  I  see ,  and ,  naturally ,  the  more 
fastidious  I  am  as  to  the  work  I  put  forth.  My  library  has  increased 
to  a  greatly  embarrassing  extentsince  I  began  toget  togethermaterial 
for  my  'Herrick,'  but  even  now  I  should  feel  justified  in  spending  a 
considerable  sum  upon  works  of  reference  before  beginning  these 
drawings. 

"And 

' '  If  you  still  think  the  work  is  to  be  undertaken , please  let  me  know 
definitely  how  much  I  would  receive  in  money  for  the  drawings.  I 
should  not  like  to  charge  any  expenses  to  the  House — I  mean  in  case 
I  went  abroad — and  for  the  books  and  costumes,  etc.,  but  I  should 
naturally  be  put  to  expenses  of  this  sort,  and  I  'want  to  know,  don't 
you  know,'  whether  I  could  afford  to  do  the  book.  I  have  been  in- 
terrupted a  good  deal  since  I  began  this,  and  I  dare  say  there  is  a  deal 
of  repetition  in  it,  but  the  facts  are  here." 

Thus  far  Abbey  wrote  on  September  ist.  He  did  not,  however, 
send  the  letter  then,  but  added  to  it  in  London:  "September  1 2th. 
—Am  I  never  to  get  at  this?  I  have  been  so  busy  with  other  things 
sinceThursday  last(when  I  came  up  to  see  someof  the  last  rehearsals 
and  the  first  performance  of  the  Winter's  Tale)  that  I've  had  no 
moment  to  myself.  I  have  profited  much  by  this  Winter's  Tale  ex- 
perience, and— 

"October  2nd. — (It's^o^tobefinished  this  time).  I  don't  remem- 
ber 'and'  what,  but,  at  any  rate,  my  mind  has  been  much  occupied 
with  these  Comedies,  and  I  am  becoming  convinced  that  I  might 
do  them  as  well  as  most  people,  if  not  better.  .  .  .  Some  of  the  plays 
would  be  very  easy  to  get  up,  but  some  of  them  would  be  expensive. 
As  You  Like  It,  for  instance,  would  cost  me  for  clothes  quite  £60, 

169 


THE  SHAKESPEARE  COMMISSION 

and  most  of  the  others  (with  the  exception  of  the  classic  ones)  more  , 
or  less.  I  have  just  laid  out  nearly  £40  in  books  on  costumes  and 
architecture,  so  that  that  expense  is  over.  Please  let  me  know  what 
you  think,  and  what  the  House  thinks  of  it  all." 

The  House  thought  sufficiently  well  of  it  all  to  complete  the  con- 
tract, which  was  for  an  average  of  seven  pages  for  each  of  the  four- 
teen Comedies,  or  one  hundred  and  thirty-two  drawings  in  all,  at 
125  dollars  per  page,  the  drawings  to  be  the  property  of  the  Messrs. 
Harpers.  We  may  think,  therefore,  of  Abbey  henceforth  for  several 
years  as  rarely  out  of  the  company  of  our  greatest  poet,  at  whose 
birthplace  he  had  first  become  acquainted  with  English  life:  and 
never  without  one  or  other  of  the  plays  in  his  pocket.  All  these  little 
volumes  have  been  preserved  —  the  Rev.  John  Hunter's  edition, 
published  by  Messrs.  Longmans  —  and  each  is  copiously  marked, 
and  in  many  of  them  are  scribblings  of  drawing.  Abbey's  library 
editions  of  Shakespeare  yield  similar  testimony  to  devout  study. 

The  long  letter  quoted  above  is  peculiarly  interesting  in  showing 
us  with  what  earnestness  Abbey  came  to  his  tasks  .  Among  a  variety 
of  unfinished  and  very  rough  notes  from  his  pen  which  have  been 
preserved  are  to  be  found,  under  the  date  1894,  further  remarks  on 
the  theory  of  illustration  that  may  with  propriety  be  interpolated 
here.  Charles  Dudley  Warner,  taking  advantage  of  the  opening  of 


zine,  had  written  a  little  essay  on  illustrators,  with  some  of  which 
Abbey  disagreed  so  heartily  that  he  began  to  frame  a  reply.  From 
this  reply,  which  was  neither  completed  nor  sent,  much  relevant 
matter  may  be  quoted  .  "  It  is  only  natural  [Abbey  wrote]  for  an  au- 
thor to  suppose  or  assume  that  the  article  illustrated  is,  as  a  rule, 
better  than  the  illustrations.  Of  course,  there  are  two  opinions  as  to 
this.  One  would  hesitate  to  say  that  Walker's  illustrations  to  Philip 
were  better  than  the  story  ,  but  I  am  not  sure  that  a  temperate  mind  , 
able  to  judge  of  both,  would  not  admit  that  it  was  an  open  question. 
C  ertainly  Millais  '  pictu  res  to  Or  ley  Farm  are  better  ,  artistically  ,  than 
the  novel,  and  the  five  hundred  illustrations  of  the  life  of  Frederick 
the  Great,  by  Adolph  Menzel,  give  the  happy  possessor  of  the  col- 
170 


«  HARVEST  HOME." 

"  Come,  Roger  and  Nell ; 
Come,  Simkin  and  Bell ; 

Each  lad  with  his  lass  hither  come, 
With  singing  and  dancing. 
In  pleasure  advancing 

To  celebrate  harvest-home. 
'Tis  Ceres  bids  play 
And  keep  holiday 

To  celebrate  harvest-home." 
1887. 

"  OLD  SONGS." 


ETHICS  OF  ILLUSTRATION 

lection  a  far  clearer  idea  of  the  subject  than  the  turgid  and  unneces- 
sary text  of  Francis  Kiigler,by  which  they  are  accompanied.  .  .  . 
'Take  the  case  again  of  the  historical  picture!  If  the  right  man 
(always  supposing  that  the  editor  is  sufficiently  familiar  with  the 
work  of  contemporary  artists  to  know  which  particular  one  knows 
best  the  particular  historical  period  called  for.  I  admit  that  this  is 
difficult,  for  the  editor,  who,  not  having  studied  the  period  him- 
self, other  than  in  a  literary  way,  cannot  be  expected  to  know  the 
historical  periods  of  furniture  or  clothing  by  their  'shapes,'  but  I 
am  not  pretending  that  the  ideal  pictorial  editor  exists .  I  am  merely 
pointing  out  what  might  exist) — if  the  right  man  is  found,  one  who 
knows,  say,  the  period  of  the  middle  of  the  seventeenth  century,  in 
Holland,  for  instance,  he  would  have  to  work  upon,  possibly,  a  sub- 
ject like  this: 

The  officer,  entering  suddenly,  discovered  the  family  quietly  seated  at  their  midday  meal. 

'  Nothing  is  said  of  the  uniform  of  the  officer — of  the  fact  that 
the  matron  of  the  family  has  her  hair  smoothly  drawn  back  and 
done  into  a  small  knob  at  the  back  of  her  head,  which  is  covered  by 
a  small  round  cap  like  a  black  muffin  ring,  having  two  three-corner 
tabs  coming  down  over  her  ears,  the  whole  covered  by  another  cap 
of  white  lace,  stiffened  and  turned  back  in  front,  in  the  form  of  a 
half  moon,  to  show  her  bare  forehead,  and  tied  at  the  back  with  a 
drawing  string;  that  her  black  dress  is  cut  low  upon  the  shoulder, 
with  wide  short  sleeves  coming  below  the  elbow,  with  narrow  plaits 
at  the  top  and  bottom ,  a  full ,  white  undersleeve  gathered  into  a  small 
wristband  showing  beneath  it,  etc.,  etc. — (the  artist  must  also  know 
just  exactly  what  is  implied  by  'etc.,  etc.')  —  that  she  wears  a  full 
round  skirt,  pulled  up  and  pinned  front  and  back,  so  that  the  folds 
fall  in  a  point  behind  and  before,  showing  a  petticoat  of  perhaps 
satin,  or  some  figured  stuff  (he  must  know  the  pattern),  with  two 
rows  of  braid  close  round  the  bottom,  and  two  up  the  front,  low 
shoes  with  box  toes  coming  out  beyond  the  thick  clumped  sole,  the 
outer  sole  of  which  has  one  thick  piece  of  leather  following  the  shape 
of  the  sole  and  covering  the  front  of  the  heel  as  well  as  the  bottom  of 
it.  She  has  a  double  collar  on,  wide  open  at  the  neck,  both  upper  and 

171 


ETHICS  OF  ILLUSTRATION 

lower  collar  being  sewn  into  a  broad,  stiff  band.  She  has  an  apron 
(describe  apron),  earrings,  and  a  bag  at  her  side  with  bunch  of  keys 
(the  kind  of  keys),  etc.,  etc. 

"The  artist  must  know  what  that  officer  wore  and  how  he  wore 
it,  the  shape  of  each  little  detail  of  it;  what  the  father  of  the  family 
wore;  whether  he  would  be  likely  to  wear  his  hat  at  meals;  if  so 
whether  he  was  sufficiently  high  in  station  to  wear  a  big  hat  or  a 
conical  hat,  with  a  narrow  rim ;  whether  these  would  be  felt  hats  or 
hats  covered  with  beaver  cloth  or  fur.  He  must  know  the  shape  of 
every  article  of  furniture  in  the  room.  If  they  are  an  old-fashioned 
family  he  must  allow  for  that  and  make  the  furniture  of  an  earlier 
date.  He  must  know  that  the  rafters  of  the  room  would  show,  that 
it  would  be  a  high-ceiled  room.  He  must  know  what  their  midday 
meal  consisted  of  and  the  shapes  of  the  things  they  ate  and  drank 
out  of. 

"He  must  know  forty  other  things  besides,  that  he  hadn't  allowed 
for  when  he  sat  down  to  make  the  drawing,  and  he  must  frequently 
get  many  of  these  things  made  up,  if  he  can't  borrow  anything.  If 
he  doesn't  take  all  these  pains,  or  happen  to  have  taken  them,  or 
crammed  himself  with  this  particular  knowledge,  he  has  the  assur- 
ance that  the  first  time  he  goes  into  his  club,  after  the  drawing  has 
appeared ,  a  man  will  say  to  him , '  That  birdcage  in  your  drawing  th  is 
month  won't  do.  You  got  that  so-and-so,  and  it  is  one  made  fifty 
years  later  for  such  a  man,  etc.,  etc.'  This  may  happen  to  be  the  one 
item  of  knowledge  this  particular  man  has  to  boast  of,  but  if  an  il- 
lustrator has  any  pride  in  his  work — and  I  am  not  troubling  myself 
about  the  hangers-on  who  have  not — he  is  exceedingly  ashamed  of 
his  birdcage.  .  .  . 

"I  do  not  believe  that  authors,  as  a  rule,  see  very  clearly  their 
characters — that  is,  pictorially .  I  had  to  make  a  couple  of  drawings 
once  for  a  story,  and,  as  the  story  was  rather  nebulous,  I  called  upon 
the  authoress,  hoping  thus  to  get  some  inkling  as  to  the  appearance 
of  the  characters,  but  she  had  no  clear  idea  in  her  head  as  to  what 
they  looked  like,  or  would  have  been  likely  to  wear,  or  anything  at 
all  about  them  thatwas  of  service  to  me.  I  supposed  she  would  say, 

172 


"  SUNBURNED  FOLK  THAT  STAND  AT  GAZE." 
1889. 

"  THE  QUIET  LIFE." 


QUINCE. 

"  An  upright  man,  who  studied  Greek, 

And  liked  to  see  his  friends  around  him. 
Asylums,  hospitals  and  schools 

He  used  to  swear  were  made  to  cozen  ; 
All  who  subscribed  to  them  were  fools — 
And  he  subscribed  to  half  a  dozen." 

W.  M.  PRAED. 
1887. 
"  THE  QUIET  LIFE." 


gloo 

••too  ot  sbanr  aiow  TWW*  oj  fa^««  sH 
i->W  flW/il  of  Ljdhjidji:  o 
>b  £  Jtsrf  oj  fcjdio«due  orf  bit  A 


SIR  WALTER  BESANT 

of  course,  when  I  showed  her  one  drawing,  that  they  were  '  not 
like  that,'  but  I  was  disappointed  even  there.  She  even  went  the 
length  of  saying  that  she  should  think  that  must  have  been  very 
much  like  them. 

"Fildes  told  me  once  that  he  had  great  difficulty  in  persuading 
Dickens  that  it  would  be  impossible  to  make  a  drawing  of  John 
Jasper  in  Edzvin  Drood  climbing  a  narrow  winding  stair  in  the  pitch 
dark  with  a  black  scarf  in  his  hand;  and  it  has  frequently  happened  to 
me ,  and  I  am  sure  to  other  illustrators ,  to  find  that  authors  have  some 
arbitrary  and  absolutely  impracticable  idea  that  they  wish  carried 
out  in  a  drawing." 

A  letter  from  th  e  late  Walter  B  esant  ,*  the  novelist  and  historian  of 
London, dated  September  1 1 , 1887, throws  further  light  onAbbey's 
desire  for  such  thoroughness  as  he  here  describes.  The  question 
answered  arose  out  of  his  work  upon  She  Stoops  to  Conquer: 

"I  have  looked  into  the  tea  question,  and  I  find  that  between  1730 
and  1770  a  great  change  came  over  the  country.  You  will  find  in  one 
of  the  little  tracts  that  I  send  with  this  the  story  of  a  pound  of  tea 
sent  into  the  country  about  the  former  date.  But  at  the  latter  date 
I  find  by  the  Spiritual  Quixote,  1774,  tea  taken  all  over  the  country, 
for  breakfast  as  well  as  in  the  evening,  except,  no  doubt,  in  very 
out-of-the-way  places.  Some  ladies  took  sagetea — madewithsage, 
balm ,  rue ,  mint ,  and  pennyroyal — del  icious !  The  working  man  had 
onion  posset  or  a  basin  of  pot  liquor ,  a  bacon  bone,  and '  soft'  cheese. 
They  also  loved  a  tankard  of  strong  ale  when  they  could  get  it. 

"I  am  now  sure  that  Oliver  Goldsmith  meant  Olivia  to  have  tea." 

There  came  to  Abbey,  soon  after,  a  letter  from  a  somewhat  un- 
productive correspondent,  Charles  Keene. 

"239  King's  Road,  Chelsea, 
"DEAR  ABBEY,  "October  5th.  [1887] 

"Your  and  Millet's  kind  invitation  is  most  tempting,  but  I  Ve  just 
had  my  holiday! — such  a  long  one  forme  that  I'm  still  astonished 

*  Mention  of  Besant  recalls  the  circumstance  that  Abbey  was  an  original  member  of  the 
Rabelais  Club,  of  which  the  novelist  was  the  founder,  with  Mr.  Walter  Herries  Pollock 
and  Professor  E.  H.  Palmer. 

'73 


CHARLES  KEENE 

and  feel  sort  o'  guilty  about  it!  I  came  back  on  Saturday  last.  Most 
of  the  time  I  was  in  Argyllshire  near  Oban  (saw  Black  .  . .),  a  land  of 
storm  (bucketing  rain)  and  mists  and  floods,  but  in  fairish  weather 
of  a  beauty  that  more  than  compensates.  I  was  staying  with  A.  Ste- 
venson (Arts  Club) — I  should  like  to  introduce  you  to  him — in  a 
costly  sort  of  house  perched  on  a  rock  jutting  into  a  seal-infested 
loch,  trees  down  to  water  edge.  Loch  twenty  miles  long,  scarred 
mountains  all  round .  Went  to  the  Gath  ering  at  Oban .  Kilted  chief- 
tains, bagpiping'Wild  and  high.'  I  left  this  paradise  about  a  week 
ago  and  after  a  few  days  with  a  friend  in  'canny  Newcassel,'  here  I 
am. .  .WhatantiquitiesaboutwhereyouarePAnygravestogrubup? 
— I'm  dead  on  flint  implements.  I  have  not  bagged  much  this  year 
in  my  northern  tour.  A  friend  who  wanted  me  to  go  to  Suffolk  with 
him  picked  up  two  beauties  in  a  ploughed  field  that  I  know  well 
down  there.  He  gave  them  to  me,  so  we 're  still  on  good  terms!  Did 
you  say  you  had  not  been  hard  at  work?  Nor  I !  If  I  come  I  '11  walk 
over.  How  many  hours  from  Evesham  station? 

"Yours  ever, 

"CHARLES  S.  KEENE." 

Writing  to  Reinhart  in  November  Abbey  indicates  that  theShake- 
speare  work  was  becoming  absorbing: "  I  am  about  beginning  a  long 
series  of  drawings — some  150 — to  illustrate  Shakespeare's  Come- 
dies, and  have  accrued  to  myself  books  and  things  galore  on  the 
'Middle  Ages.'  How  the  dickens  do  the  French  get  up  such  ex- 
pensive books?  Who  buys  them?  I  have  expended  nearly  £100  in 
books  alone  since  I've  been  studying  this  thing — eighteen  expen- 
sive volumes  of  Viollet-le-Duc, besides  Racinet,Lacroix,  and  Bel- 
gian things  no  end.  lam  making  agood  many  dresses  here  in  Eng- 
land, and  am  getting  those  iron  castings  of  arms  and  so  on  from 
Berlin,  but  I  find  that  with  fourteen  Comedies  to  mount,  ruin  will 
overtake  me  before  I  begin  a  single  drawing.  Most  of  the  theatres 
here  have  mounted  Shakespeare's  plays  in  the  Elizabethan  fashion . 
Not  a  single  play  is  laid  by  the  author  in  that  period,  and  only  one— 
'The  Merry  Wives'  (King  Henry  VIII .)— is  laid  in  England.  There 

174 


"  HERE'S  TO  THE  MAIDEN  OF  BASHFUL  FIFTEEN." 

"  Let  the  toast  pass 
Drink  to  the  lass  ; 
I  warrant  she'll  prove 
An  excuse  for  the  glass." 

iSM. 
"  OLD  SONGS." 


COSTLY  ACCESSORIES 

must  be  somecostume  place  in  Paris  .where  Melingue  and  Paul  Lau- 
rens  get  their  things  from ,  where  there  is  a  stock  of  Renaissance  stuff. 
Do  you  know  of  one  or  two?  The  furniture  I  shall  have  knocked  up 
by  the  property  man  at  the  Lyceum.  He  is  a  very  clever  chap,  and 
the  cost  is  trifling — papier  mache  and  deal,  but  there  isn't  much  fur- 
niture needed — they  hadn't  much  before  1450.  The  dukes  ceased  to 
be  reigning  personages  about  then.  If  you  can  tell  me  that  there  is  a 
shop  where  the  dresses  can  be  seen  I'll  run  over  and  see  them-  about 
Christmas  time." 

The  last  letter  of  1887  is  to  Charles  Parsons,  from  Broadway,  on 
December  ist.  After  confessing  to  an  idle  autumn,  and  asking  Par- 
sons to  see  two  pictures  by  Frank  Millet  that  had  just  gone  over  to 
New  York,  with  a  view  to  using  an  engraving  of  one  or  both  in  the 
Magazine  or  Weekly,  Abbey  said: "  I  began  painting  with  great  vig- 
our this  summer,  but  was  obliged  to  desist  through  lack  of  cash .  .  . 
I  am  getting  very  excited  about  it  [the' '  Shakespeare ' ']  and  am  study- 
ing up  the  dresses  and  architecture,  and  trust  really  to  send  you 
serious  things .  I  shudder  at  the  money  I  Ve  spent  on  books  and  so  on . 
That  sort  of  book  seems  to  be  disgustingly  expensive.  Offers  of  help, 
however,  are  coming  in  from  all  quarters — some  of  my '  managerial' 
friends  having  made  very  kind  offers  of  assistance.  . .  I  want  to  get 
enough  cash  saved  by  the  first  of  March  to  get  me  down  into  Italy 
for  a  couple  of  months.  I  wish  you  could  come  over  and  go  too. ..." 

Alfred  Parsons 's  notes  tell  us  that  in  1887  Abbey  divided  his  time 
between  London — the  major  part  of  it — and  Broadway,  and  paid 
several  short  visits  to  Frome,  where  Mr.  Parsons,  who  was  in  poor 
health,  spent  some  months.  In  September  they  visited  the  Jubilee 
Exhibition  of  pictures  at  Manchester,  and  then  returned  together  to 
Broadway,  to  remain  there  until  just  before  Christmas ,  working  all 
the  while  on  The  Quiet  Life  and  Old  Songs,  which  in  the  meantime 
were  running  in  the  magazine  .Abbey  also  had  in  the  March  number 
a  frontispiece  consisting  of  an  engraving  of  his  monochrome  draw- 
ing "The  Day  of  Rest. " 

When  the  year  1 888  dawned  Abbey  was  at  Broadway,  but  on  Jan- 
uary 22nd ,  having  The  Merchant  of  Venice  drawings  much  in  mind , 

'75 


A  VENETIAN  INTERLUDE 

he  hurried  off  to  Venice.  Although  back  in  town  on  St.Valentine's 
Day,  he  had  been  able  to  make  a  number  of  sketches  for  Venetian 
backgrounds,  to  spend  a  day  in  Verona,  and  to  be  long  enough  in 
Munich  to  take  notes  in  the  Museum  and  to  buy  a  variety  of  swords ; 
while  he  was  able ,  in  Paris ,  to  see  Reinhart  and  do  someth  ing  to  cheer 
him  out  of  a  fit  of  the  blues. 

On  returning  to  London  he  set  about  finding  a  studio  of  his  own, 
deciding  at  last  upon  one  at  5  6  B  edf ord  Gardens ,  next  door  to  Alfred 
Parsons,  at  No.  54.  Some  reconstruction  was,  however, necessary, 
for  the  lower  portion  had  been  used  as  a  workshop  and  the  studio 
over  it  was  approached  by  an  outside  stair  from  the  garden.  Abbey 
added  the  glass-house  and  costume  room  which  enclosed  the  stair- 
case; he  enlarged  the  studio  window  and  made  a  little  writing  room, 
the  walls  of  which  were  covered  with  red  striped  satin  damask;  and 
he  cut  a  doorway  into  No.  54,  so  that  he  could  live  there  while  work- 
ing at  56.  Meanwhile  during  Mr.  Sargent's  absence  in  America, 
he  made  use  of  his  studio  at  33  Tite  Street.  Writing  to  Reinhart  on 
March  loth,  Abbey  says:  "I  have  been  living  the  quietest  sort  of 
life  since  I  came  back  here — perforce,  for  my  work  on  these  Shake- 
speare things  requires  more  concentration  and  careful  considera- 
tion than  anything  I  have  ever  tried  before.  The  Merchant  of  Venice 
is  gradually  assuming  shape,  and  will  be  better  than  I  dared  to  hope 
when  I  began .  I  am  working  in  J .  S .  S .  's  studio  and  have  raked  over 
most  of  his  old  Venetian  studies,  some  of  which  will  be  most  useful 
for  backgrounds.  ..." 

There  are  no  other  letters  for  1888  between  February  and  No- 
vember, but  Alfred  Parsons 's  notes  tell  us  that  Abbey  visited  him 
at  Frome  in  April,  and  that  they  shared  a  farm  at  Shiplake  in  July 
for  Henley  regatta.  In  June  the  two  friends  had  a  joint  exhibition 
—Abbey's  first  in  England — at  the  Fine  Art  Society's,  showing 
the  drawings  for  She  Stoops  to  Conquer,  and,  by  Mr.  Parsons,  those 
for  Wordsworth's  sonnets.  From  Mr.Pennell's  notice  in  the  Star 
a  sentence  may  be  quoted.  Of  Abbey  he  said:  "There  is  certain- 
ly no  one  else  living  to-day  in  England  who  could  produce  such  a 
set  of  drawings.  .  .  .  To  art  collectors — if  any  real  one  exists — they 
should  be  a  prize.  ..." 

176 


EXEUNT  SALARINO  AND  SOLANIO. 

Twenty  and  a  half  inches  by  twelve  and  a  half  inches, 
iggg. 

"THE  MERCHANT  OF  VENICE,"  ACT  I,  SCENE  I. 


• 

•  *jti  : 


(V>  Htrpcr  *  Iir.4Ur«. 


THE  PRINCE  OF  MOROCCO,  PORTIA  AND  NERISSA 

PRINCE  OF  MOROCCO  :  "  MISLIKE  ME  NOT  FOR  MY  COMPLEXION.1 

Nineteen  and  a  half  inches  by  twelve  and  a  half  inches. 
1 888. 

"  THE  MERCHANT  OF  VENICE,"   ACT  II,  SCENE  I. 


A88M3VI  QUA  AITflO'I  ,C> 


.KOJX3.[<IM03  T  M  MO'*  T<  MOM1O3''. 

fant,3vbv;;  nwiaaiVi 

TOA   ",301/  lir" 


BASSANIO,  PORTIA,  GRATIANO  AND  NERISSA. 

PORTIA  :  "  AWAY  THEN ;  I'M  LOCK'D  IN  ONE  OF  THEM." 

Nineteen  and  a  half  inches  by  twelve  and  a  half  inches. 
1888. 

"  THE  MERCHANT  OF  VENICE,"  ACT  III,  SCENE  II. 


am.  O/ 

'  MAHT  TO  H/0  tfl  O'JIOOJ  M'l  jM-TTir  YAWA" 

.atirfam  lli-.rf  n  hnj;  ovrawJ  vd  Barfonilkfl  E  bat 

.8881 

.11   \Y:l')f.  .1(1  Tit  ",:ir>I?S37  TO  TMAHDff/IM  SHT 


,  19  .\. 

v-~  ,v-".  fc'>"~n, ' 

•fu!*  'jV''^' •  fe  ~  '"f  *  '**  ~~- 


JESSICA  AND  LORENZO. 

JESSICA  :   "  NAY,  BUT  ASK  MY  OPINION,  TOO,  OF  THAT." 
LORENZO  :  "  I  WILL  ANON ;  FIRST,  LET  US  GO  TO  DINNER.1 

Eleven  inches  by  nine  and  a  half  inches. 
1888. 

"THE  MERCHANT  OF  VENICE,"  ACT  III.,  SCENE  V. 


' 


A  KENSINGTON  HOUSEHOLDER 

The  Shiplake  holiday  ended  in  calamity , for  Abbey  hadpreviously 
contracted  some  rheumatic  trouble  which  made  a  visit  to  Homburg 
necessary,  whither  he  went  with  Mr.  Harold  Roller,  the  friend  to 
whose  camera  we  owe  the  very  interesting  and  lively  photograph  of 
the  artist  at  work  reproduced  in  this  book.  Another  visitor  to  Hom- 
burg at  the  time — Mr.  (now  Sir)  John  Hare — succeeded  in  interest- 
ing Abbey  in  his  forthcoming  production  of  the  English  version  of 
Sardou's  play,  La  Tosca,  sufficiently  to  induce  him  to  design  the 
costumes  for  it.  We  have  seen  Abbey  drawing  Sothern  and  other 
performers  in  old  English  comedy  in  New  York,  and  helping  Miss 
Anderson  in  A  Winter's  Tale;  but  this  was  to  be  his  first  serious 
theatrical  task,  and  he  was,  as  we  shall  see,  to  throw  himself  into  it 
with  all  his  energy. 

A  letter  from  Abbey  to  Charles  Parsons  on  November  3  rd ,  1 888 , 
reports  progress.  "My  trip  to  Homburg,  I  am  sorry  to  say,  did  me 
good.  I  hated  the  place  so,  that  I  hoped  it  wouldn't, but  I  fear  it  did. 
Since  my  return  I  have  been  taking  up  the  last  thread  of  the ' Mer- 
chant of  F.,and  Osgood  has  now  the  first  instalment  of  a  series  of 
drawings,  begun  in  pain  and  sorrow  and  continued  through  many 
vicissitudes.  Whatever  other  faults  they  may  have,  they  will  not  err 
on  the  score  of  presenting  as  careful  pictures  as  I  have  been  able  to 
make,  of  life  in  Venice  at  the  end  of  the  fifteenth  century.  I  have 
spared  no  pains  nor  expense  to  secure  at  least  archaeological  correct- 
ness. . .  ."* 

' '  I  ,of  course,  chose  this  particular  time — when  I  was  spending  my 
last  penny,  and  all  the  prospective  pennies  I  could  count  on,  on 
books  of  reference  and  articles  of  costume — to  be  very  ill ,  and,  of  all 
things,  to  build  [that  is,  add  to]  a  small  house  in  Kensington.  ...  I 
have  had  to  adapt  two  storeys.  In  the  lower  one  I  haveput  up  a  very 
fine  old  panelled  room  of  1650  (the  date  is  carved  on  the  chimney 
piece).  There  are  four  old  Flemish  windows  with  shutters  orna- 
mented with  steel  hinges  and  locks ,  etc . ,  and  in  the  L  there  are  stairs 

*  These  drawings  were  not  published  in  the  magazine  until  April,  1890.  The  first  of 
the  illustrations  to  the  "  Comedies  "  to  be  published  were  those  to  The  Merry  Wives  of 
Windsor,  in  December,  1889. 

N  177 


BROADWAY  EVENINGS 

leading  up  into  a  glass-house,  through  which  one  goes  to  the  studio 
proper.  There  is  a  little  room  off,  which  is  to  be  hung  in  red  damask. 
The  studio  is  in  blue  stuff — a  sort  of  jute  material.  My  big  window  is 
very  good.  ...  I  hope  I  shall  find  the  place  interesting  to  work  in 
— as  interesting  as  Broadway,  which  is  remarkably  full  of  floating 
particles  of  what  is  called  'working  impulse.'  It  looks  interesting 
now,  at  any  rate. 

'  'FalstafF  is  down  here  now;  I  enclose  his  head.  I  regret  to  say 
that  his  costume  (which  has  figured  at  Oxford  at  a  week's  perform- 
ance by  the  Oxford  University  Dramatic  Club)  I  find  a  little  too  dull 
and  uncharacteristic,  so  I  am  just  now  having  another  one  made,  of 
that  cloth  known  as  'dagges.'  I  think  the  Broadway  tailor  (who  is 
also  tax-collector  and  clerk  of  the  vestry)  regards  me  as  one  insane. 
'Falstaff '(whoseusual  name  isDunn,an  old  modelwho  foughtinthe 
Indian  Mutiny ,  and  who  has  since  been  super  and  dresser  at  Drury 
Lane)  is  sitting  in  the  kitchen  at  this  moment  entertaining  the  cook 
and  other  servants— judging  by  the  screams  of  laughter  borne  hither 
upon  the  dank  November  air. 

"I  dare  say  that  to  write  or  speak  of  evenings  in  this  big  studio, 
with  its  tapestries  and  carpets,  and  overgrown  fireplace,  its  shining 
pewter  pots  and  brass  pots  and  pans,  and  its  nightly  songs  of  Schu- 
mann and  Rubinstein  and  Grieg  and  Lassen  by  Nettie  Huxley  and 
Lily  Millet ,  is  to  seem  to  idealise  the  life  that  exists  here ;  which  is  not 
by  any  means  all  rose  leaves  and  lavender,  but  is  always  interesting 
and  interested .  I  find  I  can  do  elaborate  architectural  backgrounds 
much  better  under  these  influences  than  I  can  sitting  alone  with  a 
glass  of  whisky  and  water  for  my  only  companion,  at  54  Bedford 
Gardens .  These  girls  can  always  lend  a  hand ,  and  Nettie  Huxley  sits 
for  drapery  admirably.  Mrs.  Barnard  and  Anna  Tadema  and  Lucia 
Fairchild  are  all  useful  in  various  ways.  I  find  they  can  cut  things  out 
better  than  I  can " 

The  Old  Songs,  having  finished  in  the  magazine,  came  out  in 
volumeforminthelateautumnofi888.Thepoemshadbeenchosen 
with  much  taste  from  out-of-the-way  as  well  as  familiar  sources, 
ranging  from  Spenser's  "Perigot"  and  Cuddy's  "Roundelay"  to 

178 


FALSTAFF  AND  MISTRESS  QUICKLY. 

MISTRESS  QUICKLY  :  "  MARRY,  THIS  IS  THE  SHORT  AND  THE  LONG  OF  IT." 

Seventeen  and  a  half  inches  by  eleven  and  a  half  inches. 
1889. 

"  THE  MERRY  WIVES  OF  WINDSOR,"  ACT  II,  SCENE  II. 


JOHN  HAY 

"Kitty  of  Coleraine."  Of  the  drawings  to  "Sally  in  our  Alley"  Mil- 
lais,  in  a  speech  when  distributing  the  prizes  at  the  Sheffield  School 
of  Art,  said  that"he  regarded  them  as  the  most  beautiful  illustra- 
tions he  had  seen  since  the  days  of  Fred  Walker";  and  writing  from 
Washington  on  January  2 1  st,  1 889 ,  John  Hay  says :"  Your  Old  Songs 
are  lovely .  They  have  been  my  salvation  thisChristmas.  I  have  given 
them  to  everybody.  The  Chinese  Ambassador  dotes  on  them." 
Hay 's  admiration  for  Abbey 's  work  was ,  it  should  be  said ,  constant . 
Writing  in  October,  1888,  he  had  remarked: "My  house  is  unfur- 
nished till  I  get  those  drawings  of  yours .  Of  course  you  have  forgot- 
ten what  they  are,  so  I  jog  your  memory.  [Six  drawings  are  then 
named,  two  being  from  The  Quiet  Life.]  You  can't  think  how  much 
they  are  needed  on  my  wall.  In  fact,  to  quote  the  ingenious  Mr. 
Pears, '  I  won't  be  happy  till  I  get  them!'  If  the  Shakespeares  are  for 
Mammonyou  must  save  meone  ortwoof  them.  We  passed  this  sum- 
mer in  the  Rocky  Mountains,  in  and  about  Manitou  in  Colorado.  I 
never  lived  so  near  heaven  before — some  1 0,000  feet  above  sea  level. 
As  my  doctors  had  warned  me  against  any  great  altitude  I  thought  I 
would  try  Pike 's  Peak(  1 4 ,000) ,  so  we  all  went  up  there  in  a  wagon  the 
day  before  we  started  for  home,  and  I  remain  as  before,  like  Theo- 
dore Winthrop  's  Frenchman,  with  a  good  heartand  a  bad  stomach. ' ' 
The  record  of  the  year  1 888  may  be  brought  to  a  close  with  one  or 
two  notes  from  George  du  Maurier,  written  thereabouts  to  Abbey 
in  his  capacity  as  a  London  adviser  to  Harper's  on  matters  both 
artistic  and  literary.  Du  Maurier  had  been  asked  to  provide  a  satiri- 
cal social  scene  for  Harper's  Magazine  each  month  and  Abbey  was 
acting  in  a  way  as  his  editor.  Here  is  one  note: 

"New  Grove  House, 

"Hampstead  Heath, 
"DEAR  ABBEY,  "November  22nd,  1888. 

' '  I  send  you  on  next  page  a  little '  pome'  translated  from  the  French 
of  Sully-Prudhomme.  Would  same,  with  illustration,  suit  Harper 
to  be  printed,  pome  on  one  side,  picture  on  the  other?  If  so  let  your 
little  Du  know.  ,4Yours  eyer)  G  DU  MAURIER  „ 

179 


GEORGE  DU  MAURIER 

A  DREAM. 

"Ah!  si  vous  saviez  comme  onpleure 
De  vivre  seul  et  sans  foyers .  ..." 

— SULLY-PRUDHOMME. 

If  you  but  knew  what  tears,  alas! 

One  weeps  for  kinship  unbestowed, 
In  pity  you  would  sometimes  pass 

My  poor  abode. 
If  you  but  knew  what  balm,  for  all 

Sad  souls,  is  in  an  angel's  glance, 
Your  eyes  would  on  my  window  fall 

As  tho'  by  chance. 
If  you  but  knew  the  heart's  delight 

To  feel  its  fellow  heart  is  by, 
You'd  linger,  as  a  sister  might, 

These  gates  anigh. 
If  you  but  knew  how  love  can  yearn 

For  one  sweet  voice  and  presence  dear, 
Who  knows  but  you  might  simply  turn 

And  enter  here  ! 

.  ,  .  .  G.  DU  MAURIER. 

Another  note,  with  a  charming  drawing: 


GEORGE  DU  MAURIER 

"DEAR  ABBEY, 

"Will  above,  with  nice  landscape,  do  for  a  Harper?  Also:  Jolly 
garden,  jolly,  pretty  girls  round  jolly  father,  who  has  just  taken 
beautiful  house  with  garden  so  as  to  get  young  eligibles  up  to  play 
lawn-tennis.  To  him  girls:  'We  are  all  determined  never  to  marry 
now  we've  got  this  beautiful  house  and  garden!' 

"Yours  ever, 

"G.  DU  MAURIER. 
'Tip  me  a  line,  dear  boy." 


CHAPTER  XX 

A  NEW  FRIEND  AND  THE  QUIET  LIFE 

Aged  36-37 


Miss    Mead — Introspective    Letters — Art    and    Nationality — Aspirations    and 
Attempts — Solitary  Work  and  London  Recreations — Departure  for  New  York — 

The  Quiet  Life — Austin  Dobson 

ONCE  again  we  are  advancing  a  little  too  quickly,  for  an 
event  occurred  in  May,  1888,  which  was  to  have  a  pro- 
found influence  upon  Abbey's  life.  The  Millets  spent 
the  winter  of  1887-1888  in  America,  and  when  they  re- 
turned to  Broadway  in  May,  1888,  brought  with  them  Miss  Mead, 
of  New  York,  who  was  to  become  an  inmate  of  Russell  House,  and, 
with  the  exception  of  a  few  weeks  in  London  in  the  summer,  and 
visits  to  Mr.  and  Mrs.  G.  F.  Watts  and  other  friends,  was  to  lodge 
there  pretty  constantly  until  the  end  of  January,  1889,  and  later  was 
to  become  Mrs.  Abbey. 

Miss  Mead  was  born  at  Torquay,  in  Devonshire,  of  American 
parentage,  both  parents  being  of  purely  English  descent.  Her  fa- 
ther's people  had  settled  in  America  in  1640,  and  her  family  still 
holds  a  remnant  of  the  property,  situated  thirty  miles  from  New 
York,  in  Greenwich,  Connecticut,  which,  according  to  the  town 
records,  was  in  its  possession  in  1 660.  She  was  one  of  nine  children, 
the  only  girl  who  survived  babyhood,  and  growing  up  in  a  house- 
hold of  boys,  she  kept  pace  with  them  in  their  studies  and  vied  with 
them  in  all  their  games.  She  was  a  capital  horse-woman,  an  expert 
swimmer,  and  good  at  all  sports.  Her  ancestors  on  both  sides  were 
graduates  of  Yale  University;  her  brothers  were  Yale  men.  On  the 
margin  of  a  pamphlet  ("  Little  Journeys,"  by  E.  Hubbard),  to  be 
dealt  with  later,  Abbey  has  written,  "  Miss  Mead  was  of  the  third 
[should  be  second]  generation  of  her  family  who  went  to  Miss 
Green's  school  in  New  York,  thenatNo.  i  Fifth  Avenue,  andafter- 
wards  she  was  graduated  at  Vassar  College  and  took  there  a  post- 
graduate course.  After  travelling  extensively  in  Europe ,  she  studied 
182 


MISS  MEAD 

the  Romance  languages  and  literature  in  Germany  and  France 
heard  Zarncke  lecture  at  the  University  of  Leipsic  and  Gaston  de 
Pans  at  the  Sorbonne  in  Paris .  She  also  worked  with  ProfessorPoore 
tor  a  year  at  his  laboratory  in  the  School  of  Mines  in  New  York 
JNot  because  it  was  in  any  way  necessary,  but  because  she  desired 
to  prove  thatshe  could  earn  her  own  living,  she  taught  fortwo  years 
in  the  Roxbury  [Boston]  Latin  School  for  boys"— the  only  woman 
m  the  school. 

Abbey  had  known  of  Miss  Mead  as  far  back  as  1884,  in  connec- 
tion with  the  exhibition  at  the  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art  in  New 
York,  of  a  collection  of  paintings  by  Watts,  which  she  had  been  in- 
trumental  in  bringing  to  America,  but  they  did  not  meet  until  May 

2yth  i888,whenheandthelateComynsCarrcametoRussellHouse 
tor  the  week  end.  Nor  did  it  then  occur  to  either  that  destiny  had 
brought  them  together  in  no  idle  way. 

^  Abbey  was  not  at  Broadway  again  in  1888  until  the  middle  of 
>eptember,  but  from  that  time  until  Miss  Mead's  departure  at  the 
end  of  January,  they  saw  each  other  daily,  and,  having  many  in- 
terests in  common,  soon  became  good  comrades,  and  gradually  ex- 
plored together  all  the  hills  and  valleys  about  Broadway— particu- 
larly the  hills.  Indeed,  one  memorable  walk  remained  a  legend  in 
theneighbourhood  for  many  a  day.  They  had  started  to  climb  Bre- 
don  Hill  to  see  the  view,  but  by  the  time  they  had  come  to  its  foot 
the  clouds  had  crept  halfway  down,  completely  hiding  the  top,  and 

sotheywalkedonuntiltheycametoTewkesbury,fifteenmilesfrom 
Russell  House.  Before  me  lies  a  letter  dated  "Broadway  Decem- 
ber ist,  1888,"  written  by  Fred  Barnard  to  his  daughter  "Polly"- 
Yesterday  it  pelted  with  rain  all  day  long— bitterly  cold— slop 
slush,  and  sticky,  slippery  mud.  Mr.  Abbey  and  Miss  Mead  chose 
the  opportunity  to  walk  all  the  way  to  Tewkesbury  and  back— fif- 
teen miles  each  way .  They  came  back  a  short  cut  through  a  ploughed 
held  a  mile  in  length.  However  they  turned  up  at  about  nine  as  jollv 
as  sandboys." 

This  was  the  beginning  of  a  friendship— rare  and  perfect— be- 
tween these  two,  a  friendship  which  lasted  as  long  as  Abbey  lived 

'83 


DEATH  OF  MRS.  KIPLE 

growing  in  mutual  dependence ,  in  confidence  and  in  strength  to  the 
end,  and  which  led,  two  years  after  their  first  meeting,  to  their  mar- 
riage ,  on  April  22nd ,  1 890 . 

In  light  upon  Abbey's  activities,  thoughts,  and  projects  in  1889 
we  are  peculiarly  rich  by  reason  of  the  preservation  of  the  letters 
which  he  wrote  to  Miss  Mead  between  her  departure  for  America  in 
January,  1889,  and  his  own  visit  to  that  country  in  April,  and  again 
during  his  sojourn  in  England  between  his  return  and  the  second 
visit  to  New  York  at  the  end  of  the  year.  It  was  not  until  her  depar- 
ture in  January  that  he  began  to  realise  to  what  an  extent  he  had  been 
stimulated  by  her  society;  and  how  keenly  he  felt  the  deprivation  of 
this  stimulus  is  to  be  gathered  from  the  letters  which  he  wrote  to  her 
almost  daily  from  that  time.  From  the  less  intimate  portions  of  this 
correspondence  Mrs.  Abbey  has  permitted  passages  to  be  quoted. 

But  first  let  me  refer  to  a  letter  to  Charles  Parsons  on  February  i  st , 
sympathising  with  him  on  the  death  of  his  son  Frank:  "I  was  very 
sad  at  hearing  of  poor  Frank's  death.  He  was  a  good  boy,  very  lova- 
ble, and,  I  thought,  clever  too.  I  hear  little  from  America  now,  save 
trouble  and  disaster  of  various  kinds.  My  dear  old  grandmother  died 
not  many  weeks  ago ,  aged  eighty-nine.  I  am  glad  I  remember  her  in 
the  days  before  her  age  and  infirmities  had  weakened  her  intellect. 
She  was  very  good  to  me  when  I  was  a  little  chap .  My  grandfather , 
her  husband ,  still  lives;  he  is  nearly  ninety .  They  had  been  married 
sixty-six  years . ' ' — This  was  Jane  Kiple  (nee  Clancy) ,  mother  of  Mrs . 
Abbey,  and  wife  of  Jacob  Kiple,  who  died  later  in  the  same  year. 

CharlesParsons  had  just  taken  a  momentous  step .  One  of  Abbey 's 
first  letters  to  Miss  Mead  tells  of  it: "  I  am  much  upset  by  news  from 
Harpers'.  That  dear  old  Parsons  has  sent  in  his  resignation  as  head 
of  the  Art  Department.  .  .  .  I  am  writing  a  letter  now  to  express  my 
regret  and  sorrow  that  one  of  my  old  friends — and  best  friends- 
should  be  severing  the  tie  that  has  bound  us  for  so  many  years.  I 
cannot  forget  the  happy  pride  I  felt  when  he  wrote  to  my  father  nine- 
teen years  ago ,  in  answer  to  a  letter  enclosing  some  sketches  of  mine , 
'What  the  young  man  needs  is  opportunity, 'and  he  very  shortly 
after  gave  me  an  opportunity ,  and  has  given  me  other  opportunities 

184 


CHARLES  PARSONS 

ever  since.  I  owe  him  debts  of  gratitude  I  cannot  easily  repay." 
From  Charles  Parsons 's  reply  to  Abbey  I  quote  a  few  cordial  lines: 
"We  shall  find  a  simple  home  in  the  country,  and  I  hope  to  amuse 
myself  in  sketching  and  painting .  The  thought  to  me  is  inspiring ,  to 
be  free,  after  twenty-six  years  of  hard  work,  with  health  and  a  capa- 
city to  see  and  enjoy  a  simple  life,  and  you,  my  dear  friends  [Alfred 
Parsons  was  included] ,  must  not  forget  me  in  my  new  career.  I  shall 
lookfor  a  more  intimate  knowledge  of  whatyouaredoing,  and  hope 
that  we  shall  be  drawn  still  closer  together." 

Here  are  further  passages  from  the  letters  toMissMead:"  January 
22nd,  1889. — . ...  I  really  feel  the  ambition  I  used  to  have  long  ago 
coming  back  to  me.  I  owe  that  to  you ,  with  many  other  things  I  can- 
not speak  of. 

"January  26th. — . . .  I  have  been  up  to  town The  Lord  Mayor's 

dinner  was  a  great  sight.  [The  Lord  Mayor's  farewell  banquet  to  Mr. 
Phelps,  the  retiring  American  Minister.]  I  sat  near  Frederic  Harri- 
son and  Sargent,  . . .  Leighton  [afterwards  Lord  Leighton]  harped 
on  the  tiresome  old  string  about  the  efforts  of  men  still  seeking  to  ex- 
press themselves  in  forms  which  do  not  yet  bear  the  stamp  of  their 
national  characteristics..  .  .  I  cannot  understand  a  man  so  clever  as 
L.  is,  taking  this  narrow  view  of  art,  not  recognising  the  fact  that 
artists  who  can  do  so  will  always  gravitate  towards  what  seems  to 
them  the  artistic  field  in  which  they  will  be  best  able  to  do  justice  to , 
or  display ,  their  ability.  I  cannot  think  the  quality  of  this  ability  is  a 
matter  of  nationality .  On  the  contrary ,  in  many  cases ,  what  are  con- 
sidered national  characteristics  are  in  artists  wholly  wanting.  The 
German  mind, for  instance, issupposedtobecapableof  an  infinitely 
greater  amount  of  patient  research  than  the  French  mind.  In  the 
artists  of  Germany  this  quality  seems  to  be  absolutely  lacking,  if  we 
except  Liebl,  while  in  France  Gerome  and  Meissonier,  Bastien  Le- 
page and  Dagnan  and  many  others,  have  been  wonders  of  patience. 
I  don't  know  that  this  proves  anything  at  all,  however.  An  artist  is 
an  artist,  no  matter  where  he  may  have  been  born,  and  in  these  days 
of  easy  international  communication  it  is  reasonable  to  suppose  that 
artists  willbe  less  and  less  distinctively  national.  We  can  only  guess 

185 


DAILY  CONFIDENCES 

what  Jan  Steen  and  Terburgh  andVanderMeer[of  Delft]  would 
have  left  us  to  look  at  if  they  could  have  easily  travelled  out  of  their 
own  land. . . . 

"January  28th. — . ...  I  have  begun  a  little  picture  of 'Ophelia' — 
I  '11  make  a  sketch  of  it  for  you .  I  cannot  help  having  a  guilty  feeling 
whenever  I  am  painting,  as  though  I  were  wasting  time  and  energy 
that  ought  to  be  applied  to  my  legitimate  profession.  ...  I  have 
another  scheme — an  old,  old,  subject  of  mine — one  I  used  to  make 
sketches  of  years  ago — of  Mrs.  Bracegirdle  or  some  other  Jacobean 
or  Carolean  actress  (What  was  Pepys's  friend's  name — Knipp?), 
dancing  in  boy's  clothes  (not  too  boyish;  just  boyish  enough),  on  a 
stage ,  with  gallants  of  the  time  lolling  in  the  wings ,  in  great  periwigs , 
and  so  on,  lighted  by  footlights.  It  is  odd  how  long  it  takes  me  to  get 
a  subject  all  rounded  off  in  my  brain.  That '  Old  Song'  I  had  in  hand 
for  years.  So  also  'Stony  Ground,'  Carnegie's  picture.  .  .  ."  The 
Bracegirdle  theme,  unhappily,  was  never  brought  to  fruition. 

Of  an  art  student — ' '  I  don 't  think  she  has  the  student  habit .  She  is 
as  clever  as  she  can  be  up  to  a  certain  point,  but  it  seems  to  me  she 
lacks  the  sensitiveness  necessary  to  a  student  of  any  art  dealing  in 
degree  with  human  feelings. 

"I  don't  believe  an  unsensitive  person  knows  when  he  is  in  the 
wrong.  .  .  . 

"I  haven't  said  how  much  I  miss  you.  ...  I  found  a  poor  little 
mistaken  primrose  yesterday.  Here  it  is. 

"January  29th. — .  .  .  .  All  alone  to-day, and  working  at  a  Merry 
Wives  drawing. .  .  .  Ford  anxious  to  see  what  is  in  thebuckbasket. 
It  is  nearly  finished,  I  am  pleased  to  state,  and  has  more  action  in  it 
than  any  of  the  others  have.  .  .  .  And  after  work  I  walked  up  the  vil- 
lage and  off  over  Chad  wick's  land  . . .  and  saw  the  afterglow.  ...  It 
was  very  beautiful  this  evening  after  a  rainy  day ,  the  sky  all  pink  and 
hazy  and  the  village  with  its  quiet  cloud  of  blue  smoke  beneath  me, 
and  the  street  wet,  glistening,  and  everything  quite  silent,  until  a 
boy  came  whistling  through  the  hedge  down  below  and  made  a 
white  spectre  of  himself  in  his  white  fustian,  with  his  uneasy  'fami- 
liar'of  a  collie  all  across  my  foreground.  .  .  . 

186 


©  M trier  ft  Brottori 


FALSTAFF,  PISTOL,  BARDOLPH,  NYM,  ROBIN. 

FALSTAFF  :  "  BARDOLPH,  FOLLOW  HIM ;  A  TAPSTER  IS  A  GOOD  TRADE." 

Eighteen  and  a  half  inches  by  eleven  and  a  half  inches. 
1889. 

"  THE  MERRY  WIVES  OF  WINDSOR,"  ACT  I,  SCENE  III. 


RUSKIN 

"January  3 ist. — .  ...  I  had  a  long  day's  work  yesterday.  How 
curious  this  work  is !  Sometimes  one  feels  one  could  work  with  both 
hands,  if  they  were  both  available,  and  then  again  one  hand  seems 
too  many.  .  .  .  You  must  read  Waldstein's  article  on  Ruskin  in  the 
last  Harper.  It  is  very  good.  I  don't  believe  Ruskin  will  be  thought 
even  that  much  of  after  his  death.  I  think  him  an  overrated,  windy 
person,  with  no  knowledge  of  the  subject  he  chooses  to  write  most 
of,  but  a  wonderful  power  of  phrase  making,  and  a  most  enviable 
directness  of  style.  His  matter,  which,  after  all,  is  the  main  thing, 
seems  to  me  pernicious  and  misleading  to  the  last  degree. .  .  . 

"February  4th. — .  .  .  For  myself  I  am  always  sillier  than  I  am  for 
otherpeople.  Standing  in  the  auditorium,  I  feel  myself  much  clearer 
about  the  actions  and  general  conduct  of  other  people,  and  I  dare 
say  that  no  profounder  nor  more  pitiless  critic  of  the  actions  of  his 
fellow  men  ever  existed  than  I  am 

"February6th. — . .  .What  an  extraordinary  fillip  or  burst  of  intel- 
ligence one  sometimes  has,  when  everything  seems  to  be  apparent 
in  a  clear,  clean  way,  suddenly.  If  one  could  only 'hang  on, 'if  dark- 
ness didn't  inevitably  follow  a  flash  of  lightning,  I,  for  one,  should 
profit  greatly.  ...  I  know  I  go  on  dully  for  weeks  and  sometimes 
months  with  no  more  sensitiveness  than  a  toad  or  a  stone ,  and  then  in 
the  middle  of  a  sentence  in  a  book,  or  perhaps  looking  up  at  a  sky ,  or 
at  a  woman  in  a  box  at  a  play — it  has  come  when  I  Ve  been  fumbling 
for  a  tennis  ball  in  a  hedge  or  in  a  field  of  high  grasses — suddenly— 
a  great  flash  of  great  possibilities,  a  flash  that  shows  me  wonderful 
great  big  things,  and  I  feel  I  must  set  my  teeth,  and  do,  DO  things. 
This  quiet  here  to-day  has  been  very  big,  somehow.  It  has  lacked 
any  small  elements.  I  have  worked  at  Pistol  and  Bardolphand  Sir 
Hugh  Evans  with  real  pleasure,  feeling  them  stepping  stones  to 
other  things.  I  have  worked  on  my  Windsor  architecture,  but  [he 
had  been  reading  Romola]  I  have  seen  the  Florence  of  Michael  An- 
gelo  and  of  Leonardo,  and  I  long  to  get  at  the  frame  of  mind  that 
made  them  work. .  .  .  When  I  think  of  the  wasted  precious  years  I 
have  lost,  that  growing  time  of  my  young  mind,  and  of  the  few  days 
that  seem  to  be  left  me  in  this  busy  world,  I  begin  to  long  for  a  con- 

187 


AMBITIONS 

vent,  where  everything  sordid  and  little  and  worrying  and  entan- 
gling is  walled  out,  and  where  I  might  have  a  great  empty  place  to 
work  in ,  with  a  dark  cloudy ,  misty  wing ,  where ,  as  the  twilight  came 
on,  I  might  see  the  images  I  long  to  re-create.  .  .  . 

"February  i2th. — . . .  I  have  been  wondering  whether  it  isn't  my 
great  fault  to  try  to  make  things  better  than  they  really  are — I  mean 
inmy  work  and  all.  I  try  to  do  brilliant  young  gallants  from  poor  old 
Leme  [his  model  and  factotum]  and  dashing  young  damsels  from 
very  frowsy  people  very  often,  but  I  don't  know  whether  that  is  de- 
generating or  not,  whether ,  if  I  set  down  the  plain  vulgarity  of  what  I 
see,ratherthantrytoseemyprettypeople£/zroMg/mhatisbeforeme, 
it  would  be  an  evidence  of  strength .  I  don 't  know :  I  am  just  thinking 

itwithapen I  am  not  so  irretrievably  in  debt  as  you  might  be  led 

to  think;  but  I  do  long  to  be  free  and  not  to  owe  anything  at  all.  .  .  . 
Osgood  and  Black  came  down  with  me  on  Saturday  and  stopped 
over  until  yesterday.  ...  It  snowed  all  Saturday  night  and  all  day 
Sunday  and  most  of  Sunday  night, and  everything  has  still  that  dead 
sound — or,  rather,  lack  of  sound.  ...  A  model  came  down  to-day . 
She  is  very  tall  and  graceful.  .  .  .  I  keep  thinking  of  an  old  early  Vic- 
torian Song,  'Taking  Tea  in  the  Arbor.'  I  shall  draw  it  all  day  to- 
morrow, I  know.  She  brought  down  from  Linton  [J  .D .]  a  very  good 
dress  for  'Mariana'  [for  a  Shakespeare  illustration]  and  Barthehas 
sent  down  a  nun's  dress,  white  and  black. ...  I  have  lots  of  archi- 
tectural material  for  A  IVsWell.  ...  I  don't  like  the  play.  Bertram 
doesn't  get  hisdeserts  at  all, but  his  particularspecies  of  sin  isusually 
dealt  with  rather  leniently  by  the  bard.  Angelo's  Mariana  should 
really  be  a  hideous  old  hag  who  drinks  or  takes  snuff  or  some- 
thing .  .  . 

"I  remember  once  your  saying  you  always  read  people's  biogra- 
phies, and  rather  resenting  it  at  the  time,  for  no  reason  whatever, 
and  thinking  it  over  afterwards  with  the  intention  of  saying  some- 
thing about  it,  but  I  don't  think  I  ever  did  say  anything  about  it,  and 
now,  during  dinner,  I  have  been  reading  a  very  interesting  article 
about  Walter  Scott,  in  the  February  Scribner.  Wonderful  to  be  so 
busy!  It  makes  me  think  something  must  be  wrong  with  me  some- 

188 


BIOGRAPHY 

where  and  I  wonder  what  it  is  ...  but  here  is  the  root  of  my  re- 
sentment about  your  remark  about  biographies.  I  remember  being 
particularly  fired,  when  quite  a  boy,  by  Tom  Taylor's  edition  (I 
don't  know  whether  there  ever  was  any  other)  of  Benjamin  Robert 
Haydon's  Autobiography.  His  struggles  and  aspirations  and  bitter- 
nesses, his  pain  at  the  slights  put  upon  him,  were  very  real  and  very 
tragic  to  me.  [Here  he  refers  to  his  disappointment  already  men- 
tioned, on  seeing  Haydon's  demonstration  of  the  correctness  of  his 
drawing  in  his  picture  of  "Curtius  Leaping  into  the  Gulf."]  I  felt 
that  all  my  sympathy  for  his  woes  and  his  slights,  my  awe  of  the 
man  who  despised  Wilkie  for  his  subjects  of  the  boys  and  the  garden 
engine,  were  thrown  away. .  .  Still,  I  had  a  good  time  while  I  was 
reading  the  book,  and  I  oughtn't  to  forget  that.  .  .  . 

"I  know  my  pen  runs  away  with  me,  but  you  make  me  do  what  I 
have  not  been  in  the  habit  of  doing — go  down  into  myself.  I  know 

it  is  all  very  egotistical I  really  did  try  hard  to  do  my  best  when  I 

was  only  encouraged  to  do  somebody  else's  best ;  that  I  did  really 
do,  and  have  stuck  to  it,  the  thing  in  my  art  that  seemed  to  me  to  be 
rightandtrue,and  I  may  say  withoutfalse  modesty, or  anything  else, 
that  I  have  raised  the  level  of  my  particular  art  in  my  own  country, 
and  have  had  a  good  many  followers,  of  one  sort  and  another.  Do 
you  think  I  ought  not  to  be  encouraged  by  this !  I  don't  very  often 
think  of  it.  The  followers  have  not  followed  the  thing  in  my  work 
that  I  have  really  cared  most  for;  like  most  imitators  they  have  imi- 
tated the  weaknesses.  But  I  feel  a  strength  at  the  back  of  it  and  I  see 
things  that  may  be  done — that  never  have  been  done.  To  go  back 
to  poor  old  Ruskin,  who  says  (under  the  instruction  of  the  P.R.B.}— 
I  can't  remember  the  text — something  about  the  representation  of 
events  not  as  they  might  be  supposed  poetically  to  have  happened, 
but  as  they  really  might  have  happened.  That  is  what  I  'd  like  to  do. 
It  was  done  by  Millais  in  the  early  days. . . .  Did  you  ever  see  the 
'Ophelia'  or  the*  Vale  of  Rest'?  (two  nuns  digging  a  grave,  this  latter) 
—a  very  wonderful  picture.  I'd  like  to  carry  that  on.  I'd  like  to  carry 
it  farther  than  poor  Bastien  did  in  his  'Joan  of  Arc,'  but  I  'm  afraid 
it's  not  for  me.  This  is  enough  of  this  ! 

189 


"MARIANA" 

"February  iyth. — . ...  I  seem  to  be  paying  debts  all  the  time 

I  don't  feel  that  I  am  quite  an  idiot ,  but  certainly  these  money  things 
are  bothering 

"The  long  walk  I  had  on  Friday,  over  Buckland  Hill,  and  round 
by  the  top  of  Laverton,  on  to  Snowshill ,  and  round  and  down  by  the 
tower,  in  the  most  brilliant,  beautiful  moonlight,  was  not  lonely ,  for 
my  thoughts  weregreat  company.  Iwonderif  you  have  ever  thought 
so  hard  that  you've  had  to  run  to  keep  up  ?  Ideas  and  things  come  in 
such  an  unruly  mob  sometimes,  I  have  fifty  at  once,  and  it  wears  me 
out  to  think  I  can't  do  it  all.  I  awoke  yesterday  morning  full  of  a 
picture  of  'Mariana,'  and  I  laboured  away  at  it  all  the  while  I  was 
dressing  and  having  my  coffee,  and  was  obliged  to  put  it  aside  for 
pen-and-ink  backgrounds  when  I  got  down  into  the  studio  . . . 

"I  had  a  full,  hard  day's  work  to-day,  and  have  finished  a  lot  of 
drawings- — (Leme  is  to  take  them  up  to  town  to-morrow,  and  is  to 
bring  down  some  things  for  me) — and  the  sunset  was  so  very  beau- 
tiful that  I  walked  off  towards  it,  up  through  the  coppice  and  out  to 
the  left  through  a  paddock  where  they  have  been  pollarding  the  trees 
and  which  I  found  full  of  primroses.  ...  I  saw  a  beautiful  sky  for 
my  dawn  picture  of  'Corinna' ...  all  steely ,  whitey  blue,  with  pink 
streaky  clouds  across  it 

"February  i8th.— —  I  got  up  earlier  than  is  my  wont,  and  came 
down,  and  did  a  whole-length  large  drawing  of  Leme  as  'Slender,' 
which  I  hoped  rather  was  not  going  to  be  good,  but  it  wasn't  so  bad 
—a  little  too  idiotic  perhaps.  At  any  rate,  it  seemed  good  enough  to 
warrant  my  painting  all  the  afternoon.  So  I  began  the  'Mariana'  and 
somehow(I  must  begetting  VERY  conceited)  it  didn'tturn  out  badly 
either — so  FAR.  [Here  follows  sketch.]  Would  you  have  a  miniature 
in  her  hand ?  Would  you  have  the  boy  blind ?  Would  you  have  aprie- 
dieu  under  the  triptych?  I  wonder  if  I  '11  ever  finish  all  these  things? 
I  do  want  to,  so  very  much.  I  was  dead  done  up  at  tea  time,  and 
went  out  to  walk  and  turned  round  to  the  left  toward  Buckland,  and 
trudged  away,  wondering  if  spring  had  really  come,  the  air  was  so 
full  of  songs  of  birds  and  that  curious  unripe  smell  that  early  spring 
brings  with  it.  .  .  . 

190 


SLENDER  TO  MISTRESS  ANNE  PAGE. 

SLENDER :  "  WHY  DO  YOUR  DOGS  BARK  SO  ?  " 

Sixteen  and  a  half  inches  by  eight  and  a  half  inches. 
1889. 

"'THE  MERRY  WIVES  OF  WINDSOR,"  ACT  I,  SCENE  I. 


©  H«lp.r  k  Btolb.fl. 


LONDON  DIVERSIONS 

"February  25th,  54  Bedford  Gardens. — . . .  I  went  to  the  Gallery 
Club  and  saw  some  splendid  pictures  and  talked  a  bit  with  Jimmy 
Whistler.  It  was  an  orchestra  night  and  the  celebrated  amateur  Or- 
chestral Society  did  the  music,  which  was  good They  played  a 

beautiful  thing  of  Bach's — a  sort  of  fuguey  thing  that  went  on  and 
on,  ambling  in  a  gentle,  soothing  way,  that  I  could  have  heard  for 
hours  and  hours.  .  .  . 

"March  3rd. — It  has  beena  long  week,  and  I  havebeen  about 

agooddeal at  Sargent's  two  or  three  times. . .  .  I  went  one  after- 
noon to  Mrs.  Harry  White's.  .  .  .  [Henry]  James  was  there  and  had 
been  at  the  Parnell  trial .  It  was  the  eventful  day  when  the  wretched 
Pigott  failed  to  turn  up ,  and  he  described  it  all  very  well 

"March  5th. — — I  want  to  do  my 'Mariana. 'I  see  her  differently 
—a  little — now,  in  the  back  of  a  dim  room,  with  the  boy  and  harp  in 
the  foreground 

"March  nth. — . . .  The  Jamesons  are  great  old  friends  of  mine. 
Theirs  was  the  house  I  liked  to  go  to  most  when  I  first  came  here.  I 
used  to  meet  Edmund  Gurney  there  and  Albert  Moore  and  Mere- 
dith ,  and  Jameson  used  to  have  lots  of  Wagner  music,  but  they  have 
gone  away  to  live  now  at  Torquay 

"March  1 2th. — . . .  I  dined  with  the  [Seymour]  Trowers,  a  beau- 
tiful dinner  and  a  beautiful  house.  The  Jamesons  again  and  Mrs. 
Arthur  Murch.  .  .  She  is  an  artist,  and  old  Costa,  the  landscape 
painter,  has  been  stopping  with  her.  John  [Sargent]  was  there,  and 
we  all  argued  about  things  and  interested  ourselves  very  much.  .  .  . 

"March  I4th. — . . .  That  bit  of  Dekker  keeps  running  in  my  head 
as  I  go  walking  about  this  great  stony  town .  I  walk  keeping  time  to 
its  rhythm. 

'O  sweet  content!  O  sweet,  O  sweet  content! 
Work  apace,  apace,  apace,  apace!' 

"Saturday,  i6th. — . . .  I  did  my  first  really  good  day's  work  yes- 
terday. It  was  a  trivial  little  thing  of  a  girl  trimming  some  rose  trees 
in  a  churchyard ,  and  a  carter,  leading  a  horse,  looking  at  her  over  the 
wall .  It  is  Bretf  erton  churchyard  and  the  houses  across  the  green  for 

191 


ALBERT  MOORE 

background.  [ProloguetoTheQuietLtfe.]  Itackled'Mariana'water- 
colour  again  for  about  the  sixth  time.  I  can't  get  her.  Why,  your 
friend  asks,  do  I  not  do  my  own  ideas?  I  don't  know  that  I  have  any, 
really  mine.  Has  anyone?  One  must  be  always  open  to  suggestion, 
and  must  keep  one's  temperament  so  sensitive  that  I  feel  it  would  be 
especially  difficult  for  me  to  be  original .  I  suddenly  see  things  some- 
times before  I  try  to  put  them  down,  and  sometimes  they  come  in 
scraps,  like  the  girl  in  the  graveyard.  I  didn't  dream  of  making  it  a 
graveyard  when  I  began  it .  I  don 't  know  now  whether  it  means  any- 
thing, or  even  why  it  seemed  a  good  thing  to  do.  I  don't  understand 
the  working  of  the  human  mind  at  all.  Ifeelh.  I  can  feel  for  people 
I  like  and  care  for,  and  even  for  my  own  folk  whom  I  have  imagined , 
but  I  don't  in  the  least  know  why.  I  could  not  in  the  least  go  on  with 
the  pattern  and  folds  of  their  dresses  if  I  had  not  succeeded  a  little  in 
suggesting  their  personality  first.  And  then  sometimes  when  they 
become  vulgar  in  drawing  under  my  eye — more  and  more — I  hate 
them  altogether,  and  can't  go  on  at  all.  ... 

"My  room  begins  to  look  more  homely  . . .  and  Leme  brought  up 
a  lot  of  my  old  friends  that  I  know.  The  walls  are  still  pretty  bare,  but 
'Mariana'  looks  well  against  them,  so  I  shall  not  hang  many  things 
up  yet .  I  am  having  little  black  frames  made  for  about  twenty  of  the 
Diirers,  and  I  have  hanging  up  a  large  photograph  of  the  Holbein  at 
the  Hague, thebeautiful  lady  with  thewhite  things  around  her  head, 
and  a  curious  head  by  Botticelli  from  the  Louvre,  and  two  Diirer 
photos.  ...  I  walked  off  a  fit  of  the  blues  last  night.  I  met  Albert 
Moore  and  went  homeward  with  him.  He  remains  the  pure  artist 
always— always  trying  for  the  best  and  sticking  to  his  principles  -  his 
artistic  principles.  ...  I  liked  talking  to  him.  He  is  one  of  the  few 
artists  like  John  [Sargent]  and  a  few  others,  who  feels  what  you  mean 
and  also  makes  you  feel  what  he  means.  .  .  . 

"Tuesday,  March  iQth. — On  Sunday  Horry  Harper  turned 

up  and  we  went  round  to  Leighton's  about  four He  has  such 

beautiful  things  about  him.  I  wonder  if  they  don't  clog  his  brain  ? 
I  wonder  if  so  many  very  fine  things  in  the  vicinity  of  what  one  is 
doing  arenot  detrimental  to  the  working  of  one's  own  imagination.  I 

192 


MRS.  PERUGINI 

am  beginning  to  think  that  a  bald  barn  is  the  best  place  to  see  visions 
in,  not  a  luxurious  museum  filled  with  precious  scraps  that  com- 
mand one's  attention  and  insist  upon  being  respected.  One's  own 
poor  little  ideas  seem  so  insignificant  and  so  little  worth  the  doing. 
Monday  I  had  a  charming  call  from  Mrs.  Perugini  (Kate  Dickens). 
Do  you  know  her  ?  She  is  the  cleverest  of  them  all.  I  dined  early  at 
the  club  and  went  with  Marcus  Stone  to  the  R.A.  to  see  the  Muy- 

b ridge  things Really  a  delightful  exhibition.  They  were  thrown 

up  by  a  magic  lantern  to  a  great  size.  Made  me  long  to  do  the  nude.  I 
don't  know  why,  but  the  men's  figures  were  all  so  much  better  than 
the  women's 

"Last  evening  I  had  a  regular  go  in  at  La  Tosca  and  really  feel 
that  I  have  accomplished  something.  To-day  I  tried '  Angelo' — this 
morning  in  the  lower  room  [oak  panelled].  The  effect  was  splendid. 
This  is  a  rough  sketch  of  his  dress,  but  I  could  not  see  well  to  do  him 
with  a  pen.  It  was  too  dark,  and  the  white  paper  made  things  dazzly 
in  that  dark  place.  Yesterday  I  tried  to  do  Isabella's  head,but  I  could 

not  get  it  right. . .  It  is  very  lonely  here  now  without  Alfred He 

went  away  in  good  spirits I  wish  they  had  not  sent '  The  Love 

Song '  to  the  Paris  Exposition.  Why  not '  Kitty  of  Coleraine'  and 
'Barbara  Allen'? ...  I  must  write  to  Hay  and  tell  him  he  can't  have 
his 'Harvest  Home' drawings  yet 

"March  25th. — . . .  I  have  noticed  that  when  men — city  men- 
begin  buying  they  usually  buy  landscapes  first  of  all.  And  I  dare  say 
they  are  right.  I  should  do  so.  A  room  furnished  with  landscapes  is 
a  big  room  to  live  in.  ...  I  had  a  dear  little  chap  sitting  to  me  for 
Falstaff 's  page,  and  I  did  so  well  this  morning  that  I  felt  justified  in 
trying  to  paint  most  of  the  afternoon.  So  he  has  been  sitting  for  the 
singing  boy  in 'Mariana.'  I  shall  bring  this  over  with  me.  Iwantyou 
to  see  it.  I  tried  to  do  it  all  in  a  blue  room,  but  it  was  too  much  blue 
I  thought.  However  I  may  try  it  blue  again.  Yesterday  I  worked  on 
the  Duke  in  Measure  for  Measure — did  the  pattern  on  his  robe,  most 
fidgeting  work.  Joe  [Comyns  Carr]  came  in  about  then  and  walked 
withmeasfarasduMaurier's.IstoppedatduMaurier'suntilnearly 
seven.  Nice  people,  and  a  happy  family.  I  asked  them  to  dine  with 

o  193 


THE  DU  MAURIERS 

me  here  next  Saturday — du  M . ,  Mrs .  du  M . ,  and  Sylvia  [afterwards 
Mrs.  Arthur  Llewelyn  Davies]. . .  Henry  James  is  coming  too. . .  . 

"March  28th. — .  .  .  I  went  down  to  supper  at  the  Lyceum  in 
honour  of  John's  portrait.  It  did  look  stunning  there.  I  sat  between 
Ellen  Terry  and  Mrs.  Beerbohm  Tree.  She  is  a  remarkable  woman 
— Miss  Terry — so  remarkably  well-informed  and  read." 

On  April  6th,  five  days  after  reaching  the  age  of  thirty-seven,  Ab- 
bey sailed  for  America  in  the  Servia,  intent — professionally — upon 
thepersonalsuperintendenceofT/teOwz'eZLzyeseriesasabook.This 
is,  to  my  mind,  one  of  the  most  beautiful  and  satisfying  works  that 
the  hand  of  man  has  devised.  The  poems  chosen  by  Abbey  for  il- 
lustration by  himself  and  Alfred  Parsons  were  Andrew  Marvell's 
"Garden,"  Cowley 's"  Wish,  "Praed's"  Quince  "and  "The  Vicar," 
Pope's  "  Ode  to  Solitude,"  three  anonymous  stanzas  entitled  "The 
Married  Man,"  and  Randolph's  invocation  "To  Master  Anthony 
Stafford."  A  third  associate — Mr.  Dobson — supplied  a  Prologue 
and  an  Epilogue.  The  Prologue  ran  thus: 

"Even  as  one  in  city  pent, 
Dazed  with  the  stir  and  din  of  town, 
Drums  on  the  pane  in  discontent, 
And  sees  the  dreary  rain  come  down, 
Yet,  through  the  dimmed  and  dripping  glass, 
Beholds,  in  fancy,  visions  pass, 
Of  spring  that  breaks  with  all  her  leaves, 
Of  birds  that  build  in  thatch  and  eaves, 
Of  woodlands  where  the  throstle  calls, 
Of  girls  that  gather  cowslip  balls, 
Of  kine  that  low  and  lambs  that  cry, 
Of  wains  that  jolt  and  rumble  by, 
Of  brooks  that  sing  by  brambly  ways, 
Of  sunburned  folk  that  stand  at  gaze, 
Of  all  the  dreams  with  which  men  cheat 
The  stony  sermons  of  the  street, 
So,  in  its  hour,  the  artist  brain 

194 


THE  QUIET  LIFE 

Weary  of  human  ills  and  woes, 
Weary  of  passion  and  of  pain, 
And  vaguely  craving  for  repose, 
Deserts  awhile  the  stage  of  strife 
To  draw  the  even,  ordered  life, 
[he  easeful  days,  the  dreamless  nights 
The  homely  round  of  plain  delights, 
The  calm,  the  unambitioned  mind, 
Which  all  men  seek,  and  few  men  find. 


The  quintessence 


reader  that  it  is  no  exaggeration  to  call  it  one  of  the  pjrfert  things. 

the  most  delicate  spirit  of  English  serenity  is 


CHAPTER  XXI 
.       BEGINNING  OF  THE  "  COMEDIES  " 

1889  (concluded)    Aged  37 

A  Fortnight  in  New  York— Further  Letters  to  Miss  Mead— Studies  from  Nature 

—The  "  May-Day  Morning  "—The  "  Minstrel  "  Motif— Colarossi ,  the  Model 

—A  Visit  to  Mr.  Sargent  at  Fladbury— The  Costumes  for  La  Tosca 

IN  New  York  Abbey  saw  the  Harpers,  saw  his  Cousin  Jo,  saw 
members  of  his  family  and  "lots  of  the  fellows,"  but,  most  of  all, 
Miss  Mead;  and  when,  after  his  very  brief  visit— a  fortnight  only 
-he  sailed  again  for  England,  it  was  agreed,  although  Miss  Mead 
had  given  no  promise,  that  the  correspondence  should  continue,  let 
the  outcome  be  what  it  would.  Accordingly,  after  his  departure  on 
May  ist,  on  the  Germanic,  Abbey  wrote  to  her  almost  daily  letters 
until  his  arrival  in  New  York  at  the  very  beginning  of  the  next  year 
( 1 890) ,  when  an  engagement  immediately  followed . 

His  companions  on  the  voyage  were  Osgood  and  his  old  and  tried 
friends  the  Laffans,  who,  discussing  seriously  his  determination  to 
paint  in  oil,  used  every  possible  argument  to  encourage  him  to  do  so . 
On  May  loth  he  arrived  again  at  Bedford  Gardens  with  a  mind  set 
upon  his  new  medium,  but  there  was  much  to  be  done  before  he 
could  abandon  himself  to  it.  Not  that  he  ever  did  wholly  abandon 
himself  to  oil  painting,  for  even  after  the  completion  of  TheDeserted 
Village  and  the'  'Tragedies '  'of  Shakespeare ,  which  were  notfinished 
until  1909,  he  drew  in  pen  and  ink  from  time  to  time,  and  made  one 
or  two  important  pen  drawings  in  the  last  year  of  his  life. 

In  the  first  letter  from  London,  on  May  nth,  1889,  to  Miss  Mead, 
he  says, "  I  dined  at  home  last  night,  and  went  off  afterwards  to  see 
Hare  at  the  new  theatre.  .  .  .  La  Tosca  will  not  be  wanted  till  Sep- 
tember. You  don't  know  how  relieved  I  was.  I  didn't  know  I  had 
been  so  anxious. ...  I  have  been  painting  away  like  a  good  one  to- 
day, or  rather  like  a  bad  one,  for  I  have  rubbed  out  all  I  did,  nearly. 
Still  it  will  be  nicer  to  paint  on  again." 

Abbey  had  never  been  quite  happy  in  his  new  studio  in  Bedford 
Qardens;  was  always  restless  there  and  could  not  seem  to  settle  to 

19° 


THE  JONGLEUR  MOTIF 

work;  but  on  May  i$th  he  writes,  "The  room  isn't  nearly  so  beastly 
now  I've  got  the  Durers  all  up. . .  and  they  brighten  the  place  im- 
mensely . .  .but  I'm  going  away— I  hope  to-morrow— to  Broadway. 
I  really  have  painted  pretty  well  to-day-a  pinky  sky  and  a  town  wall. 
It  was  a  sudden  subject  I  thought  of— a  strolling  minstrel  being 
turned  out  of  a  mediaeval  town.  He  is  a  sort  of  Gringoirish  Barnaby 
Rudge  kind  of  a  Blondel-like  person,  and  has  a  brown  loaf  under  his 
arm,  a  mandolin  at  his  back,  and  a  careless  smile— rather  a  vacant 
one— if  I  can  do  it.  I  send  a  little  sketch.  There  are  a  lady  and  a  monk 
and  donkey  and  a  couple  of  men  at  arms  watching  him  going  away. 
Perhaps  the  monk  will  be  trudging  into  the  town  minding  his  own 
affairs.  I  thoughtthis  littlesubjectperhaps  a  better  one  to  tackle  than 
an  important  one. "-  -This  particular  canvas  was  never  finished ,  but 
the  subject  allured  him  for  the  rest  of  his  life,  as  is  shown  by  the 
multitude  of  sketches  he  made  for  it.  Two  paintings  on  the  subject 
-often  referred  to  in  the  letters  as  the  "  Jongleur"-he  did,  however, 
finish:  one  a  water-colour,"The  Vagabond,"  painted  about  the  year 
1894—3  minstrel  dressed  in  red,  strolling  out  from  the  gate  of  an 
old  walled  town,  and  playing  on  his  mandolin  as  he  trudged  along 
through  the  snow;  and  the  other,  an  oil  painting,  "The  Bridge,"  ex- 
hibited at  the  R.A.  in  the  year  1 898 ,  and  bought  by  Lord  Carlisle  for 
the  Art  Gallery  at  Capetown. 

In  the  same  letter,  referring  to  his  life  in  Philadelphia,  before  he 
left  home,  Abbey  says,  "I  wasn't  interested  in  anything  at  all  until  I 
began  to  read  for  myself  .  .  .  and  then  the  hours  and  hours  I  spent  in 
w  ifaiT  m  PhiladelPhia>  poring  over  the  pictures  in  the  Cornhill 
—Walker  s  and  du  Maurier's— and  the  pictures  in  Punch  and  in  all 
the  English  periodicals!  I  wonder  what  would  have  happened  had 
my  father  known  I  was  not  at  the  Academy  as  he  expected  me  to  be 
digging  away  at  the  antique.  I  wonder  what  would  have  become  of 
me  if  I  had  grown  up  as  John  [Sargent]  did— in  Florence  and  Italy 
and  b  ranee— with  beautiful  things— pictures  and  statues  and  things 

-alwaysabout.  I  often  wonder  that " 

Established  again  at  Broadway ,  Abbey  set  to  work  at  once  to  make 
studies  of  apple  trees  before  their  blossoms  should  lose  their  fresh- 

197 


A  NEW  MEDIUM 

ness,  which  were  needed  for  what  was  to  be  his  first  Academy  paint- 
ing,"May-DayMorning,"nowtakingshapein  his  mind  as"Corinna 
Going  a-May ing, "which  he  had  already  treated  in  pen  and  ink  in  his 
Herrick.  He  had  gone  down  on  the  2ist,  where  for  a  time  he  was 
to  be  alone,  except  for  the  housekeeper  and  his  faithful  henchman 
Leme,astheMilletswereremaininginNewYorkafewweekslonger. 
On  the  22nd  he  writes:  "All  this  day  I  have  been  hard  at  work  at  the 
tree  by  the  greenhouse — the  apple  tree  that  is  to  be  seen  over  the 
wall  in  the'Corinna,'forthe  blossoms  are  dropping  fast  and  in  a  few 
days  they  will  be  gone.  I  got  at  it  first  in  oil  and  couldn't  seem  to  draw 
it  accurately  enough — then  I  took  a  dig  at  it  with  crayon  on  grey 
paper,  and  then  I  took  a  bigger  piece  of  grey  paper  and  went  at  it 
with  crayon  and  water  colour,  and  then,  at  seven  in  the  evening, 
I  wired  in  at  it  again  in  oil,  for  it  had  the  pinky  light  behind  it  that 
I  want.  But  it  is  a  frightfully  difficult  thing  to  do.  I  was  at  it  all 
day,  from  ten  o'clock,  without  any  interval  save  fifteen  minutes  for 
luncheon,  and  about  half  an  hour  when  I  sketched  some  other  blos- 
soms on  the  road,  over  the  wall.  .  ."  Again,  on  the  23rd:".  .  .  I  took 
my  traps  down  through  the  long  grass  into  Burrough's  orchard, 
where  I  sat  all  the  morning,  up  by  the  little  mill  dam,  and  dug  away 
at  a  tree ,  much  fresher  than  ours ,  with  few  or  no  blossoms  off  at  all . " 
And  on  the  24th:  "...  After  luncheon  yesterday  I  made  a  study  of 
another  little  delicate  tree  and  should  have  finished  it  to-day  if  it  had 
not  come  on  wet  and  showery . '  '—All  very  interesting  records  of  the 
determination  of  the  artist  neither  to  evade  difficulties  nor  to  be 
beaten  by  them.  "May  26th. — . . .  On  Friday  before  dinner  I  took  a 
walk  up  to  the  top  of  the  hill ,  and  in  through  Chad  wick 's  gate ,  under 
the  beeches,  which  are  the  most  exquisite  green.  There  are  some 
beautiful  old  thorns  I  don't  remember  seeing  before,  just  where  the 
path  begins  at  the  bottom  of  the  old  road.  One  will  do  capitally  for 
the  one  'with  seats  beneath  the  shade,'  when  I  come  to  do  The  De- 
serted Village.  . .  I  think  really,  perhaps,  one  day  I'll  be  a  painter. 
28th. — To-day  Claudio  in  the  cell.  I  may  not  be  able  to  do  him, 
but  I  have  hopes.  This  will  be  the  first  black  and  white  I  shall  have 
touched  since  my  return.  I  can't  help  rather  longing  to  let  it  go. 
198 


STAGE  COSTUMES 

' '  I  must  ask  you  what  you  think  of  the  photos  [of  himself]  ?  I  am 
sending  one  to  Munich  . . .  very  self-sufficient,  and  very  glassy  as  to 
the  eye  and  very  determined  as  to  the  jaw  and  very  superior  as  to  the 
nose.  It  has  altogether  the  aspect  of  one  born  to  be  a  ruler  of  men.  I 
never  realised  before  how  very  crooked  my  nose  is.  .  .  ." 

Eager  to  get  on  with  Measure  for  Measure,  the  next  Comedy  he 
was  to  concentrate  upon,  Abbey  had  ordered  certain  costumes  from 
Barthe,  to  be  made  from  his  own  designs;  and  Irving  had  offered  to 
lend  him  for  the  same  purpose  his ' '  choice  of  the  Faust  things ' '  at  the 
Lyceum  .During  his  whole  career  it  was  very  rarely  that  he  used ,  or 
could  use,  theatrical  costumes  except  when  made  from  his  own  de- 
signs or  from  the  designs  of  an  artist  real  ly  learned  in  some  particular 
period.  He  found  them,  as  a  rule,  either  badly  cut  or  incorrect,  too 
often  made  to  agree  with  whatthe  performers  thought  to  be"be- 
coming."  In  this  matter  his  experience  was  that  the  costumes  for 
men  were  usually  even  less  satisfactory  than  the  others,  the  actor's 
vanity  being  greater  than  the  actress's ! 

On  May  3 1  st  he  writes  from  the  BeefsteakClub :"..  .I've  just  been 
to  the  Lyceum,  and  Loveday,  Irving  and  two  fat  women  hauled  out 
all  the  Faust  things.  There  are  500  dresses  in  all.  . .  ." 

Referring  to  his  regret  that  the  old  masters  had  not  given  us  more 
of  the  life  of  their  own  day  and  less  of  so  called  "imaginative"  art : 
"...  I  am  writing  against  myself  now,  but  I  dare  say  they  couldn't 
help  what  they  did  any  more  than  I  can . ' '  And  from  Broadway  a  little 
later:". . .  I  don't  want  you  to  imagine  for  an  instant  that  what /do— 
what  I  have  grown  into  doing  in  art — is  what  I  really  think  the  right 
thing — I  mean  the  right  thing  of  all  things.  It  came  about  in  curious 
ways,  as  I  have  told  you.  I  dare  say  if  I  had  had  John's  experience  I 
might  have  been  single  and  unencumbered ,  as  he  is ,  but  I  have  been 
so  entangled  and  half- wedded  to  what  must  be  more  or  less  a  con- 
scious and,  therefore,  not  quite,  quite  spontaneous  variety  of  work, 
that  I  never  know  whether  I  do  really  see  what  I  see  or  not;  I  mean, 
looking  at  an  old  window — suddenly — instantly ,  if  it  is  suggestive  at 
all,  I  don't  see  that  window  as  it  is,  at  all,  but  as  it  might  have  been, 
with  the  people  whom  it  was  made  for  and  the  people  who  made  it 

199 


AN  ARTIST  ON  ARTISTS 

looking  through  it  at  each  other.  Everything  old  I  see  that  way.  A 
matter  of  habit, of  course,but  I  lose  all  the  pleasure  a  modern  should 
have  in  the  real  aspect  of  real  things,  under  the  light.  I  suppose  we 
can 'the  quite  all  alike.  .  . .  The  imaginative  work  that  appeals  to  me 
most  is  of  a  quaint  and  innocent  sort ,  far  removed  from  the  tremend- 
ous and  grandiose.  The  'Joan  of  Arc'  of  Bastien  is  the  greatest  im- 
aginative work  of  these  sophisticated  times .  Well ,  I  could ,  I  dare  say , 
talk  all  night  about  the  others — the  others  of  old  days  that  appeal  to 
me .  First  of  all ,  there  is  Fra  Angelico ,  who  is  least  of  all  men  who  ever 
lived  of  the  earth  earthy,  I  should  think;  and  then  the  other  dear, 
quaint,  innocent  Italians,  and  by-and-by,the  development  of  the 
elegance  that  was  begun  by  Botticelli  and  most  of  all  Crivelli. .  .  . 
Both  Botticelli  and  Crivelli  were  the  lastword,  especially  the  former, 
before  the  art  that  is  called 'imaginative 'became  dreary  and  bour- 
geois and  dull.  .  .  . 

"June  i  st. — I  have  been  working  ever  since  a  little  after  nine 

on  Measure  for  Measure.  The  Duke  telling  him  'he  has  ever  loved 
the  life  removed . '  The  monk  is  cautiously  standing  across  the  door- 
way. I  am  trying  it  in  oil — black  and  white.  I  think  it  will  be  better 

practice  than  doing  it  in  pen  or  evenblack  chalk, orwater  colour 

Sixo'clock I'vehadafullday'swork.  I  nearly  finished  the  monk. 

...  It  is  very  exciting,  this  painting.  One's  success  is  such  a  constant 
surprise ,  and  one  keeps  doing  little  things  quite  accidentally  that  one 
has  noticed  and  marvelled  at  in  the  technique  of  other  men.  I  hope 
I '11  get  there  some  day.  .  .  .  Now,  curiously,  I  don't  want  anybody 
about  while  I  am  at  work.  I  used  to  long  for  people  to  be  about,  but 
lately  I  don't .  .  .  and  it  spoils  servants  [to  sit  as  models] .  Leme  is 
unique,  but  he  is  a  bit  spoiled.  .  .  .  Sunday.  ...  I  am  full  of  what  I 
want  to  say  to  you  about  painting  .  .  .  but  it  must  wait.  Go  and  see 
the  little  masterpiece  of  Van  der  Meer  of  Delft  in  the  Metropolitan 
Museum  [in  New  York],  .  .  .  No  pose,  no  striving  nor  straining. 
Just 'seeing  beautifully 'an  ugly  thing " 

Writing  to  Charles  Parsons  to  thank  him  for  the  photograph  of  his 
"dear  oldhead,"  Abbey  says:  "I  havegrown  to  respectyour  opinion 
as  my  wisdom  increased.  Perhaps  we  have  grown  together,  but  you 

200 


THE  DUKE  AND  FRIAR  THOMAS 
OIL. 

DUKE  !    "  MY  HOLY  SIR,  NONE  BETTER  KNOWS  THAN  YOU 
HOW  I  HAVE  EVER  LOVED  THE  LIFE  REMOVED." 

Sixteen  and  a  half  inches  by  twelve  and  a  half  inches. 
1889. 

"  MEASURE  FOR  MEASURE,"  ACT  I,  SCENE  IV. 


• 

.  II I  WOH 

. 

• 


CHARLES  PARSONS 

have  not  been  so  busy  getting  yourself  into  shape  as  I  have.  ...  I 
may  as  well  tell  you,  now  that  you  are  no  longer  in  an  official  capa- 
city, that  I  have  been  mostly  painting  since  I  returned.  I  have  been 
making  studies  of  apple-blossom  over  a  wall  for  the*  Corinna  Going 
a-Maying.'  It  is  a  daybreak  picture  and  the  sun  gets  up  these  days 
much  too  early.  It  comes  easier  with  practice,  of  course." 

To  this  letter  Charles  Parsons  replied,  in  July,  from  his  summer 
lodging  at  Westport  Point,  Massachusetts,  where  he  was  "literally 
in  dreamland  . . .  nothing  to  do  but  eat,  sleep  . . .  the  old  life  behind 
me."  "You  know,"  he  says,  "  very  well,  without  my  writing,  how 
much  affection  and  pride  I  have  in  you  personally  and  how  much 
I  appreciate  your  art  and  sympathise  with  your  aspirations  for  the 
full  expression  of  the  great  talent  God  hasgivenyou.  I  hopeandbe- 
lieve  that  your  future  work  will  show  that  I  am  not  mistaken :  and 
here  let  me  urge  you  to  devote  a  part  of  your  time  to  painting.  It  does 
seem  a  great  pity  that  you  should  not  put  some  of  your  knowledge 
into  colour,  either  oil  or  water.  You  can,  if  you  only  will.  I  shall 
look,"  he  concludes,  "for  your  letters  and  all  of  what  you  are  doing 
with  eager  interest.  Don't  let  the  intervals  be  long  between." 

"Juneyth  [to  Miss  Mead]. — . . .  I  am  just  going  to  paint,  either  in 
black  and  white  or  in  colour,  until  I  can  get  at  something  that  I  can 
express  myself  with — forget!" 

On  June  gth,  to  Miss  Mead: "...  I  think  I  must  do  things  with  all 
my  might.  I  think  that  is  so.  This  morning  I  picked  up  Symonds's 
Renaissance  in  Italy — the  painting  volume — and  I  was  so  very  in- 
terested in  it  that  I  hated  to  put  it  down.  .  . .  He  is  so  much  better 
than  Ruskin.  He  doesn't  preach,  doesn't  tell  you  this  is  superla- 
tively right  and  that  absolutely ,  despicably  bad .  What  he  says  of  Fra 
Angelico  is  very  good  and  very  interesting.  Dear  me!  what  a  curious 
thing  art  is.  .  .  There  are  so  many  phases,  so  widely  differing,  and 
each  good  and  right  in  its  way ...  If  I  had  grown  up  artistically  inde- 
pendent— not  depending  upon  what  I  produced  for  my  living — I 
think  I  should  have  developed  differently.  I  think  I  was  on  a  pretty 
good  path,  so  far  as  my  perception  went,  when  I  first  went  to  Har- 
pers'. If  I  had  been  inParisorLondonallthoseimpressionableyears, 

20 1 


PROGRESS  WITH  OIL 

I  dare  say  I  should  have  arrived  at  some  perhaps  more  individual 
result,  maybe  sooner,  too. ..." 

On  June  2ist—  -".  .  .To-day  I  have  been  working  on  Angelo  and 
Isabella — Isabella  principally.  It  is  brown  and  black  andwhite,and 
I  am  getting  more  and  more  easy  with  the  oil  every  day.  It  takes 
longer  than  the  pen  in  some  ways .  All  the  drapery  and  the  heads  and 
hands,  and  all  that  sort  of  thing,  take  much  longer,  but  the  architec- 
ture and  that  doesn  't  take  nearly  so  long,  and  the  values  of  the  colours 
of  the  things  are  much  truer,  of  course.  She  is  in  white  serge,  and 
the  value  of  her  head  in  the  linen  coif,  and  of  the  white  dress  against 
the  white  wall,  I  think  I  have  got  pretty  well.  At  any  rate  it  looks 
serious.  He  will  be  dark,  and  only  his  wicked  eyes  are  to  show  over 
his  hand.  I  think  it  will  be  one  of  the  best.  I  have  tried  to  keep  him 
unforced  and  quiet.  His  clenched  hand  and  the  expression  of  his 
face  I  am  trying  to  make  tell  the  story." 

"Mariana  of  the  Moated  Grange,"  also  in  Measure  for  Measure, 
was  giving  constant  trouble.  Writing  on  June  25th  Abbey  says:  "I 
don'tknowhowmanyMarianas  I  havedone — I  meanbegun — butas 
yet  she  don't  get  right.  I  have  begun  pen  ones,  and  crayon  ones,  and 
water-colours  and  several  oil  ones,  and  now  I  have  begun  another 
in  brown  and  white.  The  boy  is  fairish,  but  I  cannot  get  Mariana 
straight.  I'm  getting  sick  of  her,  but  she  must  come.  Theyareintwo 
lights — the  light  coming  over  the  hanging  and  a  light  from  in  front. 
She  is  very  dark,  away  back  in  the  corner." — The  letter  contained  a 
sketch  of  the  composition.  Abbey  continued  to  be  possessed  by  this 
subject  for  many  months,  for  not  only  did  he  make  a  Shakespeare 
illustration  for  the  magazine  but  a  water-colour — one  of  the  most 
important  of  his  works  in  that  medium,  which,  finished  at  the  end 
of  1890,  was  bought  by  the  late  Henry  Marquand  and  is  now  in  the 
possession  of  Mr.  James  Stillman,  New  York. 

"June  29th. — .  .  .  I  had  been  in  Worcester  all  the  afternoon,  and 
we  went  over  the  Cathedral,  which  has  had  almost  every  interesting 
thingremoved  by  Gilbert  Scott-that  destroyer  of  history.  The  nave 
door  was  open  and  all  down  the  aisle  as  we  walked  we  could  look  over 
west — over  the  Severn — across  the  fields  into  the  open  country.  I 

202 


ANGELO  AND  ISABELLA. 


OIL. 

Twenty-four  and  a  half  inches  by  sixteen  and  a  half  inches. 


"  MEASURE  FOR  MEASURE,"  ACT  II,  SCENE  IV. 


•:.brti:  1 

.. 


H3  Hm|"T  *  II 


CLAUDIO  AND  ISABELLA. 

CLAUDIO :  "  SWEET  SISTER,  LET  ME  LIVE." 

Fifteen  and  three-quarter  inches  by  twelve  and  a  quarter  inches. 

1889. 

"  MEASURE  FOR  MEASURE,"  ACT  III,  SCENE  I. 


.AJJ3SA3I  CM/  .13 


«.3VIJ  3M  T3J  ,K!mia  TH3  ffg  "  :  OHIUAJO 
•:-,-ftuip  s  bns  ivbwJ  vd  eoH^ni  wmnp-ssulj  bnK  n*sl>i  'i 


.1  3VI302  ,IH  T3A  ".SWUXA3M  flO^  3HU2A3f/. 


THE  DESERTED  VILLAGE 

can't  understand  why  that  western  door  should  have  given  the  place 
an  air  of  reality — of  genuineness — but  it  did. .  .  .  In  the  morning  I 
began  the  last  of  the  Measure  for  Measure  series — Isabella  kneeling 
to  the  Duke,  who  raises  her  up.  I  hope  it  will  go  well.  It  begins  well, 
which  is  ominous "As  a  matter  of  fact  Abbey  thought  this  draw- 
ing one  of  the  best  of  the  series. 

June  3Oth,  after  a  reference  to  money  matters :". .  .If  I  have  wanted 
a  chair  or  a  table  or  a  costume — for  a  drawing — often  the  entire  sum 
I  get  for  the  drawing  will  not  pay  for — has  not  paid  for — the  outlay, 
but  I  have  never  hesitated  on  that  account.  These  stockbrokers  and 
business  men  whodie  having  done  nothing  all  their  lives  save  buying 
and  selling  and  coming  home  in  the  evening  to  their  homes  and  their 
families,  I  do  feel  sorry  for.  I  think  often  how  very  curious  it  must  be 
to  have  leisure.  I  never  seem  to  have  any.  I  am  always  worrying  out 
these  little  black  and  white  squares  in  my  head,  and  when  I'm  not, 
my  eyes  are  always  busy.  I  am  for  ever  and  ever  arranging  and  re- 
arranging." 

July9th,referringtoavisitorintheafternoon:". . .  Shehad never 
heard  of  Schumann's  songs.  Didn't  know  he  wrote  songs.  When 
people  tell  me  that  sort  of  thing,  I  always  look  at  them  more  closely 
—perhaps  I  may  not  have  looked  at  them  at  all  before.  I  usually  dis- 
cover something  curious  in  their  heads  or  f  aces ,  which  gives  them  an 
incomplete  air.  I  am  not  a  physiognomist.  .  .  .  I  have  to  fudge  at  a 
face  until  I  get  the  expression  I  want.  I  suppose  a  dose  of  'Bell's  An- 
atomy of  Expression,'  taken  at  a  tender  age,  cured  me  of  any  desire 

to  draw  after  a  receipt I  like  to  do  my  own  observing. . . ." 

Wednesday,  loth. — " ...  In  the  evening  yesterday  I  read  The  De- 
ser ted  Village aloudtoMrs.  Barnard,  and!  think  Ihavejustthe  things 
for  it.  Itwillbe  easy, and  I  canbegettingreadyfor  another  play  while 
I  am  doing  it , and  all  the  dresses  and  costumes  are  here  and  the  places 
and  all . "...  The  Deserted  Village  drawings ,  as  it  happened ,  were  to 
be  one  of  Abbey 's  disappointments .  Not  only  were  there  delays  and 
postponements  with  regard  to  the  commission  and  publication,  but 
the  reproductions  were  unsatisfactory;  and  this  was  the  more  re- 
grettable because  he  never  did  more  beautiful  or  sympathetic  work. 

203 


A  RIVER  HOLIDAY 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Millet,  after  returning  from  America  in  June,  had 
gone  for  a  visit  to  Paris.  On  July  2Oth  Abbey  writes:".  .  .  They  all 
come  back  this  evening  and  perhaps  are  bringing '  old  Ved '  with 
them.  Do  you  know  Vedder  ?  I  forget.  He  is  a  real  genius,  a  queer, 
original  chap,  full  of  out-of-the-way  knowledge  and  with  the  most 
original  ideas.  . .  ."  Of  another  artist  he  wrote  in  the  same  letter: 
"Having  lived  for  so  many  years  the  best  of  a  small  circle  of  inferior 
men,  throughlack  of  appreciation  and  through  being  surrounded  by 
people  who  did  not  in  the  least  know  what  he  was  driving  at,  he  has 
not  had  strength  enough  to  rise  above  things.  I  don't  think  there 
can  be  a  more  debilitating  thing  than  an  inferior  audience." 

Work  was  varied  by  a  little  amusement.  One  evening  in  July  Abbey 
was  in  London  to  see  Verdi's  Otello  at  Covent  Garden;  on  another  he 
entertained  Mr.  Harry  Harper,  du  Maurier,  Black  and  Osgood;  the 
next  he  dined  at  the  Reform  with  James  Payn  and  T.B.  Aldrich. 
Later  in  the  month  he  was  joined  by  Mr .  Thomas  Manson ,  on  a  little 
rowing  holiday,  which  he  thus  described  to  Miss  Mead:  "July  zyth. 
— The  George,  Wallingford.  .  .  .  Yesterday  Manson  and  I  started 
early  from  Salter's  Wharf  (Oxford)  down  the  river  in  a  half-out- 
rigged  dingey.  . .  I  pulled  about  fifteen  miles.  Manson 's  hands  were 
sore  and  he  couldn't  pull  much.  I  didn't  mind.  ...  I  sketched  the 
barmaid  and  landlord  and  landlady  last  night. . .  .You'd  be  amused 
at  the  brisk  life  in  these  little  inns.  They  are  as  clean  as  clean,  and 
you  are  made  one  of  the  family  at  once.  There  was  quite  a  gathering 
in  the  yard  yesterday  evening,  shelling  peas  when  we  came.  The 
family  and  the  landlord's  daughter's  young  man  and  two  young 

boating  chaps  in  Oxford  colours ""July  3oth.— We  pulled 

from  Caversham  down  through  Shiplake  and  Wargrave  and  Henley 
and  Medmenham  and  Bisham  and  Marlow  and  Cookham — it  was 
very  beautiful— and  finished  up  at  Maidenhead  by  pulling  the  boat 
out  of  water  and  over  the  rollers  instead  of  putting  it  through  the 
lock.  .  .  .  I  suppose  there  are  people  who  cannot  understand  the  de- 
light of  feeling  all  their  muscles  working  strongly  and  intelligently. 
.  .  .  I  do  not  think  there  is  anything  like  pulling  a  well-built  boat,  if 
you  arev/e\\,andl  am  amazingly  well.  .  . . 

204 


E.  A.  ABBEY. 

AGE  THIRTY-SEVEN. 

FROM  A  PHOTOGRAPH  TAKEN  IN  THE  STUDIO  AT  BROADWAY,  IN  1889,  BY  HIS  FRIEND,  HAROLD  ROLLER. 

Now  first  published. 


"SWEET  NELLIE" 

"July  3 1 st. — .  .  .  We  saw  the  little  houseboat  the  Daniels  have- 
Henry  Daniel  of  Worcester  College,  Oxford.  ...  He  is  certainly  a 
very  interesting  man ,  of  the  kind  I  used  to  see  a  good  deal  of  when  I 
used  to  go  to  the  Savile.  There  they  were  in  a  little  houseboat  [The 
Moorhen]  —he  and  Mrs.  Daniel  and  his  little  girls,  Rachel  and  Ruth . 
Did  I  ever  show  you  The  Gar  land  of  Rachel?  Daniel  has  a  private 
press  and  prints  little  things — opuscules  is  the  word ,  I  believe — and 
when  Rachel  was  born,  Daniel  got  his  friends,  Lang,  Lewis  Carroll, 
Dobson,Gosse,Mary  Robinson,  Humphry  Ward,  Robert  Bridges, 
Locker,  Sir  Richard  Harrington,  and  others,  each  to  write  her  a  little 
welcoming  into  the  world  sort  of  poem " 

"Augustyth. — . . .  I  must  go  away  to-day  and  be  busy  for  a  while 
with  that  blessed  Tosca.  Leme  has  departed,  and  I  miss  him  greatly, 
but  he  became  quite  unreasonably  independent.  I  wonder  whom  I 
shall  have  in  his  place.  I  had  got  so  used  to  him  that  he  understood 
just  what  I  wanted,  and  I  always  dread  a  new  model.  ...  I  did  a 
figure  from  thenew  girl  onSaturday. .  .Itisfor  The  Deserted  Village, 
and  is  part  of  the  group  under  the  thorn  tree.  .  .  .  'The  hawthorn 
bush  with  seats  beneath  the  shade.'  She  is  a  graceful  girl  and  very 
suggestive."-  -This  drawing  (upon  which  Abbey  is  seen  at  work  in 
thefine  photograph  whichMr.  Harold  Roller  made  of  him  about  this 
time  in  the  studio  of  Russell  House)  was  the  only  one,  except  the 
"Village  Master,  "ever  published  of  all  those  done  in  this  year  of 
1 889,  the  others  being  thrown  aside  as  not  wholly  to  his  mind .  Nor 
was  this  one  published  as  a  part  of  The  Deserted  Village,  either  in  the 
magazine  or  the  book.  Abbey  deeming  the  figure  too  delicate  and  too 
refined  for  a  village  maiden.  Later  he  made  another  drawing  of  the 
same  subject  to  replace  it, andpublishedthefirstoneprivately, some 
years after,under  the  title"Sweet  Nellie, my  Heart's  Delight, "from 
a  plate thefullsizeofthedrawing,madeforhim by  Dujardinof  Paris. 

The  next  letter  is  dated  August  loth,  and  was  written  at  Purley 
Hall,  Reading,  where  Abbey  was  the  guest  of  Mr.,  now  Sir,  John 
Hare.  "We  have  talked  Tosca  until  I  am  sick  of  her.  Hare  certainly 
reads  it  remarkably  well,  and  is  full  of  enthusiasm.  I  have  got  the 
dresses  pretty  well  settled  if  I  can  only  settle  on  the  stuffs .  We  started 

205 


CRICKET  AND  MUSIC 

out  immediately  after  breakfast,  yesterday,  with  fishing  things— and 
I  hate  to  fish — and  sat  in  a  punt  nearly  all  day  by  Mapledurharn  weir. 
It  rained  pitchforks  all  day.  Hare  got  some  big  jack — five.  I  didn't 
get  but  one  little  one.  This  is  a  beautiful  old  place.  It  is  late  seven- 
teenth century.  There  are  panelled  rooms  and  stone  mullions  and 
escutcheons.  The  dining  room  has  a  greatcoat  of  arms  in  the  ceiling 
—white  plaster .  There  is  a  formal  old  garden  with  a  curious  sundial 
held  up  by  a  kneeling  figure,  and  there  are  smooth  lawns  with  great 
trees,  stretching  away  to  the  top  of  the  wooded  hills  about. .  .  ." 

For  some  time  Abbey 's  letters  have  had  references  to  his  tentative 
efforts  to  acquire  the  theory  and  practice  of  cricket,  which  later  he 
was  to  love  so  well.  To  vary  work  a  few  minutes'  hard  throwing  and 
catching  a  ball  had  already  become  a  custom  with  him;  but  latterly 
hehadbeenbattingtoo,andnowhewasontheeveofhisfirstmatch, 
the  sides  being  the  Russell  House  XI.  against  an  XI.  brought  to- 
gether by  Sir  George  Colthurst,at  Norton  Hall,  Michelton,  the  resi- 
dence of  his  sister,  Mrs.  Bruce.  The  match  was  played  on  August 
1 6th  in  very  wet  weather,  and  Russell  House  was  badly  beaten.  Of 
Abbey's  maiden  effort  no  record  has  been  preserved.  Cricket,  he 
tells  Miss  Mead, "  is  a  much  more  skilful  game — the  batting  part 
—than  baseball,  and  I  don't  know  how  to  hold  the  bat  right  yet." 
For  an  artist  whose  livelihood  depended  upon  his  right  hand  he  was 
curiously  reckless  in  the  field ,  throwing  incredibly  hard  himself  and 
catching  balls  thrown  by  others  with  their  utmost  force.  This  very 
summer  he  put  afinger  out  of  joint,  and  damaged  himself  not  a  little ; 
but  hewas  not  to  be  deterred.  "No  game's  really  agame,"  he  wrote, 
"unless  it's  a  little  dangerous." 

"August  2ist. — . . .  Haines  [the  vet]  had  his  old  musical  friends 
[at  the  studio] — a  little,  bent  old  man  with  a  'cello,  an  old  farmer  and 
his  son  from  Buckland  with  clarionettes,  and  Haines  with  a  fiddle, 
and  their  old,  long,  narrow  music  books.  They  played  the  oldest- 
fashioned  things ,  and  it  was  more  like  Hardy  than  anything  you  ever 
saw  in  your  life.  Then  the  old  man  piped  up  in  his  quavering  voice 
and  sang  and  accompanied  himself  on  thefiddle.  'There  bain't  many 
instruments  but  I  knows  the  notes  on  'em,'  says  he.  He  is  the  clerk 

206 


THE  VILLAGE  MASTER. 
"  THE  VILLAGE  MASTER  TAUGHT  HIS  LITTLE  SCHOOL. 

FULL  WELL  THEY  LAUGHED  WITH  COUNTERFEITED  GLEE 
AT  ALL  HIS  JOKES,  FOR  MANY  A  JOKE  HAD  HE." 

Seven  and  a  half  inches  by  five  and  three-quarter  inches. 
1889 

"THE  DESERTED  VILLAGE." 

GOLDSMITH. 


. 


: 
. 


• 


cm,  s:» 


VARIOUS  SENTENTLE 

of  the  Saintsbury  church,  and  is  to  play  there  next  Sunday.  .  .  Just 
think  how  interesting  it  will  be  to  know  them  and  to  know  their  side 
of  it. ..." 

In  this  month  Abbey  engaged  a  new  model  who  was  to  work  for 
him  from  time  to  time  for  many  years— the  famous  Angelo  Colarossi, 
the  Italian,  who  died  quite  recently,  and  in  his  time  had  posed  for 
Carpeaux ,  the  French  sculptor,  and  for  Gerome ,  and  was  now  much 
in  Leighton's  service.  He  was,  for  example,  the  athlete  with  the  py- 
thon in  the  P.R.A.'s  famous  group  of  statuary.  Colarossi  was  the 
brother  of  the  head  of  the  art  school  in  Paris,  and  his  fine  figure  oc- 
curs again  and  again  in  Abbey's  drawings.  Both  in  and  out  of  the 
studio  he  conducted  himself  in  such  a  way  that  he  not  only  raised 
the  status  of  the  model,  but  came  to  be  respected  and  beloved  both 
by  artists  and  by  his  fellow  models. 

"August  3 1  st. — . . .  We  are  all  for  cricket  now.  The  three  Rollers 
are  here — W.E . ,  the  one  who  took  the  team  of  English  gentlemen  to 
America,  and  Trevor  and  Harold — and  I  am  afraid  we  are  going  to 
be  altogether  too  fine  on  Monday  when  we  play  Sir  George  Colt- 
hurst's  el  even  again.  . .  September  3rd. — . .  .Yesterday  the  eventful 
cricket  match  came  off,  and  it  was  a  great  day ,  and  we  beat  them  by  an 
innings  and  twenty  runs."  This  return  match  was  played  in  a  field 
adjoining  the  grounds  of  Russell  House,  where  the  village  cricket 
was  played  and  where  the  annual  sports  were  held. 

"And  here  is  a  letter  from  dear  Cousin  Jo.  She  was  so  good  to  me 
and  brought  out  all  that  was  best  in  those  growing  years  of  mine, 
when  I  spent  all  my  evenings  with  her  and  used  to  practise  making 
'  Herrick '  lettering  in  the  library  with  them  all  at  the  old  home  in 
Brooklyn 

"  Menzel  will  be  a  great  man  for  all  time  to  come. 

"  I  can't  think  what  a  man  [an  artist]  wants  with  a  medal  he  has  to 
ask  for.  [Referring  to  medals  inParis  1 889  International  Exhibition.] 
I  dare  say  when  one  meets  a  man  who  has  written  clever  books,  and 
he  seems  a  dull  person,  it  is  often  that  he  has  been  the  mouthpiece 
of  his  better  half. ..."  This  was  some  years  before  Sir  James  Barrie 
wrote  What  Every  Woman  Knows. 

207 


AT  FLADBURY 

"September4th. — . .  .Why  can 't  we  always  be  amiable  and  yield- 
ing ?  I  wonder  if  this  time  of  year  isn  't  always  a  little  worn .  We  have 
been  asgreen  and  fresh  as  we  canbe,  and  when  the  leavesbegin  to  get 
tired  of  it ,  and  to  curl  up  and  allow  themselves  to  drop  off,  maybe  we 
do  too,  unless  we  are  careful.  We  all'do  fade  as  a  leaf,'  I  dare  say 

"September  yth,  Birmingham  [where  Mr.  Hare  was  acting]. — 
I  have  come  over  with  the  Tosca  things,  having  completed  all  the 
sketches  for  the  principals,  and  hope  to-day  to  get  rid  of  most  of  it. 
Such  a  worrying  thing  as  it  has  been.  .  .  We  went  to  see  the  'Profli- 
gate,' and  after  it  had  supper  with  Hare  and  Robertson." 

"September  i oth. — .  .  .  I  am  not  a  delicate,  artistic  plant,  sensi- 
tive, and  not  to  be  rudely  handled.  The  more  tired  out  I  am  the 
clearer  my  head  seems  to  get  and  the  more  sensitive  my  hand.  That 
day  at  Birmingham,  with  Hare  and  Forbes  Robertson,  when  we 
worked  out  the  Tosca  from  beginning  to  end  with  no  lunch ,  was  most 
inspiriting,  and  I  had  a  curious  mental  excitement  after  it  that  I 
don'tgethere.  It  is  doing  things  that  excites  me,  with  active  and  ap- 
preciative minds  about.  .  .  ." 

Mr.  Sargent,  his  mother,  and  sisters  had  taken  Fladbury  Rectory 
for  three  months — a  very  beautiful  terraced  house  above  the  Avon, 
about  seven  miles  from  Broadway.  Alfred  Parsons  was  also  staying 
there,  and  M .  Helleu,  the  dry-point  portrait  etcher,  also  well  known 
as  a  painter,  Miss  Violet  Paget("Vernon  Lee"),  Miss  Flora  Priest- 
ley, and  other  guests,  and  Abbey  went  over  for  a  few  days  in  Sep- 
tember. The  next  letter  describes  his  visit: 

"September  iQth. — .  .  .  Early  on  Tuesday  I  drove  over  to  Flad- 
bury, taking  my  belongings,  and  in  the  afternoon  I  began  the  back- 
ground of  my  picture  the  'Callers'  [later  named  the  "Visitors"], 
and  have  progressed  well  with  it.  ...  It  is  only  two  people  come  to 
make  a  call  and  sitting  in  front  of  the  old  red-brick  house,  with  roses 
growing  over  it,  and  a  maid  in  pink  calico  taking  in  their  cards.  It 

has  no  intellectual  quality  whatever  in  its  conception I  got  tired 

of  everything  I  was  doing ,  and  this  rests  me .  I  have  worked  hard  both 
the  afternoons  and  in  the  mornings.  I  have  been  making  sketches  in 
Cropthorne  Church.  One  I  shall  use  for  The  Deserted  Village.  It  is 

208 


AT  FLADBURY 

a  beautiful  old  place,  with  grey  carved  pews — old  pews,  Gothic  ones 
—and  there  are  two  good  monuments.  I  shall  do,  I  think,  a  little 

water-colour  of  a  girl  sitting  in  church The  colour  is  charming 

. .  .an  old  pale  stone  tomb, with  two  [full-length  recumbent  figures, 
their]  heads  on  pillows  and  several  of  thesons(they  seem  to  havehad 
eighteen  children)  straggling  around  the  corner,  for  whom  there  is 
not  room  in  front.  The  wall  behind  her  [the  girl]  is  whitewashed, 
and  the  pew  is  of  grey  wood — green  out  of  the  window.  Cropthorne 
is  full  of  beautiful  bits,  and  it  is  nice  to  go  to — to  see.  [The  water- 
colour  here  described  was  never  finished .  Even  in  its  immature  state 
it  is  charming.].  .  .  .  Alfred  was  at  Sargent's  until  yesterday.  He  is 
going  back  to  Aix  next  month,  and  after  that  will  come  to  America 
with  me.  Poor  boy!  He  is  plucky  and  patient.  We  are  a  queer  lot,  I 

should  think,  and  moody  and  irrational  at  times,  but  I  like  us I 

don't  believe  in  your  critical,  learned  amateurs.  ...  I  don't  think 
they  ought  to  express  decided  opinions  about  things  until  they  have 
earned  a  right  to  have  them." 

[Added  in  London] . "  I  am  sitting  in  the  beautiful  big  library  of  the 
Reform ,  and  it  is  growing  late  in  the  dull  autumn  day.  It  is  drizzling 
outside,  and  the  big  chestnut  trees  out  of  the  window  in  Carlton 
Gardens  are  dripping.  The  room  is  big  and  shadowy,  the  gilded 
bindings  on  the  bookshelves  gleam  faintly  in  the  dusk,  and  the  gilded 
flutings  of  the  green  columns  shine  dimly  all  down  the  long,  dim 
places.  A  few  old  gentlemen  are  dozing  over  their  books,  and  one 
or  two  others  are  writing  away  like  mad:  the  scratching  of  quills  and 

the  rumbling  of  wheels  away  off  somewhere  are  the  only  sounds 

"September  22nd, Fladbury  Rectory  ,Pershore. — I  wonder  if  this 

will  be  cheerful  writing.  I  am  sitting  in  a  big  window  in  my  bedroom 

here,  looking  across  the  terrace,  across  the  ripply  river  with  the  rain 

pattering  upon  it,  across  some  wide  water  meadows  with  rows  of 

little  willows,  and  at  the  farther  side  brush  fires,  with  the  smoke 

blowing  low  across  the  landscape,  and,  behind,  Wood  Norton,  and 

over  all  soft  grey  clouds .  There  are  a  lot  of  girls  in  the  drawing-room 

-one  is  singing  'Kathleen  Mavourneen'-- which  doesn't  make 

things  more  lively.  Little  Miss  Playfair  is  here  too,  and  plays  the 

p  209 


J.  S.  SARGENT 

piano  remarkably  well  (they  are  singing  'Auld  Robin  Gray'  now 
—my  goodness) .  I  am  rather  pleased  with  what  I  have  done  here, 
although  it  isn't  quite  done,  and  it  looks  unlike  what  other  people 

do,  I  think Here,  John  thinks  just  of  nothing  at  all  else  [but  his 

painting]  and  is  always  trying  and  trying  and  working  at  something. 
.  . .  He  is  absolutely  sincereand  earnest.  He  is  coming  to  America 
with  Alfred  and  me,  and  we  must  find  a  place  somewhere  in  which 
to  work.  ...  I  hope  to  finish  this  thing  here  either  to-day  or  to- 
morrow  I  keep  longing  lately,  because  I  haven't  seen  many  peo- 
ple, I  suppose,  for  some  sympathetic  conversation,  and  here  with 
John  I  am  all  right,  because  we  differ  enough  to  argue  interestedly, 
and  not  enough  to  disagree  absolutely .  And  also  I  like,  for  a  change, 
the  other  thing,  too — boys  like  the  Rollers — good  chaps — who  live 

out  of  doors,  and  know  how  to  do  other  things I  am  beginning  to 

think  I  do  not  p  ay  as  much  attention  to  the  young  chaps  as  I  ought  to 
do — as  the  older  ones  used  to  pay  to  me  long  ago.  .  . . 

"Tuesday,  24th. — . . .  Last  night  we — John  and  I — talked  about 
what  we  ought  to  do  until  away  on  in  the  small  hours — talked  and 
talked — and  I  am  always  refreshed  by  him. .  .  .  He  may  paint  a  nude 
in  New  York,  if  he  can  find  any  good  figure,  and  thinks  I  ought  to  do 
the  same — that  it  would  widen  me  out  to  paint — rather  over  life  size 
—a  large,  pale,  fattish,  nude  woman  with  no  particular  drawing  in 
her.  I  never  painted  from  the  nude  at  all — think  of  that! , . . 

"September  28th,  Russell  House. — . .  .  I  worked  yesterday  at 
Fladbury  until  it  was  time  to  drive  over,  and  just  at  dinner  time  the 
Whites  [Stanford  White ,  the  architect ,  of  the  firm  of  Me  Kim ,  M  ead 
and  White]  came,  and  I  have  been  showing  them  the  village  ever 
since,  and  am  going  up  on  the  2 .37  train  in  order  to  be  at  the  Lyceum 
to-night — Irving's  first  night 

"  October  5th,  Bedford  Gardens. — .  .  .  I  have  been  absolutely 
driven  to  death  this  week,  night  and  day.  .  .  .  Hare  has  suddenly— 
not  quite  suddenly ,  but  suddenly  enough  to  make  it  extremely  awk- 
ward for  me — put  the  whole  production — by  which  is  meant  the 
arrangement  of  colour  and  «//the  dresses — nearly  150 — upon  my 
shoulders,  and  as  I  don't  feel  particularly  well — I  am  livery,  I  should 

210 


CROWDED  HOURS 

think ,  from  the  lack  of  exercise  at  Fladbury — I  feel  the  weight  of  the 
undertaking.  ...  I  hate  the  expense  of  being  here — one  is  let  in  for 
all  sorts  of  things,  and  can't  help  it.  My  studio  is  littered  with  rolls 
and  samples  of  silks  and  velvets  and  satins,  and  I  spend  hours  match- 
ing them  together  and  trying  combinations,  which  is  not  at  all  what 
I  thought  of  when  I  told  Hare  I  shouldn't  mind  doing  the  dresses, 
etc.  I've  had  the  furniture  and  effects  of  light  and  all  the  rest.  Hare 
was  with  me  all  day  yesterday. . .  I  had  had  a  model 'ordered, 'to  sit 
for  a  couple  of  figures  in  The  Comedy  of  Errors, so  I  had  to  draw  all 
the  evening  and  went  to  sleep  in  a  chair  about  eleven.  .  .  . 

"Saturday. — I  am  still  at  these  blessed  clothes,  and,  thank  good- 
ness, I've  nearly  done —  I  can't  seem  to  work  well  here.  Ever  since 
this  place  began  to  assume  proportions,  things  have  become  com- 
plicated, and  I  long  to  be  away  from  it  so  soon  as  I  get  inside  the 
door —  I  worked  again  all  last  evening  at  The  Comedy  of  Errors 
after  spending  the  day  with  costumiers .  I  want  to  get  on  with  those 
water-colours.  They  are  in  such  an  interesting  stage,  and  I  am  sure 
that  one  will  be  good,  if  I  can  only  get  it  done  before  all  the  flowers 
go —  I  am  very  much  afraid  that  Alfred  won't  be  able  tocomeover 
with  me.  His  throat  has  troubled  him  greatly  this  autumn  so  far,  and 
Semon  says  he  must  go  directly  to  Aix  and  stop  there  until  he  is  well 
on  the  mend ....  I  wanted  very  much  to  have  him  with  me  this  win- 
ter. ...  I  only  catch  glimpses  of  him. . . . 

"October  Qth,  Bedford  Gardens. — . . .  I  went  down  to  Broadway 
and  spent  Sunday,  getting  all  the  women  together — sixteen.  I  chose 
all  the  stuffs  and  things  and  made  drawings  for  each  individual.  I 
wish  I  could  do  things  a  little  less  conscientiously.  .  .  .  I  wanted  to 

walk  on  Sunday,  but  had  not  the  time I  came  up  on  Monday  and 

worked  all  the  evening  again  .  .  .  and  yesterday  took  the  last  draw- 
ings to  Hare,  and  picked  over  the  'extra'  people  who  are  to  wear 
them.  They  only  wanted  thirty-five  and  I  should  think  there  must 
have  been  five  hundred  applicants.  I  spent  the  afternoon  hunting 
over  military  uniforms,  and  nearly  all  to-day  I  have  been  bossing 
cuts  of  coats  and  things.  ...  I  shall  hope  to  see  it  well  over  this 
week  and  the  shoes  and  wigs,  too. . . .  My  goodness  me !  I'm  tired 

211 


SHAKESPEARE  AGAIN 

of  being  tired,  and  wish  I  could  get  about  and  play  football  or  some- 
thing  

"October  i2th,  Bedford  Gardens. — . .  .1  have  acquired  a  rather 
rare  disease  known  as  'shingles,'  which  keeps  me  awake  o'  nights 
and  wears  me  down  nervously  and  makes  me  tired  all  over.  .  .  . 
In  the  midst  of  all  this  are  these  everlasting  frocks  and  wigs  and 
coats  and  hats  and  boots  for  the  Tosca.  . .  . 

"October  1 6th. — . . .  I  am  so  very  weak  that  I  can  scarcely  sit  up 

all  day,  but  I  go  about  and  get  through  with  my  work  in  a  sense 

To-day  I  finished  the  pattern  to  go  round  the  Tosca  frocks — alter- 
nating lyres  and  girls  holding  a  laurel  wreath — two  girls  flying  at  a 
lyre  across  the  'chest.' . . . 

"OctoberiQth. — . .  .Yesterday  I  went  down  to  that  theatre  in  the 
morning  and  saw  all  my  background  people  dressed  in  my  sketches. 
Itwasquite  curious  to  see  them  all  dressed  inmy  colours. .  .and  then 
I  stayed  and  heard  the  music  for  the  first  act. . .  Sometimes  any  music 
is  resting  and  maybe  thatis  why  I  sat,  as  one  sees  so  many  idlers  doing 
abroad  in  the  churches,  and  soared  away  into  space  for  a  while 

"October  22nd,  Broadway. — . . .  I  am  so  much  better  that  I  just 

drop  a  line  to  relieve  you Dobson  is  down,  and  he  is  very  nice. 

He  knows  such  a  lot  of  things  that  interest  me I  wish  I  hadn't  to 

go  up  to  look  after  those  frocks  any  more,  but  I  must . .  . . 

"October  26th,  Russell  House. — . . .  I  am  getting  on  so  very  well 
with  my  work.  I  think  you  will  think  some  of  it  the  best  I  Ve  done. 
I  Ve  nearly  finished  three  of  The  Comedy  oj Errors  and  mean  to  finish 
the  lot  before  I  go  over. . . . 

"October  3oth. — . . .  I  have  put  the  sky  in  of 'Corinna' . . . 

"November  2nd. — . . .  I've  written  all  this  without  saying  at  first 
what  I  have  on  my  mind  to  tell  you ,  for  fear  it  would  seem  conceited . 
'Corinna'  is  really  getting  quite  good,  and  she  is  much  admired  by 
the  audience  here. .  .  .  'Corinna's'  head  is  finished.  ...  I  wrote  to 
John  Hay  to  tell  him  how  very  remarkable  I  thought  the  November 
instalment  of  the  Lincoln.  I  wish  I  had  written  it !"  The  Life  of 
Lincoln,  by  John  G.Nicolay  and  John  Hay,  was  then  running  serially 
in  the  Century  magazine. 

212 


ADRIANA,  LUCIANA,  ANTIPHOLUS  EROTRS,  DROMIO  OF  SYRACUSE. 

ADRIANA  :  "  AY,  AY,  ANTIPHOLUS,  LOOK  STRANGE  AND  FROWN." 

Eighteen  inches  by  eleven  and  a  half  inches. 
1889. 

"  THE  COMEDY  OF  ERRORS,"  ACT  II,  SCENE  II. 


..•jfli 

,401 

.••  moiv.  \y--'  '• 


A  DRESS  REHEARSAL 

"November  6th,  Bedford  Gardens. — . .  .I've  had  a  wretched  cold, 
which  kept  me  in  bed  nearly  all  day  yesterday,  making  me  late  for 
an  appointment  with  Mrs.  Nettleship,  where  I  had  to  see  the  Court 
ladies'  dresses  tried  on.  I  found  the  place  filled  with  them,  and  it 
wasquiteodd  seeing  all  one's  sketches  carried  out — life-size.  There 
were  a  dozen  or  so ,  and  there  was  the  wig-maker  and  the  stage  mana- 
ger and  the  dressers  and  a  mob  altogether.  I  'braced  up'  and  went 

at  it,  and  really  I  think  the  result  will  be  extremely  pretty Then 

I  went  to  the  other  costumier  and  saw  most  of  the  men — wretched 
stuff,  so  bad  that  I  was  in  despair.  I  decided  finally  to  take  the  things 
away  from  him — with  Hare's  consent — and  put  them  elsewhere, 
and  I  had  lent  them  my  old  original  things  to  copy ,  too . . .  Then  some 
hours  later  I  went  to  the  theatre  and  saw  all  the  p  eople  dressed  whom 
Barthe  had  to  look  after;  someof  them  remarkably  good;  alotof  pea- 
sants he  had  taken  the  trouble  to  send  to  Italy  to  get  original  dresses 
for ;  and,  after  two  hours  of  this,  home  to  bed.  And,  to-day,  down 
to  the  costumiers  we  had  the  row  with,  saw  a  lot  of  the  things  tried 
on,  and,  after  more  row,  took  most  of  them  away  from  him — much 
to  his  disgust,  to  put  it  mildly — and  then  to  Nathan,  who  does  the 
officers  and  soldiers,  and  who  has  undertaken  to  do  all  the  rest  in  a 
very  short  time,  and  then  down  to  the  theatre  and  saw  the  first  act 
set . . .  and  the  whole  act  rehearsed  afterwards.  It  is  a  tiring  business 
— very  tiring " 

Duringthenext  fortnight  Abbey  was  chiefly  at  Broadway  recover- 
ing from  his  illness  and  working  against  time.  La  Tosca  was  fixed 
for  November  28th,  and  on  the  27th  we  find  the  artist  writing  at  the 
Reform  Club :  "  Up  half  the  night  with  these  dress  rehearsals,  and 
carryingon  my  work  duringtheday — double  day 's  work  nearly — for 
I  have  a  young  chap  putting  together  and  elaborating  architectural 
details  downstairs ,  who  has  to  be  looked  after  hourly ,  and  yesterday 
I  thought  my  brain  would  give  way .  Architectural  man  hard  at  work, 
women  rearranging  dresses  in  another  room ,  model  sitting ,  and/owr 
hours  of  interviewer  from  the  Pall  Mall  Gazette.  I  hardly  know  what 
I  said  to  the  latter,  and,  under  the  circumstances,  I  didn't  like  to 
turn  him  out.  If  I  'd  only  myself  to  consider  these  days  I  should  have 

213 


"LA  TOSCA"  PRODUCED 

turned  him  out,  but  I  shouldn't  like  anything  nasty  republished  in 
the  American  papers.  I'd  not  much  dinner,  and  at  6.30  was  at  the 
theatre,  looking  after  the '  make  up '  of  all  those  people,  and  home, 
after  some  bacon  and  eggs  at  the  Beefsteak,  at2.30.  I  shallbe  out  of 
the  wood  to-morrow  night,  and  you  will  be  pleased  to  hear  I  shall 
try  to  keep  to  my  own  trade  hereafter.  I  can't  half  do  things.  They 
must  be  well  done — thoroughly  done — or  I  don't  care  to  have  any- 
thingtodowiththem,infactl«m'£ — As  YouLikelt  is  all  planned 
out. . .  I  cabled  to-day  that  I  am  coming  on  the,  or  about  the,  2Oth. . . 

"  November  3oth,  Bedford  Gardens. — .  .  .  I  feel  a  sort  of  re- 
action after  the  nervous  rush  and  strain  of  the  Tosca  production. 
The  play  was  a  great  success,  and  Hare's  dismal  forebodings  were 
unfulfilled.  I  worked  very  hard  to  get  every  detail  as  perfect  as  I 
could,  and  it  has  been  an  experience,  and  I  am  glad  I've  had  it  and 
that  it  is  over  at  last.  I  think  everybody  admired  what  I  did — and  it 
did  look  well." — Abbey's  opinion  is  snared  by  the  critics  generally. 
Sir  John  Hare,  writing  to  me  about  it,  says:  "I  venture  to  think  that, 
thanks  to  Abbey 's  genius,  no  finer  stage  picture  of  the  revolutionary 
period  was  ever  presented .  Working  with  him  was  a  privilege  and  a 
delight." 

"December  4th. — .  .  .  I  am  just  finishing  The  Comedy  of  Errors 
and  am  beginning  As  You  Like  It.  I  wentthe  other  night  to  see  the 
wrestling  at  the  Aquarium  with  Harold  and  Trevor  Roller,  and  got 
some  good  tips  for  the  first  drawing,  and  I  shall  surely  finish  this 
before  I  go.  I  have  told  Osgood  to  engage  my  passage  by  the  Fulda 
for  the  26th,  from  Southampton.  .  .  .  It  is  nice  to  have  Alfred  back. 
He  came  on  Sunday ,  looking  so  thin  and  pale,but  he  is  cheerful  and 
very  kind  and  thoughtful  for  me,  and  I  am  correspondingly  grate- 
ful. .  .  .  'Corinna' has  arrived  from  Broadway.  .  .  .  Alfred  is  very 
pleased  with  her.  . . . 

"December  iyth. — . . .  It  is  the  big,  underlying,  strong,  and  deep 

impulses  of  thoughtful  folk  that  are  worth  consideration Ibegan 

so  heedlessly  and  unconsciously  my  artistic  career  that  I  can  only 
see  now  that  the  thing  that  has  been  of  the  greatest  interest  to  me  all 
these  years  is  the  personal,  sympathetic  quality  of  my  little  people. 

214 


IN  THE  FOREST  OF  ARDEN. 

ROSALIND  :  "  O  JUPITER,  HOW  WEARY  ARE  MY  SPIRITS  !  " 

CLOWN  :        "  I  CARE  NOT  FOR  MY  SPIRITS,  IF  MY  LEGS  WERE  NOT  WEARY. 

CEI.IA  :          "  I  PRAY  YOU,  BEAR  WITH  ME  ;  I  CANNOT  GO  NO  FURTHER." 

Twenty-one  inches  by  fourteen  inches 
1889. 

"AS  YOU  LIKE  IT,"  ACT  II,  SCENE  IV. 


MANY  PROJECTS 

I  know  that  unless,  within  five  minutes  after  beginning  to  make  a 
drawing,  the  little  soul  within  doesn't  begin  to  make  itself  manifest 
upon  the  paper,  my  interest  flags  and  generally  ceases  altogether, 
until  the  little  eyes  begin  to  twinkle  or  the  little  lips  to  smile.  .  . . 

"December  i9th. — . . .  Ideas  crowd  themselves  in  my  head, and  I 
shall  never  live  to  do  all  I  have  thought  of,  of  late.  I  don't  mean  ill- 
considered  work.  I  could  never  do  anything — put  anything  out 

—that  was  not  done  seriously — and  my  best.  I've  had  visions  of 
'  Dimmesdale'  [in  The  Scarlet  Letter}  looking  at  himself  alone  in  his 
chamber,  with  the  lighted  candles  either  side  of  his  face;  and  visions 
of  'Fiammetta'  and  the  gay  Florentines  [in  The  Decameron]  sitting 
about  in  a  beautiful  old  garden,  chatting,  and  looking  charming;  and 
visions  of '  The  Good-Natured  Man'  and  of  my  'Blondel'  gentleman 
in  red,  who  is  to  be  left  behind — perhaps.  But  I  don't  suppose  it  is 
creation.  There  never  was  but  one  creator,  and  one  is  harassed  with 
doubts  about  htm.  Most  things  that  have  been  achieved — created 

—have  been  the  outcome  of  some  previous  succession  of  circum- 
stances. I  suppose  I'm  visionary,  but  I'm  paying  off  my  debts.  .  .  . 
Is  this  the  last  line  I  shall  send  you  from  here?  . .  .  Three  models 
to-day  and  my  young  architect." 

Itmay  be  said  here  that,  for  the  best  of  reasons,  thedebtswere  not 
wholly  paid  off  until  1 895 ,  but  after  that  year  insolvency  became  an 
unknown  factor  in  Abbey's  life. 


CHAPTER  XXII 

MARRIAGE 

1890    Aged  38 

Abbey  Again  in  New  York — Friendly  Feastings — A  Dinner  to  Charles  Parsons — 

The  Wedding 

WHEN  the  eventful  year  1890  dawned  it  found  Ab- 
bey on  the  Atlantic,  approaching  New  York.  He 
had  sailed  from  Southampton  in  the  ss.  Fulda  on 
December  z6th,  and,  after  a  very  stormy  passage, 
landed  on  January 4th.  To  his  consternation  he  found  Miss  Mead 
laid  up  with  pneumonia,  which  had  followed  an  attack  of  influenza, 
that  scourge,  from  which  the  country  had  been  immune  for  many 
years,  having  suddenly  reappeared.  The  crisis,  however,  was  past, 
and  she  was  soon  on  the  road  to  recovery.  Their  engagement  fol- 
lowed and  was  at  once  announced. 

Abbey's  purpose  being  to  remain  inNew  York  until  his  marriage, 
he  took  a  studio — a  large,  lofty  room  in  the  building  of  The  Judge 
Publishing  Co.,  at  the  north-west  corner  of  i6th  Street  and  5th 
Avenue.  Into  this  studio  Stanford  White  put,  from  among  his  vari- 
ous stored  collections,  old  tapestries,  chairs  and  tables,  easels  and  all 
that  was  necessary  to  make  the  bare  room  a  convenient  and  pleasant 
place  to  work  in ,  and  this  was  the  beginning  of  the  welcome  the  artist 
received  from  old  friends  and  fellow  workers,  from  his  publishers, 
and  from  various  artistic  bodies  in  New  York,  Philadelphia,  and 
Boston. 

There  was  much  feasting,  but  there  was  also  much  hard  work. 
He  pushed  on  vigorously  with  "Corinna"  and  finished  it  in  time 
to  send  it,  under  its  new  title  "May-Day  Morning,"  to  London 
for  the  spring  exhibition  of  the  Royal  Academy.  That  he  should 
have  turned  to  oils  and  mastered  them  so  swiftly  caused  much  ex- 
citement among  his  artist  friends  in  New  York.  Not  the  least  of  these 
was  his  beloved  old  art  editor,  Charles  Parsons,  who  was  heard  one 
day  to  exclaim,  with  pride  in  his  voice,  "What  strides  he  has  already 
216 


MAY  DAY  MORNING. 
OIL. 

Five  feet  nine  and  a  half  inches  by  three  feet  two  and  a  half  inches. 

1890-1894. 

When  "A  May  Day  Morning  "  was  exhibited  at  the  Royal  Academy,  in  1890,  the  background 
was  a  road.  In  1894  the  painter  substituted  a  background  from  his  garden  at  Fairford,  be- 
ginning his  work  at  sunrise  for  the  early-morning  effect 


is  isli 


A  BUSY  VISIT 

made  in  this  new  medium!  His  first  efforts  seemed  almost  like  the 
painting  of  a  man  who  had  never  learned  to  draw."  This  was  Ab- 
bey's first  exhibit  at  the  Royal  Academy,  with  the  single  exception 
of  the  pen-and-ink  drawing  of  the  "Milkmaid"  in  1885.  As,  how- 
ever, engravers  alone  among  black-and-white  artists  were  recog- 
nised as  eligible  for  membership  in  this  body,  he  refused  to  exhibit 
in  that  medium  again,  thus  making  his  protest  against  the  exclusion 
of  this  important  branch  of  art.  Later  on,  when,  after  exhibiting  one 
more  oil  painting ("Fiammetta's  Song,"in  1894), he  became  him- 
self an  Associate  Member  of  the  R.A.,  he  exhibited  pen-and-ink 
drawings  whenever  possible,  never  ceasing  to  press  the  claims  of 
this  branch  of  his  art,  and  in  the  last  year  of  his  life  was  full  of  hope 
that  he  was  to  see  the  claim  recognised  in  the  immediate  future. 

He  finished,  also  in  New  York,  his  water-colour,  "The  Visitors," 
begun  at  Fladbury ,  and  sent  it  to  the  spring  exhibition  of  the  Ameri- 
can Water  Colour  Society,  where  it  was  sold  at  the  private  view  to 
Mr.  F.  Havemeyer.  He  also  finished  the  drawings  for  As  You  Like 
It,  published  in  the  magazine  in  December  of  this  year,  and,  from 
time  to  time,  took  up  again  his  water-colour' '  Mariana  in  the  Moated 
Grange,"  and  made  a  drawing  for  a  story  by  H.C.Bunner — "Crazy 
Wife's  Ship  "-—which,  however,  was  not  published  in  the  magazine 
until  December,  1892. 

While  inNewYorkhehadbeentheguest  of  Mr.  and  Mrs/Thomas 
Manson,  at  325  Madison  Avenue,  and  before  he  returned  to  Eng- 
land he  painted  in  oil,  as  a  memento  of  his  visit,  a  decorative  panel 
for  an  overmantel  in  Mrs .  Manson 's  drawing-room .  He  painted  also 
in  oil  a  large  decoration  for  an  hotel  in  New  York,  "The  Amster- 
dam,"on  the  corner  of  32nd  Street  and  Broadway.  This  commis- 
sion came  through  the  architect  of  the  building,  Stanford  White. 
Abbey  chose  as  his  subject"AGameofBowlsontheBowlingGreen 
at  the  Battery  on  New  York  Bay  during  the  Early  Days  of  the  Dutch 
Settlement,"  and  completed  it  in  aboutthreeweeks,  with  the  assist- 
ance of  Mr.  Charles  Mente. 

There  was  no  longer  any  Tile  Club  to  welcome  Abbey,  because 
that  genial  fraternity  was  no  more ;  but  many  of  the  Tilers  were 

217 


FEASTS  OF  HONOUR 

now  members  of  the  Salmagundi  Club ,  which  entertained  its  mem- 
ber (Abbey  was  made  an  honorary  member  in  1884)  with  proper 
ceremony.  The  gathering,  which  was  on  January  lyth  in  the  club 
building  at  121  5thAvenue,was  not  only  cordial  but  high  spirited, 
and  in  honour  of  the  return  of  the  native  a  burlesque  exhibition  of 
modern  art  had  been  prepared,  the  travestied  painters  including 
Jean  Francois  Millet  and  J. M.W.Turner,  while  a  concert,  chiefly 
humorous,  was  presented.  Among  the  entertainers,  for  example, 
wasMr.E.W.Kemble,theillustratorof  Uncle  Remus, impersonating 
a  monkey  on  a  barrel  organ.  In  the  same  month,  on  January  23rd,  a 
banquetwas  giveninhonour  of  Abbey  atthe  Union  League  Club  by 
Messrs.  Harper  and  Brothers,  represented  by  Mr.  J.Henry  Harper, 
and  on  the  back  of  Abbey's  menu  card  are  the  following  names:  F. 
Hopkinson  Smith,  Charles  Parsons,  Frederick  Mead  (Abbey's  fa- 
ther-in-law) ,  Lawrence  Hutton,  Jack  de  Thulstrup ,  John  Foord ,  R . 
M.Hunt,C.D.Weldon,C.Graham,W.H.Patten,H.W.McVickar, 
W.  H.  Harper,  Frederick  Remington,  J.  D.  Jarrold  Kelley,  H.  M. 
Alden,  Lafcadio  Hearn,  W.D  .Howells,  F.D  .Millet,  J.  Henry  Har- 
per, Edwin  A.  Abbey,  A.B.Frost,  J.Alden  Weir,  Thomas  L.Man- 
son,  Jr.,  W.M.Chase,  CharlesW.Truslow,  Charles  Fairchild,  Stan- 
ford White,  H.R. Harper,  F.B.Schell  (Charles  Parsons's  successor 
in  the  Art  Department),  and  W.  A.  Rogers. 

On  March  8th  there  was  a  reception  to  Abbey  and  John  Sargent  at 
the  Art  Club  in  Philadelphia,  after  which  Abbey  insisted  that  there 
was  not  a  man  in  Philadelphia  with  whom  he  had  not  shaken  hands 
on  that  evening,  and  that  he  had  a  new  idea  of  its  immense  popula- 
tion. On  March  25th  he  was  charmingly  entertained  by  the  boys  and 
girls  of  "The  Art  Students' League,"  and  on  April  1 5th  adinner  was 
given  to  Charles  Parsons,  which  was  organised  by  Abbey ,  DeThul- 
strup,  W.T.Smedley,  and  W.A.Rogers.  Abbey  presided,  with  his 
old  art  editor  on  his  right  and  George  Wm.  Curtis  on  his  left,  and 
during  the  evening  a  portfolio  was  presented  to  the  guest  of  honour, 
containing  drawings  and  tributes  by  his  old  associates .  Abb  ey  's  menu 
card  is  thus  endorsed :  Charles  Parsons,  Edwin  A.  Abbey,  George 
William  Curtis,  F.D.Millet,  R.Swain  Gifford,  Frederick  Dielman, 

218 


THE  WANDERING  MINSTREL. 

WATER-COLOUR. 

1890-1891. 


FAREWELL  TO  CHARLES  PARSONS 

Harry  Fenn,  W.Hamilton  Gibson,  R.R.Sinclair,  Jos.Thorne  Har- 
per, W.A.Rogers,  John  W.Alexander,  Frederick  Remington,  W. 
Poinsette  Snyder,  J  .A.S  .Symington,  Charles  Mente,  Allen  C .  Red- 
wood, Benjamin  Day,  C.  R.  Parsons,  A.B.  Frost,  Charles  Dudley 
Warner,  J.Henry  Harper,  A.B.Stavey,H.M.Alden,  J.O.Davidson, 
W.H.Patten,  "for  old  times,"  H.A.Ogden,  W.T.Smedley,  John 
Harper,  and  Fred  B .  Schell.  These  names  comprise  much  of  what 
was  most  vital  in  American  black-and-white  art  at  that  time.  We 
shall  meet  Charles  Parsons  again  in  the  course  of  this  narrative,  but 
it  may  be  mentioned  here  that  he  lived  for  another  twenty  years, 
dying  in  1910  at  the  advanced  age  of  eighty-nine. 

While  being  similarly  feted  in  Boston,  Abbey  stay  ed  two  days  with 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Charles  Fairchild,  and  there  met  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Mont- 
gomery Sears.  After  Abbey's  return  from  Boston  to  New  York,  in 
a  note  to  Miss  Mead,  he  writes :  "  Sears  came  to-day  and  said  he'd 
like  to  have  the  girl  singing  under  the  tree — the  sketch  I  made  on 

Sunday — 2,000  dols 1  hope  it  will  be  worth  that.  Hewantsitin 

September.  I  hope  he '11  get  it."  This  was  the  water-colour  "The 
Wandering  Minstrel,"  finished  in  London  early  in  1891 . 

In  March  a  very  successful  exhibition  of  drawings  for  Old  Songs, 
The  Quiet  Life,  and  Wordsworth's  Sonnets,  by  Abbey  and  Alfred 
Parsons,was  held  at  Reichard's  Gallery  ,226  Fifth  Avenue;  and  later 
the  exhibition  was  repeated  (of  those  not  sold  in  New  York)  in  Phila- 
delphia. 

A  letter  from  John  Hay  indicates  with  happy  precision  the  artist 's 
other  and  dominating  interest  at  this  time.  The  date  is  February 
1 2th,  1890:  "As  the  newspapers  have  now  trumpeted  your  happi- 
ness to  the  universe,  I  suppose  I  may  be  permitted  to  say  how  glad 

Mrs.  Hay  and  I  are  at  the  good  news I  was  much  disappointed 

in  not  finding  you  in  New  York.  I  sought  you  at  your  own  lair  in 
5th  Avenue,  and  searched  for  you  in  vain  at  the  monthly  meeting  of 
the  Century.  But  the  ways  of  an  engaged  man  are  past  finding  out, 
and  I  have  no  doubt  you  were  infinitely  better  employed  on  both 
occasions —  Will  you  visit  Washington  before  you  sail?  It  is  highly 
recommended  for  voyages  de  noces." 

219 


THE  WEDDING 

The  wedding  was  celebrated  at  the  house  of  Miss  Mead 's  parents , 
No.  i  West  5  6th  Street,  on  April  22nd,  whenMr.  Sargent  was  one  of 
the  ushers.  It  was  a  momentous  day  indeed  in  Abbey's  life,  for  it 
provided  him  with  the  loyalest  friend  and  most  constant  stimulus 
and  inspirer  that  a  man  can  ever  have  had. 

Abbey  was  reticent  concerning  his  deeper  emotions,  but  a  pam- 
phlet (to  be  dealt  with  fully  later  on),  the  author  of  which  had  never 
seen  him,  his  home,  or  any  member  of  his  family,  entitled  "Little 
Journeys  to  the  Homes  of  Eminent  Artists,"  evoked  from  him  an 
expression  of  feeling  which ,  though  it  belongs  to  1 902 , 1  should  like 
to  quote  here.  Concerning  a  statement  there  printed,  to  the  effect 
that  Mrs.  Abbey's  only  thought  was  to  minister  to  her  household, 
Abbey  wrote  to  his  old  friend  Laffan:  "As  you  know — all  of  you — I 
owe  so  much  of  whatever  I  have  achieved  to  her  who  has  been  to  me 
such  a  faithful  ally  and  comrade,  and  without  whose  steady  encou- 
ragement, help  and  inspiration  I  never  in  this  world  could  have 
reached  whatever  I  have  reached,  that  a  remark  like  this  is  little  less 
than  insulting.  She  has  kept  so  much  in  the  background  that  I  feel 
positively  ashamed  that  those  she  knew  before  I  took  her  should 
think  that  through  me  she  had  become  a  mere  hausfrau."  And  on 
the  margin  of  the  pamphlet  itself,  Abbey  wrote  in  1910,  after  over 
twenty  years  of  married  happiness,  more  strongly  still: "  I  will  say  in 
conclusion  that  it  was  entirely  owing  to  the  encouragement  of  my 
wife  that  I  began  to  paint  seriously  at  all,  and  that  her  high  intel- 
lectual equipment  and  her  sympathetic  companionship  and  re- 
sourceful assistance  have  carried  my  work  far  beyond  what  it  must 
have  been  without  these  inestimable  aids.  A  painter's  finished  work 
is  given  to  the  world,  and  the  public  generally  may  see  it,  but  very 
few  can  know  whence  his  greatest  inspirations  and  his  highest  as- 
pirations have  been  drawn.  In  saying  this  I  am  doing  but  scant 
justice  to  one  who  has  been  my  daily  and  hourly  companion  and 
counsellor  and  friend  these  twenty  years." 


220 


CHAPTER  XXIII 
AN  ACKNOWLEDGED  MASTER 

Taking  Stock — Henry  James  on  Abbey — The  Paris  Exhibition — AjFrench  Critic 
— Meissonier  and  Edmond  de  Goncourt — Pennell's  Pen  Drawing  and  Pen 
Draughtsmanship — The  Masters  of  Modern  Illustration — Menzel  and  Abbey — 

Beginning  of  the  "  Comedies  " 

AT  the  time  of  his  marriageEdwinAustin  Abbey  wasjust 
thirty-eight  years  of  age,  and  before  him  were  twenty- 
one  years  of  unceasing  activity  and  steady  advance  in 
his  art— a  span  which  was  to  see  him  achieve  the  highest 
distinction,  both  in  the  country  of  his  birth  and  the  country  of  his 
residence,  as  a  painter  of  historical  pictures  and  imaginative  mural 
decorations. 

Since  the  preceding  year  had  brought  to  him  official  Continental 
recognition  through  his  drawings  at  the  great  Paris  Exhibition,  and 
had  launched  him  as  an  illustrator  of  Shakespeare  (the  first  of  the 
"Comedies"  had  just  been  published  in  Harper's  Magazine,  in  De- 
cember, 1889),  and  had  witnessed  his  early  efforts  to  master  the 
mystery  of  oil  painting,  this  becomes  a  fitting  point— while  he  pauses 
between  the  old  medium  and  the  new — to  take  note  of  the  illustra- 
tor 's  position  as  a  black-and-white  draughtsmanwhich  he  had  made 
for  himself. 

In  an  earlier  chapter,  in  the  account  of  Broadway ,  has  been  quoted 
Henry  James's  appreciation  on  that  serene  Worcestershire  haven. 
The  article  from  which  the  extracts  are  taken  was  printed  in  Har- 
per's Magazine  for  June  of  this  year,  1889,  under  the  title  "Our 
Artists  in  Europe" — "our"  meaning  not  America's  artists  but  the 
magazine's;  for,  in  addition  to  Millet,  Abbey  (with  the  crayon  por- 
trait by  Mr .  Sargent  which  is  reproduced  in  this  biography) ,  Bough- 
ton  and  Reinhart,  George  du  Maurier  and  Alfred  Parsons  were  in- 
cluded. Of  Abb  eyas  an  artist  Henry  James  wrote  with  the  warmest 
admiration,  and  with  all  his  sensitive  scientific  precision.  I  quote  a 

221 


HENRY  JAMES 

little:  "There  is  no  paucity  about  Mr.  Abb  eyas  a  virtuoso  in  black- 
and-white,  and  if  one  thing  more  than  another  sets  the  seal  upon  the 
quality  of  his  work,  it  is  the  rare  abundance  in  which  it  is  produced. 
It  is  not  a  frequent  thing  to  find  combinations  infinite  as  well  as  ex- 
quisite .  Mr .  Abb  ey  has  so  many  ideas ,  and  the  gates  of  comp  osition 
have  been  opened  so  wide  to  him  that  we  cultivate  his  company  with 
a  mixture  of  confidence  and  excitement.  .  .  .  The  beautiful  art  and 
taste,  the  admirable  execution,  strike  the  hour  with  the  same  note; 
but  the  figure,  the  scene,  is  ever  a  fresh  conception.  Never  was  ripe 
skill  less  mechanical,  and  never  was  the  faculty  of  perpetual  evoca- 
tion less  addicted  to  prudent  economies.  Mr.  Abbey  never  saves 
for  the  next  picture,  yet  the  next  picture  will  be  as  expansive  as  the 
last 

' '  I  may  as  well  frankly  declare  that  I  have  such  a  taste  for  Mr.  Ab- 
bey's work  that  I  cannot  affect  a  judicial  tone  about  it.  Criticism  is 
appreciation  or  it  is  nothing.  . . .  It  is  important  to  translate  as  ade- 
quately as  possible  the  positive  side  of  Mr.  Abbey's  activity.  None 
to-day  is  more  charming,  and  none  helps  us  more  to  take  the  large, 
joyous,  observant,  various  view  of  the  business  of  art.  He  has  en- 
larged the  idea  of  illustration,  and  he  plays  with  it  in  a  hundred 
spontaneous,  ingenious  ways.  'Truth  and  poetry'  is  the  motto  that 
is  legibly  stamped  upon  his  pencil-case,  for  if  he  has  on  the  oneside 
a  singular  sense  of  the  familiar,  salient,  importunate  facts  of  life,  on 
the  other,  they  reproduce  themselves  in  his  mind  in  a  delightfully 
qualifying  medium.  It  is  that  medium  thatthefond  observer  must 
especially  envy  Mr.  Abbey,  and  that  a  literary  observer  will  envy 
himmostof  all —  A  charming  story-teller  indeed  he  would  be  who 

should  write  as  Mr.  Abbey  draws It  is  true  that  what  the  verbal 

artistwould  liketo  do  would  be  to  find  out  the  secret  of  thepictorial, 
to  drink  at  the  same  fountain.  Mr.  Abbey  is  essentially  one  of  those 
who  would  tell  us  if  he  could ,  and  conduct  us  to  the  magic  spring  ;but 
here  he  is,  in  the  nature  of  the  case,  helpless,  for  the  happy  ambiente, 
as  the  Italians  call  it,  in  which  his  creations  move  is  exactly  the  thing, 
as  I  take  it,  that  he  can  least  give  an  account  of.  It  is  a  matter  of  genius 
and  imagination . '  '—When  one  reads  such  a  tribute  as  this ,  conscious 

222 


THE  PARIS  EXHIBITION 

of  all  its  underlying  friendliness ,  Stevenson 's  phrase ,  in  his  rhyming 
letter/'Henry  James,  the  princeof  men,"  rings  through  the  cham- 
bers of  the  brain.* 

Sixteen  of  the  drawings  for  Old  Songs  formed  part  of  the  Ameri- 
can exhibit  in  the  great  Paris  Exhibition  of  thisyear,  1889.  An  article 
on  America's  contribution,  in  Harper's  for  September,  by  Theo- 
dore Child ,  ends  with  a  reference  to  the  Abbey  drawings,  of  which 
this  is  the  concluding  sentence:  "This  century  has  produced  four 
incomparable  draughtsmen  with  the  pen:  their  names  are  Meisso- 
nier,  Menzel,  Vierge  and  Abbey." 

For  his  work  shown  at  the  great  exhibition  Abbey  was ,  as  has  been 
said ,  awarded  the  first-class  medal .  A  French  critic ,  M .  Andre  Sag- 
lio,  commenting  at  the  time  upon  the  drawings  for  the  Old  Songs, 
in  which  he  found  an  "incroyable  finesse,"  described  their  creator 
as"un  homme  petit,  vigoureux,  a  Trail  vif ,  a  la  conversation  enjouee 
et  pleine  de  saillies."  Meissonier,  according  to  Mr.  Theodore  Child , 
after  seeing  Abbey's  drawings,  expressed  the  opinion  that  a  spe- 
cial Medaille  d'Honneur  should  be  created  to  comprise  black-and- 
white,  in  order  rightly  to  recognise  the  work  of  "a  little  man"(as  he 
expressed  it)  "walkingup  and  down  in  America  who  is  the  king  of  us 
all";  while  among  Abbey's  other  French  admirers  was  Edmond  de 
Goncourt,  who  bought  a  copy  of  She  Stoops  to  Conquer,  and  greatly 
prized  it.  It  was  of  de  Goncourt,  who  spent  a  fortune  on  acquiring 
beautiful  things,  and  of  Abbey  that  a  Frenchman  said:  "De  Gon- 
court has  collected  the  eighteenth  century ;  Abbey  has  recreated  it . " 

In  Mr.  Joseph  Pennell's  monograph,  Pen  Drawing  and  Pen 
Draughtsmanship,  which  appeared  later  in  1889,  with  a  drawing 
from  She  Stoops  to  Conquer  as  frontispiece,  Abbey  holds  a  high 
place.  After  stating  that  it  is  the  duty  of  every  illustrator  and  every- 
one who  cares  for  illustrations  to  own  the  Herrick,  She  Stoops  to 
Conquer  and  Old  Songs,  the  author  adds  that  as  a  whole  Old  Songs  is 
infinitely  Abbey 'sfinest  work  to  date.  Since  the  criticisms  are  based 

*  It  should  be  mentioned  that  the  article  on  Broadway  and  Harper's  artists  in  Europe, 
together  with  that  on  Abbey  in  Harper's  Weekly,  in  1886,  from  which  quotations  have 
earlier  been  made,  were  collected,  with  a  few  others,  by  Henry  James,  in  a  little  volume 
called  Picture  and  Text,  in  1893. 

223 


JOSEPH  PENNELL 

upon  the  body  of  Abbey 's  work  already  before  us,  I  quote  further 
from  this  first  serious  attempt  in  England  to  give  pen-drawing  its 
due.  "While  the  superficial  qualities  of  Abbey's  work  [Mr.Pennell 
wrote]  can  be  imitated  by  anyone,  his  rendering  of  the  seventeenth 
and  eighteenth  centuries,  which  he  has  reconstructed  so  wonder- 
fully, will  never  be  approached  on  the  lines  he  is  following.  His 
present  position  as  an  illustrator  has  been  attained  and  maintained 
simply  by  treating  illustration ,  as  it  should  b e  treated ,  as  seriously  as 
any  other  branch  of  art.  He  is  remarkable  not  so  much  for  academic 
correctness — as  is  Menzel,  for  example — but  rather  for  his  truth, 
the  beauty  of  his  line  and  his  power  of  expression.  No  illustrator  has 
realised  morebeautiful  women  or  finer  swaggering  gallants,  and  no 
one  has  placed  them  in  more  appropriate  surroundings.  He  makes 
the  figures  real  for  us  because  all  the  backgrounds  and  accessories 
are  taken  directly  from  nature." 

Before  the  book  was  passed  for  press  the  Paris  Exhibition  of  1 889 
was  opened ,  and  Mr .  Pennell  had  an  opportunity  to  see  the  drawings 
collected  together  there.  Having  done  so,  he  added  this  footnote : 
'  'After  a  rather  careful  examination  of  the  drawings  and  engravings 
in  the  Paris  Exhibition  of  this  year  (1889)  I  cannot  help  being  con- 
scious of  the  fact  that  I  have  not  given  Abbey  the  place  which  he 
really  deserves.  Menzel  is  the  founder  of  modern  illustration ;  For- 
tuny,  Rico,  and  Vierge  have  been  its  most  powerful  apostles,  and 
among  the  cleverest  men  their  influence  will  never  grow  less.  But 
while  Menzel's  methods  are  obsolete,  and  Vierge 's  style  can  only  be 
attempted  by  the  most  brilliant,  anyone  can  see  that  a  new  school  is 
arising,  and  this  is  the  school  of  Abbey,  who  has  at  the  present  mo- 
ment followers  in  every  illustrating  country  in  the  world,  men  who 
are  seeking  to  carry  out  his  method  of  brilliant  drawing  carefully  and 
seriously  executed . . .  American  pen  drawing,  this  exhibition  con- 
clusively proves,  is  the  best,  and  American  process  reproduction 
is  the  most  sympathetic,  and  American  printing  the  most  careful, 
and  it  is  this  harmonious  co-operation  which  has  enabled  Abbey  to 
become  not  only,  as  I  have  written,  the  greatest  English-speaking 
illustrator,  but  the  greatest  living  illustrator." 

224 


ABBEY  AND  MENZEL 

Elsewhere  speaking  of  Menzel,whom  Abbey  also  held  in  the  high- 
est reverence,  Mr.  Pennell  wrote :  "Personally  I  prefer  the  delicate 
refinement  of  Abbey  in  this  sort  of  work  to  the  brute  strength  of 
Menzel.  Both  men  can  draw  details;  but  Abbey  seems  to  love  them; 
Menzel,  though  he  never  slights  or  draws  them  badly,  apparently 
hates  to  be  obliged  to  do  them."* 

It  was  after  the  publication  both  of  Henry  James's  article  and 
Mr.  Pennell's  book  that  the  drawings  for  the  first  of  the  illustrated 
Comedies  of  Shakespeare  appeared  in  the  magazine — those  for  The 
Merry  Wives  of  Windsor — where  it  is  at  once  recognised  by  all  good 
judges  that  Abbey's  genius  had  advanced  still  further. 

There  have  been  countless  illustrations  of  Shakespeare,  but  none 
have  approached  the  debonair  charm  of  those  which  were  now  be- 
ginning to  enchant  the  readers  of  Harper's,  and  which  would,  one 
likes  to  fancy  and  believe,  have  given  pleasure  to  the  dramatist  him- 
self. Surely  his  gracious,  courtly  and  whimsical  world  was  never  so 
translated  into  delicate  life ! 

The  series,  it  is  interesting  to  note,  was  heralded  by  an  article  by 
William  Winter  in  Harper's  Bazaar.  There  was  symmetry  in  the 
choice  of  the  writer  of  the  appreciation,  since  it  was  for  the  imme- 
diate purpose  of  illustrating  an  essay  by  Mr.  Winter  on  Stratford- 
on-Avon  that,  as  we  know,  Abbey  had  come  to  England  in  1878:  so 
that  now,  eleven  years  later,  after  a  period  in  which  he  had  made  be- 
wildering strides  and  had  come  to  his  own,  and  when  he  was  about 
to  publish  realisations  of  the  creations  of  Stratford-on- Avon's  poet, 
an  article  from  the  same  hand  was  curiously  appropriate. 

The  essays  which  accompanied  Abbey's  drawings  in  the  maga- 
zine were  by  Andrew  Lang ,  who  worked ,  however,  for  the  most  part 
quite  independently ,  and  expressed  no  views  as  to  his  collaborator's 
share  beyond,  in  the  notes  to  TheMerchantof  Venice,  calling  it  "dar- 
ing ' '  and  now  and  then  remarking  that  the  illustrator's  idea  of  a  cha- 
racter was  not  shared  by  him.  Lang  also  rather  deprecated  efforts  at 

*  When  Mr.  Pennell's  book  went  into  a  second  edition  in  1894,  Abbey's  drawing  for 
She  Stoops  to  Conquer  was  relegated  to  the  second  place,  and  a  new  drawing  by  him, 
made  for  The  Deserted  Village  ("  Every  pang  that  folly  pays  to  pride,")  which  is  included 
in  the  present  work,  had  the  position  of  honour,  but  the  reproduction  was  disappointing. 

R  225 


HISTORICAL  ACCURACY 

historical  precision,  since  Shakespeare  himself  was  so  careless — a 
sentiment  that  can  have  been  little  to  Abbey 's  taste.  His  friend  John 
Hay  understood  him  better.  "It  is  bad  enough, "he  wrote,  apropos 
of  Abbey's  labours  in  the  interests  of  historical  veracity,  "to  write 
history — but,  after  all,  when  your  fact  eludes  you ,  you  [the  historian] 
can  smear  it  over  and  nobody  knows  any  better.  But  you  [the  artist] 
can't  dodge  the  facts  in  your  picture;  you  have  got  to  be  right  or 
wrong;  and  to  a  fellow  who  has  a  prejudice  for  being  right — as  you 
have — it  must  be  the  divil's  own  job  to  tackle  Shake.  But  you  don't 
fail;  and  you  are  too  mature  to  acquire  the  habit  of  failure  now." 

One  more  tribute.  Let  this  chapter  be  brought  to  an  end  by  a  pas- 
sage written  by  Abbey's  old  friend,  Hopkinson  Smith,  himself  an 
artist  and  "The  Owl ' '  of  the  Tile  Club ,  summing  up  Abbey 's  gifts  as 
an  illustrator.  It  occurs  in  an  article  written  for  Scribner's  Magazine 
afewyearslater,to  which  we  shallreturn.  "Abbey, "wrote  Hopkin- 
son Smith,  "in  his  art  really  has  done  what  Wagner  has  done  in 
music,  Tennyson  and  the  poets  in  verse.  He  has  taken  the  old,  re- 
touched it,  and  made  it  new,  giving  us  something  infinitely  better 
than  the  thing  he  found.  An  author's  noblest  work,  his  truest  ideal, 
may  indeed  be  always  safely  trusted  in  his  hands.  Dr.  Holmes  once 
said  to  an  artist  who  illustrated  one  of  his  poems, '  I  am  so  glad.  I  was 
afraid  you  would  spoil  it . "  I  am  so  glad '  would  have  been  the  verdict 
of  Goldsmith  and  of  all  the  old  English  balladists  whose  men  and 
women  Abbey 's  touch  has  glorified . ' ' 


CHAPTER  XXIV 

THE  BOSTON  LIBRARY  COMMISSION 

1890    Aged  38 

Another  Critical  Year — The  Boston  Public  Library — Charles  Pollen  McKim — 

St.  Gaudens — Abbey  Becomes  a  Mural  Painter — First  Ideas  for  a  Frieze — The 

Ques't  of  the  Holy  Grail— A  Twelve  Years'  Task 

WE  have  seen  how  critical  a  period  Abbey  had  been 
passing  through  in  the  last  twelve  months;  and 
now  other  influences  were  converging  upon  him 
destined  still  more  drastically  to  rearrange  his  life. 

There  was  at  that  time  in  course  of  construction  in  Boston  a  new 
building  for  the  Public  Library .  The  architect-in-chief  was  Abbey 's 
old  friend,  the  late  Charles  Pollen  McKim,  who,  born  in  1847,  was 
then  forty-two  and  a  member  of  the  famous  firm  of  which  Stan- 
ford White  and  William  Rutherford  Mead  were  the  other  partners. 
This  structure,  which  is  considered  to  be  one  of  the  most  satisfy- 
ing of  modern  American  civic  edifices,  was  to  be  beautiful  and  dis- 
tinguished both  within  and  without,  and  already  St.  Gaudens  had 
been  commissioned  to  design  and  execute  for  it  various  groups  of 
statuary.  To  the  plastic  artists  were  now  to  be  added  E.A.Abbey  and 
J.S.  Sargent,  and  later  Puvis  de  Chavannes. 

Various  stories  have  been  told  as  to  who  it  was  that  was  gifted  with 
sufficient  insight  to  detect  in  the  black-and-white  drawings  of  Ab- 
bey the  germ  of  great  mural  decoration,  but  to  those  competent  to 
judge — to  such  architects  as  White  and  McKim  (who  were  artists  as 
well  as  architects)  and  to  St.  Gaudens — this  required  no  remarka- 
ble perspicacity ,  for  Abbey  had  long  been  recognised  by  them  all  as 
a  master  of  design.  St.  Gaudens,  at  any  rate,  must  have  his  share  of 
the  honour.  It  was  while  Miss  Mead,  not  long  before  her  marriage, 
was  sitting  to  him  for  a  portrait  in  bas  relief,  which  was  to  be  the 
sculptor's  wedding  present  to  Abbey,  that  the  architects  and  trus- 
tees were  in  conclave  on  the  subject,  and  naturally  the  trend  of  these 
consultations  was  mentioned.  One  day  during  one  of  the  long  talks 

227 


AUGUSTUS  ST.  GAUDENS 

that  enlivened  the  sittings  St.  Gaudens  spoke  of  the  desire  of  Me 
Kim  and  White  and  of  himself  that  Abbey  should  take  a  hand  in  the 
Boston  decorations,  but  added  they  had  very  little  hope,  as  Abbey 
had  his  living  to  make  and  the  task  must  necessarily  be  very  arduous 
and  protracted,  and  also — a  more  serious  matter — underpaid,  since 
the  money  voted  for  the  building  had  already  been  exceeded  by  a 
vast  sum,  and  too  little  was  left  for  "the  carving  and  the  gilding.'' 
That  is  to  say,  if  Abbey  undertook  this  work,  which  must  cost  him 
immense  labour  (and  this  the  sequel  proved  to  be  the  case),  it  would 
mean  the  giving  up  of  the  greater  part  of  his  income  for  a  number  of 
years — no  small  consideration  when  one  remembers  that  he  now 
had  a  new  home  to  establish  and  maintain. 

Miss  Mead,  however,  replied  that,  in  spite  of  that,  she  believed 
some  such  big  task  was  the  very  thing  that  Abbey  would  like  to  un- 
dertake, and,  in  her  opinion,  should  undertake,  that  he  had  recently 
said  to  her  that  since  he  had  finished  his  "Corinna"  he  would  like  to 
experiment  more  largely;  that  he  would  really  welcome  the  chance 
to  see  what  he  could  do.  On  leaving  the  studio  St.  Gaudens  reported 
this  conversation  to  McKim  and  White,  and  the  result  was  that  the 
matter  was  discussed  by  all  parties  concerned  and  more  or  less  set- 
tled— subject,  of  course,  to  the  consent  of  the  library  trustees. 

The  following  characteristic  note  to  Abbey  from  St.  Gaudens 
bears  upon  the  great  scheme: 

"DARLING, 

"McKim,  White,  Sargent,  thee  and  I  dine  at  the  Players  Wed- 
nesday night  this  week  at  7. 30,  D.V.,  so  help  me  G.  But,bejasus, 
McKim  don't  want  any  other  fellow  round,  although  I  tried  to  [get] 
the  whole  crew  together  as  we  had  agreed.  The  photos  will  be  on 
hand.  If  you  can't  come,  let  me  know  right  away.  The  Medallion* 
looks  like  hell.  I  thought  I  had  done  a  good  thing,  but  it  makes  me 
sick!  Sx.G." 

*  This  medallion  portrait  of  Miss  Mead  underwent  changes.  Originally  it  was  about 
three  feet  square,  depicting  a  figure  gathering  blossoms  from  an  apple  tree,  after  one  of 
Abbey's  own  designs  and  by  way  of  compliment  to  him.  But  St.  Gaudens  was  dissatis- 
fied, and  finally  cut  it  down  to  its  present  size,  showing  only  the  head  and  shoulders. 

228 


MEDALLION  PORTRAIT  OF  MARY  GERTRUDE  MEAD,  MODELLED  BY  AUGUSTUS 
SAINT  GAUDENS  EARLY  IN  1890  AS  A  WEDDING  GIFT  TO  EDWIN  A.  ABBEY. 


C.  F.  McKIM 

The  following  letter  fromMcKim  makes  further  arrangements: 
"MYDEAR  ABBEY,  "May  i2th,  1890. 

"Herter  is  at  work  on  a  model  of  the  Shakespeare  room,  which 
will  be  sent  to  you  to-morrow  afternoon.  I  have  not  been  able  to  get 
in  to  see  you,  but  will  try  to  do  so  to-morrow. 

"Abbott  writes  from  Boston  expressing  the  pleasure  of  the  trus- 
tees in  anticipation  of  your  visit,  and  says  that  they  have  got  various 
nice  people  to  meet  you  and  Sargent  and  St.  Gaudens.  Altogether 
things  look  well  for  the  great  enterprise.  Abbott  is  in  hearty  accord 
with  the  movement.  I  will  show  you  his  letter  when  I  come,  \sthe 
imner  has  been  ordered  nothing  must  happen  by  any  chance  to  our 
party    They  are  confidently  expecting  Sargent  to  come  with  us.  It 
would  undoubtedly  be  a  black  eye  to  the  proceedings  if  any  part  of 
the  New  York  contingent  should  fail  in  the  face  of  their  prepara- 
tions. 

"I  am  sorry  that  I  could  not  get  the  model  to  you  to-dav,  but  it 
was  impossible  As  it  is  it  will  be  a  very  rough  affair,  but  perhaps 
sufficiently  truthful  in  proportion  to  answer  your  purpose 

I  will  not  write  St.  Gaudens  if  you  will  send  a  messenger  to  him 
apprising  him  of  what  I  have  written. 

It  T  1 


In  haste,  yours, 

C.F.McKiM.' 


One  day  in  May  when  the  spring  was  at  its  very  best,  the  expe- 
imon  to  Boston  duly  came  off.  The  apple  orchards  with  their  huge 
trees  were  in  bloom,  and  through  miles  and  miles  of  these  vast  gar- 
dens the  train  passed  on  its  way.  That  there  might  be  a  greater 
chance  for  talk  and  festivity,  and  in  honour  of  Mrs.  Abbey,  who 
was  invited  too,  McKim  had  hired  a  private  car-which  in  America 


-  n    meca 

In   f  8?          '  SCA  ting  ^fty  t0  Skty  Passengers.  Mr.  Sargent  was 
also  of  the  party.  Armed  in  Boston,  they  trooped  off  to  sel  a  base- 
natch,and  in  the  evening  the  men  met  at  the  fateful  dinner  with 
thetrustees,thepresidentofwhomwasMr.SamuelA.B.Abbott 

ConsidennghowvastlydifferenthadbeenAbbey'spreviouswork; 
considering  his  age,  when  most  men  are  no  longer  very  susceptible 


THE  BOSTON  COMMISSION 

to  new  ideas  and  new  media;  and  considering  that  he  had  produced 
only  two  oil  paintings  in  his  life — the  "May-Day  Morning"and  the 
New  Amsterdam  hotel  decoration — we  must  not  withhold  from  the 
trustees  a  very  warm  admiration  for  their  willingness  to  acquiesce 
in  what  it  is  impossible  to  describe  in  any  other  way  than  as  an  ex- 
periment. That  Mr.  Sargent,  who  had  long  been  known  as  a  great 
painter,  should  be  invited  was  natural  enough;  but  the  choice  of  a 
beginner  in  paint,asAbbeywas,wasastrokeof  inspired  daring.  All 
honour  to  them. 

When  Abbey  came  away  from  Boston,  to  sail  for  England,  he  car- 
ried with  him  a  commission,  more  or  less  definite,  to  provide  the 
Delivery  Room  of  the  Library  with  a  frieze  180  feet  long  by  8  feet 
high, to  consist  of  a  series  of  appropriate  designs — the  theme  to  be 
his  own  choice — for  which  the  sum  of  15,000  dollars  (or,  roughly, 
three  thousand  English  pounds)  was  to  be  paid. 

Such  a  task  had,  of  course,  to  be  spread  over  a  number  of  years, 
and,  though  it  is  to  anticipate  rather  liberally,  it  may  be  well  here 
to  explain  on  what  lines  Abbey  decided  to  work,  reaching  his  final 
scheme  only ,  of  course ,  by  gradual  stages .  Two  letters ,  written  by 
him  on  board  the  Trove  in  May,  tell  the  story  and  outline  his  first 
thoughts.  This  is  to  his  brother:  "My  big  commission  was  only 
finally  secured  when  I  wired  to  you .  I  hadn't  decided  that  we  should 
go  until  then.  We  had  taken  our  passage,  but  should  have  given  it 
up  if  I  had  not  heard  definitely  that  afternoon.  This  commission  is 
thedecorationofthedistributingroomoftheBostonPublicLibrary 
—a  room  40  by  60  feet  and  2 1  feet  high — or  somewhere  in  that  neigh- 
bourhood. Therearetobenobook-shelvesonthewalls,andlamto 
paint  large  panels  with  subj  ects  taken  either  altogether  from  Shake- 
speare, or,  one  each,  from  some  typical  writer  of  the  various  coun- 
tries of  Europe.  Sargent  is  to  do  another  room — a  special  library— 
and  I  may  do  a  special  library  also.  La  Farge  is  doing  another.  [No- 
thing was  done  by  La  Farge.]  There  isn't  an  awful  lot  of  money  in 
this — there  never  is  in  these  things — but  I  hope  what  I  receive  will 
enable  me  to  keep  out  of  debt .  This  is  quite  strictly  private  at  present. 
Sargent  and  I  went  over  with  McKim  and  St.  Gaudens — who  is 

230 


THE  FIRST  IDEA 

doing  two  large  groups  for  the  front  of  the  building — and  dined  with 
the  trustees  and  moneyed  men  of  Boston  and  orated  to  them  of  our 
ideas,  and  were  very  finely  received  indeed.  I  want  now  to  see  the 
Vatican  Library  and  the  church  at  Perugia,  Orcagna's  frescoes  at 
Orvieto,  and  some  things  at  Florence  before  I  begin,  and  I  shall 
spend  the  summer  getting  together  my  ideas  and  finishing  up  what 
I  can  of  Shakespeare's  Comedies." 

Abbey's  other  letter,  written  on  board  ship  to  McKim,  outlines 
the  artist's  first  idea  of  the  theme.  "As  to  subject,  the  great  difficulty 
of  generalising  the  literature  of  the  civilised  world  is  really  stagger- 
ing.  What  I  prop  osed  to  Abb  ott  was  this — eight  panels  with  subj  ects 
divided  up  something  like  this: 

England — something  from  either  Shakespeare,  Chaucer 
France—  ,,        ,,        ,,       The  Song  of  Roland,  Rabelais, 

Moliere,  Froissart 
Spain—  ,,        „        „       Don  Quixote,  The  Chronicle  of 

the  Cid 

Germany—  ,,        „        ,,       Some  Rhine  legend,  Goethe 

Scandinavia—      „        „        „       A  saga  of  some  sort 
Italy—  „        „        „       Dante,  Boccaccio 

Greece—  „        .,        „       Homer 

U.S.A.—  „        „        ,,       Hawthorne 

Of  course  this  is  very  vague.  I  dare  say  any  selection  I  made  would 
come  in  for  any  amount  of  criticism.  As  to  adhering  to  the  ori- 
ginal idea  of  doing  a  room  altogether  of  Shakespearean  subjects, 
I  have  a  sneaking  hope  that  I  may  still  do  the  little  room  upstairs 
—the  special  library — as  we  had  originally  planned. 

' '  I  wonder  how  John  [Sargent]  is  getting  on ,  and  whether  you  have 
built  him  a  beautiful  model  yet.  I  went  into  his  studio  a  day  or  two 
before  I  sailed  and  saw  stacks  of  sketches  of  nude  people — saints,  I 
dare  say,  most  of  them,  although  from  my  cursory  observations  of 
them  they  seemed  a  bit  earthy .  You  will  surely  get  a  great  thing  from 
him.  He  can  do  anything,  and  don't  know  himself  what  he  can  do. 
He  is  latent  with  all  manner  of  possibilities,  and  the  Boston  people 

231 


J.  S.  SARGENT 

need  not  be  afraid  that  he  will  be  eccentric  or  impressionistic,  or 
anything  that  is  not  perfectly  serious  and  non-experimental  when 
it  comes  to  work  of  this  kind.  I  don't  want  a  model  myself;  a  careful 
and  exact  plan  will  doforme.Iflwanta  mod  el,Icangetone  knocked 
together  over  here."  Abbey's  first  scheme  was  thought  of  only  tobe 
rejected.  Continuing  his  search  and  pondering  earnestly  the  legend 
of  the  Holy  Grail,  he  realised  its  perfect  adaptability.  Moreover, 
the  subject  being  common  to  all  literatures  and  all  countries,  it 
had  peculiar  fitness  as  a  symbol  for  a  library  where  all  learning  was 
stored. 

Abbey,  as  we  know,  never  feared  hard  work,  and,  with  Mrs.  Abbey 
to  help  him  in  the  amassing  of  authorities,  he  read  every  variant  of 
the  legend  until,  a  master  of  all,  he  was  so  saturated  with  it  as  to  be 
able  to  fuse  the  versions  and  create  a  new  one  of  his  own,  capable  of 
being  divided  dramatically  into  the  requisite  number  of  panels. 

In  the  end  the  story  was  told  in  fifteen  scenes,  the  period  decided 
upon  being  the  twelfth  century .  In  the  first  scene — and  in  this  sum- 
mary use  has  been  made  of  the  catalogue  of  the  exhibition  of  the 
second  part  of  the  series,  in  the  Guildhall  in  1901 ,  which  was  a  com- 
posite work  of  Henry  James  and  Mrs.  Abbey — in  the  first  scene  the 
child  Galahad,  the  descendant,  by  his  mother,  of  Joseph  of  Arima- 
thea,  is  visited,  among  the  nuns  who  bring  him  up ,  by  a  dove  bearing 
a  golden  censer  and  an  angel  carrying  the  Grail,  the  presence  of 
which  operates  as  sustenance  to  the  infant.  From  the  hands  of  the 
holy  women,  in  the  legend,  the  predestined  boy  passes  into  those  of 
the  subtle  Gurnemanz,  who  instructs  him  in  the  knowledge  of  the 
things  of  the  world  and  the  duties  and  functions  of  the  ideal  knight. 

The  next  panel  shows  Galahad  at  the  end  of  his  vigil.  Clothed  in 
red ,  he  is  girt  for  going  forth  by  Sir  Launcelot ,  who  fastens  on  one  of 
his  spurs,  and  Sir  Bors,  who  attaches  the  other. 

InthenextpanelweseetheArthurianRoundTableand  the  curi- 
ous fable  of  the  Seat  Perilous,  the  seat  "perilous  for  good  or  ill, "in 
which  no  man  has  yet  sat  with  safety,  not  even  the  fashioner  himself, 
but  into  which,  standing  vacant  while  it  awaits  only  a  blameless  oc- 
cupant, the  young  Sir  Galahad,  knighted  by  Arthur,  has  sworn  a 

232 


KING  ARTHUR'S  ROUND  TABLE. 

GALAHAD  IS  LED  BY  JOSEPH  OF  ARIMATHEA  TO  THE  SEAT  PERILOUS. 

Twenty-four  feet  by  eight  feet. 
A  PANEL  OF  THE  HOLY  GRAIL  FRIEZE  IN  THE  BOSTON  PUBLIC  LIBRARY. 

1891-1893. 

FOLLOWED  BY  A  CHARCOAL  STUDY  FOR  THE  PANEL. 
1892. 


'O/J] 

•  i'lstJsotVfi  < 
•  s      .?*?>  Jjlgi,''  ",-YJu-y.vT 

3HT  Hi  3X3  lfl-t  »UAflO  (  JO1 


A 


THE  KNIGHTS  OF  KING  ARTHUR'S  ROUND  TABLE  RECEIVING  THE  BISHOP'S 
BENEDICTION  BEFORE  THEIR  DEPARTURE  ON  THE  QUEST  OF  THE  HOLY  GRAIL. 

A  PANEL  OF  THE  HOLY  GRAIL  FRIEZE  IN  THE  BOSTON  PUBLIC  LIBRARY. 

Twenty-two  feet  by  eight  feet. 
1892-1894. 


•IVI303H  3.HTAT  IHIW.  [  W 

10T8aUD3HTW 

iSI.TOUBU1l«mOH3HTVIJ  :  f.lli)  V.](>< 

.lael  Jifgb  yd  !•»«>}  ov/t-ylnWl' 
W8' 


THE  HOLY  GRAIL 

vow  to  be  worthy  to  take  his  place.  In  the  painting  he  comes  to  do  so. 
The  Companions  of  the  Order  are  seated  in  Arthur's  Hall,  and  every 
chair  save  one  is  filled.  Suddenly  the  doors  and  windows  close  of 
themselves,  the  place  becomes  suffused  with  light,  and  Sir  Galahad, 
robed  in  red,  is  led  in  by  an  old  man  clothed  in  white,  Joseph  of  Ari- 
mathea,  who,  according  to  one  of  the  most  artless  features  of  the 
romance,  has  subsisted  for  centuries  by  the  possession  of  the  su- 
preme relic. 

The  knights  are  next  seen  about  to  go  forth  on  their  search  for  the 
Holy  Grail,  now  formally  instituted  by  King  Arthur.  They  have 
heard  Mass  and  are  receiving  the  episcopal  benediction,  Sir  Gala- 
had at  their  head. 

Amfortas,  the  Fisher  King,King  of  theGrail,  having  been  wound- 
ed several  centuries  before  for  taking  up  arms  in  the  cause  of  unlaw- 
ful love,  lies  under  a  spell,  with  all  the  inmates  of  the  Castle  of  the 
Grail,  where  the  fifth  scene  is  laid.  They  are  (the  description  of  this 
panelisfromthepen  of  Henry  James)spiritually  dead,  and  although 
the  Grail  often  appears  in  their  very  midst,  they  cannot  see  it.  From 
this  strange  perpetuation  of  ineffectual  life  they  can  none  of  them, 
women  or  men,  priests  or  soldiers  or  courtiers,  be  liberated  by  death 
until  the  blameless  knight  shall  at  last  arrive.  It  will  not  be  suffi- 
cient, however,  that  he  simply  penetrates  into  the  castle:  to  the 
operation  of  the  remedy  is  attached  that  condition  which  recurs  so 
often  in  primitive  romance,  the  asking  of  a  question  on  which  every- 
thing depends.  In  the  painting  Sir  Galahad  has  reached  his  goal,  but 
at  the  very  goal  his  single  slight  taint  of  imperfection,  begotten  of 
the  too  worldly  teaching  of  Gurnemanz,  defeats  his  beneficent  ac- 
tion. Before  him  passes  the  procession  of  the  Grail ,  moving  between 
the  great  fires  and  the  trance-smitten  king,  and  gazing  at  it  he  tries 
to  arrive,  in  his  mind,  at  an  interpretation  of  what  it  means.  He  sees 
the  bearer  of  the  Grail,  the  damsel  with  the  Golden  Dish  (the  pro- 
totype of  whom  was  Herodias  bearing  the  head  of  John  the  Baptist 
on  a  charger),  the  two  knights  with  the  Seven-branch  Candlestick, 
and  the  knight  holding  aloft  the  Bleeding  Spear.  The  duty  resting 
upon  him  is  to  ask  what  these  things  denote,  but,  with  the  presump- 

233 


THE  HOLY  GRAIL 

tion  of  one  who  supposes  himself  to  have  imbibed  all  knowledge,  he 
forbears,  considering  that  he  is  competent  to  guess .  But  he  pays  for 
his  silence,  inasmuch  as  it  forfeits  for  him  the  glory  of  redeeming 
from  this  paralysis  of  centuries  the  old  monarch  and  his  hollow-  eyed 
Court,  forever  dying  and  never  dead,  whom  he  leaves  folded  in  their 
dreadful  doom. 

The  next  painting  depicts  the  morning  after  Galahad 's  visit  to  the 
Castle  of  the  Grail.  Having  ridden  forth,  he  meets  three  damsels, 
the  first,  the  Loathly  Damsel,  riding  upon  a  pale  mule  with  agolden 
bridle. This  lady, oncebeautifulinformandfeatures, is  now, though 
noble  still  in  form,  hideous  in  feature,  and  in  her  arms  is  the  head  of 
a  dead  king  encircled  with  a  golden  crown .  The  second  lady  is  riding 
in  themanner  of  an  esquire;  the  third  is  onher  feet,  dressed  as  astrip- 
ling ,  and  in  her  hand  isascourge  with  which  she  drivesthe  two  riders . 
These  damsels  are  under  the  spellof  the  Grail  Castle .  A  magic  power 
is  used ,  against  her  will ,  by  the  Loathly  Damsel  to  tempt  and  destroy 
knights  and  kings.  She,  with  her  two  companions,  must  continue  to 
wander,  doing  deeds  of  wickedness,  until  the  sinless  Virgin  Knight 
shall  come  to  the  Grail  Castle  and  ask  concerning  the  wonders  he 
sees  there.  They  now  assail  Sir  Galahad  with  reproaches,  cursing 
him  for  having  failed  on  the  previous  day  to  ask  the  Question  which 
not  only  would  have  delivered  them  and  the  inmates  of  the  Castle 
but  would  have  restored  peace  and  plenty  to  the  land.  The  earth 
must  now  remain  barren  and  Sir  Galahad  wander  forth  again,  fol- 
lowed by  the  curses  of  the  peasantry,  while  war  rages  throughout 
the  land.  He  must  encounter  many  adventures,  suffer  many  sor- 
rows, and  many  years  must  pass  before  he  returns  once  more  to  the 
Castle  of  the  Grail,  where,  having  through  all  ordeals  remained  sin- 
less, he  will  finally  ask  the  Question  and  redeem  the  sin-stricken 
land. 

In  the  seventh  panel  Galahad  is  seen  at  the  gate  of  the ' '  Castle  of 
the  Maidens, "fighting  with  the  seven  "Knights  of  Darkness"  (the 
seven  "Deadly  Sins"),  who  have  imprisoned  a  great  company  of 
maidens  ("The  Virtues")  in  order  to  keep  them  from  all  contact 
with  man .  Galahad 's  mission  being  to  overcome  Sin  and  redeem  the 

234 


STUDY  OF  A  JESTER,  IN  AN  UNUSED  PANEL  OF  THE  HOLY  GRAIL  FRIEZE. 

1892. 


THE  HOLY  GRAIL 

world  by  setting  free  the  Virtues,  he  fights  the  seven  Knights  and 
overcomes  them. 

In  the  eighth  panel  Sir  Galahad  having  passed  the  outer  gate  of 
the  Castle,  encounters  a  Monk,  who  blesses  him  and  delivers  up  to 
him  the  keys  of  the  Castle. 

In  the  ninth  his  entry  into  the  Castle  is  shown.  The  imprisoned 
maidens,  who  have  long  been  expecting  him,  for  it  had  been  pro- 
phesied that  the  perfect  knight  would  come  to  deliver  them,  wel- 
come him  with  shy  delight,  putting  out  their  hands  to  be  kissed. 

There  ends  the  first  of  Galahad's  missions.  In  the  next  panel  we 
see  him  leaving  Blanchefleur,  his  wife  and  earthly  love,  on  their 
wedding  morn:  perforce,  because  a  vision  had  shown  him  that  only 
by  a  Virgin  Knight  could  the  Quest  be  achieved.  Spiritually  he  and 
his  wife — the"  White  Flower"  of  perfect  womanhood — are  one. 

Having  passed  through  many  adventures,  Sir  Galahad  returns  in 
the  eleventh  panel  to  the  Castle  of  the  Grail.  The  procession  of  the 
Grail  having  once  more  passed  before  him,  and,  grown  wise  by 
knowledge  and  suffering,  he  has  asked  the  Question  and  thereby 
healed  Amfortas,  cleansed  him  from  his  sin,  and  allowed  the  old 
King  to  die .  In  the  painting  we  see  the  King  dying  in  Galahad 's  arms 
and  the  Angel  bearing  away  the  Grail  from  the  Castle. 

Having  now  accomplished  his  great  task ,  Galahad  is  guided  by  the 
spirit  of  the  Grail  towards  the  goal  which  shall  crown  his  labours- 
trie  achievement  of  the  Grail.  He  is  directed  towards  the  sea,  to 
Solomon's  ship,  which  shall  bear  him  to  Sarras ,  there  to  be  crowned 
king,  and  there  the  Grail  itself  will  finally  appear  to  him.  In  the 
twelfth  panel  we  see  him,  on  a  white  charger,  passing  from  the  land, 
where  peace  and  plenty  once  more  reign,  followed  by  the  blessings 
of  the  people. 

The  thirteenth  panel  depicts  Galahad  in  the  ship .  Sir  Bors  and  Sir 
Percival  accompany  him,  for,  although,  having  sinned  once,  they 
can  never  see  the  Grail  themselves ,  yet  having  persevered  faithfully 
in  the  Quest,  they  have  acquired  the  right  to  accompany  Sir  Galahad 
and  witness  his  achievement .  Resting  upon  a  cushion  in  the  stern  of 
the  ship  are  three  spindles  made  from  the  "  Tree  of  Life '  '—one  snow- 

235 


THE  HOLY  GRAIL 

white,  one  green,  one  blood-red.  When  Eve  was  driven  from  the 
Garden  of  Eden  she  carried  with  her  the  branch  she  had  plucked 
from  the  "Tree  of  Life, "and,  having  planted  it, the  branch  grewto 
be  a  tree,  with  branches  and  leaves  white,  in  token  that  Eve  was  a 
virgin  when  she  planted  it .  When  Cain  was  begotten  the  tree  turned 
green,  and  afterwards,  when  Cain  slew  Abel,  the  tree  turned  red. 
The  Grail,  borne  by  an  angel,  guides  the  ship. 

The  fourteenth  panel  shows  us  the  walls  of  the  city  of  Sarras;  the 
fifteenth,  and  last,  the  city  itself,  of  which  Sir  Galahad  is  now  king, 
upon  a  hill  in  which  he  has  made  a  Sacred  Place  and  built  a  Golden 
Tree.  Morning  and  evening  he  repairs  thither,  and  from  day  to  day 
he  beautifies  the  Tree,  and,  finally,  now  that  it  is  complete,  Joseph 
of  Arimathea  (with  a  company  of  Angels)  appears  with  the  Grail .  As 
Sir  Galahad  gazes  upon  it ,  crown,  sceptre,  and  earthly  robe  fall  from 
him — he  no  longer  needs  them .  He  utters  thanks  to  God  for  having 
let  him  see  that  which  tongue  may  not  describe,  nor  heart  think. 
Having  now  beheld  that  which  is  the  source  of  all  life  and  knowledge 
and  power,  his  spirit  can  no  longer  remain  in  the  narrow  confines  of 
his  body.  The  Grail  itself  is  borne  heavenward  and  is  never  again 
seen  on  this  earth. 

It  would  be  interesting  to  know  how  many  of  the  thousands  of 
persons  who  have  visited  the  Boston  Library  to  see  the  finished  pic- 
tures have  given  a  thought  to  the  labour  which  had  to  precede  the 
actual  painting.  We  think  of  an  artist  as  one  who  dips  his  brush  into 
the  colour  and  continues  to  do  so  until  the  canvas  is  covered.  That 
certainly  underestimates  the  seriousness  at  any  rate  of  the  conscien- 
tious historical  painter;  and  this  book  will  have  been  mishandled  if 
by  the  end  of  it  a  new  conception  of  the  arduousness  of  his  toil  is 
not  established.  But  in  the  Holy  Grail  decorations  Abbey  had  to  be 
more  than  an  historical  painter:  he  had  to  be  a  poet,  too. 

There  for  the  present  we  will  leave  them.  From  time  to  time  we 
shall  find  references  in  the  artist 's  letters  to  the  progress  of  his  work; 
but  even  when  we  do  not,  we  ought  to  bear  in  mind  that  this  task 
was  in  steady  progress  until  1902.  During  all  that  time  Abbey  can  be 
visualised  as  making  his  studies,  painting,  painting  out,  repainting, 

236 


A  TWELVE  YEARS'  TASK 

always  conscious  that  the  better  is  the  enemy  of  the  good;  travelling 
for  backgrounds;  searching  old  shops  for  accessories;  while  in  con- 
stant preparation,  under  his  eye,  were  the  necessary  costumes  for 
the  model  to  wear. 


1 


CHAPTER  XXV 

ITALIAN  TRAVEL  AND  AN  ENGLISH  HOME 

1890-1891     Aged  38-39 

First  Academy  Picture — Wanderings  in  England — Fairford  and  Lechlade — The 
Deserted  Village — Morgan  Hall — Charles  Keene — Italian  Travel — Domenico 
Morelli — Amalfi  and  Ravello — Raphael's  "  Jurisprudence  " — An  Artist's  Ideal- 
Settlement  at  Morgan  Hall— Mrs.  Mead— J.  S.  Sargent— C.  F.  McKim— The 

Largest  Studio  in  England 

*HE  Abbeys  reached  London  on  June  4th,  1890,  and  in 
due  course  found  their  way  to  the  Royal  Academy ,  where 
the  "  May-Day  Morning  "  (previously  called  "  Corinna 
Going  a-Maying")  was  proving  itself  a  very  popular  pic- 
ture. Not  only  did  it  attract  the  public,  but  one  famous  painter, 
at  any  rate,  found  it  to  his  mind.  "Millais,"  wrote  Mr.J.P.Beadleto 
the  artist,  "was  jawing  nineteen  to  the  dozen  the  other  day  to  me  in 
favour  of  your  picture .  It  evidently  took  his  eye  more  than  anything 
else." 

It  had  been  Abbey's  intention  to  go  at  once  to  Italy,  but  this  plan 
was  modified  and  the  j  ourney  did  not  begin  until  the  end  of  January , 
1 89 1 ,  for  on  second  thoughts  he  considered  it  wiser  to  finish  as  far  as 
possible  the  English  subjects  he  had  on  hand,  and  so  leave  his  mind 
free  while  abroad  for  The  Tempest,  The  Two  Gentlemen  of  Verona  and 
other  plays  set  in  Italy ,  and,  above  all,  for  undivided  attention  to  the 
decorative  works  of  the  Old  Masters.  Deciding,  therefore,  to  begin 
instantly  upon  the  water-colour , ' '  The  Wandering  Minstrel, ' '  com- 
missioned by  Montgomery  Sears,  Abbey  and  Mrs.  Abbey  started 
upon  a  search  for  a  background .  They  went  first  to  Sonning ,  on  the 
Thames ,  to  consider  again  the  yard  of  the  old  inn  there ;  but ,  this  f  ail- 
ing,theyexploredforseveraldays,sometimesdrivingandsometimes 
walking,  Berkshire  and  Oxfordshire  and  Gloucestershire,until  they 
came  to  a  rest  at  the  Bull  Inn  at  Fairford,  a  suave  grey  Gloucester- 
shire village,  famous  for  the  stained-glass  windows  in  its  beautiful 
church. 
238 


THE  VILLAGE  PREACHER. 

"  BESIDE  THE  BED  WHERE  PARTING  LIFE  WAS  LAID." 

Fourteen  and  a  half  inches  by  ten  and  a  half  inches. 

1890. 

"  THE  DESERTED  VILLAGE." 

GOLDSMITH. 


"  BUT  THE  LONG  POMP,  THE  MIDNIGHT  MASQUERADE." 

Eighteen  inches  by  eleven  and  a  half  inches. 
1890. 

"THE  DESERTED  VILLAGE." 

GOLDSMITH. 


I 
".aroAj.nv 


"  THERE  THE  PALE  ARTIST  PLIES  THE  SICKLY  TRADE." 

Eleven  inches  by  ten  inches. 
1891. 

"  THE  DESERTED  VILLAGE." 

GOLDSMITH. 


. 

' 

-i  .1.11'.'   '!'  '• 


MORGAN  HALL 

As  it  happened,  Fairford  was  a  momentous  halting  place,  for  on 
the  following  morning  the  landlord  of  the  "Bull"  mentioned  an 
empty  house  which  was  well  worth  looking  over,  and  led  his  guests 
to  what  was  destined  to  be  their  home  for  twenty  years  and  the 
scene  of  Abbey's  principal  labours — Morgan  Hall,  a  serene,  sunny 
house  with  walled  gardens  and  old  trees  about  it,  and  in  front  of  the 
east  windows  a  spacious  meadow,  eminently  fitted  (save  for  a  few 
isolated  trees)  to  be  a  cricket  ground .  Pleasant  even  then,  although 
neglected  and  bare  of  creepers  on  the  walls,  its  good  fortune  was  to 
become  one  of  the  most  hospitable  of  homes,  acquiring,  as  the  new 
tenants  had  time  to  impress  themselves  upon  it,  a  blend  of  comfort 
and  distinction  of  which  they  held  the  secret.  But  that  was  not  yet. 

After  a  couple  of  days  at  Fairford ,  the  Abbey  s  (still  homeless  )went 
on  to Lechlade, three  miles  away ,  where  they  took  lodgings  at  Bridge 
House,  and  here  Abbey  found  in  the  yard  the  background  he  had 
been  in  search  of,and  at  oncebeganan  oil  study, thewater-colour  to 
be  painted  in  London. 

Here,  in  Lechlade,  and  in  all  the  country  about,  was  also  plenty 
of  material  for  The  Deserted  Village,  and  as  the  oil  study  could  be 
worked  upon  only  towards  sunset,  the  model,  Colarossi,  was  sent 
for,  and  the  following  drawings  were  completed:  "How  often  have 
I  loitered  o  'er  thy  green , "  "  When  every  rood  of  ground  maintain  'd 
its  man,  ""His  house  was  known  to  all  the  vagrant  train,"  "Beside 
the  bed  where  parting  life  was  laid,"  "His  looks  adorned  the  vener- 
able place, ""A  man  severe  he  was  and  stern  to  view,""  Whilewords 
of  learned  length  and  thundering  sound , "  "  As  some  fair  female ,  un- 
adorned and  plain,"  "Thou  foundst  me  poor  at  first  and  keepst  me 


so." 


While  at  Bridge  House,  where  their  landlady  was  Mrs.  Bowley, 
who  years  before  had  been  Abbey's  landlady  at  the  Lechlade 
"Swan,"  they  saw  a  good  deal  of  the  William  Morrises,  meeting 
them  sometimes  at  Kelmscott,  and  sometimes,  after  rowing  down 
the  river,  at  Buscot  Rectory  at  tea,  in  the  lovely  garden  there,  with 
the  Rector  and  his  wife,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Birchall,  in  whose  hall  Abbey 
had  painted,  in  earlier  days,  the  background  for  his  water-colour 

239 


WINTER  WORK  IN  LONDON 

"TheWidower."AndonedayMr.andMrs.MorrisandMissMorris 
took  the  Birchalls  and  the  Abbeys  on  a  delightful  excursion  up  the 
lovely  Coin  valley  to  Chedworth  to  see  the  Roman  Villa. 

Another  companion  during  the  Lechlade  sojourn  was  Alfred  Par- 
sons, who,  while  on  a  visit  to  the  Abbeys,  went  over  to  see  Morgan 
Hall ,  and  gave  it  his  ben  ediction  .Other  houses  were ,  as  it  happened , 
to  be  seen  and  considered  before  the  final  decision  to  take  this  one 
was  made,  but  in  the  end  it  conquered. 

Returning  to  London ,  Abbey  settled  down  to  work  in  his  own  stu- 
dio at  56  Bedford  Gardens, his  principal  tasks  being"The  Wander- 
ing Minstrel,"  the  water-colour  "Mariana  in  the  Moated  Grange," 
and  on  foggy  days  the  drawings  forThe  Deserted  Village .  He  finished 
at  that  time  "Around  my  fire  an  evening  group  to  draw, ""But  the 
long  pomp ,  the  midnight  Masquerade,"  and  "No  surly  porter  stands 
in  guilty  state, "the  beautiful  iron  gate  in  which  was  drawn  from 
one  of  the  entrance  gates  to  Holland  House.  He  also,  owing  to  the 
darkness  of  this  winter,  began  and,  before  going  abroad,  finished 
the  nine  drawings  for  Much  Ado  About  Nothing — pen  and  ink  being 
unaffected  by  privation  of  natural  light.  Furthermore,  he  drew  at 
this  time  the  figure  of  Ferdinand  from  The  Tempest,"  Where  should 
this  Music  be?  "(the  drawing  which  he  showed  toMorelli  inNaples) , 
but  the  background  was  done  later  in  Amalfi . 

Meanwhile  in  a  little  room  on  the  floor  below  the  studio  under  the 
glass-house,  Mrs.  Abbey  superintended  the  making  of  costumes, 
someforthemenandwomenmMwcA^0,andseveralforthefigures 
in  the  Holy  Grail  frieze,  tentative  sketches  for  which  were  already  in 
being,  and  these  costumes  were  the  nucleus  of  what  in  time  became 
an  immense  collection,  the  greater  part  made  at  home  by  sewing 
women  under  Mrs.  Abbey 's  guidance. 

For  recreation  at  this  time  there  were  the  various  collections  in  the 
South  Kensington  Museum,  among  which  they  spent  most  of  their 
spare  late  afternoons  and  evening  hours,  often  to  be  joined  later,  in 
the  grill  room,  by  Henry  James,  who  was  then  living  close  by ,  in  De 
Vere  Gardens,  and  was  a  frequent  companion.  There  was  also  the 
excitement  of  negotiating  for  Morgan  Hall ,  of  which  we  hear  some- 

240 


DON  PEDRO,  BENEDICK,  CLAUDIO,  LEONATO. 

BALTHAZAR  :  "  SIGH  NO  MORE  LADIES,  SIGH  NO  MORE, 
MEN  WERE  DECEIVERS  EVER." 

Twenty-one  and  a  half  inches  by  fourteen  inches. 
1890. 

"  MUCH  ADO  ABOUT  NOTHING,"  ACT  II,  SCENE  III. 


DOGBERRY  AND  HIS  COMPARTNER  WITH  THE  WATCH. 

DOGBERRY  :  "  ARE  YOU  GOOD  MEN  AND  TRUE  ?  " 
Twenty-one  and  a  half  inches  by  fourteen  and  a  half  inches. 

"  MUCH  ADO  ABOUT  NOTHING,"  ACT  III,  SCENE  III. 

1890. 
A  drawing  made  for  the  "  Comedies,"  but  not  hitherto  published 


. 
.in 


• 


CHARLES  KEENE'S  DEATH 

thing  definite  in  a  letter  in  January  ,1891,  from  Abbey  to  Hopkinson 
Smith ,  written  from  an ' '  absolutely  permanent  address,  the  Reform 
Club."  In  this  letter  the  new  home  is  described.  "A  good-sized  old- 
fashioned  house — with  a  park  and  fine  old  trees  (twenty  acres)  and 
two  largegardens.  Morgan  Hall,  Fairford,  Gloucestershire,  is  what 
you  will  see  painted  on  the  sign,  and  the  oftener  you  come,  and  the 
longer  you  stay  when  you  do  come,  the  better.  This  is  a  quiet,  peace- 
ful place  when  you  get  into  business  with  lawyers .  Three  months  we 
have  been  rowing  over  a  lease.  To  be  sure,  one  of  the  trustees  was 
thrown  by  a  horse  and  killed ,  and  the  agent  shot  himself  during  the 
negotiations,  but  these  were  comparatively  slight  hitches  and  now 
everything  seems  all  right —  I  didn't  intend  writing  such  an  amus- 
ing letter  when  I  started  it;  never  mind,  I  won't  do  it  soon  again." 

This  letter,  begun  on  January  4th,  1891 ,  goes  on  to  say  that  "Old 
Charles  Keene  is  very  ill — not  expected  to  live.  He  is  a  great  man,  all 
unappreciated ."  Adding  to  it  on  January  8th  Abbey  says: "  I  saw  the 
news  of  dear  old  Charles's  death  just  after  I  had  written  the  above." 
Keene  died  on  January  4th,  aged  sixty-seven. 

Early  in  1891  "The  Wandering  Minstrel "  was  finished  and  de- 
spatched to  its  destination  in  Boston,  and  "Mariana  in  the  Moated 
Grange"  was  also  finished  and  sent  off  to  New  York  for  the  Spring 
Exhibition  of  the  American  Water-Colour  Society,  but  unfortu- 
nately it  arrived  too  late.  Abbey  refers  to  his  disappointment,  in 
a  second  letter  to  Hopkinson  Smith, and  adds:  "I'll  write  to  a  few 
millionaires  (if  there  are  any  left)  to  run  down  to  Franklin  his  three- 
cornered  square,  and  take  a  look  at  it  (by  the  way,  what  a  terrible 
thing  for  a  scientific  man  like  Franklin  to  have  a  three-cornered 
square  named  for  him!).  Then  after  these  millionaires  have  gazed 
their  wicked  fill  on  to  the  water-colour  I'll  have  it  sent  back  here- 
in order  that  my  long-neglected '  Institute'  may  have  a  chance  at  it . " 
But  Mr.  Henry  Marquand,  the  collector,  intervened  and  bough  t  the 
picture,  which  remained  in  America,  and  is  there  still. 

Finally ,  towards  the  end  of  January  ,1891,  having  started  his  buil- 
ders on  the  necessary  work  in  the  house  at  Fairford  and  on  the  build- 
ing of  the  big  studio,  the  exact  measurements  of  which  were  64  feet 

s  241 


AN  ITALIAN  JOURNEY 

by  40  feet  by  25  feet,  Abbey  and  Mrs.  Abbey  began  their  journey  to 
Italy,  stopping  a  couple  of  days  at  Basle  to  see  the  collection  of  Hol- 
bein drawings  and  the  Industrial  Museum,  and  a  few  days  in  Genoa 
for  the  pictures  and  palaces.  Here  Abbey  made  studies  of  gardens, 
of  fountains,  staircases,  little  known  and  weather-beaten  statues, 
and  so  forth,  for  future  use  in  the  Shakespeare  drawings,  in  many 
a  background  of  which  these  bits  reapp  ear .  Then  on  to  Florence  and 
Rome,  but  it  was  not  until  the  return  journey  that  they  had  more 
than  a  glimpse  of  these  two  great  places ,  so  anxious  were  they  to  get 
to  the  South  to  meet  the  spring,  thinking  to  follow  it  northward  later 
on.  In  Florence,  however,  time  was  made  for  a  first  sight  of  the  gal- 
leries and  of  Benozzo  Gozzoli's  wall  paintings  in  the  chapel  of  the 
Riccardi  Palace. 

In  Rome  Abbey  saw  his  old  friend  Elihu  Vedder,  known  to  the 
English  public  chiefly  by  his  illustrated  edition  of  Fitz Gerald's 
Omar  Khayyam.  Vedder  was  then  at  68  Capo  le  Casa,  "as,"  he  says 
in  a  note  to  Abbey,  "any  hack  driver  knows.  I  should  be  very  sorry 
not  to  see  you , ' '  and  he  adds ,  in  a  note  of  welcome , ' '  I  missed  seeing 
Bill  Laffan  last  winter,  and  others,  and  think  it  hard  that  I  can  never 
see  any  of  the  dear  old  set,  and  want  to  see  what  you're  like  when 
married." 

Passing  on  to  Naples,  Abbey  presented  Alma  Tadema's  letter  of 
introduction  to  Domenico  Morelli,  who,  having  carried  out  much 
mural  painting  in  Italian  churches,  not  only  showed  a  lively  and 
sympathetic  interest  in  the  projected  work  of  the  younger  painter, 
but  told  him  as  far  as  possible  of  his  own  methods  and  processes. 
Morelli,  who  himself  had  done  beautiful  work  in  black-and-white, 
greatly  admired  the  pen-and-ink  drawing  of  Ferdinand,  which  Ab- 
bey showed  him,  and  although  he  was  getting  to  be  an  old  man,  and 
his  wife  was  ill ,  he  arranged  a  number  of  meetings  during  their  short 
stay  in  Naples ,  and  afterwards ,  until  he  died  a  few  years  later,  always 
kept  in  touch  with  his  young  fellow  artist. 

Writing  to  Alma Tadema  from  Naples,  on  February  I5th,  1891, 
Abbey  says:  "We  have  this  moment  come  from  a  charming  visit  to 
Morelli .  He  showed  us ,  of  course ,  many  delightful  and  extraordinary 

242 


FERDINAND  AND  ARIEL. 

FERDINAND  :  "  WHERE  SHOULD  THIS  MUSIC  BE  ?  I'  TH'  AIR  OR  TH'  EARTH 

Seventeen  and  three-quarter  inches  by  eleven  and  a  half  inches. 
1890-1891. 

"THE  TEMPEST,"  ACT  I  SCENE  II. 


• 
>f. 


DOMENICO  MORELLI 

things — among  them  a  beautiful  water-colour,  of  which  I  dare  say 
you  may  have  seen  a  study ,  for  the  subj  ect  is  evidently  one  he  has  had 
in  his  mind  for  some  time:  three  angels  alighted  in  a  flowery  place 
somewhere  under  a  clear  delicate  yellow  sky. . .  . 

"We  are  in  rude  health,  and  it  seems  so  long  since  we  left  Lon- 
don that  I  am  gladly  ceasing  to  remember  how  we  toil  there,  like 
gnomes  in  the  earth,  and  am  only  living  in  a  present  state  of  bright 
weather.  It  has  been  cloudy,  to  be  sure,  and  last  night  there  was  a  fall 
of  nice ,  clean ,  white  snow,  and  the  wind  roars  about  this  height  upon 
which  we  are  perched,  and  from  our  window  [in  the  Hotel  Bristol] 
we  see  the  whole  expanseofthebay  ruffled  with  white-capped  waves. 
Still  we  know  there  must  be  warm  weather  here  sometimes,  or  the 
people  would  not  be  so  well  prepared  to  enjoy  it.  The  occupation 
of  hair-combing  in  streets  and  public  places  (an  occupation  which 
seems  to  take  the  place  here  of  fox-hunting  and  partridge-shoot- 
ing in  ruder  and  more  northern  climes)  is  carried  on  with  more  or 
less  discomfort  in  a  high  wind.  The  flea-catchers  wander  about  the 
streets ,  their  occupation  gone  for  the  present;  but  we  are  confidently 
assured  that  happier  days  are  in  store  for  us  all ,  and  that  over  the  hills 
at  Amalfi  and  Ravello  the  sun  shines  brightly  all  day  long,  and  one 
may  bask  in  the  sun  there  undisturbed  by  wind  and  dust — which  we 
shall  do  after  next  Wednesday.  I  think  we  have  enjoyed  Genoa  as 
much  as  Naples,  and  I  hope  we  can  go  back  there.  We  scampered 
through  Rome .  TheCarnival  was  in  possession,  and  we  merely  drove 
and  wandered  about. 

"We  are  oppressed  by  the  grandeur  of  our  apartment,  which  is 
gorgeous  in  the  extreme.  To  be  sure  we  have  no  place  to  put  our 
things  away ,  nor  to  hang  things  up ,  and  our  washing  arrangements 
are  of  a  sketchy  character;  but  the  furniture  of  our  sitting  room  is  gilt 
and  scrolly,and  we  have  several  large  mirrors  and  many  lustered 
arrangements  for  holding  candles  (at  a  franc  per  candle),  and  then 
there  is  the  view,  which  is  the  most  expensive  thing  one  can  have  in 
these  Italian  hotels.  ...  As  we  sit  at  table  d'h6te  behind  our  half- 
gallon  demijohn  of  Chianti ,  our  thoughts  turn  sadly  back  to  the  hap- 
py friends  we  have  left  behind — in  a  land  where  the  churches  and 

243 


DEATH  OF  "COUSIN  JO" 

galleries  are  properly  warmed  and  where  no  pretence  is  made  about 
a  sun  which  is  warranted  to  shine — and  don't." 

From  Tadema's  reply  I  take  some  sentences:  "I  suppose  you  do 
not  travel  with  your  books?  It  would  be  so  nice  if  you  could  give  one 
to  Morelli .  H e  appreciates  that  sort  of  thing  so  much ,  and  I  know  he 
will  appreciate  your  art  as  much  as  anyone.  You  know  his  drawings 
in  pen  and  ink?  He  has  done  such  beauties.  We  have  two  of  them. 
Has  not  he  a  fine  head?  He  must  be  getting  old. 

"Don't  forget  to  go  to  La  Cava  and  Paestum.  Those  ruined  tem- 
ples are  full  of  suggestions  for  backgrounds.  .  .  .  The  drive  back 
through  Salerno  and  Vietri  is  beautiful — you  will  enjoy  it.  Please, 
when  you  do ,  think  of  us .  Those  carriages  with  three  horses  and  a 
fellow  hanging  on  behind  are  quite  fine.  When  you  pass  a  cornfield 
beginning  to  get  green,  point  it  out  to  the  veturino  and  say  'Maca- 
roni.' They  like  that  sort  of  thing." 

In  Naples  much  time  was  spent  in  its  wonderful  Museum ,  and ,  as 
always  in  Abbey's  journeys,  all  the  curiosity  shops  were  minutely 
explored.  A  day  was  spent  atPompeii,  and  Capodimonte  and  afew 
other  gardens  were  visited  for  the  views  and  always  with  the  hope  of 
good  Shakespearian  settings,  but  Abbey's  happiness  was  suddenly 
dashed  by  the  news  of  the  death  of  Mrs .  Henry  Curtiss ,  the  "  Cousin 
Jo"  with  whom  so  many  of  his  early  New  York  memories  were  asso- 
ciated and  whom  he  had  always  very  deeply  loved . 

Having  no  further  spirit  for  Naples,  he  left  and  went  on  by  train  to 
Vietri,  from  thence  drivingthe  several  miles  alongthecoasttoAmalfi. 
Here  he  made  studies  of  caves ,  of  rock  formations ,  of  huge  cactuses 
and  fig  trees ,  many  of  which  can  be  seen  in  the  drawings  for  The  Tem- 
pest; studies  of  blossoming  trees — almond  and  peach,  oleander  and 
orange  and  olive ;  and  several  studies  of  lemongroves ,  one  of  whichhe 
used  in  A  Winter's  Tale  for  the  pen-drawing  of  "Perdita  and  Flori- 
zel,"  while  others  served  useful  purposes  for  many  years  to  come. 

The  Abbeys  stayed  at  the  Hotel  Capuccini ,  which  was  once  a  mo- 
nastery, in  the  middle  of  architecture  and  gardens  and  scenery 
almost  embarrassingly  rich:  "Material  enough,"  Abbey  tells  Mr. 
Spielmann,"to  last  me  for  years."  In  a  letter  to  Hopkinson  Smith  a 

244 


THE  BANQUET. 

SOLEMN  AND  STRANGE  MUSIC,  WITH  PROSPERO  AT  THE  TOP,  INVISIBLE.  ENTER  SEVERAL 
STRANGE  SHAPES,  BRINGING  IN  A  BANQUET. 

Twenty-one  and  a  half  inches  by  fourteen  and  a  half  inches. 
1891. 

"  THE  TEMPEST,"  ACT  III,  SCENE  III. 


I 


ALONZO  AND  GONZALO,  SEBASTIAN,  ANTONIO,  ADRIAN  AND  FRANCISCO. 

PROSPERO  (in  his  magic  robes) :  "  THERE  STAND, 

FOR  YOU  ARE  SPELI.-STOPP'D." 

Twenty-one  inches  by  fourteen  and  a  half  inches. 
1891. 

"THE  TEMPEST,"  ACT  V.  SCENE  I. 


\ 


RAVELLO 

fuller  description  is  found:  "Peach  blossoms  relieved  against  pale 
evening  skies  and  white-washed  walls  engage  my  attention — at  pre- 
sent. A  lovelier  place  than  this  is — ain't.  Onthehillsabove,Ravello, 
a  perfectly  beautiful,  old,  out-of-the-way  place,  is  a  mine  whence  I 

expect  to  dig  enough  to  last  me  through  a  couple  of  years  of  work 

I  am  sitting  in  the  organ  loft  of  an  old  chapel  (the  landlord  is  saying 
his  p  ray  ers  in  front  of  me)  in  which  is  a  lovely  old  bird  's-egg  blue  or- 
gan, of  which  I  have  been  doing  a  careful  study ,  with  a  view  to  ulti- 
mate white  nuns  singing  Vespers,  candles  on  the  altar  below,  seen 
through  the  lattice  in  the  front.  How's  that?  I  wonder  if  you  have 
been  here?  It  is  an  old  monastery  on  the  side  of  a  cliff  over  the  sea. 
We  sleep  in  cells  and  eat  in  an  old  refectory ,  with  a  crucifix  in  the  ceil- 
ing. .  .  .  The  landlord  is  not  (as  suggested  above)  eternally  thinking 
out  plans  for  screwing  another  franc  out  of  you,  and  Cookies  don't 
penetrate  this  far  into  the  country." 

At  Ravello,  where  the  Abbeys  remained  for  several  weeks,  their 
rooms  opened  upon  a  pergola,  of  which  Abbey  made  a  study  to  be 
afterwards  used  for  his  picture  "O  Mistress  Mine,  where  are  you 
roaming?  "now  in  the  Walker  Art  Gallery  in  Liverpool. He  also  made 
many  studies  of  patterns  of  Byzantine  mosaics  in  a  little  used  Byzan- 
tine Church  in  the  square  and  studies  of  vine-covered  pergolas,  the 
whole  hillside  forming  a  series  of  gardens ,  flights  of  stone  steps  lead- 
ing from  one  down  to  another.  And  here  for  regular  companions 
every  evening  were  such  interesting  fellow  guests  as  the  late  Sir 
Charles  Newton,  Keeper  of  the  Greek  and  Roman  Antiquities  in  the 
British  Museum  and  the  discoverer  of  the  Mausoleum  at  Halicar- 
nassus;  the  late  Strahan  Davidson,  Master  of  Balliol,  busy  at  that 
time  upon  his  book  on  Cicero;  his  brother,  Mr.  Edward  Strahan, 
and  Mrs .  Strahan  .The  Hotel  Palumbo  was  small-only  large  enough 
to  hold  the  above  number  of  guests.  Tourists  came  from  Amalfi  and 
elsewhere  for  lunch  every  day ,  but  every  evening  the  dinner  was  like 
a  private  party,  and  after  dinner  Mrs.  Strahan  played  delightfully 
Beethoven  and  other  music  on  the  very  piano  which  Wagner  had 
used  while  occupying  these  rooms  years  before  when  he  had  there 
composed  Tannhiiuser. 

245 


RAPHAEL'S  "JURISPRUDENCE" 

Abbey  returned  to  England  by  way  of  Rome,  Siena  and  Florence, 
with  all  too  short  a  stay  in  each  place.  In  Rome  much  time  was  spent 
in  the  Vatican,  and  after  delay  and  difficulty  he  succeeded  in  seeing 
the  Pinturicchio  wall  paintings  in  the  Appartamenta  Borgia,  which, 
at  that  time,  was  not  open  to  the  public .  To  see  these  was  one  of  the 
principal  obj  ects  of  his  visit  to  Rome .  B  eautif  ul  and  decorative  as  he 
thought  them-and  his  admiration  for  them  only  increased  with  time 
-there  was  another  painting  in  the  Vatican , "  The  Jurisprudence ' '  of 
Raphael,  which  was  to  him  then,  and  remained  ever  after,  the  most 
perfect,  the  most  noble  and  beautiful,  the  most  satisfying  of  any 
decorative  painting  he  had  ever  seen  or  was  to  see;  a  composition 
which,  in  his  opinion,  fulfilled  every  requirement  of  such  a  work 
and  could,  therefore,  never  be  surpassed.  He  sawthis  again  in  1898, 
and  later  on  said  that  he  must  have  a  photograph  of  it  hanging  where 
he  could  see  it  every  day. 

Inthe  number  of Scribner's Magazine  f orMay  ,191 7 ,  the  late  Ken- 
yon  Cox,  in  his  article  on  "The  Golden  Age  of  Painting,"  writes  as 
follows  of  "The  Jurisprudence"  and  of  the  painting  next  it  in  the 
Vatican, "  The  School  of  Athens,"  and  his  words  are  so  nearly  the 
words  that  Abbey  used  in  speaking  of  "The  Jurisprudence"  that 
they  may  be  quoted  here.  "They  are  unapproachable  examples  of 
what  composition  may  accomplish,  noble  and  gracious  in  their  or- 
dering, perfect  in  their  balance,  endlessly  lovely  in  their  interweav- 
ing of  line ,  fitting  their  spaces  with  sovereign  mastery  and  ease . ' ' 

Returning  to  London  the  Abbeys  settled  at  once — on  April  i8th 
— in  their  new  home  in  Gloucestershire,  and  four  days  later  their 
first  visitor  arrived — Mrs.  Mead ,  Mrs.  Abbey's  mother,  who,  in  the 
care  of  her  son,  the  late  Frederick  Mead,  came  from  New  York  for  a 
six  months'  stay,  and  to  their  great  satisfaction  remained  for  three 
years  and  a  quarter ,  when  her  son  came  again  to  take  her  home .  Old 
lady  that  she  was — then  in  her  sixty-ninth  year — Mrs .  Mead  was  en- 
dowed with  the  gift  of  eternal  youth.  Distinguished  andbeautifulin 
appearance,  and  gay,  humorous,  and  kind  in  manner,  she  made  a 
place  for  herself  not  only  at  Morgan  Hall,  but  in  the  hearts  of  all 
those  with  whom  she  came  in  contact.  Devoted  to  her  new  and  only 

246 


THE  KING,  HELENA,  BERTRAM,  LAFEU,  PAROLLES,  AND  SEVERAL  LORDS. 

KING  :  "  WHY,  THEN,  YOUNG  BERTRAM,  TAKE  HER;  SHE'S  THY  WIFE." 

BERTRAM  :  "  MY  WIFE,  MY  LIEGE  i  I  SHALL  BESEECH  YOUR  HIGHNESS 

IN  SUCH  A  BUSINESS,  GIVE  ME  LEAVE  TO  USE 

THE  HELP  OF  MINE  OWN  EYES." 
KING  :  "  KNOW'ST  THOU  NOT,  BERTRAM, 

WHAT  SHE  HAS  DONE  FOR  ME  i  " 

Eighteen  and  three-quarter  inches  by  fourteen  and  a  half  inches. 

1891. 

"ALL'S  WELL  THAT  ENDS  WELL,"  ACT  II,  SCENE  III. 


THE  DUKE  AND  VALENTINE. 

THE  DUKE  :  "  BE  GONE,  I  WILL  NOT  HEAR  THY  VAIN  EXCUSE." 

Seventeen  and  a  half  inches  by  seventeen  inches. 
1891. 

"TWO  GENTLEMEN  OF  VERONA,"  ACT  HI,  SCENE  I. 


. 
.*»fforii  rroln 

.1  avisos  ,m  TOA 


(?)  Burn  I  Ur.ll,,ti 


UNDER  SILVIA'S  WINDOW. 

PROTEUS,  THURIO,  AND  MUSICIANS,  HOST  AND  JULIA  DRESSED  AS  A  BOY. 
THURIO  :      "  WHO  IS  SILVIA  ?  WHAT  IS  SHE 

THAT  ALL  OUR  SWAINS  COMMEND  HER  ?  " 

Twenty-two  inches  by  seventeen  and  a  quarter  inches. 
1891. 

"  TWO  GENTLEMEN  OF  VERONA,"  ACT  IV,  SCENE  II. 


V/  ?;t  iv.if 

A  ?.A  O322.I8Q  AIJUJ  CltfA  TV 

3H2  f!l  TAHW  i  AT,  JHT 

••  <  «an  avttf  MMOO  ^v;lAV7^  a 

.esdani  t9Ju;f-:;:  c  brtfi  n-  iv/ 

.ipjli 

II  3V!3'J2  ,71  tOA  ".AttOfl.IV  ^O  / 


"  AND  EVERY  PANG  THAT  FOLLY  PAYS  TO  PRIDE." 

Thirteen  and  a  half  inches  by  twelve  and  a  half  inches. 
1891. 

"THE  DESERTED  VILLAGE." 

GOLDSMITH. 

This  picture  shows  a  corner  of  the  drawing  room  of  Morgan  Hall. 


SETTLEMENT  AT  FAIRFORD 

son-in-law,  she  became  devoted  also  to  Mr.  Sargent  and  he  to  her. 
He  was  shortly  to  settle  at  Morgan  Hall,  where  he  was  to  paint  his 
Boston  work  in  the  great  studio, and  during  the  next  few  years  these 
four  people  made  a  happy  and  contented  household,  the  days  filled 
with  the  hardest  of  hard  work  and  the  evenings  rendered  delightful 
by  music,  contributed  chiefly  by  Mr.  Sargent. 

Thestudiowasnotatfirstreadyforoccupation,butthisdidnotpre- 
ventAbbeyfromsettingtoworkontheShakespeare.Loztf'sLtfioMr's 
Lost,  which  largely  required  out-of-door  backgrounds,  and  The  Tem- 
pest were  the  first  plays  to  be  done.  Both  were  completed  in  1891 . 
ThefirstdrawingmadeatMorganHallwas"Mirandainthedoorway 
of  hercell,withFerdinandkneeling"(ActIII., Scene  i).  Mrs.  Abbey 
posed  for  Miranda,  as  she  did  for  all  the  female  figures  in  seven  of  the 
eight  plays  that  were  done  at  Fairford  (except  for  the  Countess  of 
Rousillon,  when  Mrs.  Mead  posed  with  her  daughter),  none  of  the 
female  models  whom  Abbey  wanted  being  at  that  time  available. 

As  soon  as  the  studio  was  sufficiently  advanced  a  man  came  down 
— an  Italian — who  had  posed  for  the  men  in  Much  Ado  About  Noth- 
ing, and  in  the  autumn  came  Colarossi  to  pose  for  Mr.  Sargent,  and 
old  Demarco,  who  had  a  very  beautiful  head,  was  there  for  Abbey, 
but  later  when  Mr.  Sargent  needed  a  younger  model  Abbey  took  on 
Colarossi;  and  in  due  course,  to  sit  for  A  Midsummer  Night's  Dream 
and  the  thirty  or  forty  angels  in  the"Arthur's  Round  Table, "came 
Miss  Nellie  Brown,  and  there  soon  ceased  to  beany  difficulty  in  per- 
suading models,  male  or  female,  to  come  so  far. 

All's  Well  that  Ends  Well  and  Twelfth  Night  were  begun  and  fin- 
ished in  1 891 .  A  Winter's  Tale  and  Two  Gentlemen  of  Verona  were 
also  begun,  and  some  of  the  drawings  finished  in  1891 ,  and  Abbey 
began  this  year  a  large  mediaeval  water-colour, ' '  The  Priest  and  the 
Great  Lady /'which  bade  fair  to  be  the  most  important  water-colour 
he  had  done.  As  soon  as  the  studio  was  ready  for  work  he  set  up  three 
canvases  for  the  Holy  Grail  frieze,  and  after  making  many  studies 
in  charcoal  and  oil  began  to  lay  in  the  designs.  The  canvas  was  very 
heavy ,  well  primed  and  painted  on  the  back  with  red  lead.  He  used 
oil  colours  and  painted  them  in  with  wax  and  turpentine. 

247 


C.  F.  McKIM 

Abbey  was  commissioned  also  in  this  year  to  make  a  colour  design 
for  the  Children 's  Window  in  St .  Peter 's  Church ,  Morristown ,  N  ew 
Jersey. 

Save  for  a  fortnight's  visit  to  Paris  to  see  the  Salon  and  Paris  mu- 
seums, and  a  couple  of  days  at  Amiens,  he  remained  very  steadily 
at  Morgan  Hall  for  the  next  year.  Mr.  Sargent  paid  several  short 
visits,  once  with  McKim;  and  early  in  November  he  remained  to 
take  up  his  work  in  the  studio,  and  became  a  regular  inmate  of  Mor- 
gan Hall,  his  practice  being  to  go  to  London  each  season  for  por- 
traits, and  then  abroad  and  return  in  the  autumn. 

A  note  from  McKim  to  Mrs .  Abbey  in  the  summer  of  1 89 1  shows 
that  cricket  had  already  begun, and, although  yet  only  in  a  small  way, 
sufficiently  to  make  at  any  rate  one  convert.  "The  world  [McKim 
began,  after  his  first  experience  of  Gloucestershire's  beautiful  vil- 
lages] would  be  (to  my  mind)  a  good  deal  poorer  if  English  trees 
and  parish  churches  had  been  left  out!  .  .  .  As  for  the  cricket,  my 
shoulders  and  shins  still  remind  me  that  I  was  born  in  the  reign  of 
Louis  Philippe,  and  wo^twenty-fiveyears  ago.  It  must  have  beena 
pathetic  sight  to  the  Heavenly  Host  above,  when  all  at  once,  on  the 
very  way  to  the  steamer  in  Liverpool,  I  was  seen  to  stop  at  a  certain 
shop  window  and  immediately  after  to  plunge  in  and  then  radiantly 
out  with  a  cricket  bat — a  'guaranteed  driver' — victim  to  the  same 
old  delusion  in  regard  to  a  new  future,  free  from  cigars  and  wine 
and  late  hours !  However,  according  to  the  old  adage,  I  have  still 
one  year  of  grace,  for  it  goes  'A  man  to  forty-five  may  make  new 
habits;  after  that — he  has  hard  work  to  steer  his  old  ones.' ' 

To  Abbey's  interest  in  cricket  we  come  later.  Enough  to  say  here 
that  he  played  whenever  he  had  the  chance  and  saw  a  good  match  as 
often  as  possible. 

Among  other  visitors  to  Morgan  Hall  during  the  first  year  was  Al- 
fred Parsons  ,of  course ,  who  came  every  year  except  when  away  from 
England,  his  brother  and  wife,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Frederick  Parsons; 
Antoinette  Sterling  and  her  husband,  John  MacKinlay;  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  J.  Henry  Harper,  and  John  Pettie,  R.A.  Among  neighbouring 
callers  should  be  mentioned  the  William  Morrises. 

248 


THE  DUKE  AND  MUSICIANS. 

DUKE  :  "  IF  MUSIC  BE  THE  FOOD  OF  LOVE,  PLAY  ON." 

Sixteen  and  a  half  inches  by  eleven  inches. 
1891. 

"  TWELFTH  NIGHT ;  OR,  WHAT  YOU  WILL,"  ACT  I,  SCENE  I. 


•    • 


OLIVIA,  THE  CLOWN  AND  MALVOLIO. 

MALVOLIO  :  "  I  MARVEL  YOUR  LADYSHIP  TAKES  DELIGHT  IN  SUCH  A  BARREN  RASCAL." 

Twenty-one  and  a  half  inches  by  seventeen  inches. 
1891. 

"  TWELFTH  NIGHT,"  ACT  I,  SCENE  V. 


• :  . 

I 

•M<'  riillcil  r 

.  i.'^.i 

. 


MARIA,  CLOWN,  SIR  TOBY  BELCH  AND  SIR  ANDREW  AGUE-CHEEK. 

Twenty-one  and  a  half  inches  by  seventeen  inches 
1891. 

"  TWELFTH  NIGHT,"  ACT  II,  SCENE  III. 


fH3-IUDA  W3MMA-)i] 

irmoe  <{<j  aa;.'     '  rnWT     . 


HI  3-/308,IIT3A' 


THE  DUKE,  VIOLA  AND  CLOWN. 

CLOWN  SINGS  : 

Come  away,  come  away,  Death, 
And  in  sad  cypress  let  me  be  laid ; 

Fly  away,  fly  away,  breath  ; 
I  am  slain  by  a  fair  cruel  maid. 
My  shroud  of  white  stuck  all  with  yew, 

O  prepare  it ! 

My  part  of  death  no  one  so  true 
Did  share  it. 

Not  a  flower,  not  a  flower  sweet 
On  my  black  coffin  let  there  be  strown  ; 

Not  a  friend,  not  a  friend  greet 
My  poor  corpse,  where  my  bones  shall  be  thrown  ; 
A  thousand  thousand  sighs  to  save, 

Lay  me,  O  where 

Sad  true  lover  never  find  my  grave, 
To  weep  there. 

Twenty-two  inches  by  seventeen  and  a  quarter  inches. 
1891. 

"  TWELFTH  NIGHT,"  ACT  II,  SCENE  IV. 


Jd  > 

:  «;  • 

.rfiMCT .  oD 

;  bisf  si  a 
:  Hir.rid  , 
.bit  i 
.way  iljrw  ft*  j' 

otni  02  ono «. 

JOO/7-i  7'., 

;  (TWOUc  Drf  -H')l!l   i'/ 
JO91f!  Lnstj}  E  J' 

^  Ilwla  i-anoff  yii 

• 

OT> 

,T;ST,;  /m  Lnft  iivor 

.')l9ii_ 

i  ISTlEUp  .1,  FlflB  n50Jn3V3?  '• 

.71  3H33?!'.rrrj/ ",/• 


< 


©  Hupcr  * 


THE  GREAT  STUDIO 

Although  not  written  until  some  years  later,  a  first-hand  descrip- 
tion of  the  great  Morgan  Hall  studio — the  largest  in  England  for  a 
painter,  at  that  time  and  perhaps  still — from  the  pen  of  Mr.M.H. 
Spielmann,  may  be  inserted  here,  when  the  Boston  work  of  the  two 
friends  is  in  the  full  tide  of  progress.  The  article  appeared  in  the 
Magazine  of  Art. "  It  is  [said  Mr .  Spielmann]  a  workshop ,  not  a  show- 
place,  but  none  the  less  picturesque  for  that — a  place  where  great 
thoughts  may  be  carried  out  on  a  fitting  scale ,  and  where  many  a  lofty 
conception  is  in  the  course  of  concretion.  Enormous  easels,  a  dozen 
or  more,  laden  with  vast  canvases  in  every  stage  of  completion  oc- 
cupy but  a  fraction  of  the  space;  tapestries  hang  from  heavy  frames, 
not  for  decoration  but  for  use,  and  carved  oak  doors  and  panels  rest 
against  the  walls;  studies  and  casts  of  curious  architectural  features 
and  sculptures;  arms  and  armour,  lay  figures  and  figurines;  stacks 
of  canvases ,  unused ,  half-used ,  and  used ,  for  sketches  from  Natu  re, 
or  ideal  compositions,  or  pictures '  on  the  way ';  chests  of  drawers  full 
of  specimens  of  superbly  designed  materials  velvets,  brocades,  and 
silks  of  various  periods  and  special  manufacture — with  new  fabrics 
of  particular  colour  or  design,mere  bits,  many  of  them , but  sufficient 
to  reveal  the  texture,  or  their  secrets  of  light  and  shade;  old  chairs, 
musical  instruments  and '  properties '  of  various  kinds — all  things,  in 
this  vast  apartment,  as  accessories  for  the  designer's  craft  and  no- 
thing more. 

"On  stands  and  in  drawers,  sketch-books  and  albums  of  studies 
are  classified  as  to  subject,  arranged  in  groups  according  to  the  pic- 
tures for  which  they  were  produced .  Trestlefuls  of  elaborate  studies 
and  half -finished  drawings  stand  around;  photographs  are  pinned 
about  of  pictures  of  the  period  with  which  the  artist  may  for  the  mo- 
ment be  dealing — with  a  view  to  maintaining  in  his  own  mind  the 
spirit  rather  than  the  art-standard  of  the  time;  a  library  crowded 
with  the  finest  folios  and  books  of  art  and  archaeological  reference 
stands  ready,  with  a  writing  table  close  by,  littered  in  orderly  con- 
fusion, to  remind  the  painter  of  the  daily  communication  of  the  out- 
side world.  There  is  a  built-up  scene  of  the  next  great  picture,  de- 
vised for  better  realisation  of  proposed  composition,  with  all  the 

249 


AMERICA  IN  GLOUCESTERSHIRE 

crowd  of  figures  and  dressed-up  figurines:  for  thus  the  painter  ex- 
periments with  arrangements  and  with  effects  of  light  and  shade. 
Not  too  much  importance  is  attached  to  such  artifices;  for  not  long 
since  a  great  model  of  a  colonnade  of  extraordinary  elaboration 
was  constructed,  with  a  view  to  determine  the  question  of  shadows 
thrown  by  the  pillars  when  a  light  was  introduced,  and  forthwith 
discarded  on  its  failure  to  reveal  with  truth  the  sought  for  effects. 
But  thoroughness  and  laborious  conscientiousness  are  main  quali- 
ties of  Mr.  Abbey's  temperament:  he  seems  to  aim  at  that  sort  of 
truth  of  effect — the  only  sort — that  can  convince  the  spectator;  and 
he  neglects  no  means,  whatever  the  cost  in  effort  or  expense,  to  se- 
cure the  end  which  is  his  only  aim 

"Regarded  from  this  point  of  view  the  remaining  feature  of  the 
studio  takes  peculiar  significance.  I  refer  to  the  amazing  wardrobe 
—an  interior  building  constructed  at  one  end  of  the  studio.  Here, 
hung  in  due  order,  classified  with  such  care,  love,  and  pride  as  an  en- 
tomologist might  display  in  the  arrangement  of  his  specimens,  is  the 
vast  collection  of  garments  of  all  p  eriods  and  styles  which  M  r .  Abb  ey 
has  collected  or  had  devised,  and  to  which  additions  are  continuous- 
ly being  made.  Here  they  hang,  on  right  hand  and  on  left,  in  dimin- 
ishing perspective,  until  one  might  almost  imagine  one's  self  in  the 
'property  shop'  of  some  great  theatre.  Costumes  original  and  spe- 
cial (men's  and  women's),  hats  and  cloaks,  boots  and  shoes  and  ac- 
cessories—all but  the  furs  and  arms,  which  for  greater  care  are  stored 
elsewhere .  Yet  they  are  not  by  any  means  regarded  by  the  painter  in 
the  light  of  theatrical  'properties' .  .  .  they  serve,  as  they  ought,  to 
give  assistance  as  to  cut,  fall,  character,  light  and  shade,  and  com- 
position of  line — that  is  to  say,  as  suggestions  for  invention  and  not 
model  for  imitation.  In  short,  Mr.  Abbey,  as  the  practical  architect 
of  his  pictures,  does  not  despise  anxious  consideration  and  prepara- 
tion of  the  scaffolding." 

Such  was  the  room,  then,  in  which,  in  1891 ,  in  the  heart  of  Glou- 
cestershire, two  American  artists  embarked  upon  their  task  of  beau- 
tifying and  ennobling  a  New  England  city. 

After  Abbey's  death,  before  the  lease  expired,  Mrs.  Abbey  had 

250 


THE  KING  OF  NAVARRE,  THE  PRINCESS  OF  FRANCE,  AND  THEIR  ATTENDANTS. 

KING  :  "  FAIR  PRINCESS,  WELCOME  TO  THE  COURT  OF  NAVARRE." 

Twenty  and  a  half  inches  by  fourteen  and  a  half  inches. 
1891. 

"  LOVE'S  LABOUR'S  LOST."  ACT  II,  SCENE  I. 


ARMADO  AND  MOTH. 

AJUIADO  :      -  WHAT  WILT  THOU  «O\T 

MOTH:  '  A  MAX,  IF  I  LIVE;  AND  THIS  BY,  IX  AND  WITHOUT, 

UPON  THE  rVSTAXT." 

IBTIIP^  by  twexre  iiicaci» 


-  LOVF-S  LABOUR'S  LOST,"  ACT  m,  SCENT  L 


. 

H 


DULL,  SIR  NATHANIEL,  HOLOFERNES. 

Eighteen  inches  by  seventeen  inches. 
1891. 

"  LOVE'S  LABOUR'S  LOST,"  ACT  IV,  SCENE  II. 


.23(1", 

' 


AMERICA  IX  GLOUCESTERSHIRE 

the  studios  taken  down,  and  the  spot  where  they  had  stood  reverted 
again  to  the  kitchen  garden. 

In  1890-1891  Harper's  printed  six  of  the  Comedies,  selections 
from  which  are  given  here.  Theplayswere  The  Merchant  oj Venice, 
As  You  Like  It,  The  Comedy  of  Errors,  Much  Ado  About  \othaig, 
Measure  for  Measure,  and  The  Tempest. 


CHAPTER  XXVI 

WORK  AND  TRAVEL 

1892-1893    Aged  39-41 

Advice  to  Art  Students — Progress  With  the  Boston  Frieze  and  Shakespeare — - 
American  Historical  Projects — Alma  Tadema — St.  Gaudens — The  Bayreuth 
Festival — The  Lure  of  Rothenburg — A  Stained-glass  Window — John  Pettie — 
A  Feat  of  Painting — Venice — Carpaccio — A  Boccaccio  Room — Gondoliers  at 
Chicago — Midsummer  Night's  Dream  and  end  of  the  Comedies — Henry  James 

IF  the  letters  that  have  come  to  light  are  few  in  this  year  and  for 
several  years  after  it  is  largely  because  Abbey 's  hand  was  now  con- 
tinuously busy  upon  the  Shakespeare  Comedies  and  his  thoughts 
occupied  chiefly  with  the  Boston  paintings,  and  Mrs.  Abbey,  to 
spare  him,  had  taken  on  the  burden  of  the  general  correspondence. 
But  that  he,  himself,  wrote  to  his  friends  is  evident  from  the  many 
replies,  acknowledging  his  own,  notably  from  Henry  James,  Alfred 
Parsons ,  and  J .  S .  Sargent ,  none  of  whom  preserved  Abbey 's  letters . 

Early  in  1892  the  following  epistle  of  excellent  counsel  was  ad- 
dressed by  Abbey  to  a  young  compatriot  with  artistic  ambitions  who 
had  been  commended  to  him,  and  who  after  a  visit  to  Fairford  had 
passed  on  to-Paris.  "The  great  trouble,"  he  wrote,  "with  the  vast 
majority  of  our  artists  at  home  is  that  they  cease  to  be  students  too 
soon.  They  spend  a  couple  of  years — even  three  or  four  years —  in 
Paris,  or  some  other  place  where  students  congregate,  and,  bored 
by  the  drudgery  of  the  serious  atelier  and  seeing  certain  easy-going 
pictures  attracting  a  certain  amount  of  attention  and  having  also  a 
certain  amount  of  merit,  they  throw  over  the  opportunity  (which, 
mind  you,  never  comes  again)  to  make  themselves  as  perfect  as  they 
may  be  with  the  aid  of  all  the  facilities  a  far-seeing  body  of  eminent 
artists  have,  during  many  years,  accumulated  for  their  benefit,  and 
dash  into  paint  with  a  confidence  bred  entirely  of  ignorance  and 
intolerance  of  the  training  that  they,  at  that  ill-informed  and  blind 
period  of  their  lives,  do  not  see  the  need  of. 

"Go  to  the  Louvre  constantly  (on  Sunday  mornings  you  will  have 
the  place  to  yourself,  or  nearly  so) .  Look  at  the  designs  and  drawings 

252 


PETRUCHIO  AND  KATHARINA. 

PETRUCHIO  :  "  BUT  FOR  MY  BONNY  KATE,  SHE  MUST  WITH  ME." 

Twenty-one  inches  by  fifteen  inches. 
1892. 

"THE  TAMING  OF  THE  SHREW,"  ACT  III,  SCENE  II. 


Ijj  H«rpvr  i.  lirutbwri 


PETRUCHIO  TO  LUCENTIO. 

PETRUCHIO  :  "  'TWAS  I  WON  THE  WAGER." 

Twenty  inches  by  twelve  inches. 
1892. 

'  THE  TAMING  OF  THE  SHREW,"  ACT  V,  SCENE  II. 


• 


ABBEY'S  SKETCH-BOOKS 

by  the  great  masters  and  reflect  that  they  thought  it  necessary  to  take 
all  that  pains  before  they  began  their  painting,  and  that  they  did  not 
rely  upon  genius  or  talent  to  carry  them  through.  Remember  that 
you  are  pretty  blind  at  present.  I  don 'tremember  ever  before  having 
seen  an  art  student  of  your  age  absolutely  without  a  sketch-book. 
You  should  besketching  always,  always.  Draw  anything.  Draw  the 
dishes  on  the  table  while  you  are  waiting  for  your  breakfast.  Draw 
the  people  in  the  station  while  you  are  waiting  for  your  train.  Look 
at  everything.  It  is  all  part  of  your  world.  You  are  going  to  beoneof 
a  profession  to  which  everything  on  this  earth  means  something. 
Keep  every  faculty  you  have  been  blessed  with  wide  awake.  The 
older  you  get  the  more  full  your  life  will  be  getting. " 

The  sketch-books  which  Abbey  himself  filled,  all  of  which  are 
preserved,  and  with  which  I  have  spent  delightful  hours,  are  proof 
that  he  practised  what  he  preached .  But  probably  of  no  artist  of  any 
time  can  it  more  truly  be  said  that  he  was  always  learning — always 
preparing  to  be  ready  to  begin. 

The  tendency  of  so  many  young  artists  to  dispense  with  drudgery 
was  much  on  Abbey's  mind,  and  there  are  other  references  to  it  in 
his  letters.  Among  various  unfinished  fragments  of  correspondence 
are  the  following  remarks  to  the  late  Charles  Eliot  Norton.  "In  the 
first  place  I  am  convinced  that  it  should  be  impressed  upon  this 
amiable  legion,  that  is  to  say,  the  unprepared  and  usually  insuffi- 
ciently endowed  students  sent  by  the  charitably  disposed  to  study 
art  abroad,  that  for  a  long  time  the  aesthetic  part  of  art  instruction 
should  be  held  in  abeyance,  that  the  science  of  the  profession,  or 
calling,  should  be  acquired  as  patiently  and  as  thoroughly  as  possi- 
ble. When  I  say  as  possible,  I  do  not  mean  to  place  any  limit  of  time 
or  means.  This  science  is  taught  in  many  continental  schools  and  at 
the  Royal  Academy;  perhaps  in  its  highest  form,  aside  from  these 
aesthetic  questions,  at  the  'Ecole  des  Beaux  Arts'— and  after  the  hand 
has  learned  to  obey  the  eye,  then  the  aesthetic  part  of  the  education 
should  begin — years  of  it,  not  months.  .  .  .  The  majority  return  to 
their  native  land  full  of  the  latest  fad  in  pictures;  and  I  speak  now  of 
America — in  the  absence,  as  a  rule,  of  the  inspiration  derived  from 

253 


AMERICAN  STUDENTS  IN  PARIS 

the  environment  of  great  works  of  art,  they  feed  for  the  balance  of 
their  days  upon  a  fashion  which  may  have  become  obsolete  on  this 
side  of  the  ocean  almost  before  they  have  set  up  their  American 
studios." 

A  letter  to  Charles  Parsons  early  in  1 892  developed  the  same  argu- 
ment."  S  ometimes , ' '  Abb  ey  writes  from  Fairf ord , ' '  sitting  out  alone 
in  the  quiet  greenery  I  have  desperate  designs  for  reforming  all  sorts 
of  artistic  affairs  at  home  [that  is,  in  America] ,  which  I  dare  say  get 
reformed  all  the  same  in  time  without  my  help  or  my  indignation.  I 
think  of  the  dozens  and  dozens  of  innocent  youths  who  sit  in  the 
schools  there — all  sure  that  if  they  could  get  to  Paris  for  a  year  all 
would  be  well.  And  some  of  them  do  get  to  Paris — often  with  the 
assistance  of  some  mistaken  philanthropist — and  go  to  swell  the 
horde  of  blind  kittens  who  nose  and  fumble  and  grope  at  that  very 
milkless  breast — dying  their  artistic  death  a  little  sooner  than  they 
would  at  home  may  be,  but  dying  just  the  same.  A  few  determined 
ones  survive,  but  it  is  not  always  the  determined  soul  that  is  the  most 
sensitive.  The  Schools  of  the  Beaux  Arts  are  well  worth  while,  and 
it  is  my  daily  loss  that  I  have  not  gone  through  the  experience  they 
would  have  afforded  me — and  the  thoughtful  Frenchman  who  is 
cared  for  there,  and  afterwards  at  that  wonderful  Villa  Medici  in 
Rome,  has  himself  to  blame  if  his  country  is  not  the  better  for  her 
care  of  him.  But  with  our  boys  it  is  very  different.  They  seldom  get 
admitted  to  the  Beaux  Arts  nowadays,  and  are  forced  to  fall  back 
upon  claptrap  schools — where  they  breathe  foul  air  and  fouler  ideas 
and  opinions — their  one  ambition  being  to  get  a  picture  into  the 
Salon  and  to  get  a  medal  afterwards.  I  feel  sure  that  the  days  of  he- 
terogeneous exhibitions  of  pictures  are  numbered.  'Art'  no  longer 
means  solely  the  production  of  a  square  of  canvas — or  a  group  in 
stone — and  perhaps  in  the  whirl  of 'Reform' which  is  raising  the  roof 
of  the  little  box  on  the  corner  of  23  rd  Street  [Abbey  refers  to  the  Na- 
tional Academy]  it  may  occur  to  some  member  of  that  institution . . . 
which  I  believe  has  something  to  say  as  to  the  desirability  of  electing 
as  its  members  those  proficient  in  the  'Arts  of  Design. '  I  don't  re- 
member to  have  ever  seen  there ,  for  instance ,  an  architectural  draw- 

254 


MORGAN  HALL,  FAIRFORD,  GLOUCESTERSHIRE. 

1.  THE  EAST  FRONT. 

2.  THE  WEST  FRONT. 


.     II  mi/iii  .//riff  .  ,'ftn  rifirl .( /lftirr.ilr>\    (<  n.,t   . 


J.  R.  OSGOOD 

ing  or  a  group  of  sculpture  or  a  decorative  notion  of  any  serious  sort. 
I  dare  say  it  will  all  come  some  of  these  days. "--It  was  not  a  little  in 
the  hope  of  being  practically  of  service  that  early  in  1895  Abbey 
threw  himself  with  such  vigour  into  the  establishment  of  the  Ameri- 
can Academy  in  Rome. 

In  the  spring  of  1892  Abbey  lost  a  dear  friend  by  the  death  of 
James  Osgood.  Writing  to  Charles  Parsons  in  June  he  says:  "Poor 
dear  old  Jimmy's  death  was  a  great  blow  to  me.  I  am  glad  I  lived  to 
know  him  intimately.  A  gentle  generous  soul  with  the  heart  of  a 
child,whose  chiefest  pleasure  was  in  seeing  his  friends  happy  about 
him.  We  had  a  simple  funeral  without  ostentation  or  parade — and 
if  his  spirit  was  anywhere  about,  it  must  have  seen  that  friendship  is 
not  an  empty  word. 

' '  I  wish ,  "the  letter  continues ,"  y  ou  could  have  come  to  see  us  here 
atFairford.  To  Gertrude  and  me  it  is  a  complete  little  place.  The 
house  is  large  and  roomy ,  and  is  surrounded  by  a  little  park  of  twenty 
odd  acres  with  large  trees  in  groups,  and  a  wooded  walk  all  the  way 
round  it.  Just  now  the  whole  place  is  heavy  with  the  scent  of  syringa 
blossoms ,  and  by  and  by  we  are  hoping  that  our  carefully  tended  and 
heavily  planted  flower  garden  will  make  the  place  gay.  We  made 
four  long  beds  6  feet  wide  and  nearly  80  feet  long  in  a  lawn  that  we 
didn't  use  at  the  side  of  the  house.  .  .  .  Across  the  stable  yard  (all 
round  the  wall  of  it  are  trained  old-fashioned  roses,  just  now  making 
a  grand  show,)  is  the  studio,  which  I  hear  is  the  largest  one  there  is. 
Itdoesn't  look  very  large  with  our  big  canvases  in  it,  and  sometimes 
one  is  rather  at  a  loss  where  to  put  anything.  My  Boston  work  is 
getting  on  rapidly  now,  and  I  hope  very  shortly  to  have  one  wall 
finished.  My  frieze  is  8  feet  high  and  192  feet  long.  The  side  walls 
are 63  ft.,  divided  into  compartments  representing  scenes  in  the  life 
of  Galahad  (or  Parsifal)  and  the  Quest  of  the  Holy  Grail.  .  .  . 

"My  idea  is  to  treat  the  frieze  not  precisely  in  what  is  known  as 
decorative  fashion  but  to  represent  a  series  of  paintings,  in  which 
the  action  takes  place  in  a  sort  of  procession  (for  lack  of  a  better 
word)  in  the  foreground .  The  background  is  there  all  the  same  but 
I  try  to  keep  it  without  incidental  interest.  Galahad 's  figure,  in  scar- 

255 


AN  ARTIST'S  SPADE-WORK 

let,  is  the  brilliant  recurring  note,  all  the  way  round  the  room.  The 
foreground  figures  are  6  feet  high,  but  will  look  less.  I  have  been 
surprised  to  find  how  easy  it  is  to  work  on  so  large  a  scale.  After  one 
gets  accustomed  to  the  difference  of  focus,  it  is  quite  as  simple  as 
working  on  a  small  scale.  Of  course,  I  have  made  drawings  and 
studies  innumerable!  Drawings  for  all  the  hands,  drawings  for  all 
the  figures,  which  are  enlarged  and  put  together  after— often  not 
used  at  all, or  only  a  little  corner.  Architectural  drawings  and  draw- 
ings of  life-sized  chestnut  trees,  and  now  I  have  to  wrestle  with  a 
life-sized  horse .  There  are  many  angels ,  and  these  have  been  a  great 
difficulty.  I  have  a  number  of  small  lay  figures — these  are  dressed 
in  carefully  cut  dresses  of  thin  white  (old)  cambric  handkerchiefs, 
white  pigeon  wings,  dried  and  stiffened  in  the  right  position  and 
tacked  to  them;  and  drapery  is  stiffened  with  thick  starch  and  ar- 
ranged in  folds.  Some  of  them  are  good  and  some  not  so  good,  but 
this  is  the  best  plan  I  have  found.  Better  than  arranging  the  drap- 
ery on  little  modelled  figures,  because  I  can  change  the  action. 

"Shakespeare  is  nearing  completion  (at  least  the  Comedies  are) 
and  next  month  will  see  them  all  off,  I  trust.  I  have  taken  particular 
pains  with  these  last — some  of  the  drawings  are  perhaps  needlessly 
elaborate — but  I  dare  say  they  will  not  give  that  impression  when 
the  great  leveller  (the  process  man)  has  passed  his  magic  hand  over 
them. 

"  I  was  fired  a  few  months  ago  to  do  a  Columbus,  kneeling  in 
armour  in  the  bright  sun  on  white  sand,  a  monk  beside  him  read- 
ing Mass,  and  the  flag  of  Spain  floating  behind,  the  sky  full  of  red 
flamingoes,  boats  drawn  up  on  the  distant  beach.  I  got  as  far  as 
making  a  big  drawing  in  black-and-white  on  brown  paper — and  let 
it  go.  [Later  on  Abbey  returned  to  this  and  finished  it.]  I  have  other 
things  sketched  out — the  Salamanca  Council, etc., — but  I  only  have 
one  pair  of  hands  at  present."-  -The  Salamanca  picture  was  never 
painted,  but  it  will  be  remembered  that  one  of  Abbey 's  illustrations 
for  Scribner's  Popular  History  of  the  United  States  depicted  the 
very  scene  upon  which  he  was  now  again  pondering.  He  kept  his 
thoughts  about  him  all  the  time. 

256 


HERMIONE,  LEONTES,  ANTIGONUS,  LORDS  AND  OTHERS. 

LEONTES  :  "  AWAY  WITH  HER  TO  PRISON." 

Twenty-two  and  a  half  inches  by  seventeen  inches. 
1892. 

"  A  WINTER'S  TALE,"  ACT  II,  SCENE  I 


© 


THE  ORACLE  PROFANED. 

LEONTES  :  "  APOLLO'S  ANGRY ;  AND  THE  HEAVENS  THEMSELVES 
DO  STRIKE  AT  MY  INJUSTICE." 

Twenty-eight  and  a  half  inches  by  twenty-three  and  a  half  inches. 

1892. 

"  A  WINTER'S  TALE,"  ACT  III,  SCENE  II. 


AN  OLD  SHEPHERD  (PERDITA'S  FOSTER  FATHER)  AND  HIS  SON. 

SHEPHERD  :  "  AND  BID  US  WELCOME  TO  YOUR  SHEEP-SHEARING." 

Fifteen  inches  by  twelve  inches. 
1892. 

"  A  WINTER'S  TALE,"  ACT  IV,  SCENE  III. 


IHTAl'asrrV  ^Jf 


AT  THE  SHEEP  SHEARING. 

AUTOLYCUS  SINGING ; 

Lawn  as  white  as  driven  snow  ; 

Cyprus  black  as  e'er  was  crow  ; 

Gloves  as  sweet  as  damask  roses  ; 

Masks  for  faces  and  for  noses  ; 

Bugle-bracelet,  necklace-amber, 

Perfume  for  a  lady's  chamber  ; 

Golden  quoifs  and  stomachers 

For  my  lads  to  give  their  dears  ; 

Pins  and  poking-sticks  of  steel, 

What  maids  lack  from  head  to  heel : 

Come,  buy  of  me,  come  ;  come  buy,  come  buy  ; 

Buy,  lads,  or  else  your  lasses  cry  ; 

Come,  buy  of  me,  come  ;  come  buy,  come  buy." 

"A  WINTER'S  TALE,"  ACT  IV,  SCENE  III. 

Eighteen  inches  by  thirteen  inches. 
1892. 

"  The  thought  [of  Shakespearean  drawings]  first  took  shape  when  I  saw  your  drawing  of 
Autolycus."    Letter  from  Henry  Alden  to  E.  A.  Abbey,  February  18, 1886.  See  page 
For  this  drawing  of  Autolycus,  done  in  1879,  see  Harper's  Magazine,  June,  1881. 


t 

.MI!-. 

WB«  I  Mrfw 
8  .6881  ,3  1 
«jno    .•Ms'isviy.W  >'v 


ft* 


INSPIRING  VISITORS 

In  May  of  this  year,  1 892,  Alma  Tadema  and  his  wife  came  for  the 
first  time' to  Morgan  Hall — the  first  of  many  visits.  Tadema  was 
always  a  very  welcome  guest,  for  he  had  the  rare  faculty,  possessed 
also  by  Mr.  Sargent,  by  Pettie,  and  by  Stanford  White,  of  immedi- 
ately perceiving  what  an  artist  was  driving  at,  and  could  discuss  it 
from  the  artist's  point  of  view  even  when  that  differed  from  his  own; 
so  that  Abbey  was  always  encouraged  and  stimulated.  Norwasthis 
feeling  one-sided,  for  the  artists  visiting  this  great  studio,  where 
such  vast  conceptions  were  in  progress,  were  wont  to  return  to  their 
own  easels  with  renewed  enthusiasms. 

At  that  time  (May,  1 892)  Mr.  Sargent  was  working  at  the  east  end 
of  the  studio,  and  Abbey  at  the  west  end — the  north  side  being  occu- 
pied by  the  three  great  lights.  With  Tadema  in  the  studio,  tremen- 
dous discussions  went  on  at  both  ends.  Large  pieces  of  paper,huge 
rolls  of  which  Abbey  always  kept  onhand,  would  be  outlined  and  cut 
to  fit  a  certain  figure  already  painted  on  the  canvas,  to  which  the 
paper  would  be  pinned  so  that  it  exactly  covered  this  figure  in  order 
that  other  figures  might  be  painted  on  the  paper  directly  over  it  and 
the  new  effect  observed.  Experiment  would  in  this  way  follow  ex- 
periment. The  new  figure  would  be  roughly  painted  in,  then  te- 
rn oved  to  give  place  to  a  second ,  or  even  a  third;  a  change  in  the  back- 
ground or  the  floor  would  b  e  tested ;  a  different  colour  would  b  e  tried 
here  and  there.  In  short,  every  aspect  of  the  work  both  in  esse  and  in 
possevfould  be  talked  over  with  the  greatest  eagerness.  Later,  when 
the  place  had  again  settled  down  to  the  quiet  life,  the  artist  would  re- 
move all  the  paper  and,  coming  with  a  keener  eye  and  clearer  vision 
to  the  original  work  which  had  been  left  untouched ,  would  attack  the 
canvas  afresh  and  on  a  future  day  out  of  the  chaos  would  emerge 
something  far  more  to  his  mind  than  before.  But  very,  very  rare  is 
the  artist  who,  like  Tadema,  can  thus  put  himself  en  rapport  with 
the  work  of  another  artist  whose  work  and  methods  are  so  wholly 
different  from  his  own. 

It  was  in  the  same  month  of  May  that  Professor  Ray  Lankester 
wrote  from  Oxford  suggesting  a  visit  one  day  to  Morgan  Hall,  add- 
ing, "York  Powell  proposes  to  make  the  excursion  with  me";  and  in 

T  257 


SAMUEL  ABBOTT 

due  course  they  came.  York  Powell,  afterwards  Regius  Professor  of 
Modern  History  at  Oxford,  had  heard  that  Abbey  was  setting  his 
Holy  Grail  frieze  in  the  Celtic  period  and  using  Celtic  ornament, 
and  as  he  was  one  of  the  few  men  who  had  any  deep  knowledge  of 
Celtic  ornament ,  Abbey  was  glad  of  the  opportunity  to  show  him  the 
use  he  had  made  of  it  and  to  discuss  it  with  him. 

The  American  guests  at  Morgan  Hall  that  summer  included  Mrs. 
Jack  Gardner,  who  owns  the  famous  private  picture  gallery  in  Bos- 
ton,Mr. Charles  Dana  GibsonandC.F.McKim,whocamewith  Mr. 
Samuel  Abbott,thePresident  of  theBoard  of  Trustees  of  the  Boston 
Public  Library,  to  see  how  the  decorations  were  proceeding.  They 
were  delighted  with  what  they  saw,  and  their  enthusiasm  knew  no 
bounds,  as  is  seen  from  the  letter  which  the  architect  wrote  to  Mrs. 
Abbey  on  his  return  to  London:  "At  one  o'clock  this  morning  after 
our  fourteenth  reference  to  Fairford  and  its  delightful  hospitality, 
Abbott  sat  writing  [to  be  shown  to  the  trustees]  and  I  reading  from 
your  manuscript  aloud  to  him,  about  the  "Quest "  which  had  taken 
us  there,  and  through  which  we  had  been  so  amply  repaid.  The 
more  I  think  about  it  all,  the  more  I  like  to,  and  the  more  confi- 
dent I  grow  of  the  verdict  when  the  'Abbey  Room,'  as  it  is  hence- 
forth to  be  called ,  is  finally  completed And  Sargent  (in  another 

way)  what  an  undertaking,  and  what  an  achievement,  his  splendid 
'  machine '  painted  with  the  '  blood  of  empty  stomachs '  is !  ...  I 
thought  I  knew  something  about  struggling  till  I  reached  Fairford, 
but  the  attitude  of  these  two  men  towards  their  work  has  been  a 
revelation  to  me." 

Another  American  guest  who  was  hoped  for  at  Morgan  Hall  but 
could  not  come  was  S  t .  Gaudens ,  whom  I  find  writing  (on  June  3  oth) 
a  letterto  Mrs.  Abbey,  in  which  he  says, "I  have  always  feltthat  that 
boy  of  yours  'didn't  know  how  much  he  could  do, 'as  he  once  said 
of  Sargent.  May  the  Boston  work  lead  to  other  and  greater  things!" 
Referring  to  the  invitation  to  Fairford ,  he  continues: "  If  I  were  not 
the  prize  sick  man  on  the  ocean  you  would  have  seen  me  long  ago, 
but  seamanship  isn't  my  distinguishing  characteristic,  so  I  have  to 
content  myself  with  the  letters  and  photos  that  I  get  from  the  other 

258 


A  GERMAN  TOWN 

side.  They  are  very  pleasant,  but  not  so  pleasant  as  to  see  my  friends 
in  propria  persona . ' ' 

At  the  end  of  July  the  Abbeys,  accompanied  by  Mrs.  Mead,  than 
whom  there  never  was  a  better  traveller,  started  for  the  Continent, 
their  objective  being  Bayreuth  and  Parsifal.  Beginning  with  Paris, 
they  went  by  way  of  Cologne  to  see,  in  particular,  the  Primitives  of 
the  Cologne  School,  and  from  there  direct  to  Rothenburg  on  the 
Tauber.  Here,  in  an  early  Gothic  Franciscan  Church — not  often 
used  for  service — was  a  beautiful  carved  pillar  and  tomb  of  Diedrich 
von  Berlichingen  (who  died  1484)  and  his  wife — both  life-sized  fig- 
ures in  high  relief;  the  man  in  armour,  the  wife  in  a  costume  (in- 
cluding the  peculiar  head-dress)  almost  identical  with  the  costume 
Abbey  had  used  for  thegreat  lady  in  the  water-colour  he  had  recently 
begun,"The  Priest  and  the  Great  Lady."  Such  was  the  similarity 
that  the  artist  decided  to  send  for  the  water-colour,  and  make  the 
church  with  the  carved  pillar  the  setting  for  it ,  on  his  return  from  the 
Wagner  festival. 

They  were  at  the  performance  of  Parsifal  at  Bayreuth  on  August 
8th,  with  Vandyke  as  Parsifal,  Kaschmann  as  Amfortas,  and  Frau- 
leinMalten  asKundry  ,and  afterwards  they  heard  Tristan  undlsolde, 
which  was  already  familiar  to  them. 

Having  by  this  time  practically  settled  the  sequence  of  subjects  for 
his  frieze,  nothing  that  he  saw  at  Bayreuth  caused  Abbey  to  change 
or  modify  his  scheme .  After  Bayreuth  they  started  for  Berlin ,  taking 
Nuremberg  and  Dresden  on  the  way.  It  was  at  Nuremberg  and 
Rothenburg  that  his  oil-painting  "Margaret  and  Faust"  began  to 
assume  shape;  but  this  picture  was  never  finished. 

On  returning  to  Rothenburg ,  Abbey  found  his  water-colour  await- 
ing him ,  andat  once  set  to  work  upon  it,anduponanumber  of  studies 
of  this  most  enchanting  and  unmodernised  of  towns.  In  particular 
he  was  attracted  by  an  unused  upper  room  in  the  old  patrician's 
house  next  the  church,  where  the  aged  lady  to  whom  it  belonged 
made  the  artist  very  welcome,  permitted  Mrs.  Abbey  to  try  experi- 
ments with  curtains,  and  deplored  to  them  the  fact  that  those  who 
were  to  come  after  her  were  vandals.  The  house, built  on  the  town 

259 


ROTHENBURG 

wall,  and  commanding  a  wide  view  of  the  Tauber  valley ,  was  famous 
for  its  panelled  lower  rooms  with  their  Rembrandtish  effects,  but 
thewhiteroom  of  thechamberabove,withitsold  portraits, itsbird's- 
egg  blue  doors  and  arched  ceiling  supported  by  white  columns,  ap- 
pealed so  much  to  Abbey  that  he  made  several  oil  studies  of  it,  one 
of  which  was  used  in  his  oil  painting  "Pot  Pourri,"  finished  for  the 
late  Mr.  William  Vivian,  of  Queen's  Gate,  London,  in  1 899,  and  ex- 
hibited at  the  Royal  Academy  in  1903 .  Another  view  of  it  appeared 
inhis  water-colour  "An  Attention,"  painted  at  the  end  of  1894,  and 
exhibited  at  the  American  Water-Colour  Society  in  the  spring  of 
1 895 ,  and  at  the  Royal  Water-Colour  Society  in  the  spring  of  1896. 

It  was  Abb  ey  's  intention  to  return  to  Rothenburg  and  paint  enough 
there  to  form  an  exhibition  of  Rothenburg  studies;  and  with  this  end 
in  mind  he  called  on  the  Burgomaster  and  arranged  to  have  imme- 
diate news  of  anything  happening  to  the  old  lady  who  owned  the 
house  of  his  choice  (who  was  then  over  eighty) ,  so  that  he  might  have 
the  opportunity  of  making  more  studies  in  it  before  it  was  demo- 
lished or  modernised .  In  due  course  the  letter  arrived  announcing 
her  death,  but  coming  at  a  time  when  the  artist  was  involved  with 
other  tasks,  he  could  not  carry  out  his  pleasant  purpose. 

From  Rothenburg  they  returned  to  Cologne,  taking  time  there  to 
seethe  old  pictures  of  the  Cologne  School,  then  on  to  Brussels  to  see 
the  pictures  there,  and  thence  to  Antwerp .  While  at  Antwerp ,  Ab- 
bey was  much  interested  in  seeing  the  wall  paintings  of  Baron  Leys, 
and  spent  a  morning  with  them  in  the  Hotel  de  Ville,  but  with  this 
exception — and  this  was  the  only  time  he  was  ever  in  Antwerp — he 
never  saw  any  work  by  Leys.  This  should  dispel  once  and  for  all  the 
idea  which  seems  to  have  taken  root  in  certain  minds  that  he  was  a 
follower  of  Leys  and  under  his  influence. 

On  returningtoFairford,Abbey  plunged  into  his  Boston  work  and 
the  Comedies,  finishing  in  this  year  The  Two  Gentlemen  of  Verona, 
A  Winter's  Tale,  The  Taming  of  the  Shrew.  A  Midsummer  Night's 
Dream  he  also  began  in  1 892,  and  finished  at  least  one  drawing  that 
year.  He  also  completed  the  design  (reproduced  in  glass  by  Tiffany) 
for  the  "Children's  Window,"  in  St.  Peter's  Church,  Morristown. 

260 


JOHN  PETTIE 

This  he  did  in  water-colour,  the  full  size  of  the  lights,  and  chose  for 
his  subject  "Rise,  Peter,  kill  and  eat";but  he  transformed  intodoves 
the  beasts  of  the  earth  ,the  creeping  things  and  fowls  of  the  air , which 
Peter,  in  his  trance,  saw  descending  to  him  in  the  sheet  let  down  to 
earth. 

The  Boston  painting  on  which  Abbey  was  principally  engaged 
after  his  return  fromGermany  was  the  large  canvas  of  King  Arthur's 
Round  Table,  where  Galahad  is  led  inby  Joseph  of  Arimathea  to  sit 
in  the  Seat  Perilous;  and  it  was  upon  this  (which  he  hoped  to  have 
ready  to  send  to  theColumbiaExhibition  inChicago  in  the  next  year) 
that  he  was  vigorously  at  work  when  John  Pettie  and  his  wife  came 
for  a  visit  in  November.  The  painting  in  immediate  progress  was 
that  of  Arthur's  Hall,  with  the  King  on  his  throne  and  the  Knights 
at  the  Round  Table.  On  the  steps  of  the  throne  was  at  that  time  a 
single  figure,  a  boy,  the  King's  cupbearer.  Pettie,  who  had  seen  the 
painting  a  year  before  and  was  much  impressed  by  the  advance  that 
had  been  made,  suggested  that  a  second  figure  on  the  steps  near  the 
boy  would  increase  the  interest  of  that  spot  and  would  balance  bet- 
ter. Abbey  no  sooner  heard  the  suggestion  than  he  appreciated  its 
force.  He  posed  his  model,  Colarossi,  seized  his  brush  and  instantly 
roughed  in  the  jester  precisely  in  the  attitude  in  which  he  nowstands, 
and  was  satisfied  that  the  picture  was  the  stronger  and  richer  for  it. 
Pettie  was  not  only  gratified  to  have  his  proposition  so  readily  adop- 
ted, but  was  astonished  by  the  mastery  of  the  painter's  swift,  sure 
hand. 

Further  evidence  of  Abbey's  urgency  and  decisiveness  was,  how- 
ever, yet  to  come, for  "Now,"  said  he,  "the  jester  must  have  a  cos- 
tume," and  straightway  he  pencilled  a  design  suitable  for  a  Royal 
Fool  of  the  period,  and  this  was  handed  to  the  sewing  woman  to  be 
made.  "We  '11  go  to  the  Church  to  see  the  stained  glass,  "he  said,"  and 
when  we  come  back  the  costume  will  be  ready."  Even  as  he  said,  not 
only  was  it  ready  but  Colarossi  was  dressed  in  it,  and  prepared  to 
pose.  Taking  his  brushes,  Abbey  painted  the  jester  on  the  steps, 
there  and  then,  while  the  audience  seated  behind  him  watched  every 
touch  with  breathless  interest.  They  grew  more  and  more  excited  as 

261 


A  TOUR  DEFORCE 

the  figure  took  life  under  the  painter's  strokes,  but  Abbey  remained 
calm  Although  overflowing  with  humorous  comment  whichkept  the 
company  in  constant  laughter.  He  did  not  stop  until  the  jester  was 
done.  Save  for  a  detail  or  so,  and  the  mystical  owl  added  later  to  the 
back  of  his  garment,  he  was  finished  at  the  sitting.  Pettie's  admira- 
tion was  divided  between  the  concentrated  power  and  speed  of  the 
artist,  the  efficiency  of  the  establishment,  and  the  dramatic  interest 
of  the  contrasted  expressions  of  the  two  figures:  the  half-frightened 
look  on  the  face  of  the  Fool  and  the  wondering  curiosity  on  the  face 
of  the  boy. 

And  so  we  leave  1 892 . 

The  year  1893  was  similarly  apportioned  to  work  in  the  country 
and  travel  abroad ;  but  in  Abbey 's  case  there  was  no  antithesis ,  travel 
being  with  him  always — and  particularly  at  this  time — work  also. 
Before  recording  his  wanderings  let  me  say  that  a  charming  remind- 
er that  he  was  not  forgotten  by  his  American  friends  came  to  him 
from  Mr.  Charles  Fairchild  in  May,  in  the  shape  of  a  signed  menu 
cardofalunchattheUnionLeague  Club  inNew  York  onAprilzyth, 
headed  by  the  name  of  " E .  A .  Abb ey  (God  bless  him !)"  and  b eneath 
it  the  autographs  of  many  old  associates,  headed  by  St.  Gaudens. 

This  year's  travels  were  to  Venice,  where  Abbey  wished  to  study 
the  Venetian  painters  with  reference  to  his  own  decorative  work. 
Beginning  with  Paris,  where  they  were  joined  by  the  Alma  Tade- 
mas  and  their  two  daughters,  and  where  they  saw  the  Walter  Gays 
and  the  Whistlers,  the  Abbeys  moved  on  toVerona  and  thenVenice, 
staying  first  in  an  apartment  in  the  Palazzo  Dario  on  the  Grand 
Canal,  and  then  at  the  Grand  Hotel  opposite.  Besides  the  oil  study 
of  the  room  in  the  Church  of  San  Giorgio  degli  Schiavone,  decor- 
ated by  Carpaccio,  from  the  varying  sizes  in  the  scenes  of  which 
Abbey  found  a  precedent  for  varying  the  sizes  of  the  scenes  in  his 
Holy  Grail  frieze,  he  made  at  this  time  a  number  of  oil  studies  of 
cypress  trees  (for  use  in  "Fiammetta's  Song")  at  the  Armenian 
Monastery,  San  Lazzaro,  where  a  magnificent  avenue  of  old  cy- 
presses then  existed  but  has  since  been  ruthlessly  cut  down.  A  num- 
ber of  studies  were  also  made  in  the  beautiful  garden  of  the  Curtis 's 

262 


THE  MARRIAGE  MORNING  OF  THESEUS  AND  HIPPOLYTA. 

THESEUS  :  "  WITH  POMP,  WITH  TRIUMPH,  AND  WITH  REVELLING." 

Thirty- three  and  a  half  inches  by  nineteen  inches. 
1893-1894 

"  A  MIDSUMMER  NIGHT'S  DREAM,"  ACT  I,  SCENE  I. 


PYRAMUS  WITH  THE  ASS'S  HEAD. 

BOTTOM  :  "  WHY  DO  THEY  RUN  AWAY  I " 

Sixteen  and  a  half  inches  by  ten  inches. 
:893. 

'  A  MIDSUMMER  NIGHT'S  DREAM,"  ACT  III,  SCENE  I. 


• 
• 


-  . 


THE  RE-ENTRANCE  OF  THE  PLAYERS. 
Twenty-one  and  a  half  inches  by  sixteen  and  a  half  inches. 

1903- 
"  A  MIDSUMMER  NIGHT'S  DREAM,"  ACT  V,  SCENE  I. 


CARPACCIO 

on  the  Giudecca,  and  often  an  hour  was  spent  in  their  garden  house 
at  tea,  followed  by  a  walk  through  acres  of  the  famous  garden  be- 
longing to  the  Edens.  But  the  weather  beginning  to  be  intensely  hot 
it  became  necessary  to  start  northward.  After  a  couple  of  days  at 
Padua  to  see  especially  the  Giottos  in  the  Chapel  of  the  Madonna 
delP  Arena,  and  a  few  days  at  Verona  in  the  Giusti  Gardens,  they 
returned  to  Fairford. 

In  Venice ,  Abbey  told  Mr.  Spielmann ,  in  a  letter  written  some  few 
years  later,  for  the  first  time  he ' '  seriously  studied  the  proportions  of 
the  painted  decorations  to  the  architectural  surrounding — in  rooms 
similar  to  the  one  I  had  in  hand.  Tintoretto's  and  Paul  Veronese's 
work  appeared  to  me  to  be  as  archaic  as  I  could  ever  hope  to  be — and 
they  seemed  eminently  decorative.  I  made  a  careful  colour  study  of 
the  Carpaccio  Chapel,  and  went  day  after  day  to  the  Accademia  to 
see  the  'Vision  of  St.  Mark,'  and  it  was  the  influence,  I  think  I  may 
say,  of  the  latter,  and  of  the  Scuola  San  Rocco  decoration,  that 
started  me  well  on  the  work .  I  made  the  studies  that  summer  ( 1 893  ) 
for '  Fiammetta's  Song, '  and  tried  to  give  the  atmosphere  of  Carpac- 
cio and  Mansuetti — which  seemed  to  me  to  be  an  interesting  and 
appropriate  thing  to  try  to  do,  but  I  abandoned  the  idea  entirely  in 
the  larger  work  and  was  happier  in  it  than  I  had  been  before.  Ithink 
I  may  say  that  the  scale  is  as  right  as  can  b  e — and  inasmuch  as  this  was 
entirely  a  matter  of  measurement  and  calculation,  I  take  particular 
pride  in  it.  ...  Of  course,  I  hadn't  seen  the  room  until  I  took  the 
canvases  over,  and  my  own  inexperience  had  to  do  with  whatever  of 
shortcoming  is  apparent  in  this  work.  I  think,  too,  that  a  painter 
should  make  his  decoration  suit  the  room — and  not  vice  versa" 

Later  Abbey  found  himself  wishing  that  he  had  acted  differently. 
Writing  in  1898  to  the  same  correspondent,  he  said:  "When  I  saw 
again  the  decorations  of  Pinturicchio  and  the  stanzas  of  Raphael 
and  the  Salle  del  Cambio  of  Perugia,  I  couldn't  help  wishing  that  I 
could  have  gone  on  with  that  tradition  instead  of  having  learned  so 
much  of  what  later  men  had  done.  Burne-Jones  found  this  possible, 
and  with  infinite  labour,  after  a  long  time,  got  people  to  believe  in 
his  No-man's  land,  with  its  Leonardo  basaltic  rocks  and  its  Botti- 

263 


THE  DECORATIVE  MASTERS 

celli  seas — and  his  far-away  subjects  were  the  better  for  it.  I  wish  I 
could  have  done  a  fifteenth  century  'Grail ,'  but  it  was  not  in  me .  The 
'Grail'  I  beheld  was  four  hundred  years  earlier — and  unless  I  could 
have  taken  up  mosaic  there  was  no  particular  style  suggested  by  the 
legend — so,  as  I  admired  the  science  of  Tintoretto  and  the  handling 
of  later  sixteenth-century  painters — not  to  mention  later  ones  still 
— I  got  that  into  the  work — and  there  it  is. . . ." 

One  other  project  which  grew  from  visits  to  Carpaccio's  little 
Chapel  and  Abbey's  studies  for  "Fiammetta's  Song,"  but  which 
unhappily  came  to  naught,  may  be  mentioned.  We  find  the  idea 
— and  a  very  charming  one  it  is — adumbrated  in  a  letter  toMcKim 
three  years  later,  in  1896.  "When,  "Abbey  writes,  "I  made  the  de- 
sign of  'Fiammetta  Singing 'I  also  made  several  sketches  for  other 
subjects  in  a  similar  vein — intending  that  the  series  should  eventu- 
ally form  a  frieze  for  an  apartment  modelled  in  its  proportions,  etc., 
upon  the  lines  of  the  small  Chapel  of  San  Giorgio  Schiavone  in 
Venice.  The  subjects  were  all  suggested  by  certain  passages  in  the 
Decameron  of  Boccaccio ,  without  being  precisely  illustrations  of  the 
text.  The  personages  who  are  supposed  to  narrate  the  tales ,  sing  the 
songs,  etc. — therein  given — had  retired  to  a  certain  villa  near  Flo- 
rence to  escape  the  dangers  and  to  forget  the  horrors  of  the  plague 
— and  'there  to  delight  ourselves,'  as  Pampinea  says,'as  bestwe  may, 
yet  without  transgressing  in  any  act  the  limits  of  reason.'  So  they 
banqueted  beneath  the  trees,  they  bathed,  they  danced  and  sang, 
and  each  vied  with  the  others  in  efforts  to  entertain  and  amuse.  It  is 
this  condition  of  things — the  thoughtless  life  of  cultivated  people 
within  beautiful  surroundings — which  seemed  to  me  to  adapt  itself 
particularly  to  decorative  purposes .  It  has  been  my  intention  to  give 
an  impression  of  a  number  of  handsome  personages,  before  a  back- 
ground of  calm  dignified  landscape — a  grave  landscape,  low  and 
rich  in  tone  as  one  sometimes  sees  it  in  certain  tapestries  or  in  the 
pictures  of  Giorgione.  .  .  . 

"In  the  other  panels  of  the  series  I  intend  that  a  continuation  of 
the  same  landscape  shall  form  the  background.  One  of  these  sub- 
jects (abandoning  the  frieze  idea)  would  be  higher  in  proportion 

264 


A  BOCCACCIO  SEQUENCE 

than  the  other  two,  say  10  feet  by  6  feet,  or  larger  if  the  space  at  my 
disposal  admits  of  it,  and  as  I  have  roughly  sketched  it  represents  the 
side  of  a  villa  with  a  flight  of  steps  leading  down  to  a  paved  terrace  and 
'all  the  ladies  and  the  gentlemen  likewise  being  skilful  both  in  sing- 
ing and  dancing  and  playing  on  instruments  artificially,  the  Queen 
(has)  commanded  that  divers  instruments  should  be  brought,  and 
as  she  gave  charge  Fione  takes  a  lute,  and  Fiammetta  a  viol  di  gamba 
and  begin  to  play  an  excellent  dance.  Whereupon  the  Queen  with 
the  rest  of  the  ladies  and  the  other  two  gentlemen,  having  sent  their 
attending  servants  to  dinner,  pace  forth  a  dance  very  majestically. ' 

"The  other  subject  is  a  banquet.  In  an  open  pavilion  a  table  is 
spread  'with  delicate  white  napery .  The  glasses  looking  like  silver,' 
etc.,  etc.  The  company  feast  at  one  side  of  the  table,  having  for  a 
background  a  trellis-screen  overgrown  with  roses,  such  as  one  sees 
in  Italian  gardens,  farther  back  the  row  of  cypresses  and  the  crystal 
dishes.  The  viands  covered  with  embroidered  veils.  A  fountain 
plays  before  the  table,  etc. 

"It  is,  of  course,  difficult  to  describe  the  picture  one  has  wo/painted 
— but  I  have  tried,  rather  lamely,  I  confess,  to  give  an  idea  of  the 
notion  animating  the  series.  The  colour,  as  I  said  before,  is  to  be 
serious  and  rather  sombre — as  one  sees  it  in  certain  Flemish  tapes- 
tries of  the  fifteenth  and  early  sixteenth  centuries" — a  room  thus 
decorated  would  be  one  of  the  most  attractive  that  can  be  imagined . 
Abbey  was  not  destined  to  carry  out  his  urbane  and  debonair  pro- 
ject, but  the  "Fiammetta"  in  Mr.  Taylor's  house,  which  McKim 
designed,  has  two  companions  from  his  brush  where  something  of 
his  purpose  may  be  discerned. 

At  the  Columbian  Exhibition,  or  World's  Fair,  at  Chicago,  for 
whose  Art  Department  Abbey  had  acted  as  Chairman  of  a  special 
Commission  in  England,  and  for  which  he  was  successful  in  obtain- 
ing a  number  of  representative  works,  although  he  failed  to  induce 
the  authorities  at  Glasgow  to  relinquish  Whistler's  portrait  of  Car- 
lyle,  he  was  represented  not  only  by  the  Round  Table  but  by  his 
"Mariana"  water-colour,  lent  by  Mr.  Marquand,  and  by  fourteen 
of  his  Shakespeare  drawings,  lent  by  Messrs. Harper.  Mr.  B.Stuart 

u  265 


THE  EXILED  GONDOLIERS 

Chambers,  who  was  in  charge  of  Messrs.  Harpers' exhibits,  wrote 
an  interesting  letter  on  the  effect  of  these  drawings  on  sightseers. 
"Every  day  [he  said]  and  every  hour  in  the  day  I  have  the  pleasant 
duty  of  showing  them  to  great  numbers  of  visitors  of  all  sorts  and 
conditions ,  most  all  of  whom  greatly  enj  oy  and  appreciate  them ,  es- 
pecially that  large  class  of  people  who  never  before  have  had  the 
opportunity  of  seeing  the  original  drawings  done  for  illustration, 
particularly  yours .  To  the  maj  ority  Anne  Page  is  rather  the  favourite 
or  prize  of  the  collection;  but  last  week  some  gondoliers  came  in 
(there  are  a  lot  of  them  over  here,  with  gondolas,  as  features  of  the 
Fair) ,  to  whom  I  showed  your  Shylock  in  St .  Mark's .  They  stood  be- 
fore it  for  a  long  time  and  with  that  delight  which  only  Italians  can 
express .  I  wish  you  might  have  heard  their  animated  talk ,  have  seen 
their  smiles  and  gesticulations.  I  don't  know  whether  it  awakened 
or  relieved  a  sense  of  home-sickness ;  one  of  them  has  since  returned 
for  a  second  look,  and  with  a  comrade  who  did  not  come  the  first 


time.': 


One  of  Abbey's  letters  of  1893  which  has  been  preserved  is  to 
Charles  Parsons,  written  at  the  Reform  Club  on  October  i6th.  A 
little  may  be  quoted.  "There  is  one  very  sure  thing,  which  is  this — 
that  those  with  whom  one's  early  working  and  lif eis  associated  whose 
good  opinion  one  has  early  learned  to  seek  for  and  to  esteem,  are  the 
heart  of  one 's  audience  all  one 's  life  long .  I  doubt ,  my  dear  old  friend , 
if  I  ever  do  what  seems  to  my  eye  a  respectable  bit  of  work  without 
wondering  whether  you  will  approve  of  it  when  it  comes  under  your 
eye.  I  don't  say  that  I  shouldn'tbe  human  enough  or  perhaps  'small' 
enough  to  resent  it  if  you  should  disapprove,  but  I  should  be  sure  of 
your  honesty  and  clear  artistic  insight,  and  no  salve  I  might  apply  in 
the  way  of  telling  myself  that  you  were  a  'landscape  painter,'  or 
whatever,  would  take  away  the  sting  of  your  disapprobation. 

"I  have  been  within  the  last  two  hours  skimming  through  all  the 
illustrated  periodicals  with  which  this  place  is  over-bountifully 
supplied — for  I  seldom  come  to  town  nowadays,  and  then  only  for  a 
day  or  two — and  it  really  seems  as  though  the  decad  ence  of  illustra- 
tion had  set  in.  All  the  toilsome  work  one  has  gone  through,  and  all 

266 


<2.  **.~  $~ 


EDWIN  AUSTIN  ABBEY. 

AGE  FORTY-ONE. 

DRAWN  BY  GEORGE  FREDERICK  WATTS,  R.A. 

This  charcoal  drawing,  a  wedding  gift  to  Mrs.  Abbey,  although  done  in  October,  1893,  was  not 
signed  until  sent  home  in  June,  1895.  Mr.  Watts  had  hoped  to  make  a  second  drawing,  but  the 
time  never  came. 


'THE  LAST  COMEDY  DRAWING" 

the  indifference  and  ignorance  and  niggardliness  one  has  lived  over 
seem  to  have  been  very  nearly  thrown  away.  ...  I  write  this,  too, 
after  a  weary  day  indeed — in  fact,  I  don't  know  that  I,  as  a  fidgety 
man,  ever  felt  more  done  up — for  I  have  been  sitting  for  my  portrait 
to  Mr.  Watts — from  9  until  3 .30  with  a  half-hour's  intermission  for 
luncheon — and  I  cannot  express  by  that  what  it  means  to  have  been 
talking  all  this  while  with  one  of  the  very  great  thinkers  of  our  time— 
and  to  have  listened  to  what  I  know  is  the  expression  of  the  very 
noblest  artistic  thoughts  of  this  age .  That  his  hand  is  not  always  able 
to  carry  out  his  thought  doesn't  detract  from  the  greatness  of  the 
thought,  but  he  has  a  right  to  take  to  himself  the  credit  of  the  results 
of  that  which  his  thought  and  enthusiasm  have  inspired  in  other 
people  also,  and  we  should  put  that  to  his  credit  in  the  summary 
of  his  life  work." 

The  letter  continues : ' '  My  Comedies  are  finished ,  and  it  is  laugh- 
able as  I  think  of  it — the  regret  with  which  I  hang  over  the  very  last 
drawing.  I  have  it  here  and  am  working  in  Alfred  Gilbert's  studio 
at  it."  But  this  last  drawing,  "The  Marriage  Morning  of  Theseus 
and  Hippolyta,  'with  pomp,  with  triumph  and  with  revelling'  "(the 
quotation  given  by  Abbey  for  the  title)  which  was  in  pen-and-ink, 
although  finished  soon  after,  was  finally  discarded .  Abbey  was  not 
satisfied  with  it,  and  later  on  he  made  a  second  drawing,  in  wash, 
finished  in  1 894,  and  this,  the  actually  last  drawing  for  the  Comedies 
(absurdly  entitled  in  the  published  book,  of  which  Abbey  saw  no 
proofs,"  Enter  Theseus")  was  also  one  of  the  best.  So  ended  a  task 
begun  in  1888. 

Another  passage  in  the  letter  tells  something  of  the  progress  of 
Mr.  Sargent's  Boston  commission. "  It  will,"  says  Abbey ,"  certainly 
make  a  stir,  and  his  noble  idea  is  being  carried  out  regardless  of  all 
personal  considerations.  His  embodiment  of  the  oppression  and 
'abominations  of  the  Philistines'  is  original  and  extraordinary,  and 
youwillseeit,Idaresay,withinafewmonths,foritisnearlyfinished." 

As  to  his  own  Boston  progress,  Abbey  says :  "My  Boston  work 
thickens  and  elaborates  itself,  and  the  mechanical  and  technical 
difficulties  are  b  eing  overcome  and  forgotten .  I  am  sure  the  quality 

267 


HENRY  JAMES'  TELEGRAM 

of  the  work  is  improving.  .  .  .  I  dare  say  the  bit  I  sent  to  Chicago  will 
need  overhauling  when  it  gets  back  here,  but  I  expected  that,  and 
although  I  have  seen  no  criticism  of  it,  for  or  against,  I  know  what 
there 's  there  as  well  as  anyone . "  By  the  end  of  this  year  all  the  panels 
for  the  first  half  of  the  frieze  were  well  under  way — and  some  of  the 
panels  for  the  second  half  were  already  set  up .  Of  the  first  half  were : 

(1)  the  child  Galahad  nourished  by  the  Holy  Grail,  6  feet  by  8  feet; 

(2)  the  Knighting  of  Galahad  by  his  father  Sir  Launcelot,  after  his 
all-night  vigil  in  the  Church,  1 1  feet  by  8  feet;  (3)  Arthur's  Round 
Table, 24feetby8feet;(4)theDepartureoftheKnightsontheQuest, 
17  feet  by  8  feet;  and  on  the  short  wall,  over  the  door,  occupying  the 
whole  of  the  wall  (5)  Galahad  at  the  Grail  Castle,  this  last  33  ft.  by  8 
feet.  Also  "Fiammetta's  Song"  was  now  making  progress,  and  Ab- 
bey made  designs  for  many  another  subject  that  was  running  in  his 
head. 

DuringiSqithethreeplaysmHarper's-wereTwelfthNtght, Love's 
Labour's  Lost  and  The  TwoGentkmen  of  Verona.  Writing  of  thePrin- 
cess's  pavilion  drawing,  in  Love's  Labour's  Lost,  a  critic  in  one  of 
the  papers  said,  "Perhaps  his  greatest  triumph  (in  that  series)  is  the 
charm  he  gives  by  the  arrangement  and  repetition  of  that  peculiar 
mediaeval  head-dress,  which  in  other  hands  has  often  seemed  both 
stiff  and  ungainly." 

Among  the  friends  who  visited  Morgan  Hall  in  1 893  were  Alfred 
Parsons,theTademas,theHenschels,Mr.andMrs.McLure  Hamil- 
ton, William  Laffan,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Stanford  White,  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Francis  Korbay ,  and  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Walter  Gay.  Another  guest  was 
Henry  James,  in  connection  with  whom  let  the  records  of  the  year 
be  brought  to  a  close  by  a  literary  curiosity.  Henry  James  and  tele- 
graphy do  not  naturally  suggest  themselves  as  associates,  but  here 
is  a  telegram  to  Abbey  from  the  great  master  of  leisurely  and  suffi- 
cient verbosity: 

"Will  alight  precipitately  at  5.38  from  the  deliberate  i  .50." 

END  OF  VOLUME  ONE 


SCARBOROUGH  COLLEGE 


N 

6537 

A23L88 

1921 

V.I 

C.I 

ROBA